Combined Sheets Protective

Protective Coatings product manual
Data sheets | System sheets | Information sheets

Data Sheets
8570 FLUORGUARD 7000
HT11 HI-TEMP 1000VS
HT12 HI-TEMP 1027
7460 NOVAGUARD 810
7945 NOVAGUARD 830
7468 NOVAGUARD 840
7755 NOVAGUARD 890
7447 PHENGUARD 253
7409 PHENGUARD 930
7435 PHENGUARD 935
7436 PHENGUARD 940
7959 PHENGUARD 965
7589M PITT-CHAR FM MESH
7589 PITT-CHAR XP
7546 PSX 700
7549 PSX 700 A CLEAR COAT
8574 SF ALKYD FINISH
8573 SF ALKYD PRIMER
7323 SF CHLORO FINISH
7319K SF CHLORO HIGH BUILD
7320 SF CHLORO SEALER
8571 SF EPOXY PRIMER
8208 SF ZINC PRIMER
8575 SFF 1078
7149 SIGMA AQUACOVER 20
7124 SIGMA AQUAWELD 100
0660UK SIGMA EP 110 PRIMER
0708UK SIGMA EP 111 PRIMER
0709UK SIGMA EP 112 MIOCOAT
0665UK SIGMA EP 159 SEALER
0710UK SIGMA PU 160 PRIMER
0712UK SIGMA PU 162 MIOCOAT
7232UK SIGMA RAPID DRY FLOOR PAINT
8572 SF EPOXY FINISH
7989 SIGMACOVER 2
7406 SIGMACOVER 211
7991 SIGMACOVER 240
7417 SIGMACOVER 280
7424 SIGMACOVER 280 LT
7472 SIGMACOVER 300
7970 SIGMACOVER 350
7979 SIGMACOVER 380
7453 SIGMACOVER 385
7988 SIGMACOVER 400
7992 SIGMACOVER 400 AL
7995 SIGMACOVER 400 SEALER
6823 SIGMACOVER 410
5650 SIGMACOVER 410 BR (PETROBAS STANDARD N-2628)
7465 SIGMACOVER 435
7466 SIGMACOVER 456
7712 SIGMACOVER 456 HS
7466K SIGMACOVER 456 KRA
7441 SIGMACOVER 480
7420 SIGMACOVER 522
6825 SIGMACOVER 620
6825LT SIGMACOVER 620 LT
7430 SIGMACOVER 630
7414 SIGMACOVER 690
7726 SIGMACOVER 805
7850 SIGMACOVER 850
7450 SIGMACOVER 1000
7715 SIGMACOVER 1500
6824 SIGMADUR 188
7524 SIGMADUR 520
7740 SIGMADUR 540
7537 SIGMADUR 550
6832 SIGMADUR 568
7530 SIGMADUR 580
7518 SIGMADUR 590
7529 SIGMADUR 1800
6836 SIGMADUR 2800
7531 SIGMADUR CLEARCOAT
7155 SIGMAFAST 20
7234 SIGMAFAST 40
7802 SIGMAFAST 205
7800 SIGMAFAST 205 LT
7541 SIGMAFAST 210
7705 SIGMAFAST 213
7542 SIGMAFAST 220
6829 SIGMAFAST 278
7704 SIGMAFAST 302
5652 SIGMAFAST 329 BR
7803 SIGMAFAST 370
0672UK SIGMAFAST HS ENAMEL
7399 SIGMAGLIDE 890
7944 SIGMAGUARD 260
7985 SIGMAGUARD 603
7492 SIGMAGUARD 610
7433 SIGMAGUARD 720
7459 SIGMAGUARD 730
7551 SIGMAGUARD 750
7475 SIGMAGUARD CSF 575
7603 SIGMALINE 403
5415 SIGMALINE 415
7623 SIGMALINE 523
7580 SIGMALINE 780
7656 SIGMALINE 855 (11)
7659 SIGMALINE 859
7497 SIGMALINE 2000
7667 SIGMALINE 2500
7416 SIGMAPRIME 200
7931 SIGMAPRIME 200 LT
7930 SIGMAPRIME 700
7946 SIGMAPRIME 700 LT
7135 SIGMARINE 24
7244 SIGMARINE 35
7238 SIGMARINE 48
7240 SIGMARINE 49
8200 SIGMARINE RP OIL
7593 SIGMARITE 37-B-1
7594 SIGMARITE 37-G-1
7325 SIGMARITE 88
7330 SIGMARITE 2136
7331 SIGMARITE 2143
7749 SIGMASHIELD 2
7922 SIGMASHIELD 220
7926 SIGMASHIELD 220 LT
7759 SIGMASHIELD 880 ALUMINUM
7758 SIGMASHIELD 880 GF
7728 SIGMASHIELD 880 MIO
7724 SIGMASHIELD 880 XS
7709 SIGMASHIELD 1200 TF
7260 SIGMATHERM 175
7445 SIGMATHERM 230
7565 SIGMATHERM 350
7563 SIGMATHERM 450
7261 SIGMATHERM 500
7555 SIGMATHERM 520
7592 SIGMATHERM 538
7564 SIGMATHERM 540
7112 SIGMAWELD 15
7173 SIGMAWELD 120
7171 SIGMAWELD 165
7167 SIGMAWELD 190
7177 SIGMAWELD 199
7177US SIGMAWELD 199 US
7159 SIGMAWELD 210
7570 SIGMAZINC 9
7578 SIGMAZINC 9 FD
7359 SIGMAZINC 11
7370 SIGMAZINC 19
7403 SIGMAZINC 68 HS
7068 SIGMAZINC 68 SP
7402 SIGMAZINC 102
7069 SIGMAZINC 105
7401 SIGMAZINC 109
7558 SIGMAZINC 158
7558K SIGMAZINC 158 KRA
7560 SIGMAZINC 160
7761 STEELGUARD 551
7762 STEELGUARD 552
7763 STEELGUARD 553
7764 STEELGUARD 554
7765 STEELGUARD 561
7766 STEELGUARD 562
7767 STEELGUARD 563
7768 STEELGUARD 564
7769 STEELGUARD 581
7731 STEELGUARD FM 549
System Sheets
3101 ANTICORROSIVE SYSTEMS FOR UNDERWATER AND BOOTTOP
4145 RENOVATION OF PITTED TANK BOTTOMS - GLASSMAT REINFORCED SOLVENT FREE PHENOLIC EPOXY COATING SYSTEM
4051 STEEL PROTECTION - ATMOSPHERIC EXPOSURE WITH ABRASION/IMPACT - HIGH SOLIDS GLASSFLAKE REINFORCED EPOXY SYSTEM
4050 STEEL PROTECTION - ATMOSPHERIC EXPOSURE WITH ABRASION/IMPACT - SOLVENT FREE FLINT REINFORCED EPOXY SYSTEM
4060 STEEL PROTECTION - HIGH TEMPERATURE RESISTANT ALKYD PAINT SYSTEM - TEMPERATURE UP TO 175°C/350°F
4062 STEEL PROTECTION - HIGH TEMPERATURE RESISTANT EPOXY SYSTEM - TEMPERATURE UP TO 200°C/390°F
4064 STEEL PROTECTION - HIGH TEMPERATURE RESISTANT SILICATE SYSTEM - TEMPERATURE UP TO 400°C/750°F
4061 STEEL PROTECTION - HIGH TEMPERATURE RESISTANT SILICATE/ACRYLIC PAINT SYSTEM - TEMPERATURE UP TO 350°C/660°F
4067 STEEL PROTECTION - HIGH TEMPERATURE RESISTANT SILICATE/SILICONE SYSTEM - TEMPERATURE UP TO 540°C / 1000°F
4081 STEEL PROTECTION - IMMERSION IN CHEMICALS - PHENOLIC EPOXY SYSTEM
4082 STEEL PROTECTION - IMMERSION IN CHEMICALS - SOLVENT FREE EPOXY SYSTEM
4083 STEEL PROTECTION - IMMERSION IN CHEMICALS - ZINC ETHYL SILICATE SYSTEM
4076 STEEL PROTECTION - IMMERSION IN HOT WATER - PHENOLIC EPOXY SYSTEM - MIO EPOXY SYSTEM
4091 STEEL PROTECTION - IMMERSION IN REFINED PETROLEUM PRODUCTS AND CRUDE OIL - EPOXY TAR SYSTEM
4090 STEEL PROTECTION - IMMERSION IN REFINED PETROLEUM PRODUCTS AND CRUDE OIL - HIGH SOLIDS EPOXY SYSTEM
4092 STEEL PROTECTION - IMMERSION IN REFINED PETROLEUM PRODUCTS AND CRUDE OIL - SOLVENT FREE EPOXY SYSTEM
4101 STEEL PROTECTION - IMMERSION IN WASTE WATER AND SLURRY - EPOXY TAR SYSTEM
4102 STEEL PROTECTION - IMMERSION IN WASTE WATER AND SLURRY - HIGH SOLIDS TAR FREE EPOXY SYSTEM
4103 STEEL PROTECTION - IMMERSION IN WASTE WATER AND SLURRY - SOLVENT FREE PHENLIC EPOXY SYSTEM
4070 STEEL PROTECTION - IMMERSION IN WATER - EPOXY TAR SYSTEM
4072 STEEL PROTECTION - IMMERSION IN WATER - HIGH SOLIDS TAR FREE EPOXY SYSTEM
4071 STEEL PROTECTION - IMMERSION IN WATER OR SUBSOIL CONDITIONS - SOLVENT FREE EPOXY SYSTEM
4040 STEEL PROTECTION - INDUSTRIAL AND COASTAL ATMOSPHERIC EXPOSURE - ALKYD PAINT SYSTEM
4042 STEEL PROTECTION - INDUSTRIAL AND COASTAL ATMOSPHERIC EXPOSURE - HIGH SOLIDS EPOXY/POLYURETHANE SYSTEM
4041 STEEL PROTECTION - INDUSTRIAL AND COASTAL ATMOSPHERIC EXPOSURE - RECOATABLE EPOXY/POLYURETHANE SYSTEM
4047 STEEL PROTECTION - INDUSTRIAL AND COASTAL ATMOSPHERIC EXPOSURE - SOLVENT FREE EPOXY/POLYMERIC URETHANE SYSTEM
4045 STEEL PROTECTION - INDUSTRIAL AND COASTAL ATMOSPHERIC EXPOSURE - SOLVENT FREE EPOXY/POLYURETHANE SYSTEM
4046 STEEL PROTECTION - INDUSTRIAL AND COASTAL ATMOSPHERIC EXPOSURE - WATERBORNE EPOXY/HIGH SOLIDS POLYURETHANE SYSTEM
4012 STEEL PROTECTION - INTERNAL DRY EXPOSURE - ACRYLIC DISPERSION SYSTEM
4010 STEEL PROTECTION - INTERNAL DRY EXPOSURE - ALKYD PAINT SYSTEM
4011 STEEL PROTECTION - INTERNAL DRY EXPOSURE - RECOATABLE EPOXY/POLYURETHANE SYSTEM
4016 STEEL PROTECTION - INTERNAL DRY EXPOSURE - WATERBORNE EPOXY SYSTEM
4022 STEEL PROTECTION - INTERNAL WET EXPOSURE - ACRYLIC DISPERSION SYSTEM
4020 STEEL PROTECTION - INTERNAL WET EXPOSURE - ALKYD PAINT SYSTEM
4024 STEEL PROTECTION - INTERNAL WET EXPOSURE - HIGH SOLIDS EPOXY/POLYURETHANE SYSTEM
4021 STEEL PROTECTION - INTERNAL WET EXPOSURE - RECOATABLE EPOXY/POLYURETHANE SYSTEM
4026 STEEL PROTECTION - INTERNAL WET EXPOSURE - WATERBORNE EPOXY SYSTEM
4032 STEEL PROTECTION - RURAL ATMOSPHERIC EXPOSURE - ACRYLIC DISPERSION SYSTEM
4030 STEEL PROTECTION - RURAL ATMOSPHERIC EXPOSURE - ALKYD PAINT SYSTEM
4034 STEEL PROTECTION - RURAL ATMOSPHERIC EXPOSURE - HIGH SOLIDS EPOXY/POLYURETHANE SYSTEM
4031 STEEL PROTECTION - RURAL ATMOSPHERIC EXPOSURE - RECOATABLE EPOXY/POLYURETHANE SYSTEM
4036 STEEL PROTECTION - RURAL ATMOSPHERIC EXPOSURE - WATERBORNE EPOXY SYSTEM
4113 STEEL PROTECTION - SYSTEM FOR SPECIAL CONDITIONS - ZINC EPOXY PRIMED STEEL
Information Sheets
1490 CLEANING OF STEEL AND REMOVAL OF RUST
1410 CONVERSION TABLES
1434 DIRECTIVES FOR VENTILATION PRACTICE
1411 EXPLANATION TO PRODUCT DATA SHEETS
1493 INTERNAL CHEMICAL CLEANING OF STEEL PIPES (IN-SITU APPLICATION)
1205 PITT-CHAR XP - PRIMER QUALIFICATION FORM
1204 PITT-CHAR XP - QUALIFIED PRIMERS PPG
1650 RELATIVE HUMIDITY - SUBSTRATE TEMPERATURE - AIR TEMPERATURE
1433 SAFE WORKING IN CONFINED SPACES
1431 SAFETY IN CONFINED SPACES AND HEALTH SAFETY EXPLOSION HAZARD - TOXIC HAZARD
1430 SAFETY INDICATIONS
1726 SIGMASHIELD 4800/4801 APPLICATION AND USER MANUAL
1491 SPECIFICATION FOR MINERAL ABRASIVES (ISO 11126)
1496 SURFACE PREPARATION OF CONCRETE (FLOORS)
1492 SURFACE PREPARATION OF STEEL PIPES AND FITTINGS SHOP APPLICATION
FLUORGUARD 7000
3 pages March 2013

Revision of September 2004
Description two component, air drying, fluoropolymer based topcoat with excellent weather
resistance and color retention
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – excellent resistance to atmospheric exposure conditions

– very good colour and gloss retention
– excellent resistance to chemical, acid, alkali
– can be applied by airless spray, roller and brush
COLOURS AND GLOSS colours available on request – gloss
BASIC DATA
Mass density 1.2 g/cm³
Volume solids approx. 36% by volume
Recommended dry film thickness 20 - 40 μm
Theoretical spreading rate 18.0 m²/l for 20 μm
9.0 m²/l for 40 μm
Touch dry after 1 hours at 20 °C
Overcoating interval min.5 hours at 20 °C
max. unlimited
Shelf life (cool and dry place) 12 months
RECOMMENDED – previous coat; dry and free from any contamination

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS – substrate temperature should be at least 3°C above dew point
AND TEMPERATURES – maximum relative humidity during application and curing is 85%
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 7:1
– mix thoroughly by a mechanical mixer before application

– Agitate continuously during application
Induction time none
Pot life 5 hours at 20 °C
AIR SPRAY
Recommended thinner Thinner 21-06
Volume of thinner 5 - 10%
Nozzle orifice approx. 1.0 - 1.5 mm (= 0.039 - 0.059 in)
Nozzle pressure 30 - 40 MPa (= approx. 300 - 400 bar; 4351 - 5802 p.s.i.)
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER
page 1/3
FLUORGUARD 7000
March 2013
CLEANING SOLVENT Thinner 21-06
Worldwide availability It is always the aim of PPG Protective and Marine Coatings to supply the same
product on a worldwide basis. However, slight modification of the product is
sometimes necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used
REFERENCES Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411

Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS – for paint and recommended thinners see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and
relevant material safety data sheets
page 2/3
FLUORGUARD 7000
March 2013
WARRANTY
PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPG’s specifications for such product
in effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall be delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person for
infringement of any U.S. patent covering the product. THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES AND ALL
OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, UNDER STATUTE OR ARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROM A COURSE
OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE DISCLAIMED BY PPG. Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG
in writing within five (5) days of Buyer’s discovery of the claimed defect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable
shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the delivery of the product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyer’s failure
to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required herein shall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.
LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY
IN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE
OF ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT.
The information in this sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes to
be reliable. PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical experience and
continuous product development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product,
whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the
best of PPG’s knowledge, is reliable. The product and related information is designed for users having the requisite
knowledge and industrial skills in the industry and it is the end-user’s responsibility to determine the suitability of
the product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed that Buyer has done so, as its sole discretion and risk.
PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and
application of the product. Therefore, PPG does not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage
resulting from such use or the contents of this information (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise).
Variations in the application environment, changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause
unsatisfactory results. This sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyer’s responsibility to ensure that
this information is current prior to using the product. Current sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings Products
are maintained at www.ppgpmc.com. The English text of this sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.
PDS 8570
page 3/3
 Heat Resistant Standard and Custom Color Topcoats
HI-TEMP 1000VS™  Superior Color Stability to 1000˚F [538˚C]
 Ambient Temperature Cure & VOC < 3.5 lb/gal
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION:
For use as a topcoat for Hi-Temp 1027®
• Hi-Temp 1000VS is formulated with a highly engineered silicone resin, enabling it to withstand severe
thermal cycling to 1200°F [649ºC]. This also allows Hi-Temp 1000VS to have superior color stability as
compared to most generic silicone topcoats, which tend to discolor at elevated temperatures.
• Hi-Temp 1000VS is available in both standard and custom colors.
• Hi-Temp 1000VS air dries rapidly and does not require heat cure.
• Hi-Temp 1000VS has excellent spray application properties.
• Hi-Temp 1000VS is a user-friendly system that can be brushed and rolled.
• Hi-Temp 1000VS has excellent weathering and corrosion resistance when applied over properly primed
surfaces.
• Hi-Temp 1000VS does not soften in thermal cyclic service.
• Color stability may be affected at the top end of the temperature range.
• Hi-Temp 1000VS is specifically formulated as an ambient, heat resistant topcoat for Hi-Temp 1027.
TECHNICAL DATA:
Type: Silicone
Dry Temperature Resistance: To 1200˚F [650°C]
Color Stability: Standard & Custom To 1000°F [538ºC]
Black To 1200˚F [650°C]
Colors: Standard & Custom
Finish: Flat
Components: One
Dry Time @ 50% R.H., 70˚F [21°C]
- To touch Two Hours
- To ship 24 Hours
Cure: N/A
Metal Temperature During Application: 50˚F to 150˚F [10˚C to 66˚C]
Thinner: Hi-Temp #10 or #11
Volume Solids: 34%
Theoretical Coverage @1 mil DFT 545 ft2/gal
Theoretical Coverage @25 microns 13.4 m2/l
VOC Content: 3.5 lb/gal [420 g/l]
Weight per Gallon: 11.4 lb. [5.2 kg]
Storage Temperature: 40˚F to 120˚F [4˚C to 49˚C]
Shelf Life: One year
SURFACE PREPARATION:
 Performance of the coating system is relative to the surface preparation accomplished.
 Hi-Temp 1000VS is designed to be applied over Hi-Temp 1027 primer.
HI-TEMP COATINGS TECHNOLOGY  P.O. Box 2347  Acton, MA 01720

Tel: 978-635-1110  Fax: 978-635-1124  hitemp@hitempcoatings.com  www.hitempcoatings.com
Rev. 082012 Page 1 of 3
New or Corroded Surfaces:
 For corrosion resistant service, use of an approved corrosion resistant primer is necessary. Surfaces
to be coated must be primed in accordance with the Hi-Temp 1027 product data sheet. Consult Hi-
Temp for alternate and approved primers. Allow appropriate dry time. Apply one coat of Hi-Temp
1000VS at 2 to 2.5 mils [50 to 63 microns] DFT.
 For cosmetic service only, use of an approved corrosion resistant primer is recommended but not
necessary. Abrasive blast clean to SSPC-SP 6 “Commercial Blast” [Sa 2] with profile of 1 to 1.5
mils [25 to 38 microns] or pressure wash to an equivalent of SSPC-SP 6 [Sa 2] condition.
Surfaces to be coated must be dry and free of salts, weld splatter, oil, dirt, grease, and all other
contaminants. Round off all rough welds and sharp edges. Apply two coats of Hi-Temp 1000VS at 2
to 2.5 mils [50 to 63 microns] DFT per coat for a total of 4 to 5 mils [100 to 125 microns] DFT.
Previously Painted Surfaces in Good Condition:
 If old coating is intact and there is no evidence of cracking, fracturing, and/or delamination, pressure
wash surface to remove all salts, oil, grease, and contaminants and apply one coat of Hi-Temp
1000VS at 2 to 2.5 mils [50 to 63 microns] DFT.
Previously Painted Surfaces in Poor Condition or with some Localized Corrosion: 
If old coating shows evidence of cracking, fracturing, delamination, and/or corrosion, follow surface
preparation guidelines for new steel. If there is no evidence of cracking, fracturing, or delamination, just
small areas of corrosion (less than 10% of the area to be coated), power wash the entire structure,
removing all salts, oil, grease, and other contaminants. Once dry, perform surface preparation and apply
Hi-Temp 1027 in accordance with the data sheet on all areas where the existing paint has been removed.
Once these areas are primed and dry, apply one coat of Hi-Temp 1000VS at 2 to 2.5 mils [50 to 63
microns] DFT over the entire surface.
Prior to application of 1000VS over other coatings, prepare a small test patch area and
test for adhesion.
MIXING, THINNING, AND CLEANUP:

Use mechanical agitation for mixing. Mix materials until uniform in consistency. Thinning is not normally
needed. If a condition warrants thinning, thin only with Hi-Temp Thinners #10 or #11. Thin only in
accordance with applicable regulations.
Application to Ambient Substrate 50°F [10°C] to 150ºF [66ºC]

Flush, Thin, and Clean up with: Hi-Temp Thinner #10 or #11
APPLICATION:
Surface temperature must be a minimum of 5˚F [3˚C] above the dew point. Do not apply at substrate
temperatures below 50˚F [10˚C] or above 150°F [66°C].
APPLICATION EQUIPMENT:
Spray: Standard conventional or airless spray is highly recommended. Use good painting practices.
Typical equipment is as follows:
Product Conventional Spray Airless Spray

Air Fluid Fluid Tip Pressure Minimum Fluid Tip size
Pressure Pressure Line
1000VS 60-80 psi <40 psi 1.8 to 2.2 mm 3000 psi 1/4 “ to 3/8” 417 to 521
Brush and Roll: Spray application is recommended but when spray painting is not possible, brush or roll
is an appropriate application method. The coating should be applied with a suitable brush or short nap
roller.
Product: Hi-Temp 1000VS Page 2 of 3

Rev. 082012
APPLICATION SYSTEMS:
Un-insulated steel – Do not exceed recommended dry film thickness
Primer Hi-Temp 1027 5.0 to 6.0 mils [125 to 150 microns] DFT
Topcoat Hi-Temp 1000VS 2.0 to 2.5 mils [50 to 63 microns] DFT
Total Dry Film Thickness 7.0 to 8.5 mils [175 to 213 microns] DFT
RECOMMENDED APPLICATION PER COAT:

Minimum Maximum
Hi-Temp 1000VS Mils Microns Mils Microns
Dry Film 2 [50] 2.5 [63]
Wet Film 5.9 [148] 7.3 [183]
Theoretical Coverage 273 ft2/gal [6.7 m2/l ] 218 ft2/gal. [5.4 m2/l]
DRY SCHEDULE:
Substrate Temperature 50°F [10°C] 70°F [21°C] 90°F [32°C] 150°F [66°C]
at 50% RH
Dry to touch 4 hours 2 hours 2 hours ½ hour
Dry to Ship 72 hours 24 hours 16 hours ½ hour
Cure N/A
When shipping and handling equipment coated with Hi-Temp 1000VS follow procedures for thin film coatings.
Avoid mechanical damage and abrasion.
PRECAUTIONS:
This product is for use only by professional applicators in accordance with information in this data sheet
and the applicable material safety data sheets (MSDS). Refer to the appropriate MSDS before using this
material. All use and application of this product should be performed in compliance with all relative federal,
state and local health, safety and environmental regulations or in compliance with all pertinent
local, regional and national regulations as well as good safety practices for painting, and in
conformance with recommendations in SSPC PA 1, “Shop, Field and Maintenance Painting of Steel.”
WARRANTY:
Hi-Temp® Coatings Technology, Inc. (Hi-Temp) warrants that its products are free from defects in material
and workmanship. Hi-Temp’s sole obligation and buyer’s exclusive remedy shall be limited to replacement
of products not conforming to this warranty. Any claim for replacement product must be made within
one year from the delivery date. Hi-Temp makes no other warranties, expressed or implied, such as
warranties of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose. Hi-Temp products are intended for
buyers with the knowledge and skills to evaluate the suitability of Hi-Temp’s products for buyer’s intended
use. In no event shall Hi-Temp be liable for consequential or incidental damage.
Product: Hi-Temp 1000VS Page 3 of 3

Rev. 082012
Hi-Temp 1027® - CUI
- Stainless Steel


Prevents Corrosion Under Insulation
Prevents Stress Corrosion Cracking
- DTR  Direct to Tight, Adherent Rust Application
- Primer  High Build, High Solids
- Cryogenic  Protects Cryogenic Equipment
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION:
Service Temperature: minus 300°F to 1200°F [minus 185°C to 650°C]
Surface Application Temperatures: 50°F to 600°F [10°C to 316°C]*
 Hi-Temp 1027 is a high-build, single component coating formulated to prevent corrosion under insulation of
carbon and stainless steel.
 Hi-Temp 1027 is formulated to help prevent chloride induced stress corrosion cracking of stainless steel and
has been tested by an independent laboratory for low leachable chlorides, sulfides and halides. It helps protect
against chlorides: 1) from the atmosphere, 2) from by-products of process operations, and 3) which may be
incorporated in the insulation, from coming in contact with stainless steel.
 Hi-Temp 1027 is a low VOC, high build primer which air dries at ambient temperatures to a UV resistant and
stable film, and provides excellent corrosion resistance at the full range of service temperatures.
 Hi-Temp 1027 can be top coated with a full range of Hi-Temp color top coats.
 Hi-Temp 1027 can be applied directly to hot substrates having a metal temperature up to 600ºF [316ºC]*,
eliminating the need for costly shutdown during maintenance.
 Hi-Temp 1027 does not require a heat cure to achieve superior corrosion resistance.
 Hi-Temp 1027 is resistant to thermal shock and thermal cycling in intermittent (wet, steam, dry) service.
 Hi-Temp 1027 can be applied to tightly adhering rust in maintenance and repair situations.
 Hi-Temp 1027 will protect cryogenic equipment in continuous or cyclic operation from minus 300°F to 1000°F
[minus 185ºC to 538ºC].
 Hi-Temp 1027 provides a UV-resistant, chalking-free film with no maximum recoat interval, regardless of
operating temperature, as long as the surface to be recoated is clean and free of all contaminants.
TECHNICAL DATA:
Components: One
Type: Inert Multipolymeric Matrix
Dry Temperature Resistance: 1200˚F [650˚C] Continuous, 1400˚F [760˚C] Peak
Cryogenic Service: Minus 300˚F to 1000˚F [Minus 185˚C to 538˚C]
Adhesion ASTM 3359-09: 4A to 5A
Impact ASTM G-14 (direct): 30 lbs.
Colors Available: Black (Dark Gray), Gray, and Light Gray
Minor color change may occur in exposed service, but corrosion protection will not be compromised.
Finish: Flat
Dry Time @ 50% R.H., 70˚F [21˚C]: To touch – 2 hours
(Recoat and dry times are reduced when To ship – 24 hours
applied to hot substrates) To topcoat – 6 hours
Substrate Temperature During Application: 50˚F [10˚C] and rising to 600˚F [316˚C]*
Thinner/Cleanup: See Mixing, Thinning, and Cleanup Table
Volume Solids: 65% ± 2% as applied
Coverage @ 1 mil DFT 1042 ft2/gal
@ 25 microns DFT [25.5 m2/l]
VOC: 3.5 lbs/gal [420 g/l]
Weight: 16 lbs/gallon [1.92 kg/liter]
Packaging: 1 gallon cans; 50 gallon drums
Storage Temperatures: 40˚F to 120˚F [4˚C to 49˚C]
Shelf Life: Two years
* For direct application to hot substrates over 500°F and up to 600°F [260°C to 316°C]
consult Hi-Temp Technical Service.
HI-TEMP COATINGS TECHNOLOGY  P.O. Box 2347  Acton, MA 01720

Tel: 978-635-1110  Fax: 978-635-1124  hitemp@hitempcoatings.com  www.hitempcoatings.com
Rev. 090412 Page 1 of 4
SURFACE PREPARATION:
As with all coatings, the performance and service life of Hi-Temp 1027 are relative to the quality of surface
preparation accomplished.
CARBON STEEL All surfaces to be coated with Hi-Temp 1027 shall be free of all weld splatter, oil, dirt, grease,
and all other contaminants, especially salts. Round off all rough welds and sharp edges.
In maintenance and repair situations, Hi-Temp 1027 can be applied over a surface in which tightly adhering rust is
still present; remove all rust scale and loosely adhering rust until glints of bright metal are visible. The remaining
rust must be tightly adherent and not easily removed by lightly wiping with a cloth.
Hi-Temp 1027 should only be used to overcoat inorganic zinc or itself. When overcoating aged inorganic zinc,
prepare a small test patch and check for adhesion. If previously applied coatings other than inorganic zinc or Hi-
Temp 1027 are not fully removed by the method of surface preparation utilized, feather the edges of any remaining
old coating, and use Hi-Temp 1027 to spot prime only the areas where the substrate is exposed.
Non-insulated surfaces:
 Recommended: Dry abrasive blast clean to SSPC-SP 6, “Commercial Blast” [Sa 2] with a 1.0 to 2.0 mil [25
to 50 micron] profile.
When abrasive blast cleaning is not an option, the following methods are acceptable:
 SSPC-SP 15 “Commercial Grade Power Tool Cleaning”, with a minimum 1.0 mil [25 micron] profile.
 SSPC-SP 12, “Surface Preparation and Cleaning of Metals by Waterjetting Prior to Recoating” to meet the
visual definition of WJ-3, “Thorough Cleaning.” Use potable water.
 SSPC-SP 3, “Power Tool Cleaning” [St 3] or SSPC-SP 2, “Hand Tool Cleaning” [St 2].
Insulated surfaces:
 Recommended: Dry abrasive blast clean to SSPC-SP 6, “Commercial Blast” [Sa 2] or better, with a 1.0 to
2.0 mil [25 to 50 micron] profile.
When abrasive blasting is not an option, the following methods are acceptable:
 SSPC-SP 15 “Commercial Grade Power Tool Cleaning”, with a minimum 1.0 mil [25 micron] profile.
 SSPC-SP 12, “Surface Preparation and Cleaning of Metals by Waterjetting Prior to Recoating” to meet the
visual definition of WJ-2 “Very thorough or Substantial Cleaning.” Use potable water. All existing coating
must be removed except for aged inorganic zinc or existing Hi-Temp 1027.
 Power Tool Clean or Hand Tool Clean to remove all existing coating except for aged inorganic zinc or
existing Hi-Temp 1027.
STAINLESS STEEL All surfaces to be coated with Hi-Temp 1027 shall be free of all weld splatter, oil, dirt,
grease, and all other contaminants, especially salts. Round off all rough welds and sharp edges.
IMPORTANT: DO NOT USE CHLORINATED SOLVENTS ON STAINLESS STEEL SURFACES.
Non-insulated and insulated surfaces:
 Small surfaces may be cleaned with a chloride free solvent. Large surfaces may be cleaned utilizing a
high or low pressure wash or steam cleaning with an alkaline detergent, followed by a freshwater rinse.
Water used should be potable grade or better and should be checked to assure minimal salt content. Do
not use any chemical additives in the rinse water.
 An anchor profile is not mandatory for adhesion of Hi-Temp 1027 on stainless steel surfaces.
o As an option, following cleaning, a light abrasive sweep blast using an appropriate chloride free
abrasive may be performed. After completion of this mechanical surface preparation, rinse the surface
with potable grade water or better. Always allow rinsed surfaces to dry before coating.
Product: Hi-Temp 1027 Page 2 of 4

Rev. 090412
MIXING, THINNING, AND CLEANUP:
Hi-Temp 1027 is a heavy bodied material; use mechanical agitation for mixing immediately before application and
as needed during application. Be sure any settled solids are incorporated during mixing. If thinning is needed, thin
only with Hi-Temp thinners and in accordance with applicable regulations. Agitate as needed during application.
Application to ambient substrate Application to hot substrate 150ºF to 500°F

Below 150ºF [66ºC] [66ºC to 260°C]
Flush equipment and thin with Hi-Temp #10 or #11 Flush equipment and thin with Hi-Temp #5
Clean up with Thinners #5, #10, #11
For application to hot substrates over 150°F and up to 500°F [66°C to 260°C] thin (if needed) only with Hi-
Temp thinner #5. For application to substrates over 500°F and up to 600°F [260°C to 316°C] consult
Hi-Temp Technical Service.
APPLICATION:
For ambient application, surface temperature should be a minimum of 5°F [3°C] above the dew point. Do not apply
to surfaces with surface temperature below 50°F [10°C]. Do not exceed recommended maximum dry film
thicknesses for the appropriate service type and temperatures.
APPLICATION TO HOT SURFACES:

IMPORTANT! It is essential to apply multiple thin passes of Hi-Temp 1027 during application to hot steel. This
process, similar to mist coating, prevents blistering and also allows solvent to escape without leaving pinholes. Use
of a solvent other than Hi-Temp #5 thinner could produce a fire hazard, and dry spray and poor film
characteristics may also result. If blisters are observed in Hi-Temp 1027 applied to hot surfaces, immediately brush
out the blisters before they set, using a wood-handled china bristle brush. Note that the higher the substrate
temperature, the shorter the recoat time.
For direct application to hot substrates over 500°F and up to 600°F [260°C to 316°C] consult Hi-Temp
Technical Service.
APPLICATION EQUIPMENT:
Spray application is recommended: Use conventional or airless spray and good painting practices. Typical
equipment is as follows:
Product Conventional Spray Airless Spray

Air Fluid Fluid Tip Pressure Minimum Fluid Tip size
Pressure Pressure Line
1027 60-80 psi <40 psi 1.8 to 2.2 mm 3000 psi 1/4 “ to 3/8” 417 to 521
Brush and Roll: Spray application is recommended but when spray painting is not possible, brush or roll
application may be used. The coating should be applied with a suitable brush or short nap roller. Brushing and
rolling only in one direction may aid in building film thickness. For more specific instructions, refer to the Hi-Temp
Coatings Application Guideline titled “Guidelines for Roller and Brush Application of Hi-Temp Coatings Products.”
APPLICATION SYSTEMS:
I. INSULATED AND NON-INSULATED SERVICE
● Carbon Steel / Stainless Steel ● Applied direct to hot or ambient steel
Hi-Temp 1027
2 coats @ 5 to 6 mils DFT [125 to 150 microns]; total of 10 to 12 mils DFT [250 to 300 microns]
Optional 3rd coat @ 5 to 6 mils DFT [125 to 150 microns]; total of 15 to 18 mils DFT [375 to 450 microns]

Rev. 090412
II. PRIMER / TOPCOAT SYSTEM – NON-INSULATED SERVICE
● Carbon Steel / Stainless Steel ● Applied direct to hot or ambient steel
Primer Coat - Hi-Temp 1027 - 1 coat @ 5 to 6 mils DFT [125 to 150 microns]
Hi-Temp Color Topcoats (See appropriate topcoat PDS)
a] Ambient apply: Hi-Temp 500VS or Hi-Temp 1000VS
b] Hot apply: Hi-Temp 500VHA or Hi-Temp 1000VHA
III. CRYOGENIC – INSULATED AND NON-INSULATED SERVICE
● Ambient Stainless Steel
Hi-Temp 1027
[1.] For service temperature of minus 100º F to 400º F [minus 73ºC to 204°C]
2 coats @ 5 to 6 mils [125 to 150 microns] DFT per coat; total of 10 to12 mils [250 to 300 microns]
[2.] For service temperature of minus 300º F to 1000º F [minus 185º C to 538ºC]
1 coat @ 5 to 6 mils [125 to 150 microns] - DO NOT EXCEED 8 mils [200 microns] total DFT
RECOMMENDED APPLICATION PER COAT:

Minimum Maximum
Mils Microns Mils Microns
Dry Film Thickness 5 [125] 6 [150]
Wet Film Thickness 7.7 [192] 9.2 [230]
Coverage 208 ft2/gal [5.1 m2/l] 174 ft2/gal [4.3 m2/l]
APPROXIMATE DRY SCHEDULE:

Substrate Temperature at
50% RH 50°F [10°C] 70°F [21°C] 100°F [38°C] 302°F [150°C]
Dry to Recoat, Minimum 24 hours 6 hours 5 hours 1/4 hour
Dry to Recoat, Maximum No maximum as long as the surface is clean and free of contaminants
Dry to Ship 24 hours 24 hours 24 hours N/A
Cured N/A N/A N/A N/A
Dry times can vary based on environmental and substrate conditions.
Do not exceed maximum dry film thickness recommendations as this can affect dry times.
PRECAUTIONS:
This product is for use only by professional applicators in accordance with information in this data sheet and the
applicable material safety data sheets (MSDS). Refer to the appropriate MSDS before using this material. All use
and application of this product should be performed in compliance with all relative federal, state and local health,
safety and environmental regulations or in compliance with all pertinent local, regional and national regulations as
well as good safety practices for painting, and in conformance with recommendations in SSPC-PA 1, “Shop, Field
and Maintenance Painting of Steel.”
WARRANTY:
Hi-Temp® Coatings Technology, Inc. (Hi-Temp) warrants that its products are free from defects in material and
workmanship. Hi-Temp’s sole obligation and buyer’s exclusive remedy shall be limited to replacement of products
not conforming to this warranty. Any claim for replacement product must be made within one year from the delivery
date. Hi-Temp makes no other warranties, expressed or implied, such as warranties of merchantability or fitness for
a particular purpose. Hi-Temp products are intended for buyers with the knowledge and skills to evaluate the
suitability of Hi-Temp’s products for buyer’s intended use. In no event shall Hi-Temp be liable for consequential or
incidental damage.

Rev. 090412
NOVAGUARD 810
4 pages January 2013

Revision of November 2012
Description two component solvent free amine rapid cured novolac phenolic epoxy coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – one coat tank coating system

– excellent resistance to crude oil up to 194°F (90°C)
– suitable for storage of unleaded gasolines
– good chemical resistance against a wide range of chemicals and solvents
– good visibility due to light colour
– dry heat resistance 248°F (120°C)
– easy to clean
– reduced explosion risk and fire hazard
COLOURS AND GLOSS light grey, cream, red oxide – semigloss
BASIC DATA AT 20 °C (1 g/cm³ = 8.35 lb/US gal; 1 m²/l = 40.7 ft²/US gal)
(data for mixed product)
Mass density approx. 11.0 lbs/gal (1.3 g/cm³)
Volume solids 98% ± 2%
VOC (UK PG 6/23(92) appendix 3) max. 190 g/l (1.6 lb/gal)
VOC (EPA Method 24) 97 g/ltr (0.8 lb/gal) (by EPA Method 24)
Recommended dry film thickness 12 - 40 mils (304.8 - 1016 μm) depending on system
Theoretical spreading rate 134.5 ft²/gal (3.3 m²/l) for 12 mils (305 μm)
Overcoating interval min. 6 hours *
max. 28 days *
Full cure after 2 days * at 20 °C
(data for components)

Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months
* see additional data
RECOMMENDED – steel; blast cleaned to a minimum of SSPC-SP10 or ISO-SA2½ , blasting

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS profile 2 - 5 mils (50 - 125 μm)
AND TEMPERATURES – substrate temperature should be at least 5°F (3°C) above dew point during
application and curing
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 80 : 20 ( 4:1 )

– the temperature of the mixed base and hardener should preferably be at
least 104°F (40°C)
– at lower temperature the viscosity will be too high for spray application
– no thinner should be added
– for recommended application instructions: see working procedure
Induction time none
page 1/4
NOVAGUARD 810
January 2013
AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner no thinner should be added
Nozzle orifice approx. 0.023 in (= 0.584mm )
Nozzle pressure (= approx. 280 bar; 4061 p.s.i.)
– use heated airless spray plural component equipment

– in-line heating or insulated hoses may necessary to avoid cooling down of
paint in hoses at low air temperature
– length of hoses should be as short as possible.
CLEANING SOLVENT Thinner 90-83 (preferred) or Thinner 90-53

– all equipment used for application must be cleaned immediately after use
– paint inside the spraying equipment must be removed before the pot life time
has been expired
ADDITIONAL DATA Film thickness and spreading rate
theoritical spreading rate m²/l 134.5 ft²/gal 65.2 ft²/gal

(3.3 m²/l) (1.6 m²/l)
dft in μm 12 mils (300 μm) 24 mils (600 μm)
measuring wet film thickness

– a deviation is often obtained between the measured apparent wft and the
real applied wft
– this is due to the thixotropy and the surface tension of the paint which
retards the release of air trapped in the paint film for some time
– recommendation is to apply a wft which is equal to the specified dft
plus 2.4 mil (60 μm)
measuring dry film thickness

– because of low initial hardness the dft cannot be measured within some
days due to the penetration of the measuring device into the soft paint film
– the dft should be measured using a calibration foil of known thickness placed
in between the coating and the measuring device
Overcoating with Novaguard 810 (spot repair and stripe coating)
substrate 32°F 50°F 68°F 86°F 104°F

temperature (0°C) (10°C) (20°C) (30°C) (40°C)
minimum interval 1 day or immediately wet on wet
maximum interval 28 days 28 days 28 days 28 days 14 days
– surface should be dry and free from any contamination
page 2/4
NOVAGUARD 810
January 2013
Curing Curing table

substrate temperature dry to handle full cure
32 °F (0°C) 72 hours 9 days
41°F (5°C) 36 hours 5 days
86°F (30°C) 7 hours 1 day
104°F (40°C) 4 hours 12 hours
– adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing

(please refer to sheets 1433 and 1434)
– for storage and transport of drinking water the recommended working
procedure should be followed
– temperature must be maintained at or above 32°F (0°C) during cure window
REFERENCES Conversion tabels see information sheet 1410

Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433
Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Specification for mineral abrasives see information sheet 1491
Relative humidity - substrate temperature -
air temperature see information sheet 1650
– although this is a solvent free paint, care should be taken to avoid inhalation
of spray mist as well as contact between the wet paint and exposed skin or
eyes
– no solvent present; however, spray mist is not harmless, a fresh air mask
should be used during spraying
– ventilation should be provided in confined spaces to maintain good
visibility
page 3/4
NOVAGUARD 810
January 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7460
page 4/4
NOVAGUARD 830

Revision of April 2009
Description two component solvent free amine cured phenolic epoxy compound
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – sprayable caulking to overlap the welding seams

– suitable caulking compound for use under SigmaGuard CSF 650 and
Novaguard 840
– excellent chemical resistance against crude oil, unleaded gasolines and a
wide range of petrochemicals and solvents
– can be applied by heavy duty single feed airless spray equipment (60:1)
COLOURS AND GLOSS cream – gloss
BASIC DATA AT 20°C (1 g/cm³ = 8.35 lb/US gal; 1 m²/l = 40.7 ft²/US gal)
Volume solids 100%
VOC (Supplied) max. 105 g/kg (Directive 1999/13/EC, SED)
max. 144 g/l (approx. 1.2 lb/gal)
Recommended dry film thickness 3500 - 5000 μm depending on system
Touch dry after 6 hours
max. 3 months *
Full cure after 5 days *
RECOMMENDED – steel; blast cleaned to a minimum of ISO-Sa2½, blasting profile 50 - 100 μm

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS – steel with suitable holding primer (SigmaGuard 260 or SigmaCover 280)
AND TEMPERATURES which must be dry, clean and free from any contamination
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 75 : 25
– when mixing the temperature of the base and hardener should be at

least 20°C
Induction time none
Pot life 1 hours at 20°C *
page 1/4
NOVAGUARD 830
January 2014
AIRLESS SPRAY
Nozzle orifice approx. 0.67 mm (=0.026 in) at an angle of 30° a 40°
Nozzle pressure at 20°C (paint temperature) min. 30 MPa (= approx. 300 bar; 4351 p.s.i.)
at 30°C (paint temperature) min. 25 MPa (=approx. 250 bar; 3500 p.s.i.)
– heavy duty single feed airless spray equipment with a minium of 60 : 1 pump
ratio and suitable high pressure hoses
– length of hoses should be as short as possible

– all application equipment must be cleaned immediately after use
has been expired
theoretical spreading rate m²/l 0.3

dft in μm 3000
structure; in different layers the wet in wet in order to reach the required
film thickness
Overcoating table with solvent free tanklinings
substrate temperature 10°C 20°C 30°C

minimum interval 30 hours 16 hours 12 hours
maximum interval 3 months 2 months 1 month
Curing Curing table

10°C 30 hours 7 days
– although the paint is solvent free adequate ventilation must be maintained

during application and curing (please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)
page 2/4
NOVAGUARD 830
January 2014
Pot life
20°C 60 min.
30°C 45 min.
– due to exothermic reaction, temperature during and after mixing may
increase
REFERENCES Conversion tables see information sheet 1410

page 3/4
NOVAGUARD 830
January 2014
WARRANTY
PDS 7945
page 4/4
NOVAGUARD 840
5 pages February 2013

Revision of March 2011
Description two component solvent free amine cured novolac phenolic epoxy coating

– clear version for glassmat reinforced solvent free tank bottom system (see
system sheet 4145)
– excellent resistance to crude oil up to 90°C
– glossy and smooth appearance
– easy to clean
– approved to Air BP F2D2 section 2.1 for the storage of jet fuels
COLOURS AND GLOSS green, cream, clear – gloss
Volume solids 100%
VOC (Supplied) max. 106 g/kg
VOC (EPA Method 24) 73 g/ltr (0.6 lb/gal) (by EPA Method 24) see information sheet 1411
Theoretical spreading rate 3.3 m²/l for 300 μm *
Touch dry after 6 hours at 20°C
max. 2 months *
Full cure after 5 days * at 20°C


SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS – substrate temperature must be above 5°C and at least 3°C above dew point
AND TEMPERATURES during application and curing
– steel with suitable primer (SigmaGuard 260) which must be dry, clean and
free from any contamination
page 1/5
NOVAGUARD 840
February 2013

least 20°C
Induction time none
*see additional data
AIRLESS SPRAY use heavy duty single feed airless spray equipment preferably 60:1 pump ratio
and suitable high pressure hoses/in -line heating or insulated hoses may be
necessary to avoid cooling down of paint in hoses at low air temperature
length of hoses should be as short as possible
Nozzle orifice approx. 0.53 mm (= 0.021 in)
at 30°C (paint temperature) min. 22Mpa (=approx. 220 bar: 3000 p.s.i.)
BRUSH/ROLLER only for spot repair and stripe coating


has been expired
Film thickness and spreading rate
theoretical spreading rate m²/l 3.3 1.7

dft in μm 300 600
Maximum dft when brushing: 150 μm

real applied wft
plus 60 μm
page 2/5
NOVAGUARD 840
February 2013

substrate temperature 5°C 10°C 20°C 30°C

minimum interval 80 hours 36 hours 24 hours 16 hours
maximum interval 3 months 3 months 2 months 1 month
Curing Curing table


WASHING PROCEDURE
– all personnel should wear watertight suits, boots and gloves properly
cleaned with a sodium hypochlorite solution (1% active chlorine per liter)
– all tank sides, bottom and deckheads etc. should be brush cleaned or high-
pressure spray cleaned with 1% active chlorine solution as above
note: this can also be done by butterworth washing
– all parts should be high pressure cleaned with tap water and tanks drained
– concentrated active chlorine solution should be sprinkled on bottom;
approx. 1 ltr/10 m²
– tanks should be filled with tap water to a depth of approx. 20 cm and the
water should remain in the tank for at least 2 hours (max. 24 hours)
– tanks should be thoroughly flushed out with tap water
– depending upon local regulations it may be necessary to take water
samples, after filling tank completely, to check on bacteria
– after this procedure the tanks will be fit to carry drinking water
page 3/5
NOVAGUARD 840
February 2013
Pot life (at application viscosity)
20°C 60 min.
30°C 45 min.
increase
REFERENCES Safety indications see information sheet 1430

Conversion tables see information sheet 1410
eyes
visibility
page 4/5
NOVAGUARD 840
February 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7468
237775 cream 3012002200
180207 green 4000001400
page 5/5
NOVAGUARD 840
PEMEX STANDARD RP-13
5 pages July 2013

system sheet 4145)
– easy to clean
– approved to Air BP F2D2 section 2.1 for the storage of jet fuels
Volume solids 100%
VOC (Supplied) max. 106 g/kg
VOC (EPA Method 24) 73 g/ltr (0.6 lb/gal) (by EPA Method 24) see information sheet 1411
max. 2 months *


SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS – substrate temperature must be above 5°C and at least 3°C above dew point
page 1/5
NOVAGUARD 840
July 2013

least 20°C
Induction time none
AIRLESS SPRAY use heavy duty single feed airless spray equipment preferably 60:1 pump ratio
and suitable high pressure hoses/in -line heating or insulated hoses may be
necessary to avoid cooling down of paint in hoses at low air temperature


has been expired

dft in μm 300 600

real applied wft
plus 60 μm
page 2/5
NOVAGUARD 840
July 2013


Curing Curing table


WASHING PROCEDURE
page 3/5
NOVAGUARD 840
July 2013
20°C 60 min.
30°C 45 min.
increase

eyes
visibility
page 4/5
NOVAGUARD 840
July 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7468
237775 cream 3012002200
180207 green 4000001400
page 5/5
NOVAGUARD 890
5 pages September 2013


– suitable for storage of unleaded gasolines blended up to 100% ethanol
(E5 up to E100)
– suitable for storage of biodiesel (EN14214)
– semigloss and smooth appearance
system sheet 4155)
– easy to clean
COLOURS AND GLOSS green, cream, clear – semi-gloss
Volume solids 100%
see information sheet 1411
max. 2 months *

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS – substrate temperature should be above 5°C and at least 3°C above dew
AND TEMPERATURES point during application and curing
page 1/5
NOVAGUARD 890
September 2013

least 20°C
Induction time none
Pot life 1 hour at 20°C *
AIRLESS SPRAY
Nozzle orifice approx. 0.53 mm (=0.021 in)
– use heavy duty single feed airless spray equipment preferably 60:1 pump
BRUSH/ROLLER for stripe coating and spot repair only


has been expired

dft in μm 300 600

real applied wft
plus 60 μm
page 2/5
NOVAGUARD 890
September 2013

Overcoating table with itself (spot repair and stripe coating)

maximum interval 3 months 2 months 1 month
Curing Curing table


20°C 60 min.
30°C 45 min.
increase
page 3/5
NOVAGUARD 890
September 2013

eyes
visibility
page 4/5
NOVAGUARD 890
September 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7755
269264 green 4194542200
282887 cream 3002002200
page 5/5
Phenguard 253
4 pages November 2012

Description two component high build amine adduct cured novolac phenolic epoxy primer
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – excellent resistance to a wide range of organic acids, alcohols, edible oils
and solvents
– maximum cargo flexibility
– low cargo absorbtion
– recognized corrosion control coating (Lloyds register) See sheet 1886
– good application properties, resulting in a smooth surface
COLOURS AND GLOSS grey, offwhite – semigloss
Mass density 1.4 g/cm³ ( mixed product )
VOC (UK PG 6/23(92) appendix 3) max. 200 g/l (approx. 1.7 lb/gal)
(UK PG 6/23(92) Appendix 3)

Overcoating interval min.10 hours*
max. 5 days *
RECOMMENDED – steel; blast cleaned in situ to at least ISO-Sa2½ and free from rust, scale,
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS shop primer and any other contamination
AND TEMPERATURES – blasting profile 50 - 100 μm
– the substrate must be perfectly dry before and during application of
Phenguard 253
– substrate temperature must be above 10°C and at least 3°C above dew
point during application and curing
– the temperature of the paint should preferably be above 15°C, otherwise

extra thinner may be required to obtain application viscosity
– too much solvent results in reduced sag resistance and slower cure
– thinner should be added after mixing the components
Induction time allow induction time before use
15°C - 45 min.
20°C - 30 min.
25°C - 15 min.
Pot life 4 hours at 21.1°C / 70°F
page 1/4
Phenguard 253
November 2012
AIR SPRAY
Volume of thinner 5 - 10%, depending on required thickness and application conditions
Nozzle orifice 2 mm
Nozzle pressure 0.3 MPa (= approx. 3 bar; 44 p.s.i.)
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER only for touch up and spot repair

theoritical spreading rate m2/l 7.2 4.8

dft in μm 100 150
Overcoating tabel for Phenguard 253
substrate 10°C 15°C 20°C 30°C 40°C

temperature
minimum interval 24 hours 16 hours 10 hours 4 hours 3 hours
Curing Curing table

substrate temperature Service
10°C 14 day
15°C 10 days
20°C 7 days
30°C 4 days
40°C 4 days
minimum curing time of Phenguard 253 tank coating systems before the transport of
cargoes
please contact your PPG representative for further details
page 2/4
Phenguard 253
November 2012
10°C 6 hours
20 °C 4 hours
30 °C 2 hours
Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on a
worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes necessary to
comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.

– This is a solvent borne paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation
of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and
exposed skin or eyes
page 3/4
Phenguard 253
November 2012
PDS 7447
page 4/4
PHENGUARD 930
5 pages July 2012

Description two component high build amine adduct cured novolac phenolic epoxy primer
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – primer coat in the Phenguard tankcoating system

– excellent resistance to a wide range of organic acids, alcohols, edible oils,
fats (regardless of free fatty acid content) and solvents
– low cargo absorption
– good resistance to hot water
– recognized corrosion control coating (Lloyd's register), see sheet 1886
COLOURS AND GLOSS offwhite – eggshell
VOC (Directive 1999/13/EC, SED) max. 191 g/kg (Directive 1999/13/EC, SED)
Recommended dry film thickness 100 μm *

max. 21 days *
Full cure after see curing table *
Phenguard 930
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION marine system sheet: 3141
tankcoatings system sheet: 3322
page 1/5
PHENGUARD 930
July 2012
– the temperature of the mixed base and hardener should preferably be

above 15°C, otherwise extra solvent may be required to obtain application
viscosity
Pot life 4 hours at 20 °C *
Induction time – allow induction time before use
– 15°C - 20 min.
– 20°C - 15 min.
– 25°C - 10 min.
AIR SPRAY
Nozzle orifice 2 mm
AIRLESS SPRAY
Nozzle pressure 15 MPa (= approx. 150 bar; 2176 p.s.i.)

CLEANING SOLVENT – Thinner 90-53

dft in μm 100 125
Overcoating table for Phenguard 935

temperature
page 2/5
PHENGUARD 930
July 2012
Curing Curing table for Phenguard tankcoating system before transport of

cargoes without note 4, 7, 8 or 11 and ballast water and tanktest with sea
water
10°C 14 days
15°C 14 days
20°C 10 days
30°C 7 days
40°C 5 days
– minimum curing time of Phenguard tankcoating system before transport of

cargoes with note 4, 7, 8 or 11: 3 months
– for detailed information on resistance and resistance notes, please refer to
the latest issue of the Cargo Resistance List
– for transport of methanol and vinyl acetate monomer, a hot cure is required
which cannot be substituted by a service period of 3 months with non-
aggressive cargoes
– the performance of the applied system strongly depends on the curing
degree of the first coat at time of recoating. Therefore overcoating time
between 1st and 2nd coat is extended in comparison between 2nd and 3rd
coat (see overcoating details)
– when used as a primer under solvent free tank-linings the dft must be limited
to a maximum of 100 μm
10 °C 6 hours
20 °C 4 hours
30 °C 1.5 hour
page 3/5
PHENGUARD 930
July 2012

– this is a solvent borne paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation of
spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and exposed
skin or eyes
page 4/5
PHENGUARD 930
July 2012
WARRANTY
infringement of any U.S. patent covering the product.
THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES AND ALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
UNDER STATUTE OR ARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROM A COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE,
INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE
DISCLAIMED BY PPG.
Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within five (5) days of Buyer’s discovery of the claimed
defect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the
delivery of the product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyer’s failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required
herein shall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.
IN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OF
ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT.
The information in this data sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes
to be reliable. PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical experience and
knowledge and industrial skills in the industry and it is the end-user’s responsibility to determine the suitability of the
product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed that Buyer has done so, as its sole discretion and risk.
resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise).
unsatisfactory results.
This data sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyer’s responsibility to ensure that this data sheet
is current prior to using the product. Current data sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings products are
maintained at www.ppgpmc.com.
The English text of this data sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.
PDS 7409
180706 offwhite 7001002200
page 5/5
PHENGUARD 935

Revision of July 2012
Description two component high build amine adduct cured novolac phenolic epoxy coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – second coat in the Phenguard tankcoating system

COLOURS AND GLOSS pink – eggshell
max. 21 days *
RECOMMENDED – previous coat of Phenguard 930; dry and free from any contamination
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS – the substrate must be perfectly dry before and during application of
AND TEMPERATURES Phenguard 935

page 1/5
PHENGUARD 935
November 2012

viscosity

15°C - 20 min.
20°C - 15 min.
25°C - 10 min.

AIR SPRAY
Nozzle orifice 2 mm
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER
theoritical spreading rate m²/l 6.6 5.3

dft in μm 100 125
page 2/5
PHENGUARD 935
November 2012

temperature
Curing Min.curing time of Phenguard tankcoating system before transport of

water
10°C 14 days
15°C 14 days
20°C 10 days
30°C 7 days
40°C 5 days

aggressive cargoes
10 °C 6 hours
20 °C 4 hours
30 °C 1.5 hour
page 3/5
PHENGUARD 935
November 2012

skin or eyes
page 4/5
PHENGUARD 935
November 2012
WARRANTY
PDS 7435
179115 pink 6007002200
page 5/5
PHENGUARD 940
5 pages July 2012

Description two component high build amine adduct cured novolac phenolic epoxy finish
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – finish coat in the Phenguard tankcoating system

– easy to clean
COLOURS AND GLOSS light grey – eggshell

max. 21 days *
Full cure after see curing table * at 20 °C

RECOMMENDED – previous coat of Phenguard 935; dry and free from any contamination
AND TEMPERATURES Phenguard 940
page 1/5
PHENGUARD 940
July 2012

mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 88 : 12

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE – the temperature of the mixed base and hardener should preferably be
viscosity
Induction time – allow induction time before use
– 15°C - 20 min.
– 20°C - 15 min.
– 25°C - 10 min.
AIR SPRAY
Nozzle orifice 2 mm
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER

dft in μm 100 125
page 2/5
PHENGUARD 940
July 2012

temperature
Curing Min.curing time of Phenguard tankcoating system before transport of

water
10°C 14 days
15°C 14 days
20°C 10 days
30°C 7 days
40°C 5 days

aggressive cargoes
10 °C 6 hours
20 °C 4 hours
30 °C 1.5 hour
page 3/5
PHENGUARD 940
July 2012

skin or eyes
page 4/5
PHENGUARD 940
July 2012
WARRANTY
DISCLAIMED BY PPG.
PDS 7436
179118 grey 5000002200
page 5/5
PHENGUARD 965
5 pages June 2013

Description two component high build amine adduct cured novolac phenolic epoxy coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – Phenguard 965 system

– excellent resistance to a wide range of organic acids, alcohols, fats
(regardless of free fatty acid content) and solvents
– easy to clean
– can be applied and cures at temperatures down to +5°C
COLOURS AND GLOSS offwhite, pink, grey – eggshell
Volume solids 68 ± 2%
Touch dry after 2 - 3 hours at 20°C
14 - 16 hours at 5°C
max. 14 days *
Phenguard 965
– substrate temperature must be above 5°C and at least 3°C above dew point
during application and curing
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION Phenguard 965 offwhite 100 μm

Phenguard 965 pink 100 μm
Phenguard 965 grey 100 μm
page 1/5
PHENGUARD 965
June 2013

viscosity
– too much solvent results in reduced sag resistance
5°C - 20 min.
10°C - 15 min.
15°C - 10 min.
AIR SPRAY
Nozzle orifice 2 mm
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER

dft in μm 100 125
page 2/5
PHENGUARD 965
June 2013
Overcoating table for Phenguard 965 for dft up to 100 μm

temperature
Curing Curing table for dft up to 100 μm

substrate temperature Minimum curing time of
PhenGuard 965 system before
transport of cargoes without
note 4,7,8 or 11 and ballast water and
tank test with sea water
5°C 7 days
10°C 5 days
15°C 4 days
20°C 3 days
30°C 2 days
– minimum curing time of Phenguard 965 system before transport of cargoes

with note 4, 7, 8 or 11: 3 months
aggressive cargoes
– when used as a primer under solvent-free tank-linings the dft must be limited
5°C 8 hours
10°C 6 hours
15°C 4 hours
20°C 2 hours
30°C 1 hour
page 3/5
PHENGUARD 965
June 2013

skin or eyes
page 4/5
PHENGUARD 965
June 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7959
199289 offwhite 7001002200
199282 pink 6007002200
199284 grey 5000002200
page 5/5
! ! " # $

G H I J K L M N L O P % & & ' ( ' ' ) * ( + &
Q R S T U S Q V W U X V R V U Y Z R S [ Y S U [ ( ( - + ' + & ( . / 0 0 1 2 % 3 4 5 . ( & 6 7 ( - ( * 7 8 ' ) (
- (
U \ W \ ] R [ V T G ^ W \ [ [ & '
_ V [ S U G V Y V + ; < & ' = > ? > @ +
, :
< 7 ' & = ? > + + ; ; A ' & = > 1 @ B +
& = D E > F D E > ? E > + +
, C

m n o o p q r s t u v w w x y z
` a b c d e f d
{ | } } | ~

h h j j g h j h j g g j h g
j j h j j h h j h h j g h j j j j j j j i h h g j
i j j h g h j j i j g
¡ ¢ £ ¤ ¥ ¦ ¡ ¡ £ § ¨ © £ ª ¤ ¤ ¢ ¡ « ¡ ¢ ¡ § ¨ ¤ § ª ¦ ¡ ¡ £ §

£ ª ¡ ¢ ¡ ¡ § § £ ¢ ¡ ¦ § § £ ¤ ¦ ¡ ¢ ¨ ¢ ¡ ¢ ª ¤ § £ ¢ ¡ ¢ ¡ ª
¬ ¬ ¬
§ £ ¤ ª § £ ¦ § ¢ ¤ § ¨ § § ¢ £ £ ¥ ¢ ¡ ¦ ¡ ¡ £ ¥ ¢ § £ ¢ ¡ ¡ § ¤ ¡ ¡ ¢ ¢ ¡ ¡
¬ ¬ ¬
ª § ¤ § ¨ ª ® ¥

® ®
h j h h j h j j i j ¯ h j j j h j
j j j j h j h j j ° g h j h g g h j j j j g j j h j h j j
® ®
j j j g j j j j j h j j h j ± h j h j j
®
j j h h j j j j h h
² ³ ´ ³ | ³ µ ~ ¶ µ · ² ³ | ¸ ³ ² ³
³ ~ ~ µ ¹ º ¹ ~ { ³ ² ² » » ¼ ¸ ¹ ² ³ | ¸ ² ¹ ½ ~ ¾ ¹ } | ~ ¿ ¹ µ } µ · } ¹ À µ º ¹ } Á { ¿ ¹ ¿ ¹ } ¸ | ¶ ¹ ¾ µ ~ ~ ¹ ¼ ² ³ ¼ ¹ ~ À ¹ µ ·
| ~ Â ³ ~ ¾ Ã ¶ } ³ À ² ³ | ¸ ³ ² ³ µ } µ } Ä · µ } | ~ ³ ~ ¾ ³ } ¹ À Ã ¶ » ¹ À ³ | ² Ã ³ ~ À ³ ¾ ¹ ~ | ² Ã µ } À µ ~ ¶ ¹ Å ½ ¹ ~ ³ | ² ¾ | ´ | ¼ ¹ ¶
³ ~ | ~ { | } ¹ ² | ¹ ¾ µ Ã | } ³ ¶ ³ ~ ¼ · } µ ´ Ã µ } } ¹ ¶ ½ ² ³ ~ ¼ · } µ ´ | ~ ½ ¶ ¹ ´ | ¾ ¹ µ · ¿ ¹ » } µ ¾ ½ À Æ
Ç È É Ê Ë Ì Í Î Ï Ð É Ì Ê É Ê Ð Ç É Ñ Ò Ï Ð Ï Ñ Ç È È Ð É Ñ É Ê Ð È Ê Ò È Ò Ë Ì Í Ó Ô É Ò Ï Ê Õ È Ì Ê Ö × Ï Ê Ò É Ñ Ø Ï Ñ È Ò Ô Ù Ì Ê Ö Ï Ø Ì Í Ï Ð Ì Í × Ð È Ñ Ð Ñ Ð Ç Ï Ð » » ¼ Ø È Ö É È Ú È Ñ
Ð Ì Ø È Í È Ö É Ï Ø Ö È Æ » » ¼ Î Ï × Î Ì Ò É Ë × Ð Ç È É Ê Ë Ì Í Î Ï Ð É Ì Ê Õ Ì Ê Ð Ï É Ê È Ò Ç È Í È É Ê Ï Ð Ï Ê × Ð É Î È Ï Ñ Ï Í È Ñ Ô Ö Ð Ì Ë Ù Í Ï Õ Ð É Õ Ï Ö È Û Ù È Í É È Ê Õ È Ï Ê Ò
Õ Ì Ê Ð É Ê Ô Ì Ô Ñ Ù Í Ì Ò Ô Õ Ð Ò È Ú È Ö Ì Ù Î È Ê Ð Æ | Ö Ö Í È Õ Ì Î Î È Ê Ò Ï Ð É Ì Ê Ñ Ì Í Ñ Ô Ó Ó È Ñ Ð É Ì Ê Ñ Í È Ö Ï Ð É Ê Ó Ð Ì Ð Ç È Ô Ñ È Ì Ë Ð Ç È » » ¼ Ù Í Ì Ò Ô Õ Ð Ã
Ç È Ð Ç È Í É Ê Ð È Õ Ç Ê É Õ Ï Ö Ò Ì Õ Ô Î È Ê Ð Ï Ð É Ì Ê Ã Ì Í É Ê Í È Ñ Ù Ì Ê Ñ È Ð Ì Ï Ñ Ù È Õ É Ý Õ É Ê Þ Ô É Í × Ã Ì Í Ì Ð Ç È Í É Ñ È Ã Ï Í È Ø Ï Ñ È Ò Ì Ê Ò Ï Ð Ï Ã Ç É Õ Ç Ð Ì Ð Ç È
Ü Ü Ü
Ø È Ñ Ð Ì Ë » » ¼ ß Ñ à Ê Ì Ö È Ò Ó È Ã É Ñ Í È Ö É Ï Ø Ö È Æ Ç È Ù Í Ì Ò Ô Õ Ð Ï Ê Ò Í È Ö Ï Ð È Ò É Ê Ë Ì Í Î Ï Ð É Ì Ê É Ñ Ò È Ñ É Ó Ê È Ò Ë Ì Í Ô Ñ È Í Ñ Ç Ï Ú É Ê Ó Ð Ç È Í È Þ Ô É Ñ É Ð È
à Ê Ì Ö È Ò Ó È Ï Ê Ò É Ê Ò Ô Ñ Ð Í É Ï Ö Ñ à É Ö Ö Ñ É Ê Ð Ç È É Ê Ò Ô Ñ Ð Í × Ï Ê Ò É Ð É Ñ Ð Ç È È Ê Ò á Ô Ñ È Í ß Ñ Í È Ñ Ù Ì Ê Ñ É Ø É Ö É Ð × Ð Ì Ò È Ð È Í Î É Ê È Ð Ç È Ñ Ô É Ð Ï Ø É Ö É Ð × Ì Ë Ð Ç È
Ù Í Ì Ò Ô Õ Ð Ë Ì Í É Ð Ñ Ì Ê Ù Ï Í Ð É Õ Ô Ö Ï Í Ô Ñ È Ï Ê Ò É Ð Ñ Ç Ï Ö Ö Ø È Ò È È Î È Ò Ð Ç Ï Ð ¸ Ô × È Í Ç Ï Ñ Ò Ì Ê È Ñ Ì Ã Ï Ñ É Ð Ñ Ñ Ì Ö È Ò É Ñ Õ Í È Ð É Ì Ê Ï Ê Ò Í É Ñ à Æ
» » ¼ Ç Ï Ñ Ê Ì Õ Ì Ê Ð Í Ì Ö Ì Ú È Í È É Ð Ç È Í Ð Ç È Þ Ô Ï Ö É Ð × Ì Í Õ Ì Ê Ò É Ð É Ì Ê Ì Ë Ð Ç È Ñ Ô Ø Ñ Ð Í Ï Ð È Ã Ì Í Ð Ç È Î Ï Ê × Ë Ï Õ Ð Ì Í Ñ Ï Ë Ë È Õ Ð É Ê Ó Ð Ç È Ô Ñ È Ï Ê Ò
Ï Ù Ù Ö É Õ Ï Ð É Ì Ê Ì Ë Ð Ç È Ù Í Ì Ò Ô Õ Ð Æ Ç È Í È Ë Ì Í È Ã » » ¼ Ò Ì È Ñ Ê Ì Ð Ï Õ Õ È Ù Ð Ï Ê × Ö É Ï Ø É Ö É Ð × Ï Í É Ñ É Ê Ó Ë Í Ì Î Ï Ê × Ö Ì Ñ Ñ Ã É Ê â Ô Í × Ì Í Ò Ï Î Ï Ó È
Í È Ñ Ô Ö Ð É Ê Ó Ë Í Ì Î Ñ Ô Õ Ç Ô Ñ È Ì Í Ð Ç È Õ Ì Ê Ð È Ê Ð Ñ Ì Ë Ð Ç É Ñ Ò Ï Ð Ï Ñ Ç È È Ð Á Ô Ê Ö È Ñ Ñ Ð Ç È Í È Ï Í È Í É Ð Ð È Ê Ï Ó Í È È Î È Ê Ð Ñ Ñ Ð Ï Ð É Ê Ó Ì Ð Ç È Í É Ñ È Ä Æ
Ü Ü
º Ï Í É Ï Ð É Ì Ê Ñ É Ê Ð Ç È Ï Ù Ù Ö É Õ Ï Ð É Ì Ê È Ê Ú É Í Ì Ê Î È Ê Ð Ã Õ Ç Ï Ê Ó È Ñ É Ê Ù Í Ì Õ È Ò Ô Í È Ñ Ì Ë Ô Ñ È Ã Ì Í È Û Ð Í Ï Ù Ì Ö Ï Ð É Ì Ê Ì Ë Ò Ï Ð Ï Î Ï × Õ Ï Ô Ñ È
Ô Ê Ñ Ï Ð É Ñ Ë Ï Õ Ð Ì Í × Í È Ñ Ô Ö Ð Ñ Æ
Ç É Ñ Ò Ï Ð Ï Ñ Ç È È Ð Ñ Ô Ù È Í Ñ È Ò È Ñ Ï Ö Ö Ù Í È Ú É Ì Ô Ñ Ú È Í Ñ É Ì Ê Ñ Ï Ê Ò É Ð É Ñ Ð Ç È ¸ Ô × È Í ß Ñ Í È Ñ Ù Ì Ê Ñ É Ø É Ö É Ð × Ð Ì È Ê Ñ Ô Í È Ð Ç Ï Ð Ð Ç É Ñ Ò Ï Ð Ï Ñ Ç È È Ð
É Ñ Õ Ô Í Í È Ê Ð Ù Í É Ì Í Ð Ì Ô Ñ É Ê Ó Ð Ç È Ù Í Ì Ò Ô Õ Ð Æ À Ô Í Í È Ê Ð Ò Ï Ð Ï Ñ Ç È È Ð Ñ Ë Ì Í Ï Ö Ö » » ¼ » Í Ì Ð È Õ Ð É Ú È ã ´ Ï Í É Ê È À Ì Ï Ð É Ê Ó Ñ Ù Í Ì Ò Ô Õ Ð Ñ Ï Í È
Î Ï É Ê Ð Ï É Ê È Ò Ï Ð Æ Ù Ù Ó Ù Î Õ Æ Õ Ì Î Æ
Ü Ü Ü
Ç È ¹ Ê Ó Ö É Ñ Ç Ð È Û Ð Ì Ë Ð Ç É Ñ Ò Ï Ð Ï Ñ Ç È È Ð Ñ Ç Ï Ö Ö Ù Í È Ú Ï É Ö Ì Ú È Í Ï Ê × Ð Í Ï Ê Ñ Ö Ï Ð É Ì Ê Ð Ç È Í È Ì Ë Æ
ä å æ ç è é ê ë
d é ì ê e e í î ï ð c e e e e e e f f e e
g h i j k l k
PITT-CHAR® XP
4 pages July 2013

Description solvent free thick film intumescent epoxy coating for hydrocarbon pool and
jet fires
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – highly durable intumescent coating for protection of steel against
hydrocarbon and jet fires; typical applications include:
Offshore - structural steel members, bulkheads and decks
Onshore - pipework, storage tanks and vessels
– unique flexibility offers enhanced performance on vibrating structures and in
conditions of explosion overpressure
– suitable for use in cryogenic conditions
– good resistance to splash and spillage of chemicals
– excellent abrasion resistance
– suitable for corrosivity categories up to C5-I and C5-M
– meets the requirements for Norsok M501 rev 5 accelerated aging tests
– approved by ABS, BV, DNV, LR, UL and GASAFE
COLOURS AND GLOSS grey – matt
note:the applied density is dependent upon many variables such as
temperature, test method and application method
Volume solids 100%
max. 0 g/l (0.0 lb/gal)
Recommended dry film thickness normally 1000 - 7000 μm applied in one coat
note: the required dry film thickness must be in accordance with the approval
certification
Theoretical spreading rate 1.10 kg/m² for 1000 μm *

Touch dry after 10 hours *
Overcoating interval min. 4 hours
max. 1 month
Shelf life (cool and dry place) base: at least 24 months
hardener: at least 24 months
RECOMMENDED – approved primer, dry, sound and free from contamination

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS – where mesh reinforcement of PITT-CHAR XP is necessary, this should be
AND TEMPERATURES carried out in accordance with the PITT-CHAR XP Application Guidelines
– substrate temperature should be at least 5°C and at least 3°C above dew
– curing will be retarded at temperatures below 10°C and will cease below 5°C
– relative humidity during application must be lower than 85%
page 1/4
PITT-CHAR® XP
July 2013
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 2.33 : 1

mixing ratio by weight 3.25 : 1
for details see the PITT-CHAR XP Application Guidelines
Pot life 45 minutes at 25°C *
AIRLESS SPRAY single feed application

Recommended thinner 5% - 7% of Thinner 60-30 may be necessary, but the quantity shall never
exceed 10%.
The addition of thinner will affect sag resistance and overcoating intervals.
use of spray equipment with a ratio of 74 : 1 is recommended
material temperature (mixed): 23 - 35°C
the maximum length of the hoses should not exceed 30 m
Nozzle angle 40° (for large flat surfaces)
twin feed application

Nozzle orifice approx. 0.89 -1.09 mm (=0.035 - 0.043 in)
– twin feed spray equipment utilising a minium 10 inch king air motor is
recommended
– base and hardener need to be pre-heated to a minium of 60°C while
circulating through the unit
– suitable insulated and/or heated hoses should be used
Nozzle angle 40° (for large flat surfaces)
TROWEL (recommended for small areas and touch up only)

page 2/4
PITT-CHAR® XP
July 2013
Curing Curing table (for solvent free application)

ADDITIONAL DATA
substrate temperature Time to outdoor Dry to walk on
exposure
5°C / 41°F 70 hours 30 hours
– curing times may vary depending on substrate, ambient and material

temperature
5°C / 41°F 80 hours 52 days
10°C / 50°F 52 hours 36 days
20°C / 68°F 18 hours 15 days
30°C / 86°F 10 hours 10 days
40°C / 104°F 7 hours 7 days

eyes
page 3/4
PITT-CHAR® XP
July 2013
WARRANTY
281999 grey 3000002504

PDS 7589
page 4/4
PSX 700
4 pages October 2012

Description two component engineered siloxane coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – unique, high gloss, engineered siloxane

– can be applied directly over inorganic zinc
– excellent colour and gloss retention
– high solids, VOC compliant
– applied by brush, roller or spray, without thinning
COLOURS AND GLOSS full colour range – gloss
BASIC DATA AT 20 °C
Recommended dry film thickness 75 - 175 μm per coat

Touch dry after 2 hours at 20 °C *

RECOMMENDED – previous suitable coat; dry and free from any contamination
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS – aged suitable coatings; dry and free from any contamination and sufficiently
AND TEMPERATURES roughened
– prepare damaged areas to original surface preparation specifications,
feathering edges of intact coating
– for touch-up and repair; apply additional material after removing dirt,
contaminants and old loose coatings or antifoulings
– substrate temperature should be above 0°C and at least 3°C above dew
– relative humidity should be at least 40% to obtain optimal curing properties
– below 40% curing will continue, but time is extended
– use power mixer powered by an air- or an explosion proof electric motor

Induction time none
page 1/4
PSX 700
October 2012
AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner Thinner 60-12/ Thinner 21-06
BRUSH/ROLLER
– the recommended dft cannot be reached in one coat
– Natural bristle.
– Maintain a wet edge.
– Level any air bubbles with bristle brush.
theoritical spreading rate m2/l 12 7.2 5.1

dft in μm 75 125 175
Overcoating table for PSX 700 for dft up to 175 μm at RH 40% or above


substrate temperature touch dry dry to handle
5°C 7 hours 16 hours
10°C 4.5 hours 8.5 hours
20°C 2 hours 4.5 hours
30°C 1 hour 3 hours
10 °C 6.5 hours
20 °C 4 hours
30 °C 1.5 hour
page 2/4
PSX 700
October 2012

Surface preparation of concrete (floors) see information sheet 1496
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS – this is a solvent borne paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation of
skin or eyes
– for paint and recommended thinners see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and
page 3/4
PSX 700
October 2012
WARRANTY
DISCLAIMED BY PPG.
This sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyer’s responsibility to ensure that this information is
current prior to using the product. Current sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings products are maintained at
www.ppgpmc.com.
PDS 7546
page 4/4
PSX 700
PEMEX STANDARD RA-35
Description two component engineered siloxane coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – unique, high gloss, engineered siloxane

– can be applied directly over inorganic zinc
– high solids, VOC compliant
– applied by brush, roller or spray, without thinning
COLOURS AND GLOSS full colour range – gloss
Touch dry after 2 hours * see additional data

RECOMMENDED – previous suitable coat; dry and free from any contamination
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS – aged suitable coatings; dry and free from any contamination and sufficiently
AND TEMPERATURES roughened
– prepare damaged areas to original surface preparation specifications,
feathering edges of intact coating
– for touch-up and repair; apply additional material after removing dirt,
contaminants and old loose coatings or antifoulings
– relative humidity should be at least 40% to obtain optimal curing properties
– below 40% curing will continue, but time is extended
– use power mixer powered by an air- or an explosion proof electric motor

Induction time none
page 1/4
PSX 700
November 2012
AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner Thinner 60-12/ Thinner 21-06
BRUSH/ROLLER
– the recommended dft cannot be reached in one coat

– Natural bristle.
– Maintain a wet edge.
– Level any air bubbles with bristle brush.

dft in μm 75 125 175
Overcoating table for PSX 700 for dft up to 175 μm at RH 40% or above


10°C 4.5 hours 8.5 hours
20°C 2 hours 4.5 hours
page 2/4
PSX 700
November 2012
10 °C 6.5 hours
20 °C 4 hours
30 °C 1.5 hour

skin or eyes
page 3/4
PSX 700
November 2012
WARRANTY
WARRANTY STATEMENT PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPG’s
specifications for such product in effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall be delivered free of the rightful
claim of any third person for infringement of any U.S. patent covering the product. THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES
THAT PPG MAKES AND ALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, UNDER STATUTE OR ARISING OTHERWISE
IN LAW, FROM A COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY OTHER
WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE DISCLAIMED BY PPG. Any claim under this
warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within five (5) days of Buyer’s discovery of the claimed defect, but in no
event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the delivery of the product
to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyer’s failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required herein shall bar Buyer
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY IN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER
BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OF ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL,
OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE
OF THE PRODUCT. The information in this sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests
that PPG believes to be reliable. PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical
experience and continuous product development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG
product, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data,
which to the best of PPG’s knowledge, is reliable. The product and related information is designed for users having
the requisite knowledge and industrial skills in the industry and it is the end-user’s responsibility to determine the
suitability of the product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed that Buyer has done so, as its sole discretion
and risk. PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use
and application of the product. Therefore, PPG does not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage
PDS 7546MX
page 4/4
PSX 700A CLEAR COAT
3 pages December 2013

Revision of December 2012
Description two component engineered polysiloxane clearcoat
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – High gloss:

Weathering and UV resistance superior to the best polyurethane clear coats
– Universal clear finish;
Compatible with primed steel, clean metals like stainless steel,copper,bronze
and aluminium. As additional protection for existing coatings. Directly on
concrete or mortar
COLOURS AND GLOSS clear – gloss
Recommended dry film thickness 20 μm
Theoretical spreading rate 39 m²/l for 20 μm
RECOMMENDED – substrate temperature should be at least 5°C and at least 3°C above dew
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS point during application and curing
viscosity
Induction time none

AIR SPRAY
Nozzle orifice 1 - 1.5 mm
Nozzle pressure 0.3 - 0.4 MPa (= approx. 3 - 4 bar; 43 - 57 p.s.i)
page 1/3
PSX 700A CLEAR COAT
December 2013
BRUSH/ROLLER
ADDITIONAL DATA
Curing Curing table

– relative humidity lower than 40% will extend the drying times
10°C 6 hours
20°C 4 hours
30°C 3 hours
40°C 2 hours

skin or eyes
page 2/3
PSX 700A CLEAR COAT
December 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7549
page 3/3
SF ALKYD FINISH
3 pages March 2013

Description alkyd finishing coat
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – suitable for interior and exterior use

– quick drying
– good weather resistance
– good colour retention
– not suitable for immersion in water or continuous splash of water
– can be applied over intact alkyd paints
COLOURS AND GLOSS various colours on request – gloss
Volume solids 34 %
Touch dry after 1 hour at 25 °C ( dry to hard: 8 hours at 25°C)
Overcoating interval min. 24 hours at 25 °C
max. unlimited
RECOMMENDED – previous suitable coat; (e.g. SF ALKYD PRIMER) dry and free from any
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS contamination and sufficiently roughened if necessary
AND TEMPERATURES – substrate temperature should be at least 3°C above dew point
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE – stir well before use

AIR SPRAY
Nozzle orifice 1.0 - 1.5 mm
Nozzle pressure 0.3 - 0.4 MPa (= approx. 3 - 4 bar; 44 - 58 p.s.i.)
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER
page 1/3
SF ALKYD FINISH
March 2013

skin or eyes
page 2/3
SF ALKYD FINISH
March 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 8574
page 3/3
SF ALKYD PRIMER
3 pages March 2013

Description zinc phosphate alkyd primer
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – economic general purpose anticorrosive primer

– suitable for use on superstructures and on steel surfaces not normally
exposed to water immersion
– Lead and Chromate free
– should not be used over zinc primer, except when exposed to dry interior
conditions
– to be recoated with conventional paint systems
– quick drying
COLOURS AND GLOSS grey, redbrown, orange – flat
Volume solids 45 - 50 %
Theoretical spreading rate 11.3 - 12.5 m²/l for 75 μm
Touch dry after 1 hour at 25 °C ( dry to hard: 4 hours at 25°C)
max. no limitations
RECOMMENDED – steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS – steel; power tool cleaned to min. ISO-St2
AND TEMPERATURES – previous coat; dry and free from any contamination
– substrate temperature should be at least 3°C above dew point but not
above 50°C

AIR SPRAY
AIRLESS SPRAY
page 1/3
SF ALKYD PRIMER
March 2013
BRUSH/ROLLER

skin or eyes
page 2/3
SF ALKYD PRIMER
March 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 8573
page 3/3
SF Chloro Finish
2 pages March 2013

Revision of May 2004
Description Air drying type chlorinated rubber finish with good water and color retention
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – chlorinated rubber finish

– quick drying
– cures at temperatures down to -10°C
BASIC DATA
Mass density approx. 1.1 g/cm³ (depending on colours)
Touch dry after 30 min. at 20 °C
Overcoating interval min.6 hours at 20°C
max. unlimited
RECOMMENDED – previous coat (chlorinated rubber, vinyl, acryl ): dry and free from any
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS contamination
AIR SPRAY
AIRLESS SPRAY
Nozzle orifice 0.019 - 0.023 in (0.5 - 0.6 mm)
BRUSH/ROLLER

page 1/2
SF Chloro Finish
March 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7323
page 2/2
SF Chloro High Build
3 pages March 2013

Description High build chlorinated rubber type primer/ sealer
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – anticorrosive primer/sealer

– excellent water resistance
– can be applied at low temperatures, down to -10°C
– can be applied by airless spray, roller and brush
COLOURS AND GLOSS Grey, redbrown & colors available on request – flat
BASIC DATA
4.30 m²/l for 100 μm
Touch dry after 1 hour at 20 °C
max. unlimited

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS – shop primed steel; sweep blasted to SPSS-Ss or power tool cleaned to
AND TEMPERATURES SPSS-Pt3
– substrate temperature should be at least 3°C above dew point
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION SF Chloro Sealer, SF Chloro Finish or according to coating system
AIR SPRAY
page 1/3
March 2013
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER

page 2/3
March 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7319K
page 3/3
SF Chloro Sealer
3 pages March 2013

Description Air drying type chlorinated rubber sealer with good corrosion and water
resistance
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – used as sealer or coating

– excellent corrosion and water resistance
– excellent adehesion with subsequent coating
– anticorrosive tiecoat
COLOURS AND GLOSS Light grey, light brown ( aluminium pigmented) – flat
BASIC DATA
3.80 m²/l for 100 μm
max. unlimited

SYSTEM SPECIFICATION SF Chloro Finish, antifouling or according to coating system
AIR SPRAY
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER
page 1/3
SF Chloro Sealer
March 2013

page 2/3
SF Chloro Sealer
March 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7320
page 3/3
SF EPOXY PRIMER
3 pages March 2013

Description two component polyamide cured anticorrosive epoxy primer
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – anticorrosive primer for structural steel

– suitable as a system primer in various paint systems
– fast curing type
COLOURS AND GLOSS redbrown, grey – flat
Mass density approx. 1.4 g/cm³
Volume solids 52% ± 3% by volume
Recommended dry film thickness 50 μm depending on system
Overcoating interval min. 6-8 hours at 20 °C
max. 30 days, depending on exposure conditions
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months ( store pigment moisture free )
RECOMMENDED – for immersion exposure:

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS • steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½, blasting profile (Rz )40 - 70 μm
AND TEMPERATURES • steel with approved zinc silicate shop primer; sweep blasted to SPSS-Ss,
welds, rusty and damaged areas blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½
– for atmospheric exposure; :
• steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½, blasting profile (Rz )40 - 70 μm
• steel with approved zinc silicate shop primer pretreated according to
SPSS or power tool cleaned to SPSS-Pt3
– mix thoroughly together for half an hour prior to application in the proportions
as delivered
AIR SPRAY
Nozzle orifice 2 mm
AIRLESS SPRAY
page 1/3
SF EPOXY PRIMER
March 2013
BRUSH/ROLLER

skin or eyes
page 2/3
SF EPOXY PRIMER
March 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 8571
page 3/3
SF ZINC PRIMER
4 pages June 2012

Revision of October 2010
Description two component polyamide cured epoxy zinc shop primer with fast dry properties
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – suitable for automatic and manual application

– excellent anticorrosive properties
– fast dry properties
– compatible with a wide range of products to be overcoated
COLOURS AND GLOSS grey – flat
9 m²/l for 30 μm
Touch dry after 5 minutes at 20 °C
Overcoating interval min. 5 minutes
max. unlimited
RECOMMENDED – dry and free from any contamination

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS – substrate temperature should be 0°C and at least 3°C above dew point
– maximum relative humidity during application and curing is 85%
– for immersion exposure:

• steel or steel with not approved zinc silicate shop primer; blast cleaned
(dry or wet) to ISO-Sa2½, blasting profile 30 - 75 μm
• steel with approved zinc silicate shop primer; weld seams and areas of
damaged shop primer or breakdown should be blast cleaned to ISO-
Sa2½, blasting profile 30 - 75 μm or power tool cleaned to SPSS-Pt3
page 1/4
SF ZINC PRIMER
June 2012
– IMO-MSC,215(82) Requirements for Water Ballast Tanks:

• steel or steel with not approved zinc silicate shop primer; blast cleaned to
ISO-Sa2½, profile 30 - 75 μm
• steel with approved zinc silicate shop primer; weld seams and areas
of shop primer damage or break down should be blast cleaned to Iso-
Sa 2½, blasting profile 30 - 75 μm
– for shop primer with IMO type approval; no additional requirements
– - for shop primer without IMO type approval; blast cleaned to
ISO-Sa2 removing at least 70% of intact shop primer, blasting
profile 30- 75 μm
– dust quantity rating "1" for dust size class "3", "4" or "5", lower dust size
classes to be removed if visible on the surface to be coated without
magnification (ISO 8502-3:1992)
– for atmospheric exposure conditions:

• steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½, blasting profile 30 - 75 μm or
according to ISO-St3
• shop primed steel; pretreated to SPSS-Pt3
• galvanized steel; cleaned from grease, salts. contamination and
roughened up.

– agitate continuously during application
Induction time none
AIR SPRAY
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER
page 2/4
SF ZINC PRIMER
June 2012
theoritical spreading rate m²/l 18 9

dft in μm 15 30

PPG Protective & Marine Coatings Ballast Tank Working
Procedure New Building
skin or eyes
page 3/4
SF ZINC PRIMER
June 2012
WARRANTY
PDS 8208
244794 grey 0000002160
page 4/4
SFF 1078
2 pages March 2013

Description an acrylic resin based fluorescent paint with excellent color brightness and
fluorescence and resistance to stain
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – marking of traffic signs

– outdoor sign boards
– facilities for serial security
COLOURS AND GLOSS white, orange, yellow – flat
BASIC DATA
approx. 50% by volume
Overcoating interval min.2 hours at 20 °C
max. unlimited
RECOMMENDED – the surface should be free from dust, oil, grease, moisture and other
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS contaminants
AND TEMPERATURES
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER BRUSH
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS – adequate ventilation to remove solvent must be maintained during

skin or eyes
– respiratory protection is recommended when applying this material in

confined spaces or stagnant air.
page 1/2
SFF 1078
March 2013
WARRANTY
page 2/2
SIGMA AQUACOVER 20

Description one component water borne high build zinc phosphate primer/coating based on
acrylic dispersion
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – particularly suitable when solvents are not permitted because of health and
safety reasons
– excellent adhesion to well pretreated steel
– good anticorrosive properties
– fast drying
– can be overcoated with most water borne acrylics, water borne epoxy
coatings and alkyd paints as well as certain solvent borne two component
products
COLOURS AND GLOSS RAL colours (other colours available on request) – flat
Recommended dry film thickness 75 μm per coat
max. unlimited
RECOMMENDED – steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½, blasting profile 40 - 70 μm

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS – steel; pretreated according to ISO-St3
AND TEMPERATURES – shop primed steel; sweep blasted or power tool cleaned to SPSS-Ss or
SPSS-Pt2

– too much tap water results in reduced sag resistance
– must be protected from freezing at all times during storage and/or transport
AIR SPRAY
Recommended thinner tap water
Nozzle orifice 1.8 - 2 mm
*for localized areas of difficult access only
page 1/4
SIGMA AQUACOVER 20
January 2013
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER long haired brush or polyether roller with rounded edges

* for localised areas of difficult access only
CLEANING SOLVENT tap water and Thinner 70-05

– Cleaning Procedures of the spray equipment:
– pulsator filter and tip filter must be taken out of the equipment and cleaned
properly
– following tables illustrate the cleaning procedure of the spray equipment
when changing spraying from solvent borne paint to water borne paints
(table 1) and from water borne paints to solvent borne paints (table 2)
CLEANING PROCEDURE Table 1: from solvent borne- to water borne paints
1st cleaning With Thinner 90-53

2nd cleaning With Thinner 70-05
3rd cleaning With warm tap water (30 - 35°C) after which
water borne paints can be sprayed
Table 2: from water borne- to solvent borne paints
1st cleaning With warm tap water (30 - 35°C)

3rd cleaning With Thinner 90-53
Thinner 70-05 can be re-used
ADDITIONAL DATA Overcoating table for Sigma Aquacover 20 for dft up to 75 μm

with water borne acrylic and alkyd minimum interval 16 hours 6 hours 4 hours 3 hours
finishes
maximum interval unlimited unlimited unlimited unlimited
page 2/4
SIGMA AQUACOVER 20
January 2013

– although this is a water borne paint, care should be taken to avoid inhalation
page 3/4
SIGMA AQUACOVER 20
January 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7149
186582 RAL 7030 7030262200
177804 redbrown 2008002200
page 4/4
SIGMA AQUACOVER 40

Description one component water borne acrylic dispersion finish
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – particularly suitable when solvents are not permitted because of health and
safety reasons
– fast drying
– fast handling
– not suitable for immersion in water
COLOURS AND GLOSS RAL colours (other colours available on request) – semigloss
Touch dry after 30 minutes
max. unlimited
RECOMMENDED – steel coated with suitable primer (e.g. Sigma AquaCover 20)
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS – previous suitable coat; dry and free from any contamination
AND TEMPERATURES – substrate temperature should be above 5°C and at least 3°C above dew

extra tap water may be required to obtain application viscosity
AIR SPRAY
page 1/4
SIGMA AQUACOVER 40
February 2013
AIRLESS SPRAY

*for localised areas of difficult access only

properly

3rd cleaning with warm tap water (30 - 35°C) after which
waterborne paints can be sprayed


with itself minimum interval 16 hours 6 hours 4 hours 3 hours
page 2/4
SIGMA AQUACOVER 40
February 2013

page 3/4
SIGMA AQUACOVER 40
February 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7251
199310 base L 0710002197
199313 base Z 0070002185
page 4/4
SIGMA AQUACOVER 45

Description one component water borne acrylic dispersion finish
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – finish for interior accommodation, machinery spaces and superstructure
– particularly suitable when solvents are not permitted because of health and
safety reasons
– fast drying and recoatable
– allows safer working during hull outfitting of new buildings
– certificate for low flame spread: see sheet 1883
COLOURS AND GLOSS white (other colours on request) – gloss
Volume solids 34% ± 2%, depending on colour
3 hours at 10 °C
1 hour at 20 °C
max. unlimited *
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months, keep above 0°C
RECOMMENDED – previous suitable coat; (e.g. Sigma Aquacover 25) dry and free from any
AND TEMPERATURES – substrate temperature should be at least 5°C and at least 3°C above dew
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION marine system sheets: 3104, 3105

page 1/4
SIGMA AQUACOVER 45
February 2013
AIR SPRAY
AIRLESS SPRAY

* for localised areas of difficult access only

properly

3rd cleaning With warm tap water (30 - 35°C) after which water
borne paints can be sprayed

page 2/4
SIGMA AQUACOVER 45
February 2013

maximum interval- unlimited
interior

eyes
page 3/4
SIGMA AQUACOVER 45
February 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7250
146103 white 7000002200
146104 white 7000001400
page 4/4
SIGMA AQUACOVER 80

Description water borne high build acrylic coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – reduced explosion risk and fire hazard

– excellent adhesion to various types of old or weathered paints
– fast drying
– can be overcoated with dispersion paints
– single coat application
– excellent elongation (flexible)
– available in a MIO version
COLOURS AND GLOSS grey RAL 7032 (other colours on request) – semi-gloss
1.5 m²/l for 300 μm
Touch dry after 4 hours * at 20°C
max. unlimited
RECOMMENDED – steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2 or power tool cleaned to ISO-St2 for good
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS corrosion protection
– preferably relative humidity should not exceed 80%
– clean, dry and free from any contamination
– good ventilation is required during application and curing (please refer to
sheet 1433 and 1434)

AIRLESS SPRAY
page 1/4
SIGMA AQUACOVER 80
September 2013
BRUSH/ROLLER
Recommended thinner preferable not to be thinned, if necessary tap water

properly
CLEANING PROCEDURE Table 1: from solvent borne to water borne paints

3rd cleaning with warm tap water (30 - 35°C) after which waterborne
paints can be sprayed
Table 2: from water borne to solvent borne paints

Overcoating table for Sigma Aquacover 80 for dft up to 150 μm

page 2/4
SIGMA AQUACOVER 80
September 2013

page 3/4
SIGMA AQUACOVER 80
September 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7152
page 4/4
SIGMA AQUACOVER 200

Description two component polyamine cured water borne epoxy primer
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – general purpose epoxy primer in protective coating systems for steel
structures in atmospheric exposure
safety reasons
– excellent rust preventing properties in industrial or coastal atmospheres
– good adhesion to steel and galvanised steel
– free from lead and chromate containing pigments
– can be overcoated with most dispersion and alkyd paints and 2 component
durable finishes
– easy application by brush/roller and (airless) spray
– suitable for application on concrete
COLOURS AND GLOSS grey (RAL 7038), buff (RAL 1015) – eggshell
5.3 m²/l for 100 μm
Touch dry after 1.5 hours at 20 °C
Overcoating interval min. 2 hours (with itself)
max. 6 months

RECOMMENDED – steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½, blasting profile 40 - 70 μm or power tool

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS cleaned to min. ISO-St3
AND TEMPERATURES – galvanised steel; sweep blasted or otherwise roughened; dry and free from
salts and other contamination
– concrete; surface must be cured, clean, dry and free of disintegrated or
chalky materials
page 1/5
SIGMA AQUACOVER 200
December 2012

above 15°C, otherwise extra water may be required to obtain application
viscosity
– too much water results in reduced sag resistance and slower cure
– water should be added after mixing the components
Induction time none
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER

Cleaning Procedures of the spray equipment:
pulsator filter and tip filter must be taken out of the equipment and cleaned
properly
following tables illustrate the cleaning procedure of the spray equipment when
changing spraying from solvent borne paint to water borne paints (table 1) and
from water borne paints to solvent borne paints (table 2)

page 2/5
SIGMA AQUACOVER 200
December 2012


with Sigma AquaCover 400 minimum interval 3 hours 2 hours 1 hour 45 min.
with SigmaDur 520, SigmaDur 550 minimum interval 24 hours 16 hours 12 hours 8 hours
maximum interval 6 months 6 months 6 months 6 months

substrate touch dry dry to handle full cure
temperature
10°C 3 hours 16 hours 6 days
20°C 1.5 hour 5 hours 4 days
30°C 1 hour 4 hours 3 days
40°C 45 min. 3 hours 2 days
10 °C 4 hours
20 °C 3 hours
30 °C 2 hours
40 °C 1 hour
page 3/5
SIGMA AQUACOVER 200
December 2012

page 4/5
SIGMA AQUACOVER 200
December 2012
WARRANTY
PDS 7870
220700 RAL 7038 (grey) 7038262160
240678 RAL 1015 (buff) 1015262160
page 5/5
SIGMA AQUACOVER 400

Description two component polyamine cured water borne epoxy coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – general purpose epoxy build coat in protective coating systems for steel
safety reasons
– can be overcoated with most dispersion and alkyd paints and 2 component
durable finishes
– suitable for concrete floors
COLOURS AND GLOSS limited colour range available – semigloss
5.3 m²/l for 100 μm
max. 6 months

RECOMMENDED – steel with suitable primer (e.g. Sigma AquaCover 200); dry and free from any
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS contamination and within the recoat times
– concrete; surface must be cured, clean, dry and free of disintegrated or
chalky materials
page 1/5
SIGMA AQUACOVER 400
January 2013

viscosity
Induction time none
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER

properly

3rd cleaning With warm tap water (30 - 35°C) after which water borne paints can be sprayed
page 2/5
SIGMA AQUACOVER 400
January 2013


with itself minimum interval 3 hours 2 hours 1 hour 45 min.
with SigmaDur 520, SigmaDur 550 minimum interval 24 hours 16 hours 12 hours 8 hours

temperature
10 °C 4 hours
20 °C 3 hours
30 °C 2 hours
40 °C 1 hour
page 3/5
SIGMA AQUACOVER 400
January 2013

page 4/5
SIGMA AQUACOVER 400
January 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7871
220702 RAL 5011 (grey) 5011262160
page 5/5
SIGMA AQUACOVER 500
4 pages June 2012

Description two component polyamine cured water borne epoxy finish
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – general purpose epoxy finish coat in protective coating systems for steel
safety reasons
COLOURS AND GLOSS limited colour range available – gloss

due to the lead and chromate free pigmentationbright colours might have a
reduced opacity a primer in a suitable colour may be necessary

Full cure after 4 days at 20 °C
RECOMMENDED – steel with suitable primer (e.g. Sigma AquaCover 200); dry and free from any
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS contamination and within the recoat times
page 1/4
SIGMA AQUACOVER 500
June 2012

viscosity
Induction time none
Pot life 1.5 hours at 20 °C *
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER

properly

page 2/4
SIGMA AQUACOVER 500
June 2012

10 °C 3 hours
20 °C 1.5 hours
30 °C 1 hour

page 3/4
SIGMA AQUACOVER 500
June 2012
WARRANTY
DISCLAIMED BY PPG.
www.ppgpmc.com.
PDS 7872
page 4/4
SIGMA AQUAWELD 100
5 pages May 2013

Revision of August 2010
Description two component moisture curing, water borne low zinc (ethyl) silicate
prefabrication primer
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – suitable for automatic application on shot blasted steel plates
– fast drying properties
– good cutting and excellent welding properties, including MIG/MAG welding in
various positions (either automatic or manual welding)
– provides regular, smooth weld seams
– low fume release during welding and cutting
– no adherence of weldspatter at surrounding primed surface
– good thermal stability minimizes heat damage during hot work procedures
– for use in sea water immersion in combination with controlled cathodic
protection systems please contact your nearest PPG Protective & Marine
Coatings sales office
– certified by Lloyds Register and SLV
COLOURS AND GLOSS redbrown – flat
VOC (Supplied) 0 - 40 g/kg (Directive 1999/13/EC,SED)
0 - 25 g/l (0 - 0.3 lb/gal )
*See information sheet 1411
Recommended dry film thickness 18 μm - see further:
"Recommended substrate conditions and temperatures"
Theoretical spreading rate 15 m²/l for 18 μm *
*See additional data
Touch dry after Under optimal ventilation conditions and a substrate temperature of:
10 min. at 20°C
6 min. at 40°C
Overcoating interval min. 7 days
max. 6 months
longer overcoating intervals can be permitted when primer is still in sound
condition

Shelf life (cool and dry place) binder: at least 9 months (store above 5°C)
powder: at least 12 months (store powder moisture free)
page 1/5
SIGMA AQUAWELD 100
May 2013
RECOMMENDED – dry and free from oil and grease and any contamination
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS – steel; shot blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½, blasting profile 40 - 70 μm
AND TEMPERATURES – on steel blasted to above profile, the recommended dft, 18 μm, corresponds
to 22 μm as measured on a smooth test panel
– minimum thickness for a closed film is 15 μm measured on a smooth test
panel
– substrate temperature should be between 25°C and 40°C
– for automatic application a substrate temperature of 30°C - 35°C is
recommended
– relative humidity during curing should be above 50%
– preferably the relative humidity should not exceed 85%
– adequate ventilation is required
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION first coat shall be SigmaCover 280 or SigmaPrime 200 or other approved
systems
SECUNDARY SURFACE – during storage and construction, contamination of the prefabrication primer
PREPARATION should be limited
– after fabrication, surface defects should be treated according to the scheme
below
– where two possible surface treatments are indicated, the choice of treatment
is dependent on the location and on the system to be applied (see system
sheets)
– the preferred pre-treatment for optimal results is shown; other possibilities
are indicated in brackets
areas immersed atmospheric

conditions conditions
contamination to be removed to be removed
weldseams ISO-Sa2½ (SPSS-Pt3) SPSS-Pt2
burned ISO-Sa2½ (SPSS-Pt3) SPSS-Ss (SPSS-Pt2)
damaged corroded ISO-Sa2½ (SPSS-Pt3) SPSS-Ss (SPSS-Pt2)
white rust SPSS-ID Pt2 (SCAP *) SPSS-ID Pt1 (SCAP*)
* cleaning by silicon carbide impregnated abrasive pad
Note that the back of welded plate may show discoloration (especially on plate where
fillets have been welded on), this is not to be confused with burned areas and does not
require special treatment.
Burned through areas may be present (this happens especially when welding thin steel)
and these should then be treated as per 'burned areas' above.
page 2/5
SIGMA AQUAWELD 100
May 2013
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by weight: binder to powder 48 : 52
– pour the binder in the empty steeldrum

– add the powder to the binder
– the temperature of the mixture of binder and powder should preferably be
above 15°C
– stir the powder thoroughly into the binder
– stir thoroughly till homogeneous
– strain mixture through a 30 - 60 mesh screen
– mixed paint is ready for use
– agitate continuously during application, adjust speed so foam formation will
be minimized
– best performance is obtained when sprayed steel structure stored dry
for 24 hours
– mixed paint should not be stored in closed containers, please consult your
local PPG Protective & Marine Coatings sales office
–
Pot life 4 hours at 20°C
AIRLESS SPRAY restricter plate PN029025 (Nordson) prior to nozzle


properly
CLEANING PROCEDURE Table 1: from solvent borne- to water borne shop primer
Paint type: Solvent borne shop primer

1st cleaning With suitable cleaning thinner for previous product
3rd cleaning With warm tap water (30 - 35°C) after which water borne paints
can be sprayed
page 3/5
SIGMA AQUAWELD 100
May 2013
Table 2: from water borne- to solvent borne shop primer

3rd cleaning with suitable cleaning thinner for the next product
Paint type: Solvent borne shop primer

page 4/5
SIGMA AQUAWELD 100
May 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7124
268430 redbrown 2008002180
page 5/5
SIGMA EP 110 PRIMER
4 pages August 2012

Description two component zinc phosphate blast primer / sealer
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – epoxy blast primer for steel

– cures at temperatures down to +5°C
– excellent adhesion to steel
– registered as Highway Agency item 110
– approved Network Rail RT 98 item 7.1.2
COLOURS AND GLOSS Buff BS 08C35 – eggshell
Touch dry after 20 minutes * at 20 °C

max. 3 months


SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS – galvanised steel; pretreated with Sigma Etch
AND TEMPERATURES – during application and curing a substrate temperature down to 10°C is
acceptable provided substrate is dry and free from any contamination
– substrate temperature must be at least 3°C above dew point
viscosity
Induction time – none
page 1/4
SIGMA EP 110 PRIMER
August 2012
AIR SPRAY
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER
theoritical spreading rate m2/l 17.2 12.3 8.6

dft in μm 25 35 50
Overcoating table for Sigma EP 110 Primer

maximum interval 3 months 3 months 2 months
Curing Curing table for Sigma EP 110 Primer for dft up to 50 μm

substrate touch dry full cure dry to handle
temperature
10°C 40 min. 7 days 2 hours
20°C 20 min. 5 days 1 hour
30°C 15 min. 3 days 30 min.

page 2/4
SIGMA EP 110 PRIMER
August 2012
10 °C 10 hours
20 °C 8 hours
30 °C 4 hours

skin or eyes
page 3/4
SIGMA EP 110 PRIMER
August 2012
WARRANTY
DISCLAIMED BY PPG.
PDS 0660UK
page 4/4
SIGMA EP 111 PRIMER
4 pages August 2012

Description two component high solids polyamide cured recoatable zinc phosphate epoxy
primer
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – general purpose epoxy primer or build coat in protective coating systems for
steel and concrete structures in atmospheric exposure
– can be recoated with various two component and conventional coatings
even after long weathering periods
– tough with long term flexibility
– excellent adhesion to steel
– easy application, both by airless spray and brush
– VOC compliant
– approved Network Rail RT 98
COLOURS AND GLOSS cream – eggshell

max. 6 months


SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS – during application and curing a substrate temperature down to -5°C is
AND TEMPERATURES acceptable provided substrate is dry and free from any contamination
– substrate temperature at least 3°C above dew point
page 1/4
SIGMA EP 111 PRIMER
August 2012
viscosity
AIR SPRAY
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER

dft in μm 75 100 150
Overcoating table for Sigma EP 111 Primer
substrate -5°C 5°C 10°C 20°C 30°C 40°C

temperature
minimum interval 48 20 16 8 6 4
hours hours hours hours hours hours
maximum interval 6 months
– for polyurethane paints the minimum overcoating time should be raised

with 100%
page 2/4
SIGMA EP 111 PRIMER
August 2012
Curing Curing table for Sigma EP 111 Primer for dft up to 100 μm
substrate temperature full cure dry to handle
-5°C 14 days 24 - 48 hours
0°C 10 days 24 - 30 hours
5°C 8 days 18 - 24 hours
10°C 6 days 18 hours


skin or eyes
page 3/4
SIGMA EP 111 PRIMER
August 2012
WARRANTY
DISCLAIMED BY PPG.
PDS 0708UK
page 4/4
SIGMA EP 112 MIOCOAT
4 pages August 2012

Description two component high solids micaceous iron oxide pigmented polyamine cured
recoatable epoxy coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – general purpose epoxy build coat in protective coating systems for steel and
concrete structures exposed to atmospheric land or marine conditions
– good adhesion characteristics for subsequent coats
– excellent durability
– VOC compliant
– resistant to temperatures up to 200°C in dry atmospheric exposure
conditions
COLOURS AND GLOSS dark grey, light grey – eggshell

max. 6 months


SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS – during application and curing a substrate temperature down to +5°C ,
AND TEMPERATURES overcoating times are affected as stated in the tables
– previous suitable coat; dry and free from any contamination
page 1/4
August 2012
viscosity
AIR SPRAY
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER

dft in μm 75 100 150
Overcoating table for Sigma EP 112 Miocoat

temperature
maximum interval 6 months 6 months 6 months 3 months 1 month

with 100%
page 2/4
August 2012
Curing Curing table for Sigma EP 112 Miocoat for dft up to 100 μm


skin or eyes
page 3/4
August 2012
WARRANTY
DISCLAIMED BY PPG.
PDS 0709UK
page 4/4
SIGMA EP 159 SEALER
4 pages August 2012

Description two component epoxy sealer pigmented with aluminium
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – epoxy sealer for metal sprayed steel

COLOURS AND GLOSS grey
Theoretical spreading rate 18 m²/l
Touch dry after 45 minutes * at 20 °C

max. 4 days *

RECOMMENDED – thermally sprayed steel and dry and free from any contamination
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS – during application and curing a substrate temperature down to 5°C is
AND TEMPERATURES acceptable provided substrate is dry and free from any contamination
– substrate temperature must be at least 3°C above dew point
viscosity
Induction time – none
AIR SPRAY
page 1/4
SIGMA EP 159 SEALER
August 2012
AIRLESS SPRAY
theoritical spreading rate m2/l 18.0

dft in μm 25
Overcoating table for Sigma EP 159 Sealer

maximum interval 4 days 4 days 4 days
Curing Curing table for Sigma EP 159 Sealer for dft of 25 μm

temperature
30°C 25 min. 3 days 1 hour

10 °C 10 hours
20 °C 8 hours
30 °C 4 hours
page 2/4
SIGMA EP 159 SEALER
August 2012

skin or eyes
page 3/4
SIGMA EP 159 SEALER
August 2012
WARRANTY
DISCLAIMED BY PPG.
PDS 0665UK
page 4/4
SIGMA PU 160 PRIMER
3 pages August 2012

Description one component moisture curing polyurethane primer
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – low temperature cure

– excellent adhesion to galvanised steel and aluminium
– ready for use
– primer for maintenance situations
COLOURS AND GLOSS red – flat

max. 6 months
RECOMMENDED – steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½, blasting profile 40 - 70 μm or power tool

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS cleaned to min. ISO-St3
AND TEMPERATURES – during application and curing a substrate temperature down to +5°C is
acceptable
– galvanised steel and aluminium; dry and free from any contamination and
roughened (e.g. sandpapering, sweepblasting)

– take out working quantity from the tin and re-seal immediately to prevent
moisture contamination in the can
AIRLESS SPRAY
page 1/3
SIGMA PU 160 PRIMER
August 2012
BRUSH/ROLLER

skin or eyes
page 2/3
SIGMA PU 160 PRIMER
August 2012
WARRANTY
DISCLAIMED BY PPG.
PDS 0710 UK
page 3/3
SIGMA PU 162 MIOCOAT
3 pages August 2012

Description one component moisture curing micaceous iron oxide containing primer/build
coat
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – low temperature cure

– excellent adhesion to galvanised steel and aluminium
– ready for use
– miox primer/build coat for maintenance situations
COLOURS AND GLOSS light and dark grey – flat
9 m²/l for 80 μm

max. 6 months
RECOMMENDED – previous coat; (e.g. Sigma PU 160 primer) dry and free from any
AND TEMPERATURES – steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½, blasting profile 40 - 70 μm or power tool
cleaned to min. ISO-St3
– during application and curing a substrate temperature down to +5°C is
acceptable
– galvanised steel and aluminium; dry and free from any contamination and
roughened (e.g. sandpapering, sweepblasting)

– take out working quantity from the tin and re-seal immediately to prevent
moisture contamination in the can
– ensure surfaces are sound, clean and dry before coating and are within
maximum overcoating restrictions
page 1/3
August 2012
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER

skin or eyes
page 2/3
August 2012
WARRANTY
DISCLAIMED BY PPG.
PDS 0712 UK
page 3/3
SIGMA RAPID DRY FLOOR PAINT
2 pages March 2010

DESCRIPTION one component floor finish based on Urethane modified alkyd
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – very fast drying

– particularly suitable for interior floors and decks
– can be applied on steel and concrete
– minimum substrate temperature 5 °C
COLOURS AND GLOSS red, grey - highgloss
VOC (supplied) max. 450 g/l (approx. 3.8 lb/gal)
Theoretical spreading rate 13.4 m²/l
Touch dry after 60 min. at 20°C
max. no limitations
Flash point 38°C
RECOMMENDED – concrete floors should be at least 28 days old with a moisture content of
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS under 4% and prepared by abrasive blasting to remove laitance and friable
AND TEMPERATURES material
– apply to suitable prepared and primed steel or sound aged coatings which
are dry and free from any contamination

AIR SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER

– NOTE: it is recommended that the 1st coat to be applied to concrete should
be thinned by approx. 10%
page 1/2
SIGMA RAPID DRY FLOOR PAINT
March 2010
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS for paint and recommended thinners see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant
material safety data sheets
this is a solvent borne paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation of
spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and exposed skin
or eyes
Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of PPG Protective & Marine Coatings to supply
the same product on a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
The information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to be accurate and is intended for
guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the Sigma Coatings products made by PPG
Protective & Marine Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry, or otherwise,
are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. The products and information are designed for
users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-user's responsibility to determine the
suitability of the product for its intended use.
PPG Protective & Marine Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many
factors affecting the use and application of the product. PPG Protective & Marine Coatings does therefore not accept
any liability arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
The data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous product
development.
This data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user's responsibility to ensure that this
sheet is current prior to using the product.
The English text of this document shall prevail over any translation thereof.
PDS 7232UK
page 2/2
SF EPOXY FINISH
3 pages March 2013

Revision of January 2012
Description two component polyamide cured high gloss epoxy finish
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – high gloss epoxy finish

– general purpose epoxy build coat in protective coating systems for steel and
– can be overcoated after long term outdoor exposure
– excellent decontamination property
max. 3 months


Induction time none
AIR SPRAY
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER
page 1/3
SF EPOXY FINISH
March 2013

dft in μm 40
Overcoating table

temperature
with itself minimum interval 24 hours 12 hours 8 hours 6 hours 4 hours
Curing Curing table

10 °C 8 hours
20 °C 5 hours
30 °C 4 hours
40 °C 2 hours

page 2/3
SF EPOXY FINISH
March 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 8572
page 3/3
SIGMACOVER 2
(SigmaCover 640 LT)

Description two component high solids epoxy coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – low temperature curing down to 0°C

– high performance self priming universal epoxy
– high solids, low VOC
– surface tolerant and abrasion resistant
– compatible with prepared damp surfaces
– good adhesion on most existing coatings
– available in a wide colour range
– also available with MIO pigmentation
Mass density 1.4 g/cm³ (white)
VOC (Directive 1999/13/EC, SED) max. 114 g/kg
163 g/l ( 1.4 lb/gal)
VOC (EPA Method 24) 180 g/ltr (1.5 lb/gal)

Touch dry after 6 hours* 10 °C
max. see tables *

RECOMMENDED – steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½, power tool cleaned to min. ISO-St3 or
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS hand tool clean to ISO-St2 or ultra high pressure water jet to WJ2L
AND TEMPERATURES – for immersion exposure: steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½
– concrete and other cement-bonded substrates; dry, hard and free from
contamination such as laitance, grease and dust
– aged suitable coatings; dry and free from any contamination and sufficiently
roughened
– for single pack coatings; extra precautions are necessary
– the paint should be stirred well before use, preferably by means of a

mechanical mixer, to ensure homogeneity
– add cure to resin and continue stirring until homogeneous
Pot life 1 hour at 20 °C *
page 1/4
SIGMACOVER 2
(SigmaCover 640 LT)
January 2013
AIR SPRAY
AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner no extra thinner needed
BRUSH/ROLLER – apply evenly using a well loaded brush or roller
– Application by brush or roller will provide approx. 80 microns dft. in a single
coat application.
theoritical spreading rate m²/l 8.5 6.8 4.3

dft in μm 100 125 200
Overcoating table for SigmaCover 2 for dft at 125 μm

maximum interval 1 month 1 month 1 month 1 month
with polyurethanes minimum interval 24 hours 12 hours 6 hours 3 hours
maximum interval 14 days 14 days 7 days 4 days
*An extended recoatable window may be allowable in some circumstances.

Please contact your PPG PMC representative for more details
Curing Curing table for dft at 125 μm

– during the curing period precautions must be taken to avoid contact of the
coating with moisture, otherwise blushing may occur
page 2/4
SIGMACOVER 2
(SigmaCover 640 LT)
January 2013
Pot life
0°C / 32°F 4 hours

10°C / 50°F 2 hours
20°C / 68°F 1 hour
30°C / 86°F 30 min.

skin or eyes
page 3/4
SIGMACOVER 2
(SigmaCover 640 LT)
January 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7989
page 4/4
SIGMACOVER 211
4 pages March 2013

Description two component polyamide cured epoxy primer
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – epoxy primer in protective coating systems for concrete and sand/cement
substrates (floors and walls)
– can be recoated with most two component coatings
– good water resistance
– fair chemical resistance to spillage and splash
– resistant to impact and abrasion
– easy to clean
COLOURS AND GLOSS white – eggshell
Touch dry after 30 minutes *
max. 10 days *
RECOMMENDED – concrete, sand/cement; dry and free from any contamination

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS – moisture content of concrete should be max. 4%

viscosity
– for impregnation of concrete 30% thinner should be added
Induction time none
page 1/4
SIGMACOVER 211
March 2013
AIR SPRAY
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER
theoretical spreading rate m²/l 14.6 12.8 10.2

dft in μm 35 40 50
Overcoating table for SigmaCover 211 for dft up to 35 μm

with most 2 component coatings minimum interval 48 hours 24 hours 16 hours 8 hours

temperature
30°C 20 min. 1 hour 5 days

page 2/4
SIGMACOVER 211
March 2013
15 °C 16 hours
20 °C 14 hours
25 °C 11 hours
30 °C 8 hours
35 °C 5 hours

skin or eyes
page 3/4
SIGMACOVER 211
March 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7406
179505 white 7000001400
179506 white 7000002200
page 4/4
SIGMACOVER 240
5 pages May 2013

Description two component high solids polyamine adduct cured epoxy coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – can be used directly to metal

– very good surface wetting
– excellent corrosion resistance
– outstanding (sea)water resistance
– resistant to well designed/controlled cathodic protection
– good resistance against chemically polluted water
– good abrasion resistance
– low temperature cure down to -18 °C
COLOURS AND GLOSS limited colour range available – semi-gloss
Recommended dry film thickness 100 - 300 μm depending on system *

max. 6 months *

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS • steel or steel with not approved zinc silicate shop primer; blast cleaned to
AND TEMPERATURES ISO-Sa2½, blasting profile 30 - 75 μm
• steel; pretreated preferably to ISO-Sa2½, blasting profile 40 - 70 μm or
according to ISO-St3, hydrojetted to VIS WJ2/3L
– previous coat; (e.g. SigmaCover 240 or suitable primer) dry and free from
any contamination and within the minimum and maximum overcoating time
– suitable for wet blast or ultra high pressure water (UHPWW) cleaned
substrates (damp or dry)
– substrate temperature should be at least 3°C above dew point during
page 1/5
SIGMACOVER 240
May 2013

viscosity
Induction time 15 minutes at 20°C
AIR SPRAY
Recommended thinner Thinner 21-06 or Thinner 91-92
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER
Recommended thinner no extra thinner is necessary,
Volume of thinner but up to 5% Thinner 21-06 or Thinner 91-92 can be added if desired

dft in μm 100 300
page 2/5
SIGMACOVER 240
May 2013
substrate -5°C 0°C 10°C 20°C 30°C

temperature
with urethane, PSX minimum interval 36 hours 24 hours 14 hours 7 hours 4 hours
maximum interval 3 months 3 months 2 months 1 month 15 days

– A detergent wash with SigmaRite 88 or equivalent is required prior to
application of topcoats after 30 days of exposure
– if maximum recoating time is exceeded, then roughen surface
– Alkyd coatings and waterborne acrylic coatings should be applied after the
film is dry to handle and not greater than three times dry to handle time.
– Maximum recoating time is highly dependent upon actual surface
temperature - not simply air temperatures. Sun-Exposed or otherwise
heated surface will shorten the maximum recoat window

substrate touch dry dry to handle Service - water
temperature immersion
-5°C 36 hours 60 hours 21 days

– Drying times are dependent on air and surface temperatures as well as film
thickness, ventilation and relative humidity.
15°C 2 hours
20°C 90 min.
30°C 40 min.
page 3/5
SIGMACOVER 240
May 2013

skin or eyes
page 4/5
SIGMACOVER 240
May 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7991
page 5/5
SIGMACOVER 280

PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – general purpose epoxy primer in protective coating systems for steel and
non ferrous metals
– good adhesion to non ferrous metals
– good flow and wetting properties
– good water and corrosion resistance
– suitable for touching up of weld seams and damages of epoxy coatings
during construction
– excellent recoatability
– can be overcoated with most alkyd-, chlorinated rubber-, vinyl-, epoxy- and
two component polyurethane coatings
– suitable on wet blast cleaned substrates (damp or dry)
– compatible with well designed cathodic protection systems
COLOURS AND GLOSS yellow/green (redbrown on request) – eggshell
5.7 m²/l for 100 μm *
Touch dry after 1.5 hour at 20 °C
Overcoating interval min. see tables *

max. see tables *

page 1/6
SIGMACOVER 280
October 2012

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS • steel or steel with not approved zinc silicate shop primer; blast cleaned
AND TEMPERATURES (dry or wet) to ISO-Sa2½, blasting profile 30 - 75 μm
• coated steel; hydrojetted to VIS WJ2 L (blasting profile 30 - 75 μm)
– IMO-MSC.215(82) Requirements for Water Ballast Tanks:

• steel; ISO 8501-3:2006 grade P2, with all edges treated to a rounded
radius of minimum 2 mm or subject to three pass grinding
ISO-Sa2½, blasting profile 30 - 75 μm
Sa2½, blasting profile 30 - 75 μm
– for shop primer without IMO type approval; blast cleaned to
profile 30 - 75 μm
– dust quantity rating "1 for dust size class "3", "4" or "5", lower dust size

• galvanised steel; cleaned from grease, salts, contamination and
roughened up
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION – marine system sheets: 3101, 3102, 3103, 3104,

3105, 3106 (spec. 5,7), 3107, 3108
page 2/6
SIGMACOVER 280
October 2012

viscosity
Induction time none
AIR SPRAY
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER
Volume of thinner but up to 5% Thinner 91-92 can be added if desired

dft in μm 50 75 100
page 3/6
SIGMACOVER 280
October 2012

temperature
with various two pack epoxy- and minimum interval 36 hours 16 hours 8 hours 6 hours 4 hours
polyurethane coatings
Max interval when 3 months 3 months 3 months 2 months 2 months
exposed to direct
sunshine maximum
interval
not exposed to
direct sunshine
maximum interval

temperature
with other types of paint like: most minimum interval 16 hours 10 hours 5 hours 3 hours 2 hours
chlorinated rubber-, vinyl-, alkyd
coatings

– glossy finishes require a corresponding undercoat

temperature
20°C 2 hours 2.5 hours 7 days
30°C 1 hour 1.5 hour 5 days

page 4/6
SIGMACOVER 280
October 2012
15 °C 10 hours
20 °C 8 hours
30 °C 5 hours
35 °C 4 hours

skin or eyes
page 5/6
SIGMACOVER 280
October 2012
WARRANTY
DISCLAIMED BY PPG.
www.ppgpmc.com.
PDS 7417
179083 yellow/green 4009002200 (144497 base, 142014 hardener)
179085 redbrown 6137002200 (144493 base, 142014 hardener)
page 6/6
SIGMACOVER 280 LT

Revision of February 2010
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – general purpose epoxy primer in protective coating systems for steel
during construction
– recoatable with most two component epoxy and polyurethane coatings
– compatible with well designed controlled cathodic protection systems
COLOURS AND GLOSS yellow/green – eggshell
5.7 m²/l for 100 μm *

max. see overcoating table *

page 1/6
SIGMACOVER 280 LT
October 2012

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS • steel or steel with not approved zinc silicate shop primer; blast cleaned (dry
AND TEMPERATURES or wet) to ISO-Sa2½, blasting profile 30 - 75 μm
damaged shop primer or breakdown should be blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½,
blasting profile 30 - 75 μm or power tool cleaned to SPSS-Pt3

• steel; ISO 8501-3:2006 grade P2, with all edges treated to a rounded radius
of minimum 2 mm or subject to three pass grinding
damaged shop primer or breakdown should be blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½,
blasting profile 30 - 75 μm
profile 30 - 75 μm
• dust quantity rating "1" for dust size class "3", "4" or "5", lower dust size

• steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½, blasting profile 30 - 75 μm or according to
ISO-St3
• galvanised steel; cleaned from grease, salts, contamination and roughened
up
– substrate temperature should be between -10°C up to 15°C during
application and curing and at least 3°C above dew point and free from ice
and any contamination
– during application and curing a substrate temperature down to -10°C is
possible, but curing to hardness takes longer and complete resistance will
be reached when temperature increases
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION marine

system sheets: 3101, 3102, 3103, 3104,3105, 3106 (spec. 7, 8), 3107, 3108
page 2/6
SIGMACOVER 280 LT
October 2012

viscosity
Induction time none
AIR SPRAY
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER
CLEANING SOLVENT Thinenr 90-53

dft in μm 50 75 100
page 3/6
SIGMACOVER 280 LT
October 2012
Overcoating table for SigmaCover 280 LT for dft up to 75 μm
substrate -10°C -5°C 0°C 5°C 10°C 15°C

temperature
with other types of paint like: most minimum interval 24 hours 16 hours 12 hours 8 hours 4 hours 3 hours
chlorinated rubber-, vinyl-, alkyd
maximum interval 10 days 10 days 7 days 4 days 4 days 4 days
coatings

– glossy finishes require a corresponding undercoat
substrate -10°C -5°C 0°C 5°C 10°C 15°C

temperature
with various two pack epoxy- and minimum interval 48 hours 24 hours 16 hours 12 hours 8 hours 6 hours
Max interval 2 months 2 months 2 months 1 month 1 month 1 month
when exposed to
direct sunshine
maximum interval
Max interval when 3 months 3 months 3 months 2 months 2 months 1 month
not exposed to
direct sunshine
maximum interval

temperature

5 °C 10 hours
10 °C 8 hours
page 4/6
SIGMACOVER 280 LT
October 2012

skin or eyes
page 5/6
SIGMACOVER 280 LT
October 2012
WARRANTY
DISCLAIMED BY PPG.
www.ppgpmc.com.
PDS 7424
page 6/6
SIGMACOVER 300

Description two component high build polyamine adduct cured coaltar epoxy coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – outstanding (sea)water resistance (outside hull and ballast tanks)
– outstanding water and crude oil resistance
– can be applied and cures at low temperatures (application possible down to
-5°C, provided the substrate is free from ice)
– recognized corrosion control coating (Lloyd's Register), see sheet 1886
COLOURS AND GLOSS black, brown – eggshell
Recommended dry film thickness 125 - 500 μm (see system sheets)
max. 5 days *

RECOMMENDED – for immersion in water, with cathodic protection:

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS • steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½, blasting profile 40 - 70 μm
AND TEMPERATURES • steel with approved zinc silicate shop primer; sweep blasted to SPSS-Ss
or SPSS-Pt2
• existing coal tar epoxy coating; sufficiently roughened and free from any
contamination
– for immersion in water, without cathodic protection:

• steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½, blasting profile 40 - 70 μm
• steel with approved shop primer; sweep blasted to SPSS-Ss or power
tool cleaned to SPSS-Pt3
contamination
page 1/6
SIGMACOVER 300
November 2013

• steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2 or ISO-Sa2½, blasting profile 40-70 μm
• steel with approved shop primer; powertool cleaned to SPSS-Pt2 or
SPSS-Pt3
contamination
– in order to obtain the maximum resistance against chemical- and mechanical
influences the substrate temperature should be above 5°C during application
and curing
– application at temperatures down to -5°C is possible but curing to hardness
takes longer and complete cure will be reached when temperature increases
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION marine system sheets: 3101, 3102, 3106, 3107
viscosity
Induction time none

AIR SPRAY
Nozzle orifice 2 - 3 mm
AIRLESS SPRAY
Volume of thinner 0 - 5% for a dft of 250 μm
0 - 5% for a dft of 125 μm

page 2/6
SIGMACOVER 300
November 2013
theoretical spreading rate 5.7 2.8 2.4 1.8 1.4

m²/l
dft in μm 125 250 300 400 500
Overcoating table for dft up to 250 μm
substrate -5°C 5°C 10°C 15°C 20°C 30°C 40°C

temperature
with SigmaCover 300 and minimum 48 hours 24 hours 18 hours 12 hours 6 hours 4 hours 3 hours
SigmaCover 510 and other interval
compatible paints
Max interval 21 days 21 days 12 days 8 days 4 days 3 days 2 days
when exposed
to direct
sunshine
Max interval 40 days 40 days 30 days 24 days 18 days 14 days 7 days
when not
exposed to
direct sunshine

– when overcoated with other paints, tar bleeding will occur
– when overcoating work is to be carried out on coats thicker than 250 μm
applied in one coat, the minimum overcoating interval must be extended as
follows:
– for 300 μm : 2 times as long

page 3/6
SIGMACOVER 300
November 2013

substrate Initial cure for Full cure for dry to handle
temperature exposure to sea immersion in
water and to polluted water or
slightly polluted crude oil
atmosphere
5°C 96 hours -- 48 hours
10°C 48 hours 15 days 30 hours

Drydockings
– exposure to sea water is permitted after the initial curing time
– if SigmaCover 300 has been applied by means of hot airless spray,
exposure to sea water is permitted after an initial cure of 4 hours
– at dfts ranging from 250 - 500 μm applied in a one coat application the
curing times have to be doubled in order to obtain sufficient mechanical
strength
– the mechanical strength, when cured at low temperature, is low initially, but
will increase quickly when exposed to sea water
15°C 8 hours
20°C 6 hours
25°C 5 hours
30°C 4 hours
35°C 2 hours
page 4/6
SIGMACOVER 300
November 2013

skin or eyes
page 5/6
SIGMACOVER 300
November 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7472
179000 black 8000002200
178998 brown 2000002200
page 6/6
SIGMACOVER 300 LT

Description two component high build polyamine adduct cured coaltar epoxy primer/coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – outstanding sea water resistance (outside hull and ballast tanks)
– cures even at temperatures down to -10°C
– rapid throughput of work can be maintained even at low temperatures
COLOURS AND GLOSS black, brown – eggshell
2.8 m²/l for 250 μm *

max. see overcoating table *

page 1/5
SIGMACOVER 300 LT
November 2012
RECOMMENDED – for immersion in water, with or without cathodic protection

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS – steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½, blasting profile 40 - 70 μm
or power tool cleaned to SPSS-Pt3
• existing suitable epoxy coating or coaltar epoxy coating; in sound
condition and sufficiently roughened and free from any contamination
• steel; blast cleaned to ISO Sa2 or ISO-Sa2½, blasting profile 40 - 70 μm
• steel with approved shop primer; power tool cleaned to SPSS-Pt2 or
SPSS-Pt3
• existing suitable epoxy coating or coaltar epoxy coating; in sound
condition and sufficiently roughened and free from any contamination

viscosity
Induction time none
AIR SPRAY
AIRLESS SPRAY
Volume of thinner 0 - 5% for a dft of 250 μm
10 -15% for a dft of 125 μm
page 2/5
SIGMACOVER 300 LT
November 2012


dft in μm 125 250
substrate temperature -10°C 0°C 10°C 15°C

with SigmaCover 300 and minimum interval 48 hours 24 hours 12 hours 8 hours
SigmaCover 510 and other
Max interval when 15 days 5 days 3 days 2 days
compatible paints
exposed to direct
sunshine maximum
interval
not exposed to direct
sunshine maximum
interval
– surface should be dry and free from any contamination and ice
– when overcoated with other paints, tar bleeding will occur
– when overcoating work is to be carried out on coats thicker than 125 μm
applied in one coat, the minimum overcoating interval must be extended as
follows:
for 250 μm : 2 times as long
– when application has to be executed at low temperature care should be
taken that the temperature of the mixed paint is at least 15°C, the induction
time should be increased to at least one hour
page 3/5
SIGMACOVER 300 LT
November 2012

substrate Initial cure for Full cure for dry to handle
temperature exposure to sea immersion in
water and to polluted water or
slightly polluted crude oil
atmosphere
-10°C 12 days -- 72 hours
-5°C 7 days 21 days 48 hours
0°C 5 days 15 days 30 hours
5°C 3 days 10 days 20 hours

5 °C 8 hours
10 °C 6 hours

skin or eyes
page 4/5
SIGMACOVER 300 LT
November 2012
WARRANTY
DISCLAIMED BY PPG.
www.ppgpmc.com.
PDS 7483
179014 brown 2000002200
179015 black 8000002200
page 5/5
SIGMACOVER 350
6 pages May 2013

DESCRIPTION two component high build polyamine cured epoxy primer/coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – surface tolerant primer/coating for topsides, decks, superstructures,

cargo holds and protective coating systems
– good impact and abrasion resistance
– fast curing
– smooth ﬁlm, easy to clean
– compatible with various aged coatings
– resistant to splash and spillage of a wide range of chemicals
COLOURS AND GLOSS

various colours (in line with the SigmaCare Shade Card of PPG Protective &
Marine Coatings), aluminum and RAL colours - semigloss
Note: For cargo holds grey ( 5177 ) and redbrown ( 6179 ) only
BASIC DATA AT 20°C
(1 g/cm³ = 8.35 lb/US gal; 1 m²/l = 40.7 ft²/US gal)
VOC (supplied) max. 263 g/kg (Directive 1999/13/EC, SED)
Recommended dry film thickness 50 - 100 μm for brush/ roller
125 - 150 μm for airless spray
Theoretical spreading rate 5.8 m²/l for 125 μm, 4.8 m²/l for 150 μm.
Overcoating interval min. 6 hours; max. see overcoating tables*
Curing time 7 days
RECOMMENDED – for atmospheric exposure conditions:

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS • steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½ for excellent corrosion protection,
AND TEMPERATURES blasting profile 40 - 70μm
• steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2, blasting profile 40 - 70 μm or power tool
cleaned to ISO-St2 for good corrosion protection
• existing sound epoxy coating systems and most sound alkyd coating
systems; sufficiently roughened, dry and free from any contamination
point
page 1/6
SIGMACOVER 350
May 2013
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION 2 x 125 μm dft SigmaCover 350

– the temperature of the mixed base and hardener should preferably be above
15°C, otherwise extra solvent may be required to obtain application viscosity
Induction time none
AIRLESS SPRAY
AIR SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER
or eyes

dft in μm 100 125 150
max. dft when brushing: 100 μm
page 2/6
SIGMACOVER 350
May 2013

Application Area: Marine Cargo Holds and areas exposed to water immersion

temperature
with itself minimum 16 hours 9 hours 6 hours 4 hours 3 hours
interval
maximum 1 month 1 month 21 days 14 days 7 days
interval

Application Area: Marine - none permanent exposure to splash water,
seawater, spillage of chemicals etc.
temperature
with itself and various two pack minimum 16 hours 9 hours 6 hours 4 hours 3 hours
epoxy coatings interval
maximum 1 month 1 month 21 days 14 days 7 days
interval
with polyurethanes minimum 48 hours 30 hours 18 hours 9 hours 5 hours
interval
maximum 1 month 21 days 14 days 7 days 3 days
interval
page 3/6
SIGMACOVER 350
May 2013

Application Area: Atmospheric exposure & Industrial PC

temperature
with itself and various two pack minimum 16 hours 9 hours 6 hours 4 hours 3 hours
epoxy coatings interval
maximum unlimited unlimited unlimited unlimited unlimited
interval
with polyurethanes minimum 48 hours 30 hours 18 hours 9 hours 5 hours
interval
maximum 6 months 6 months 3 months 1 month 1 month
interval
with various single pack coatings minimum 24 hours 24 hours 16 hours 8 hours 5 hours
(such as alkyds and acrylics) interval
maximum 14 days 14 days 7 days 4 days 2 days
interval
Unlimited:
- This product has an unlimited maximum overcoating interval provided

the surface is free from chalking and other contamination
- In cases of exposure to direct sunlight or when the surface is
contaminated it is recommended that the surface be cleaned and
roughened to ensure good adhesion of the subsequent coating
page 4/6
SIGMACOVER 350
May 2013
Curing table for SigmaCover 350 for dft up to 150 μm

temperature
– for cargo hold application: for full cure for hard angular cargoes, please
contact your nearest PPG Protective & Marine Coatings sales office
– adequate ventilation to remove solvent must be maintained during
application and curing (please refer to sheets 1433 and 1434)
– should SigmaCover 350 or the total coating system (2 x 125 μm) be applied
in excess of the specified dry film thickness, then the time necessary to
reach full cure will be increased
15°C 4 hours
20°C 3 hours
30°C 2 hours
40°C 1 hour

page 5/6
SIGMACOVER 350
May 2013
WARRANTY
PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPG’s specifications for such
product in effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall be delivered free of the rightful claim of any
third person for infringement of any U.S. patent covering the product.
UNDER STATUTE OR ARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROM A COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUD-
ING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE
DISCLAIMED BY PPG.
Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within five (5) days of Buyer’s discovery of the
claimed defect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the
date of the delivery of the product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyer’s failure to notify PPG of such non-confor-
mance as required herein shall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.
ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAG-
ES IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT.
The information in this sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes to be
reliable. PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical experience and continu-
ous product development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product, whether in
technical documentation, or in response to a specific inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the best of
PPG’s knowledge, is reliable. The product and related information is designed for users having the requisite knowl-
edge and industrial skills in the industry and it is the end-user’s responsibility to determine the suitability of the
Variations in the application environment, changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause unsatis-
factory results.
current prior to using the product.
Current sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings Products are maintained at www.ppgpmc.com. The English
text of this sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.
PDS 7970
220296 grey 5177052200
220298 redbrown 6179052200
page 6/6
SIGMACOVER 380

Revision of June 2013
Description two component high build polyamide cured anticorrosive epoxy primer/coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – multipurpose epoxy priming system

– suitable for immersion service (ballast tanks, outside shell)
– good anticorrosive properties and water resistance
– good flexibility
– resistant to well designed cathodic protection
– good drying and curing property
– suitable for both newbuilding and maintenance applications
COLOURS AND GLOSS grey, green – eggshell

Touch dry after 3 hours*
max. 28 days *
Full cure after 7 days*
page 1/5
SIGMACOVER 380
November 2013


profile 30 - 75 μm
• damages up to 2% of the total area of the tank may be treated to ISO-
St3. Damages over 2% of the total area of the tank or contiguous
damages over 25 m² have to be blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½.

roughened up
– previous coat; (e.g. SigmaCover 380) dry and free from any contamination
– maximum relative humidity during application and curing is 85 %
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION marine system sheet: 3106 (spec. 6)
page 2/5
SIGMACOVER 380
November 2013

viscosity
Induction time none, when substrate temperature above 10°C

Pot life 4 hours* at 20°C
AIRLESS SPRAY
Nozzle pressure 20 - 25 MPa (= 200 - 250 bar; 2901 - 3626 p.s.i.)

dft in μm 125 160 200
Maximum dft in critical areas, applied in two equal coats: 1500 μm

page 3/5
SIGMACOVER 380
November 2013

temperature

15°C 6 hours
20°C 4 hours
30°C 2 hours
40°C 1 hour

skin or eyes
page 4/5
SIGMACOVER 380
November 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7979
250041 green 4100002200 (250040 base, 250044 hardener)
250043 grey 5100002200 (250042 base, 250044 hardener)
page 5/5
SIGMACOVER 380
PEMEX STANDARDS RP-6/RA-26/RI-41

Description two component high build polyamide cured anticorrosive epoxy primer/coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – multipurpose epoxy priming system

– suitable for immersion service (ballast tanks, outside shell)
– good anticorrosive properties and water resistance
– suitable for both newbuilding and maintenance applications
COLOURS AND GLOSS grey, green – eggshell

Touch dry after 3 hours*
max. 28 days *
page 1/5
SIGMACOVER 380
November 2013


profile 30 - 75 μm
• damages up to 2% of the total area of the tank may be treated to ISO-
St3. Damages over 2% of the total area of the tank or contiguous
damages over 25 m² have to be blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½.

roughened up
– previous coat; (e.g. SigmaCover 380) dry and free from any contamination
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION marine system sheet: 3106 (spec. 6)
page 2/5
SIGMACOVER 380
November 2013

viscosity

Pot life 4 hours* at 20°C
AIRLESS SPRAY

dft in μm 125 160 200
Maximum dft in critical areas, applied in two equal coats: 1500 μm

page 3/5
SIGMACOVER 380
November 2013

temperature

15°C 6 hours
20°C 4 hours
30°C 2 hours
40°C 1 hour

skin or eyes
page 4/5
SIGMACOVER 380
November 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7979MX
page 5/5
SIGMACOVER 385
DESCRIPTION two component high build multi purpose epoxy primer/ coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – general purpose epoxy primer or build coat for steel and concrete structures
– suitable for atmospheric and marine conditions
– lead- and chromate free
– tough, with long term flexibility
– good adhesion to steel, galvanised steel and aged epoxy coatings
COLOURS AND GLOSS white, oxide red, black, buff - flat
276 g/ltr (2.3 lb/gal) (by EPA Method 24)
max. 6 months ( with itself)

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS – shop primed steel; pretreated to SPSS-Pt3 / SSPC-SP3
AND TEMPERATURES – aged suitable coatings; dry and free from any contamination and sufficiently
roughened

page 1/4
SIGMACOVER 385
September 2011
AIRLESS SPRAY
AIR SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER
or eyes

dft in μm 100 200
with itself substrate 10°C 20°C 30°C

temperature
minimum 10 hours 8 hours 6 hours
interval
maximum 6 months 6 months 6 months
interval
page 2/4
SIGMACOVER 385
September 2011
with polyurethanes substrate 10°C 20°C 30°C

temperature
minimum 10 hours 8 hours 6 hours
interval
maximum 42 days 30 days 14 days
interval
Curing table for dft up to 100 μm

10°C 4 hours
20°C 2.5 hours
30°C 1.5 hour

page 3/4
SIGMACOVER 385
September 2011
development.
PDS 7453
page 4/4
SIGMACOVER 400
(SigmaCover 640 )

PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – high performance self priming universal epoxy

– available in a wide colour range
– also available with MIO pigmentation
163 g/l ( 1.4 lb/gal )
VOC (EPA Method 24) 180 g/ltr (1.5 lb/gal)
Recommended dry film thickness 100 - 200 μm (3.9 - 7.9 mils)
Touch dry after 6 hours* at 20 °C *
max. see tables *
roughened
– for single pack coatings; extra precautions are necessary

page 1/4
SIGMACOVER 400
(SigmaCover 640 )
December 2012
AIR SPRAY
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER – Brush - Apply evenly using a clean, well loaded brush
coat application.

dft in μm 100 125 200
Overcoating table for SigmaCover 400 for dft at 125 μm

maximum interval 1 month 1 month 14 days 7 days


temperature

page 2/4
SIGMACOVER 400
(SigmaCover 640 )
December 2012
Pot life
10°C / 50°F 3 hours

21°C / 70°F 2 hours
32°C / 90°F 1 hour
40°C / 104°F 30 min.

skin or eyes
page 3/4
SIGMACOVER 400
(SigmaCover 640 )
December 2012
WARRANTY
PDS 7988
page 4/4
SIGMACOVER 400 AL
( SigmaCover 640 Aluminium)
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – high performance self priming universal epoxy

COLOURS AND GLOSS aluminium – semigloss

BASIC DATA AT 20 °C (data for mixed product)
6.8 m²/l for 125 μm
Touch dry after 6 hours* at 20 °C *

max. see tables *
roughened
– For single pack coatings, extra precautions are necessary.

page 1/4
SIGMACOVER 400 AL ( SigmaCover 640 Aluminium)
October 2012
AIR SPRAY
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER – apply evenly using a well loaded brush or roller
coat application.
theoritical spreading rate m2/l 8.5 m²/l 6.8 m²/l

dft in μm 100 μm 125 μm
Overcoating table for SigmaCover 400 AL for dft at 125 μm

with itself minimum interval 24 hours 16 hours 8 hours
maximum interval extended* extended* extended*

temperature
Pot life
10 °C 6 hours
20 °C 4 hours
30 °C 2 hours
page 2/4
October 2012

skin or eyes
page 3/4
October 2012
WARRANTY
DISCLAIMED BY PPG.
www.ppgpmc.com.
PDS 7992
page 4/4
SIGMACOVER 400 SEALER
(SigmaCover 640 Sealer)
Description two component surface tolerant solvent free rust penetrating epoxy sealer
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – penetrates rust and adheres to aged coatings

– surface tolerant coating for lower grade of steel preparation
– primer for concrete surfaces
– low dry fim thickness
Volume solids 100%
Touch dry after 6 hours* at 20°C
Overcoating interval max. 1 month *
min. 24 hours
Full cure after 5 days at 20°C *
RECOMMENDED – steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2 or power tool cleaned to ISO-St2

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS – shop primed steel; pretreated to SPSS-Pt3 / SSPC-SP3
AND TEMPERATURES – coated steel; hydrojetted to VIS WJ2/3L

least 20°C
Induction time none
Pot life approx. 1 hour at 20°C
page 1/4
January 2014
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER

has been expired
theoretical spreading rate m²/l 25 m²/l 16.7 m²/l

dft in μm 40 μm 60 μm

for e.g. SigmaCover 456, minimum interval 24 hours 18 hours 12 hours 8 hours
SigmaCover 385, SigmaCover 400
maximum interval 1 month 1 month 1 month 1 month

– best intercoat adhesion occurs when the subsequent coat is applied before
the fully cured stage is reached
– if this time is exceeded the surface has to be roughened


page 2/4
January 2014
10°C 100 min.

20°C 60 min.
due to exothermic reaction, temperature during pot life may increase up to 60°C at gel
point

explosion hazard- toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
eyes
– no solvent present ; however, spray mist is not harmless, a fresh air
mask and gloves should be used during spraying
visibility
page 3/4
January 2014
WARRANTY
PDS 7995
page 4/4
SIGMACOVER 410
4 pages August 2012

Description two component high solids, high build, polyamide cured epoxy coating
– easy application by airless spray
– available in MIO or conventional pigmented grade
COLOURS AND GLOSS MIO and a selected range of colours – flat
Mass density 1.9 g/cm³ (MIO) ,1.5 g/cm³ (conventional pigmented grade)
Touch dry after 3 hours * at 20 °C

max. 6 months *

RECOMMENDED – previous suitable primer; dry and free from any contamination and zinc salts,
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS and sufficiently roughened if necessary
AND TEMPERATURES – when applied to zinc silicate, a mist coat and full coat technique is required

viscosity
Induction time none
page 1/4
SIGMACOVER 410
August 2012

AIRLESS SPRAY
Volume of thinner 0 - 10%, 30 - 40% when mist coat applied
BRUSH/ROLLER
Application by brush may show brush marking, due to the thixotropic nature
of the paint and is most suitable to small areas, tight angle areas or for stripe
coating or touch up.
Application by roller will leave roller marking and is suitable for minimum dft
requirements only.
A roller suitable for epoxy application only must be used.
theoritical spreading rate m2/l 10.7 5.3 4

dft in μm 75 150 200

temperature
for various two pack epoxy- or minimum interval 36 hours 24 hours 8 hours 6 hours 4 hours
polyurethane paint
– * This product has an unlimited maximum overcoating interval provided the

surface is free from chalking and other contamination.
– In cases of exposure to direct sunlight or when the surface is contaminated it
is recommended that the surface be cleaned and roughened to ensure good
adhesion of the subsequent coating.
– The optimum intercoat adhesion is obtained when the subsequent coating is
applied before the full cure time of the previous coating has elapsed.
page 2/4
SIGMACOVER 410
August 2012

temperature

10 °C 12 hours
15 °C 10 hours
20 °C 6 hours
25 °C 4 hours
30 °C 3 hours
40 °C 2 hours

Conversion tabels see information sheet 1410
skin or eyes
page 3/4
SIGMACOVER 410
August 2012
WARRANTY
DISCLAIMED BY PPG.
www.ppgpmc.com.
PDS 6823
page 4/4
SIGMACOVER 410
PEMEX STANDARD RP-6/RA-26
4 pages August 2012
– available in MIO or conventional pigmented grade
Mass density 1.9 g/cm³ (MIO) ,1.5 g/cm³ (conventional pigmented grade)
max. 6 months *


viscosity
Induction time none
page 1/4
SIGMACOVER 410
August 2012
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER
requirements only.
theoritical spreading rate m²/l 10.7 5.3 4

dft in μm 75 150 200

temperature
polyurethane paint
maximum interval -- -- -- -- --
– * This product has an unlimited maximum overcoating interval provided

the surface is free from chalking and other contamination.
page 2/4
SIGMACOVER 410
August 2012

temperature

10°C 12 hours
15°C 10 hours
20°C 6 hours
25°C 4 hours
30°C 3 hours
40°C 2 hours

skin or eyes
page 3/4
SIGMACOVER 410
August 2012
WARRANTY
PDS 6823MX
page 4/4
SIGMACOVER 410 LT

– good drying and curing properties at low substrate temperature (down to
-5°C)
Mass density 1.5 - 1.9 g/cm³, depending on colour
max. 6 months *

– substrate temperature should be above -5°C during application and curing
and at least 3°C above dew point and free from ice and any contamination
page 1/5
SIGMACOVER 410 LT
November 2012

viscosity
Induction time none
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER
requirements only.

dft in μm 75 150 200
page 2/5
SIGMACOVER 410 LT
November 2012

temperature
polyurethane paint
maximum interval -- -- -- -- --
– * This product has an unlimited maximum overcoating interval provided

the surface is free from chalking and other contamination.

temperature

10 °C 10 hours
15 °C 6 hours
page 3/5
SIGMACOVER 410 LT
November 2012

skin or eyes
page 4/5
SIGMACOVER 410 LT
November 2012
WARRANTY
PDS 6833
page 5/5
SIGMACOVER 435

Description two component high build micaceous iron oxide pigmented polyamide cured
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – general purpose epoxy build coat or finish in protective coating systems
for steel and concrete structures exposed to atmospheric land or marine
conditions
– a high relative humidity max. 95%, during application and curing does not
influence the quality of the coating
– good adhesion on most aged, sound alkyd-, chlorinated rubber- and epoxy
coatings
– resistant to water and splash of mild chemicals
– resistant to temperatures up to 200°C (see system sheet 4062)
COLOURS AND GLOSS light grey (9553-05), dark grey ( 9558-05), green (9441-05), aluminium
(9590-05) – eggshell

max. unlimited

page 1/5
SIGMACOVER 435
October 2012

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS – steel with approved zinc silicate shop primer; pretreated according to SPSS
AND TEMPERATURES or powertool cleaned to SPSS-Pt3
– previous coat; dry and free from any contamination
acceptable provided substrate is dry and free from ice

viscosity
Induction time none
AIR SPRAY
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER

dft in μm 75 100 150
page 2/5
SIGMACOVER 435
October 2012

temperature
for Sigma Vikote 46, minimum interval 72 hours 24 hours 16 hours 8 hours 5 hours 3 hours
SigmaDur 550, SigmaDur 520 and
maximum interval no limitation
Sigmarine 40
for SigmaCover 435, minimum interval 36 hours 10 hours 4 hours 3 hours 2 hours 2 hours
SigmaCover 456
– surface should be dry and free from chalking and contamination

– SigmaCover 435 should not be overcoated with coal tar epoxy coatings
– finishes require a corresponding undercoat

-10°C 24 - 48 hours 20 days
-5°C 24 - 30 hours 14 days
0°C 18 - 24 hours 10 days

In exceptional cases SigmaCover 435 may be applied at lower substrate temperatures
(down to -15°C) provided that the surface is free from ice and other contamination. In
such cases special care must be taken to avoid thick film application as this may lead
to checking/crazing or solvent entrapment.It should be clear that application at lower
temperatures will require additional thinning to obtain application viscosity, however this
will affect the sag resistance of the applied coating and can induce solvent retention.
Optimal curing and designed product properties will only be achieved when minimum
required substrate temperature is reached.
page 3/5
SIGMACOVER 435
October 2012
10 °C 12 hours
20 °C 5 hours
30 °C 4 hours
40 °C 2 hours

skin or eyes
page 4/5
SIGMACOVER 435
October 2012
WARRANTY
DISCLAIMED BY PPG.
www.ppgpmc.com.
PDS 7465
179025 lightgrey 9553052200
179496 darkgrey 9558052200
page 5/5
SIGMACOVER 435 US
5 pages July 2010

DESCRIPTION two component high build micaceous iron oxide pigmented polyamide cured
conditions
– cures even at temperatures down to 14 °F (-10°C)
coatings
– resistant to temperatures up to 390°F ( 199°C) (see system sheet 4062)
COLOURS AND GLOSS dark grey, light grey, beige ( low metallic sheen) - eggshell
VOC (supplied) 2.7 lbs/gal ( 324 g/l)
Recommended dry film thickness 3 - 6 mils (75 - 150 μm) depending on system
Theoretical spreading rate 1,043 ft²/gal at 1 mil (28 m²/l for 25 μm)
348 ft²/gal at 3 mils (9.3 m²/l for 75 μm)
max. unlimited, surface should be dry and free from chalking and contamination
Curing time 4 days *
RECOMMENDED – steel; blast cleaned to SSPC-SP10/NACE No.2 , blasting profile (Rz) 1.5- 3
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS mils (40 - 70 μm)
AND TEMPERATURES – previous coat; dry and free from any contamination
– substrate temperature should be at least 5°F ( 3°C ) above dew point during
page 1/5
SIGMACOVER 435 US
July 2010

– power agitate each component to uniform consistency before
combining,then again after combining.DO NOT vary portions
– use Sigmacover 435 US / 456 US hardener
– when mixing the temperature of the base and hardener should be at least
59°F (15°C), otherwhise extra solvent may be required.
– Note: special thinners may be required if applied directly on top of zinc
silicate primers
Induction time 20 minutes if applied at temperatures below 50°F (10°C)
none above 50°F (10°C)
Pot life 5 hours at 68°F ( 20°C)
AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner Thinner 91-92 or Thinner T-10
Nozzle pressure 2100 p.s.i. (approx. 150 bar)
AIR SPRAY
Nozzle orifice (0.059 -0.017 in) 1.5 - 3 mm
Nozzle pressure 43 - 57 p.s.i. ( approx. 3 - 4 bar)
BRUSH/ROLLER
or eyes
page 2/5
SIGMACOVER 435 US
July 2010
theoretical spreading rate ft²/gal 348 261 174

dft in mils 3.0 4.0 6.0
max. dft when brushing: 4 mils (100 μm)
Overcoating table for dft up to 6 mils
for SigmaCover 435US, substrate 23°F 41 °F 50°F 68°F 86°F

SigmaCover 456US temperature (-5°C) (5°C) (10°C) (20°C) (30°C)
minimum 36 hours 10 hours 4 hours 3 hours 2 hours
interval
maximum no limitation
interval
for polyurethane alkyd and general substrate 23°F 41 °F 50°F 68°F 86°F
epoxies temperature (-5°C) (5°C) (10°C) (20°C) (30°C)
minimum 4 days 2 days 1 day 12 hours 8 hours
interval
interval

– SigmaCover 435 US should not be overcoated with coal tar epoxy coatings
page 3/5
SIGMACOVER 435 US
July 2010
Curing table for dft up to 4 mils

14°F (-10°C) 48 hours 20 days
23°F (-5°C) 30 hours 14 days
– periods for dry to handle are approximately 50% longer at 60 mils ( 150μm )
50°F (10°C) 7 hours

68°F (20°C) 5 hours
86°F (30°C) 3 hours
104°F (40°C) 1 hour

page 4/5
SIGMACOVER 435 US
July 2010
development.
PDS 7427US
197662 lightgrey 9553052189
199024 darkgrey 9558052189
197608 beige 9203052189
page 5/5
SIGMACOVER 456

Description two component high build polyamide cured recoatable epoxy coating
conditions
coatings
COLOURS AND GLOSS white and various other colours (see also the SigmaCare Shade Card of PPG
Protective & Marine Coatings) – semi-gloss
* Epoxy coatings will chalk and fade with exposure to sunlight
8.7 m²/l
max. unlimited


AND TEMPERATURES acceptable provided substrate is dry and free from ice
page 1/5
SIGMACOVER 456
November 2013

viscosity
Induction time none

AIR SPRAY
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER

dft in μm 75 100 150
page 2/5
SIGMACOVER 456
November 2013

temperature
for Sigma Vikote 46, minimum interval 72 hours 24 hours 16 hours 8 hours 5 hours 3 hours
SigmaDur 550, SigmaDur 520 and
Sigmarine 40
for SigmaCover 435, minimum interval 36 hours 10 hours 4 hours 3 hours 2 hours 2 hours
SigmaCover 456
for Sigma Vikote 56 * maximum interval 17 days 14 days 10 days 7 days 4 days 2 days
and Sigmarine 48 *

– SigmaCover 456 should not be overcoated with coal tar epoxy coatings
* colour of SigmaCover 456 should be adapted to the colour of Sigma Vikote 56 or
Sigmarine 48

-10°C 24 - 48 hours 20 days
-5°C 24 - 30 hours 14 days

In exceptional cases SigmaCover 456 may be applied at lower substrate temperatures
(down to -15°C) provided that the surface is free from ice and other contamination. In
such cases special care must be taken to avoid thick film application as this may lead
to checking/crazing or solvent entrapment. It should be clear that application at lower
temperatures will require additional thinning to obtain application viscosity, however this
will affect the sag resistance of the applied coating and can induce solvent retention.
Optimal curing and designed product properties will only be achieved when minimum
required substrate temperature is reached.
page 3/5
SIGMACOVER 456
November 2013
10°C 12 hours
20°C 5 hours
30°C 4 hours
40°C 2 hours

skin or eyes
page 4/5
SIGMACOVER 456
November 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7466
179073 white 7000002200
page 5/5
SIGMACOVER 456 HS
5 pages April 2013

Description two component high solids polyamide cured recoatable zinc phosphate epoxy
primer/coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – general purpose epoxy primer/coating for steel and concrete structures in
atmospheric exposure
– good adhesion to steel
COLOURS AND GLOSS cream (other colours on request) – eggshell
max. unlimited

AND TEMPERATURES – during application and curing a substrate temperature down to -5°C is
acceptable provided the substrate is dry and free from ice
page 1/5
SIGMACOVER 456 HS
April 2013

viscosity
Induction time 20 minutes if applied at temperatures below 10°C
none above 10°C
AIR SPRAY
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER
– to obtain optimal flow Sigma thinner 91-99 should be used

dft in μm 75 100 150
page 2/5
SIGMACOVER 456 HS
April 2013
Overcoating table for SigmaCover 456 HS for dft up to 150 μm

temperature
minimum interval 48 hours 20 hours 16 hours 8 hours 6 hours 4 hours
maximum interval unlimited

with 100%

-5°C 24 - 48 hours 14 days

10 °C 8 hours
15 °C 5 hours
20 °C 4 hours
30 °C 2.5 hour
35 °C 2 hours
page 3/5
SIGMACOVER 456 HS
April 2013

skin or eyes
page 4/5
SIGMACOVER 456 HS
April 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7712
215902 cream 9010262200
page 5/5
SIGMACOVER 456KRA
5 pages March 2013

Description two component high build polyamide cured recoatable epoxy high solid coating
conditions
coatings
COLOURS AND GLOSS according to Sigma Protective Coatings Shade card – eggshell
Volume solids 65%
max. unlimited


AND TEMPERATURES acceptable provided substrate is dry and free from ice
page 1/5
SIGMACOVER 456KRA
March 2013

viscosity
Induction time none
AIR SPRAY
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER

dft in μm 75 100 150
Overcoating table for SigmaCover CM HS KRA

temperature
maximum interval no limitation, when cleaned from chalking an contamination
page 2/5
SIGMACOVER 456KRA
March 2013
Overcoating table

temperature
with Chlorinated Rubber, minimum interval 36 hours 10 hours 4 hours 3 hours 2 hours 2 hours
Polyurethane and alkyd paints
maximum interval no limitation, when cleaned from chalking an contamination
– glossy finishes require an undercoat
Curing Curing table

-10°C 48 hours 20 days

10 °C 12 hours
20 °C 5 hours
30 °C 4 hours
40 °C 2 hours
page 3/5
SIGMACOVER 456KRA
March 2013

skin or eyes
page 4/5
SIGMACOVER 456KRA
March 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7466K
page 5/5
SIGMACOVER 456US
4 pages July 2010

DESCRIPTION two component high build polyamide cured recoatable epoxy coating
conditions
– easy application with airspray, brush or roller
– cures even at temperatures down to 14 °F (-10°C)
coatings
Protective & Marine Coatings) - semigloss
Theoretical spreading rate 1,090 ft²/gal at 1 mil (29.3 m²/l for 25 μm)
363 ft²/gal at 3 mils (9.7 m²/l for 75 μm)
max. unlimited, surface should be dry and free from chalking and contamination
Curing time 4 days *

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS – substrate temperature should be at least 5°F ( 3°C) above dew point
page 1/4
SIGMACOVER 456US
July 2010

– use Sigmacover 435 US / 456 US hardener
59°F ( 15°C), otherwise extra solvent may be required to obtain application
viscosity
Induction time 20 minutes if applied at temperatures below 50°F (10°C)
none above 50°F (10°C)
AIRLESS SPRAY
Nozzle pressure 2100- 3000 p.s.i. (approx. 150 - 215 bar)
AIR SPRAY
Nozzle orifice 0.071 -0.078 in (1.8 - 2.0 mm)
Nozzle pressure 43 - 57 p.s.i. ( approx. 3 - 4 bar)
BRUSH/ROLLER
or eyes
theoretical spreading rate ft²/gal 364 273 182

dft in mils 3.0 4.0 6.0
max. dft when brushing: 4 mils (100 μm)
page 2/4
SIGMACOVER 456US
July 2010
for SigmaCover 435US, substrate 23°F 41 °F 50°F 68°F 86°F

SigmaCover 456US temperature (-5°C) (5°C) (10°C) (20°C) (30°C)
interval
interval
for Sigma Vikote 46 substrate 32°F 41 °F 50°F 68°F 86°F

and Sigmarine 40 temperature (0°C) (5°C) (10°C) (20°C) (30°C)
minimum 4 days 2 days 1 day 12 hours 8 hours
interval
interval
for Sigma Vikote 56 * maximum 17 days 14 days 10 days 7 days 4 days
and Sigmarine 48 * interval
* colour of SigmaCover 456 should be adapted to the colour of Sigma Vikote 56 or
Sigmarine 48
– SigmaCover 456US should not be overcoated with coal tar epoxy coatings
Curing table for dft up to 4 mils

14°F (-10°C) 48 hours 20 days
23°F (-5°C) 30 hours 14 days
– periods for dry to handle are approximately 50% longer at 60 mils ( 150μm )
page 3/4
SIGMACOVER 456US
July 2010
50°F (10°C) 7 hours

68°F (20°C) 5 hours
86°F (30°C) 3 hours
104°F (40°C) 1 hour

development.
PDS 7456US
197642 white 7000002189
page 4/4
SIGMACOVER 480
4 pages June 2013

Description two component chemical resistant finish based on polyamide cured epoxy
resins
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – general purpose epoxy finish

– good chemical resistance to spillage and splash
– resistant to impact and abrasion
– easy to clean
COLOURS AND GLOSS selected range of colours is available – semi-gloss
Touch dry after 30 min. *
max. 2 - 3 months *
RECOMMENDED – previous epoxy coats; dry and free from any contamination and sufficiently
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS roughened if necessary

viscosity
page 1/4
SIGMACOVER 480
June 2013
AIR SPRAY
Nozzle orifice 2 mm
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER

dft in μm 40 50 60

temperature
maximum interval 3 months 3 months 3 months 2 months 2 months

temperature

page 2/4
SIGMACOVER 480
June 2013
15°C 12 hours
20°C 8 hours
30°C 5 hours
40°C 3 hours

skin or eyes
page 3/4
SIGMACOVER 480
June 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7441
179559 white 7000002200
page 4/4
SIGMACOVER 522
5 pages April 2013

Description two component micaceous iron oxide pigmented polyamide cured epoxy primer/
sealer/coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – may be used as a primer, sealer or coating

– excellent adhesion to and sealing of weathered, cleaned zinc rich primers
and metal sprayed steel
– good adhesion to properly pretreated galvanised steel
– excellent adhesion to blast cleaned steel
– can be used in systems for atmospheric or water immersed exposure
conditions
– good resistance to industrial or chemical contaminated atmospheric
exposure conditions
– good abrasion and impact resistance
– good adhesion characteristics for subsequent coats
– resistant to temperatures up to 200°C in dry atmospheric exposure
conditions
COLOURS AND GLOSS redbrown, greenish grey – low metallic sheen

max. 1 month *
page 1/5
SIGMACOVER 522
April 2013

– zinc primed steel; free from any contamination and zinc salts
– galvanised steel; for atmospheric exposure conditions disc sanding, free
from any contamination and zinc salts; for water immersed exposure
conditions sweep blasting is required
– not weathered metal sprayed steel; free from any contamination and salts
– previous suitable coat; dry and free from any contamination
– for atmospheric exposure conditions the minimum substrate temperature
for application may be 5°C, but at low temperature the curing slows down
according to the overcoating and curing tables
REMARK
when used as an adhesion primer or when a long overcoating interval is
expected a max. dft of 50 μm must be specified in order to preserve the rough
texture

viscosity
Induction time none
AIR SPRAY
AIRLESS SPRAY
Volume of thinner 5 - 10% for dft of approx. 80 μm
25 - 30% for dft of approx. 40 μm when used for sealing inorganic zinc and
metal sprayed steel
page 2/5
SIGMACOVER 522
April 2013
BRUSH/ROLLER

dft in μm 40 80
Overcoating table for SigmaCover 522 for dft 50 μm

temperature
Note
– the minimum overcoating time should be multiplied by 5 when
SigmaCover 522 is to be applied on top of an existing old (alkyd) primer or
coating
– the maximum overcoating time of SigmaCover 522 could be extended up
to 6 months provided the dft is not higher than 50 μm
– surface should be properly cleaned
– glossy finishes require an adhesion promoting undercoat
Overcoating table for SigmaCover 522 for dft 80 μm

temperature
minimum interval 3 days 32 hours 16 hours 12 hours 8 hours
Note
– the minimum overcoating time should be multiplied by 5 when
SigmaCover 522 is to be applied on top of an existing old (alkyd) primer or
coating
– the maximum overcoating time of SigmaCover 522 could be extended up
to 6 months provided the dft is not higher than 50 μm
– surface should be properly cleaned
– glossy finishes require an adhesion promoting undercoat
page 3/5
SIGMACOVER 522
April 2013

temperature
5°C 8 hours 18 hours --
15°C 3.5 hours 6 hours 10 days

– for optimum resistance in tankcoating systems a minimum substrate
temperature of 10°C is essential
15 °C 10 hours
20 °C 8 hours
25 °C 6 hours
30 °C 5 hours
35 °C 4 hours

skin or eyes
page 4/5
SIGMACOVER 522
April 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7420
179510 greenish grey 9048052200
179508 redbrown 9028052200
page 5/5
SIGMACOVER 620
(SIGMACOVER EP ST)

Description two component surface tolerant, high build polyamide cured epoxy primer/
coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – excellent corrosion resistance

– surface tolerant coating for lower grade of steel preparation
– easy application by different application method such as airless spray, brush
etc.
– low temperature version available if required
COLOURS AND GLOSS grey, offwhite (other colours on request) – eggshell

aluminium colours ( dark grey , light grey )
max. 6 months *

RECOMMENDED for atmospheric exposure conditions:

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS – steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½ for excellent corrosion protection
AND TEMPERATURES – steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2 or power tool cleaned to ISO-St2 for good
corrosion protection
– shop primed steel; pretreated to SPSS-Pt2
point
for immersion exposure:

– steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½
– steel with approved zinc silicate shop primer; sweep blasted to
SPSS-Ss or power tool cleaned to SPSS-Pt3
page 1/5
SIGMACOVER 620
(SIGMACOVER EP ST)
January 2013

viscosity
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER
requirements only.
theoritical spreading rate 10.6 8.0 6.4 5.3 4.0

m²/l
dft in μm 75 100 125 150 200
page 2/5
SIGMACOVER 620
(SIGMACOVER EP ST)
January 2013
Overcoating table for Atmospheric Exposure at 125 μm dft

temperature
with 2 component epoxy and minimum interval 48 hours 24 hours 8 hours 4 hours 2 hours
polyurethanes
exposed to direct
sunshine maximum
interval
not exposed to
direct sunshine
maximum interval
– surface should be dry and free from any contamination and sufficiently
roughened after long exposure
Overcoating table for Immersion Exposure ar 125 μm dft.
substrate 5°C 10 °C 20 °C 30 °C 40 °C
temperature
with 2 component epoxy and Max recoat 48 hours 24 hours 8 hours 4 hours 2 hours
polyurethanes immersion minimum
interval
Max recoat 2 months 2 months 2 months 2 months 2 months
immersion maximum
interval

temperature

page 3/5
SIGMACOVER 620
(SIGMACOVER EP ST)
January 2013
10 °C 10 hours
15 °C 6 hours
20 °C 4 hours
30 °C 2 hours
40 °C 1 hour

skin or eyes
page 4/5
SIGMACOVER 620
(SIGMACOVER EP ST)
January 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 6825
247964 dark grey 0100002200
247962 light grey 0200002200
332486 buff 3142052200
312642 redbrown 2008002200
page 5/5
SIGMACOVER 620LT
(SIGMACOVER EP ST LT)
4 pages June 2013

Description two component surface tolerant, aluminium pigmented high build polyamide
cured epoxy coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – excellent corrosion resistance

– surface tolerant coating for lower grade of surface preparation for
– easy application by different application method such as airless spray, brush
etc.
– good drying and curing property at low temperature down to -5°C
COLOURS AND GLOSS aluminium colours ( dark grey , light grey )
Touch dry after 6 hours 125μm* * see table
max. see tables *


SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS • steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½ for excellent corrosion protection
AND TEMPERATURES • steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2 or power tool cleaned to ISO-St2 for
good corrosion protection
– substrate temperature should be at least 3°C above dew point and free from
ice
page 1/4
SIGMACOVER 620LT
June 2013
– the temperature of the mixed base and hardener should be above 10°C,
otherwise extra solvent may be required to obtain application viscosity
Induction time 30 min. when substrate temperature lower than 10°C
Pot life 5 hours (see the table)

AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER

m²/l
dft in μm 75 100 125 150 200
Overcoating table for Atmospheric Exposure at 125 μm dft

temperature
with 2 component epoxy and minimum interval 60 hours 36 hours 24 hours 16 hours 12 hours
polyurethanes
Max interval when 1 month 1 month 1 month 1 month 1 month
exposed to direct
sunshine maximum
interval
not exposed to
direct sunshine
maximum interval
page 2/4
SIGMACOVER 620LT
June 2013

temperature

10°C 5 hours
15°C 3 hours

skin or eyes
page 3/4
SIGMACOVER 620LT
June 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 6825LT
247964 dark grey 0100002200
247962 light grey 0200002200
page 4/4
SIGMACOVER 630
6 pages March 2013

Description two component surface tolerant high build polyamine cured epoxy primer/
coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – surface tolerant coating for lower grade of steel preparation
– particularly suited as maintenance coating for dry cargo holds, decks and
hulls
– general purpose epoxy build coat or finish in protective coating systems
conditions
– overcoatable with most types of coatings
COLOURS AND GLOSS green, grey, redbrown, black, aluminium – semigloss
Recommended dry film thickness 60 - 100 μm for brush/roller
4.1 m²/l for 200 μm
max. 9 months *

page 1/6
SIGMACOVER 630
March 2013
RECOMMENDED for atmospheric exposure conditions:

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS • steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½, for excellent corrosion protection
AND TEMPERATURES • steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2, blasting profile 40 - 70 μm or power tool
• coated steel; hydrojetted to VIS WJ2/3 L
systems; suffieciently roughened, dry and free from any contamination
for immersion in sea water:

(resistant to Cathodic Protection in systems)
• steel with approved zinc silicate shop primer; sweep blasted to SPSS-Ss
• first coat SigmaCover 630 Aluminium
point

viscosity
Induction time none
AIR SPRAY
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER
page 2/6
SIGMACOVER 630
March 2013
theoretical spreading rate m²/l 13.8 6.6 8.3 4.1

dft in μm 60 (for 125 (for 100 (for 200 (for
brush/ airless brush/ airless
roller) spray) roller) spray)

Overcoating tabel for dft up to 150 μm.

with various alkyds minimum interval 24 hours 16 hours 8 hours 5 hours
– after exceeding of the maximum interval, glossy finishes require a

corresponding undercoat
the preceding coat is fully cured
– if this time is exceeded it may be necessary to roughen the surface
Overcoating table (dft up to 150 μm)

maximum interval 6 months 3 months 1 month 1 month
page 3/6
SIGMACOVER 630
March 2013
Overcoating table with dft up to 150 μm

with various two pack epoxy minimum interval 20 hours 9 hours 5 hours 3 hours
coatings

temperature

15 °C 3 hours
20 °C 2 hours
30 °C 1 hour
40 °C 0.5 hour
page 4/6
SIGMACOVER 630
March 2013

skin or eyes
page 5/6
SIGMACOVER 630
March 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7430
179101 grey 5177052200
179103 redbrown 6179052200
179105 black 8000002200
179106 aluminium 9000002200
179583 RAL 6002 6002262200
179586 offwhite 7001002200
179099 green 4199052200
page 6/6
SIGMACOVER 630
PEMEX STANDARD RI-35
6 pages July 2013
Description two component surface tolerant high build polyamine cured epoxy primer/
coating
hulls
conditions
COLOURS AND GLOSS green, grey, redbrown, black, aluminium – semi-gloss
4.1 m²/l for 200 μm
max. 9 months *
Full cure after 7 days
page 1/6
SIGMACOVER 630
July 2013

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS • steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½, for excellent corrosion protection
• shop primed steel; pretreated to SPSS-Pt3 coated steel; hydrojetted to
VIS WJ2/3 L
• coated steel; hydrojetted to VIS WJ2/3L
• existing sound epoxy systems and most sound alkyd coating systems:
Sufficiently roughened, dry and free from any contamination
– for immersion in sea water:
• steel with approved zinc silicate shop primer; sweep blasted to SPSS-Ss
• first coat SigmaCover 630 Aluminium
point

viscosity
Induction time none
AIR SPRAY
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER
page 2/6
SIGMACOVER 630
July 2013

dft in μm 60 (for 125 (for 100 (for 200 (for
brush/ airless brush/ airless
roller) spray) roller) spray)

Overcoating tabel for dft up to 150 μm.

with various alkyds minimum interval 24 hours 16 hours 8 hours 5 hours

Overcoating table (dft up to 150 μm)

page 3/6
SIGMACOVER 630
July 2013
Overcoating table with dft up to 150 μm

with various two pack epoxy minimum interval 20 hours 9 hours 5 hours 3 hours
coatings

temperature

15°C 3 hours
20°C 2 hours
30°C 1 hour
40°C 0.5 hour
page 4/6
SIGMACOVER 630
July 2013

skin or eyes
page 5/6
SIGMACOVER 630
July 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7430
179101 grey 5177052200
179103 redbrown 6179052200
179105 black 8000002200
179106 aluminium 9000002200
179583 RAL 6002 6002262200
179586 offwhite 7001002200
179099 green 4199052200
page 6/6
SIGMACOVER 630
PETROBRAS STANDARD N-2288
5 pages August 2011
DESCRIPTION two component surface tolerant high build polyamine cured epoxy primer/
coating
hulls
conditions
COLOURS AND GLOSS aluminium - semigloss
Theoretical spreading rate 6.6 m²/l for 125 μm, 4.1 m²/l for 200 μm
max. 9 months *
Curing time 7 days
page 1/5
SIGMACOVER 630
August 2011

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS • steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½ for excellent corrosion protection
• coated steel; hydrojetted to VIS WJ2/3 L
– for immersion in sea water:
• steel with approved zinc silicate shop primer; sweep blasted to
• first coat SigmaCover 630 aluminium
point

Induction time none
AIRLESS SPRAY
AIR SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER
page 2/5
SIGMACOVER 630
August 2011
or eyes

dft in μm for airless spray 125 200
dft in μm for brush/roller 60 100
substrate 10°C 20°C 30°C 40°C

temperature
with various two pack epoxy minimum 20 hours 9 hours 5 hours 3 hours
coatings interval
with polyurethanes minimum 48 hours 24 hours 12 hours 6 hours
interval
with itself maximum 12 months 9 months 6 months 3 months
interval
with various epoxy- and maximum 6 months 3 months 1 month 1 month
polyurethane coatings interval
page 3/5
SIGMACOVER 630
August 2011

temperature
with various alkyds minimum 24 hours 16 hours 8 hours 5 hours
interval
maximum 21 days 10 days 7 days 3 days
interval


temperature
15°C 3 hours
20°C 2 hours
30°C 1 hour
40°C 0.5 hour
page 4/5
SIGMACOVER 630
August 2011

development.
PDS 7430BR
179106 aluminium 9000002200
page 5/5
SIGMACOVER 630 LT
5 pages August 2012

Description two component surface tolerant high solids polyamine cured epoxy primer/
coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – self priming coating tolerant to lower grades of steel preparation for
– particularly well suited as maintenance coating for steel structures
– good recoatability with most epoxy-, polyurethane-, chlorinated rubber-,
alkyd- and acrylic paints
COLOURS AND GLOSS grey, offwhite (other colours on request) – gloss
VOC (UK PG 6/23(92) appendix 3) max. 268 g/l (approx. 2.2 lb/gal)(UK PG 6/23(92) Appendix 3)
5.7 m²/l for 150 μm
Touch dry after 12 hours* at 10 °C

max. 2 months *

RECOMMENDED – steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½ for excellent corrosion protection

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS – steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2, blasting profile 40 - 70 μm or power tool
AND TEMPERATURES cleaned to ISO-St2 for good corrosion protection
– shop primed steel; pretreated to SPSS-Pt3
– existing sound epoxy coating systems and most sound alkyd coating
page 1/5
SIGMACOVER 630 LT
August 2012
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE

viscosity
Induction time 15 minutes, for substrate temperatures below +10°C
AIR SPRAY
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER
Recommended thinner Thinner 91-92 or Thinner 91-99 for better flow

dft in μm 60 100 150
page 2/5
SIGMACOVER 630 LT
August 2012

temperature
with various two pack epoxy minimum interval 48 hours 24 hours 20 hours 16 hours 8 hours
coatings
with polyurethanes minimum interval 96 hours 64 hours 36 hours 24 hours 16 hours
maximum interval 1 month 1 month 1 month 1 month 1 month


temperature

0 °C 3 hours
10 °C 2 hours
20 °C 1 hour
page 3/5
SIGMACOVER 630 LT
August 2012

skin or eyes
page 4/5
SIGMACOVER 630 LT
August 2012
WARRANTY
DISCLAIMED BY PPG.
www.ppgpmc.com.
PDS 7434
179613 base L 20 ltr
179609 base Z 20 ltr
173524 clear hardener
page 5/5
SIGMACOVER 690

Description two component high solids aluminium pigmented polyamine cured modified
epoxy primer/coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – primer/coating designed for maintenance

– low VOC
– good flow properties
– self priming coating tolerant to lower grades of steel preparation
– compatible with most aged good adhering coatings
– good recoatability with epoxy- and polyurethane paints
– good curing at temperatures down to +5°C
– if the substrate temperature drops below +5 till 0°C, the wintergrade type
should be used (see {7414WG})
COLOURS AND GLOSS aluminium light and dark – semi-gloss
Recommended dry film thickness 75 - 125 μm * depending on system and application method
7.2 m²/l for 125 μm
max. 4 months *
page 1/5
SIGMACOVER 690
January 2014
RECOMMENDED
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS – for atmospheric exposure conditions:
AND TEMPERATURES • steel; power tool cleaned to ISO-St2 or blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2 for
good corrosion protection
• existing sound coating systems; sufficiently roughened, dry and cleaned
– for immersion in water:
• steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½
point
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 77.5 : 22.5

viscosity
Induction time none
AIR SPRAY
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER
page 2/5
SIGMACOVER 690
January 2014

dft in μm 75 100 125
Overcoating table for most epoxy and polyurethane paints *
substrate 5°C 10°C 15°C 20°C 30°C 40°C

temperature
maximum interval 6 months 6 months 6 months 4 months 3 months 3 months

* for polyurethane paints the minimum overcoating time should be raised with 50%

temperature

15°C 5 hours
20°C 3 hours
30°C 2 hours
40°C 1 hour
50°C 1 hour
page 3/5
SIGMACOVER 690
January 2014

skin or eyes
page 4/5
SIGMACOVER 690
January 2014
WARRANTY
PDS 7414
179331 dark 0100002200
179333 light 0200002200
page 5/5
SIGMACOVER 805
4 pages April 2013

Description two component high solids polyamine adduct cured epoxy coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – can be used directly to metal

– very good surface wetting
– tar free
COLOURS AND GLOSS limited colour range available – gloss
max. 28 days *
Ready for immersion 3 days *

AND TEMPERATURES • steel with approved zinc silicate shop primer; pretreated according to
SPSS-Ss
• substrate temperature should be above 5°C and at least 3°C above dew
• steel; pretreated preferably to ISO-Sa2½, , blasting profile 40 - 70 μm or
– previous coat; (e.g. SigmaCover 805 or suitable primer) dry and free from
any contamination and within the minimum and maximum overcoating time
page 1/4
SIGMACOVER 805
April 2013

viscosity
AIRLESS SPRAY

dft in μm 150


* for polyurethane paints like SigmaDur 550 and SigmaDur 520 the minimum
overcoating time should be raised with 50%
page 2/4
SIGMACOVER 805
April 2013

substrate temperature Service - water immersion
5°C 10 days
10°C 7 days
15°C 5 days
20°C 3 days
30°C 2.5 days
40°C 1.5 day
15 °C 3 hours
20 °C 2 hours
30 °C 1 hour
40 °C 0.5 hour

skin or eyes
page 3/4
SIGMACOVER 805
April 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7726
182345 offwhite 7001002200
190856 brown 2000002200
182348 black 8000002200
page 4/4
SigmaCover 850

Description two component glassflake high build polyamine adduct cured epoxy coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – for use in both offshore and onshore business

– designed for use in heavy duty and corrosive environments
– glassflake reinforced for improved impact and abrasion resistance
– excellent seawater, cracking and corrosion resistance
– long term protection in a single coat application
– strong adhesion properties, suitable for wet blast cleaned substrates (damp
or dry)
COLOURS AND GLOSS light grey (other colours on request ) – gloss

max. see tables *
RECOMMENDED – coating performance will depend upon the surface preparation degree
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS – blast cleaning
AND TEMPERATURES • steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2 or ISO-Sa2½,
• blasting profile of 40 - 80 μm is recommended
– hydrojetted to VIS WJ2/3 L
– coated steel:
• existing sound adhering epoxy coating systems: sufficiently roughened
and free from any contamination
page 1/4
SigmaCover 850
October 2012
– do not thin more than is required

– if required, thinner should be added after mixing the components
Induction time none
AIR SPRAY
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER only for touch up and repair


dft in μm 300 500 1000

temperature
with epoxy coatings minimum interval 16 hours 8 hours 4 hours 2 hours 1.5 hour
with itself maximum interval 38 days 32 days 28 days 21 days 14 days
with various epoxy- and maximum interval 20 days 14 days 10 days 7 days 4 days
page 2/4
SigmaCover 850
October 2012

– premature exposure to water will lead to whitening of dark colours when

applied between tides on jetties, piling etc. this will not affect anticorrosive
properties of the coating
10 °C 2 hours
20 °C 1.5 hour
30 °C 1 hour

skin or eyes
page 3/4
SigmaCover 850
October 2012
WARRANTY
DISCLAIMED BY PPG.
www.ppgpmc.com.
PDS 7850
340975 lightgrey 7035262200
page 4/4
SIGMACOVER 1000
5 pages June 2013

Description two component solvent free amine cured epoxy coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – one coat protection for steel structures with excellent corrosion resistance
– can be applied at a dft up to 1000 μm by heavy duty single feed airless
spray equipment (60:1)
– one coat heavy duty deck system
– can be immersed in (sea)water after 4 hours of curing at 20°C
COLOURS AND GLOSS grey (other colours on request) – gloss
Volume solids 100%
Recommended dry film thickness min. 500 - 1000 μm depending on system
max. 20 days *

AND TEMPERATURES • shop primed steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½, blasting
profile 50 - 100 μm
• coated steel; hydrojetted to VIS WJ2/3 L (blasting profile 40 - 70 μm)
point
page 1/5
SIGMACOVER 1000
June 2013

least 20°C
Induction time none

AIRLESS SPRAY
Nozzle orifice approx. 0.53 mm (0.021 in)
at 30°C (paint temperature) min. 22 MPa (= approx. 220 bar; 3000 p.s.i.)
use heavy duty single feed airless spray equipment preferably 60:1 pump ratio and
suitable high pressure hoses
in -line heating or insulated hoses may be necessary to avoid cooling down of paint in
hoses at low air temperature
application with 45: 1 spray equipment possible provided in-line heated high pressure
hoses are used
in case of using 45: 1 airless spray equipment the paint must be heated to approx. 30°C
in order to obtain the right application viscosity


has been expired
page 2/5
SIGMACOVER 1000
June 2013

dft in μm 500 1000
min. dft for closed film with airless spray: 400 μm

max. dft when brushing 150 μm

– a difference is often obtained between the measured apparent wft and the
real applied wft
– a practical recommendation is to apply a wft which is equal to the specified
dft plus 60 μm


(spot repair and stripe coating)

temperature
minimum interval 3 days 48 hours 20 hours 16 hours 12 hours

temperature
5°C 48 hours 3 days 14 days
– early exposure to sea water is permitted after the initial cure of 3 hours
at 20°C
page 3/5
SIGMACOVER 1000
June 2013
20°C 60 min.
30°C 45 min.
increase

eyes
visibility
page 4/5
SIGMACOVER 1000
June 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7450
179640 grey 5000002200
page 5/5
SIGMACOVER 1500

DESCRIPTION two component surface tolerant solvent free polyamine cured epoxy primer/
coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – general purpose primer/buildcoat for long term protection of steel structures
– compatible with various aged coating like aged alkyd, epoxy and
polyurethane
– reduces explosion risk and fire hazard in confined spaces
– can be used from temperatures above 5°C
– can be applied by roller
COLOURS AND GLOSS grey - gloss
Recommended dry film thickness 125 µm
Theoretical spreading rate 7.9 m²/l for 125 µm
Overcoating interval max. see tables *
min. see tables *
RECOMMENDED – steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½ for excellent corrosion protection

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS – steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2 or power tool cleaned to ISO-St2 for good
AND TEMPERATURES corrosion protection
– steel with approved zinc silicate shop primer; sweep blasted to
– stainless steel; degreased and blast cleaned to roughness of
40 - 70 µm
– existing sound epoxy coating, polyurethane and most sound alkyd coating
systems; sufficiently roughened dry and cleaned
page 1/4
SIGMACOVER 1500
September 2009

– for airless application the temperature of base and hardener should be at
least 20°C
– lower temperatures possible for roller application
Induction time none
Pot life approx. 1 hour at 20°C *
AIRLESS SPRAY – heavy duty single feed airless spray equipment preferably 60:1 pump ratio
and suitable high pressure hoses
– in-line heating or insulated hoses may be necessary to avoid cooling down
of paint in hoses at low air temperature
BRUSH/ROLLER ROLLER: nylon suitable for 2 component epoxy with hair length 8 mm
BRUSH: for stripe coating and spot repair only

has been expired
although this is a solvent free paint, care should be taken to avoid inhalation of
spray mist as well as contact between the wet paint and exposed skin or eyes
– spray mist is not harmless, a fresh air mask and gloves should be used
during spraying
– ventilation should be provided in confined spaces to maintain good visibility
max. dft when brushing: 100 µm

real applied wft, this is due to the thixotropy and the surface tension of the
paint which retards the release of air trapped in the paint film for some time
page 2/4
SIGMACOVER 1500
September 2009

– because of low initial hardness the dft cannot be measured for some days
(depending on ambient temperature) after application due to the penetration
of the measuring device into the paint film
Overcoating table for dft up to 125 µm

temperature
SigmaCover 1500, SigmaCover minimum 3 days 48 hours 24 hours 16 hours 12 hours
456, SigmaCover 435 and interval
polyurethanes
maximum 1 month
interval when
not exposed to
direct sunshine
maximum 1 month
interval when
exposed to
direct sunshine

the fully cured stage is reached
– if this time is exceeded the surface has to be roughened
Curing table for dft up to 125 µm

temperature

page 3/4
SIGMACOVER 1500
September 2009
20°C 60 min.
30°C 30 min.
increase

development.
PDS 7715
231790 grey 5000001400
237619 grey 5000002200
page 4/4
SIGMADUR 188

Description two component aliphatic acrylic polyurethane finish
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – unlimited recoatable

– excellent resistance to atmospheric exposure conditions
– non-chalking, non-yellowing
– tough and abrasion resistant
– resistant to splash of mineral and vegetable oils, paraffins, aliphatic
petroleum products and mild chemicals
– can be recoated even after long atmospheric exposure
COLOURS AND GLOSS white and black, colors available on request – gloss
Mass density approx. 1.2 g/cm³

max. unlimited

RECOMMENDED – previous coat; (epoxy or polyurethane) dry and free from any contamination
– premature exposure to early condensation and rain may cause colour and
gloss change
page 1/5
SIGMADUR 188
November 2012

viscosity
Induction time none
AIR SPRAY
AIRLESS SPRAY
Nozzle orifice 0.28 - 0.33 mm (= 0.011 - 0.013 in)
BRUSH/ROLLER

dft in μm 50 60
Overcoating table for SigmaDur 188

temperature
page 2/5
SIGMADUR 188
November 2012
Curing Curing table


gloss change
10 °C 6 hours
20 °C 4 hours
30 °C 3 hours
40 °C 2 hours
APPLICATION METHODS – High gloss thin film polyurethane finishes tend to atomise less easy.
– The widely used airless spray application method is for those kind of
finishes possible but would not be the best option as small nozzles and high
pressures can easily result in overspray.
– Better suitable methods are Pressure pot and air assisted airless (e.g.
airmix) application which result in better dry film thickness controle, better
appearance and much less overspray.

page 3/5
SIGMADUR 188
November 2012
skin or eyes
– contains a toxic polyisocyanate curing agent
– avoid at all times inhalation of aerosol spraymist
page 4/5
SIGMADUR 188
November 2012
WARRANTY
DISCLAIMED BY PPG.
www.ppgpmc.com.
PDS 6824
page 5/5
SIGMADUR 500US
4 pages March 2011

DESCRIPTION two component aliphatic acrylic polyurethane finish

– excellent hiding power
– good application properties with conventional and airless spray equipment
– excellent brush and roll properties
– tough, flexible and abrasion resistant
– can be used over properly prepared and primed surfaces for most
atmospheric applications
Protective & Marine Coatings) - highgloss
Theoretical spreading rate 1,042 ft²/gal at 1 mil (23.6 m²/l for 25 μm)
521ft²/gal at 2 mils (11.8 m²/l for 50 μm)
max. unlimited
AND TEMPERATURES – substrate temperature should be at least 5°F ( 3°C) above dew point
gloss change
page 1/4
SIGMADUR 500US
March 2011

59°F ( 15°C), otherwise extra solvent may be required to obtain application
viscosity
– multiple coats may be required for optimal hiding power in application over
dark primers and/or when roller application is used
Induction time none
AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner Thinner 91-88 or Amercoat 65
Nozzle pressure 1900- 2400 p.s.i. (approx. 129 - 163 bar)
AIR SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER
or eyes
page 2/4
SIGMADUR 500US
March 2011
ADDITIONAL DATA Overcoating table for SigmaDur products
substrate 59°F (15°C) 68°F (20°C) 77°F (25°C) 86°F (30°C)

temperature
minimum 24 hours 16 hours 14 hours 10 hours
interval
maximum unlimited
interval
Curing table

temperature
59°F (15°C) 5 hours 24 hours 14 days
86°F (30°C) 1 hour 8 hours 3 days
gloss change
50°F (10°C) 8 hours

68°F (20°C) 6 hours
86°F (30°C) 4 hours

page 3/4
SIGMADUR 500US
March 2011
development.
PDS 5522
198029 white 7000002189
page 4/4
SIGMADUR 520
(SIGMADUR HB FINISH)
4 pages May 2013

Description two component high build semigloss aliphatic acrylic polyurethane finish
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – easy application by roller and airless spray

– unlimited recoatable
– good colour and gloss retention (aluminium version becomes grey)
COLOURS AND GLOSS full colour range and aluminium as RAL 9006 available – semigloss
1.1 g/cm³ (aluminium)
Volume solids 58 ±2% (white), 48 ± 2% (aluminium)
VOC (Supplied) max. 287 g/kg (Directive 1999/13/EC, SED) (white)
max. 377 g/kg (Directive 1999/13/EC, SED) (RAL 9006)
max. 383 g/l (approx. 3.2 lb/gal) (white)
max. 405 g/l (approx. 3.4 lb/gal) (aluminium)
7.7 m²/l for 75 μm *
Touch dry after 1 hour at 20°C
max. unlimited
gloss change
page 1/4
SIGMADUR 520
May 2013

viscosity
– Aluminium version has lower gloss than standard version and color could be
different by application method
Induction time none
AIR SPRAY
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER
theoretical spreading rate m²/l colours 11.6 m/l colours 7.7 m/l
aluminium 9.6 m/l aluminium 6.4 m/l
dft in μm 50 75
Overcoating table for SigmaDur products

temperature
maximum interval unlimited when cleaned from any contamination
page 2/4
SIGMADUR 520
May 2013
Curing Curing table


gloss change
10°C 7 hours
20°C 5 hours
30°C 3 hours
40°C 2 hours

skin or eyes
page 3/4
SIGMADUR 520
May 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7524
119852 white 7000002200
183212 aluminium 9006262200
page 4/4
SIGMADUR 540

Description two component high gloss VOC compliant epoxy acrylic finish
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – non-isocyanate

– colour and gloss retention superior to standard epoxy coatings
– long pot life but quick drying
COLOURS AND GLOSS wide colour range – highgloss


RECOMMENDED – previous epoxy coats; dry and free from any contamination and sufficiently

viscosity
– if required, thinner should be added after mixing the components
Induction time none
page 1/4
SIGMADUR 540
November 2012
AIR SPRAY
AIRLESS SPRAY
Sigmadur 540 can be applied to an industrial finish using standard airless spray
equipment with recommended pressure and tip sizes. In order to achieve the optimum
finish and cosmetic appearance, the product may be thinned by 10% and applied using
an air-assisted airless spray gun set up with a smaller tip size ( 0.011-0.015 in )
BRUSH/ROLLER

dft in μm 50 60
Overcoating table

maximum interval no limitation, provided that the surface is free from any
contamination
Curing Curing table at 50 μm for SigmaDur 540


page 2/4
SIGMADUR 540
November 2012
10 °C 10 hours
20 °C 6 hours
30 °C 3 hours

skin or eyes
page 3/4
SIGMADUR 540
November 2012
WARRANTY
PDS 7740
204030 white 7000001400
page 4/4
SIGMADUR 550
4 pages May 2012

Description two component aliphatic acrylic polyurethane finish

– good application properties
Protective & Marine Coatings) – gloss

max. unlimited

gloss change
page 1/4
SIGMADUR 550
May 2012

viscosity
Induction time none
AIR SPRAY
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER
theoritical spreading rate m2/l 11 9.2

dft in μm 50 60

temperature
page 2/4
SIGMADUR 550
May 2012
Curing Curing table


gloss change
10 °C 7 hours
20 °C 5 hours
30 °C 3 hours
40 °C 2 hours

skin or eyes
page 3/4
SIGMADUR 550
May 2012
WARRANTY
DISCLAIMED BY PPG.
www.ppgpmc.com.
PDS 7537
238761 white 7000001400
238763 white 7000002200
page 4/4
SIGMADUR 568
4 pages June 2012

Description two component high solids high build polyurethane finish

– good colour and gloss retention
– good application properties by airless, brush and roller
– high film build-up to 150 μm for one coat
– can be applied direct to metal
COLOURS AND GLOSS White and various other colours (see also Marine shade card) – gloss
max. unlimited

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS – previous coat; (alkyd, epoxy or polyurethane) dry and free from any
AND TEMPERATURES contamination and sufficiently roughened if necessary
acceptable provided the substrate is dry and free from any contamination
gloss change

– do not thin more than is required by appropriate application property
AIR SPRAY
page 1/4
SIGMADUR 568
June 2012
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER
theoritical spreading rate m2/l 13.6 9 6.8 4.5

dft in μm 50 75 100 150

temperature
minimum 36 24 16 8 4 3
interval hours hours hours hours hours hours
maximum unlimited when cleaned from any contamination
interval

-5°C 24 hours 40 hours

page 2/4
SIGMADUR 568
June 2012
10 °C 4 hours
20 °C 2.5 hours
30 °C 1.5 hour
40 °C 1 hour
Reference Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411

skin or eyes
page 3/4
SIGMADUR 568
June 2012
WARRANTY
DISCLAIMED BY PPG.
PDS 6832
324054 white 7000002200
page 4/4
SIGMADUR 580
(SIGMADUR HS SEMIGLOSS)

Description two component high solids semigloss recoatable acrylic polyurethane finish
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – excellent resistance against corrosion and sea water

– lead- and chromate free
COLOURS AND GLOSS white (other colours on request) – semigloss
max. unlimited

viscosity
page 1/4
SIGMADUR 580
September 2012
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER
theoritical spreading rate m2/l 10 7.5 6

dft in μm 75 100 125

temperature
Curing Curing table

substrate temperature touch dry full cure
30°C 1 hour 4 days
40°C 0.5 hour 3 days

– please note that should condensation occur during or soon after application
this may result in a reduction of gloss
page 2/4
SIGMADUR 580
September 2012
10 °C 7 hours
20 °C 5 hours
30 °C 3 hours
40 °C 2 hours

skin or eyes
page 3/4
SIGMADUR 580
September 2012
WARRANTY
DISCLAIMED BY PPG.
www.ppgpmc.com.
PDS 7530
180158 white 7000002200
page 4/4
SIGMADUR 590
4 pages May 2012

Description two component high solids aliphatic acrylic polyurethane finish


max. 7 days

gloss change
page 1/4
SIGMADUR 590
May 2012

viscosity
Induction time none
AIR SPRAY
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER

dft in μm 100 125

maximum interval 7 days 7 days 12 hours
page 2/4
SIGMADUR 590
May 2012
Curing Curing table


gloss change
10 °C 4 hours
20 °C 2.5 hours
30 °C 1 hour

skin or eyes
page 3/4
SIGMADUR 590
May 2012
WARRANTY
DISCLAIMED BY PPG.
www.ppgpmc.com.
PDS 7518
page 4/4
SIGMADUR 590

Description two component high solids aliphatic acrylic polyurethane finish

Touch dry after 2.5 hours at 20°C
max. 7 days

gloss change
page 1/4
SIGMADUR 590
November 2013

viscosity
Induction time none
Pot life 2.5 hours at 20°C *
AIR SPRAY
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER

dft in μm 100 125

maximum interval 7 days 7 days 12 hours
page 2/4
SIGMADUR 590
November 2013
Curing Curing table


gloss change
10°C 4 hours
20°C 2.5 hours
30°C 1 hour

skin or eyes
page 3/4
SIGMADUR 590
November 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7518MX
page 4/4
SIGMADUR 1800

Description two component high solids polymeric urethane

– outstanding colour and gloss retention
max. unlimited

viscosity
Induction time none
page 1/4
SIGMADUR 1800
January 2013
AIR SPRAY
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER

dft in μm 75 100 125
Overcoating table

temperature
with itself minimum interval 3 days 2 days 1 day 12 hours 8 hours 5 hours
Curing Curing table

30°C 1 hour 4 days
40°C 0.5 hour 3 days

– please note that should condensation occur during or soon after application
this may result in a reduction of gloss
page 2/4
SIGMADUR 1800
January 2013
10 °C 7 hours
20 °C 5 hours
30 °C 4 hours
40 °C 3 hours

skin or eyes
page 3/4
SIGMADUR 1800
January 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7529
236077 white 7000001400
236081 white 7000002200
page 4/4
SIGMADUR 2800
4 pages July 2013

Description two component, air drying, high solids fluorocarbon finish

– low surface energy, good decontamination and easy clean properties
COLOURS AND GLOSS white and various other colours (see also PPG shade card) – gloss
VOC (Supplied) max. 321 g/kg, 418 g/l (Directive 1999/13/EC, SED)
max. 330 g/kg, 430 g/l for special colours
max. unlimited
gloss change
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 91: 9

Induction time none
page 1/4
SIGMADUR 2800
July 2013
AIR SPRAY
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER

dft in μm 25 30 35 40
Overcoating table for SigmaDur 2800


40°C 0.5 hour 3 hours

page 2/4
SIGMADUR 2800
July 2013
5°C 8 hours
20°C 5 hours
30°C 2 hours
40°C 1 hour

skin or eyes
page 3/4
SIGMADUR 2800
July 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 6836
page 4/4
SIGMADUR CLEARCOAT

Description two component aliphatic clear acrylic polyurethane gloss finish
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – recoatable clear acrylic polyurethane finish

– suitable for application over aluminium pigmented polyurethanes
– excellent gloss retention
– resistant to splash of mineral and vegetable oils, white spirit, paraffins,
aliphatic petroleum products and mild chemicals
– reduced sensitivity to early condensation and rain
– suitable for use on stainless, non-ferrous materials not subject to immersion
COLOURS AND GLOSS clear – gloss

max. unlimited
RECOMMENDED – previous coat; (polyurethane) dry and free from any contamination and
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS sufficiently roughened if necessary
acceptable provided the substrate is dry and free from water or ice
– stainless steel, non-ferrous metal; clean, dry and free from any
contamination such as oil, grease, salt and sufficiently roughened by light
sanding
page 1/4
SIGMADUR CLEARCOAT
November 2012

viscosity
Induction time none
AIR SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER
theoritical spreading rate m2/l 14.3 10

dft in μm 35 50
Overcoating table with itself

temperature
page 2/4
SIGMADUR CLEARCOAT
November 2012
Curing Curing table


10 °C 6 hours
20 °C 4 hours
30 °C 3 hours
40 °C 2 hours

skin or eyes
page 3/4
SIGMADUR CLEARCOAT
November 2012
WARRANTY
PDS 7531
192494 clear 0000001400
page 4/4
SIGMAFAST 20
5 pages June 2012

Description high build zinc phosphate primer based on modified alkyd resin
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS good anticorrosive properties under atmospheric conditions

fast drying
fast handling
recoatable with most one and two component coatings
suitable for atmospheric exposure conditions
lead- and chromate free
COLOURS AND GLOSS redbrown, grey (other (RAL) colours on request) – flat
7.3 m²/l for 75 μm
Overcoating interval min. 45 minutes for 75 μm dft *

at higher dft's drying time will be longer

SPSS-Pt2
point

AIR SPRAY
Nozzle pressure 0.35 MPa (= approx. 3.5 bar; 51 p.s.i.)
page 1/5
SIGMAFAST 20
June 2012
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER
Overcoating table for SigmaFast 20 for dft up to 75 μm

with two component products: minimum interval 12 hours 10 hours 8 hours
SigmaCover 456,
SigmaCover 435,
SigmaDur 520

with alkyd based products minimum interval 75 min. 60 min. 45 min.
(e.g. SigmaFast 20 and 40)
page 2/5
SIGMAFAST 20
June 2012

skin or eyes
page 3/5
SIGMAFAST 20
June 2012
WARRANTY
DISCLAIMED BY PPG.
page 4/5
SIGMAFAST 20
June 2012
178249 redbrown 2008002200

181056 grey 7035262200
179897 base L 0710002194
179898 base Z 0070002158
PDS 7155
page 5/5
SIGMAFAST 40

Description high build finish coating, based on modified alkyd resin
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – suitable for atmospheric exposure conditions

– fast drying
– fast handling
– good gloss and colour retention
– not suitable for immersion in water
Overcoating interval min. 4 hours for 50 μm dft
max. unlimited
at higher dft's drying time will be longer
RECOMMENDED – previous suitable coat; (e.g. SigmaFast 20) dry and free from any
AND TEMPERATURES – old existing sound coating; sufficiently roughened, dry and cleaned
point

AIR SPRAY
page 1/3
SIGMAFAST 40
February 2013
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER
ADDITIONAL DATA Overcoating table for SigmaFast 40 for dft up to 50 μm


skin or eyes
page 2/3
SIGMAFAST 40
February 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7234
235942 base L 0710001492
235941 base L 0710002197
235290 base Z 0070001448
235289 base Z 0070002179
page 3/3
SIGMAFAST 205
4 pages July 2012

Description two component high build polyamide cured zinc phosphate epoxy primer/
coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – general purpose epoxy primer/coating for atmospheric conditions

– direct to metal and concrete in selected environments
– fast curing
– recoatable with most two component epoxy- and polyurethane coatings
COLOURS AND GLOSS grey (other (RAL) colours on request) – eggshell
4.7 m²/l for 150 μm
Overcoating interval min. 4 hours for 150 μm dft *

max. 6 months *


– concrete: abrasive blast, acid etch or equivalent methods
– moisture content of concrete should be max. 4%

viscosity
Induction time – none above 10°C
– 10 minutes if applied at temperatures below 10°C
page 1/4
SIGMAFAST 205
July 2012
AIR SPRAY
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER
theoritical spreading rate m2/l 8.8 7 4.7

dft in μm 80 100 150

temperature
with SigmaFast 205, minimum interval 10 hours 6 hours 4 hours 3 hours 2 hours
SigmaCover 435,
SigmaCover 456 and
various two component
page 2/4
SIGMAFAST 205
July 2012
Curing Curing table


10 °C 10 hours
20 °C 6 hours
30 °C 3 hours

skin or eyes
page 3/4
SIGMAFAST 205
July 2012
WARRANTY
DISCLAIMED BY PPG.
PDS 7802
225064 grey 5188052200
page 4/4
SIGMAFAST 205 LT

Description two component high build polyamide cured zinc phosphate epoxy primer/
coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – good low temperature curing

– general purpose epoxy primer/coating for atmospheric conditions
– fast curing
4.7 m²/l for 150 μm
4 hours at 10 °C *
max. 6 months


SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS – substrate temperature should be between -5°C up to 20°C during application
AND TEMPERATURES and curing and at least 3°C above dew point, dry and free from ice and any
contamination

viscosity
page 1/4
SIGMAFAST 205 LT
December 2012
AIR SPRAY
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER
theoritical spreading rate m²/l 8.8 7 4.7

dft in μm 80 100 150
Overcoating table for SigmaFast 205 LT for dft up to 150 μm

temperature
with SigmaFast 205, minimum interval 24 hours 18 hours 6 hours 4 hours 3 hours
SigmaCover 435,SigmaCover 456 and
various two component polyurethane
coatings
Curing Curing table

5°C 8 hours 7 days

page 2/4
SIGMAFAST 205 LT
December 2012
10 °C (50 °F) 6 hours

21 °C (69.8 °F) 4 hours
32 °C (89.6 °F) 1.5 hours
skin or eyes
page 3/4
SIGMAFAST 205 LT
December 2012
WARRANTY
PDS 7800
page 4/4
SIGMAFAST 210
4 pages April 2013

Description two component high build zinc phosphate polyurethane primer/finish
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – fast curing

– specially designed for in-shop application
– good resistance to atmospheric exposure
COLOURS AND GLOSS a wide range of colours available by PPG colornet tinting system – semigloss
(data for white, for mixed product)
4.6 m²/l for 120 μm
max. unlimited

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS – galvanised steel; dry and free from any contamination and roughened (e.g.
AND TEMPERATURES sandpapering, sweepblasting)
gloss change
page 1/4
SIGMAFAST 210
April 2013

viscosity
Induction time none
AIR SPRAY
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER

dft in μm 80 120

temperature
with itself and two component minimum interval 24 hours 16 hours 6 hours 4 hours 2 hours
polyurethane finishes
page 2/4
SIGMAFAST 210
April 2013
Curing Curing table


gloss change
20°C 5 hours

skin or eyes
page 3/4
SIGMAFAST 210
April 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7541
240785 black 8000002200
240786 black 8000001400
240787 white 7000002200
240788 white 7000001400
page 4/4
SIGMAFAST 213

Description two component high build polyamine cured vinyl epoxy primer
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – epoxy primer or build coat in protective coating systems for steel structures
in atmospheric exposure
– fast drying and handling
COLOURS AND GLOSS grey, yellow – flat
3.3 m²/l for 180 μm *
Touch dry after 50 minutes at 20 °C *
Overcoating interval min. 45 min *

max. 1 year *

AND TEMPERATURES acceptable provided the substrate is dry and free from ice

viscosity
Induction time 15 minutes at 20°C
page 1/4
SIGMAFAST 213
November 2012
AIR SPRAY
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER
theoritical spreading rate m2/l 7.5 6 3.3

dft in μm 80 100 180
Overcoating table for 150 μm dft

minimum interval 4.5 hours 2.5 hours 1 hour 35 min.
Overcoating table for 80 μm dft

minimum interval 3 hours 1.5 hour 45 min. 25 min.
page 2/4
SIGMAFAST 213
November 2012

skin or eyes
page 3/4
SIGMAFAST 213
November 2012
WARRANTY
PDS 7705
219313 yellow 3000002200
219315 grey 5000002200
page 4/4
SIGMAFAST 220

Description two component high build zinc phosphate polyurethane primer/finish
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – fast curing

– specially designed for in-shop application
– good resistance to atmospheric exposure
COLOURS AND GLOSS a wide range of colours available by PPG colornet tinting system – gloss
4.5 m²/l for 120 μm
max. unlimited

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS – galvanised steel; dry and free from any contamination and roughened (e.g.
AND TEMPERATURES sandpapering, sweepblasting)
gloss change
page 1/4
SIGMAFAST 220
September 2013

viscosity
Induction time none
Pot life 2.5 hours at 20°C *
AIR SPRAY
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER

dft in μm 80 120

temperature
with itself and two component minimum interval 24 hours 16 hours 6 hours 4 hours 2 hours
polyurethane finishes
maximum interval unlimited unlimited unlimited unlimited unlimited
page 2/4
SIGMAFAST 220
September 2013


gloss change
10°C 4 hours
20°C 2.5 hours
30°C 1.5 hour

skin or eyes
page 3/4
SIGMAFAST 220
September 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7542
page 4/4
SIGMAFAST 278
4 pages March 2013

Description two component high solids, zinc phosphate epoxy primer and build coat, rapid
curing and overcoat even under low temperature
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – epoxy primer or build coat in protective coating systems

– excellent corrosion resistance in atmospheric exposure
– speed curing in steel fabrication
– wide application range
COLOURS AND GLOSS redbrown, grey and a selected range of (MIO) colours – flat
max. unlimited *
Full cure after 3 days * at 20 °C *
RECOMMENDED – steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½ or power tool cleaned to min. ISO-St3
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS – galvanized steel; cleaned from grease, salts, contaminations and roughened
AND TEMPERATURES up
– previous suitable primer; dry and free from any contamination and zinc salts,
and sufficiently roughened if necessary
– when applied to zinc silicate, a mist coat and full coat technique is required

Induction time none
page 1/4
SIGMAFAST 278
March 2013
AIRLESS SPRAY
Volume of thinner 0 - 10%, 30-40% when mist coat applied
BRUSH/ROLLER
– Application by roller will leave roller marking and is suitable for minimum
d.f.t. requirements only
– A roller suitable for epoxy application must be used
Application by brush may show brush marking, due to the thixotropic nature of the paint
and is most suitable to small areas, tight angle areas or for stripe coating or touch up.

dft in μm 75 125 250
substrate -5°C 0°C 10 °C 20°C 30°C

temperature
with various two pack epoxy- and minimum interval 24 hours 14 hours 4 hours 2 hours 1 hour
– This product has an unlimited maximum overcoating interval provided

the surface is free from chalking and other contamination, in which case
it should be cleaned and roughened up to ensure good adhesion of
subsequent coat.
• The optimum intercoat adhesion is obtained when the subsequent
coating is applied before the full cure time of the previous coating has
elapsed
• Tendency to yellow exposure in the sun; this has no influence on the
performance nor does the yellowing affect any topcoat applied.
page 2/4
SIGMAFAST 278
March 2013
Curing Curing table at 125 μm

temperature
-5°C 16 hours 38 hours --

-5 °C 20 hours
0 °C 10 hours
10 °C 3 hours
20 °C 1 hour
30 °C 0.5 hour

skin or eyes
page 3/4
SIGMAFAST 278
March 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 6829
page 4/4
! " #

b c d e f g h i g j k & ' ( & ) & * '

$ % $ $
l m n o p n l q r p s q m q p t u m n v t n p v , &
$ $
&
$
, (
$ -
& ' / (
$ $ $ . .
& ' , 0
$ $ $ % $ 1 2
, & , 3 ' , & & 3

(
2 5 6
+ 4 4
p w r w x m v q o b y r w v v ( 7
. $
+ 8
z q v n p b q t q q t { | } p 9 & ' ; < = > ? ( ( B ' C ( < D > E C ( F

: . : @ A : $ : @ A
9 , ' * , , & F
$ $
a , > & ' ;

$ :
_ ( ' ( , G ? H I H
~ ' * > D 3 9 J & K K K ? 7 J F

: $ : : L 2 A L
~ ' * > D K ( 9 * > ? > ( ( F

: . :
& ' ' , , , / ( ' & 3 0 = M ' , , '

$ - $
N & ( , > G ' C ( M ' O

- $ $ :
N & , ' >

- $ $ 1 2
& ( ' > ' > O

[ $ $
' * > O

( ( 9 & ( , , ( & F ( '

A - $ $ $ -
P Q R R S T T U V U W X S Y T S V S
m u p w u o b u b ( B ( & ( , Z 0 \ 7 ( / ( D 0 E M '
$ . $ $ A [ A . $
v x z v t m q t u p w o b n t n w o v ' ' ( ? ,
. $ $ $ $ $ . $ $ 1 2 . % $
q o b t u l u m q t x m u v , ( & , & ' , 0

$ . $ $ $ $ % $ 1 2
& & ( , , , , ' &

$ . $ - . $ $
n o v t m x p t n w o v w m x v u ' * ( ' ] , = ]
$ . . $ -
' ' * , , , ( , (
$ - $ $ $ - . - - . .
7 * ( ' ^ , ( &
. 1 2 $ - % $ $ . $ . $ $
&
$
' & ( ( , & , & , ( &

$ - $ $ $ %
( , , , , ' * & '

$ - - . $ $ - $
( D
6 $ - $ 1 2
q n m v l m q
& ' ' , , N 0 G

$ - -
_ ( ' 0 H 7 , , ^ , & 3 , ( & & ,

$ - $ - $ $
` ) ) ( / & > G ' '

` ) ) ( > ? 0 > G a 9 < * > ? 0 G B D D 0 = E > > > F

6 .

® ¯ ° ± ² ± ³ ´ µ ¶
¡ ¢ £ ¤ ¥ £

ö ö ö
· ¢ ¸ ¹ º º ¢ ¡ » ¢ » ¼ ½ ¾ ¡ ¡ ¢ ¿ À ½ ¾ ¡ ¡ ¢ ¿ £ ¥ Á ¤ Â
Ã ¹ Ä º ¢ ¹ Å ¼ ½ ¾ ¡ ¡ ¢ ¿ Æ Á ¥ Æ Ç È » ¢ É ¢ ¡ » ¾ ¡ Ê ¹ ¡ ¿ ¢ Ë ¾ ¿ ¢ » ¼ ½ ¾ ¸ Ì ¡ ¢ Í Í Î ¡ » Î É É Ä ¾ ¸ Î ¼ ¾ ¹ ¡ ¸ ¹ ¡ » ¾ ¼ ¾ ¹ ¡ Í
Ï ¹ Ð Ð Ä ¢ ¹ ¿ ¾ Ñ ¸ ¢ Î É É ¿ ¹ Ò Ó ¤ Ó Ô Õ Á ¤ Ó Æ Ô º º Ö × ¤ Ó ¤ ¥ Æ Á ¤ Ó ¤ £ ¥ ¾ ¡ Ø
Ï ¹ Ð Ð Ä ¢ É ¿ ¢ Í Í ¿ ¢ ¥ Æ Ù Ú Î Ö × Î É É ¿ ¹ Ò Ó ¥ Æ ¤ Û Î ¿ Ü £ ¥ Ý Â É Ó Í Ó ¾ Ó Ø
ö ñ

· ¢ ¸ ¹ º º ¢ ¡ » ¢ » ¼ ½ ¾ ¡ ¡ ¢ ¿ À ½ ¾ ¡ ¡ ¢ ¿ £ ¥ Á ¤ Â
Ã ¹ Ä º ¢ ¹ Å ¼ ½ ¾ ¡ ¡ ¢ ¿ ¤ Á Æ Ç

ö ñ
À ½ ¾ ¡ ¡ ¢ ¿ Þ ¤ Á Æ Ô
ß à á â ã ä à å æ ç è é é ê ç ë é ì í è ê ë à ç î í ê ã è
¼ ½ ¢ ¹ ¿ ¾ ¼ ¾ ¸ Î Ä Í É ¿ ¢ Î » ¾ ¡ Ê ¿ Î ¼ ¢ º £ ï Ä ¥ £ Ó Â Ý Ó Þ
» Å ¼ ¾ ¡ ð º Æ ¤ Õ ¤
ñ ò è í å ó ê ã à ç î ã ê ô á è õ ó í ö à î â ê ß ê é ã ÷ ø ù õ ó í ë õ ã ú ì ã ó û ø ü â
Í Û Í ¼ ¿ Î ¼ ¢ ¼ ¢ º É ¢ ¿ Î ¼ ¿ ¢ ¤ ý þ ¥ ¤ ý þ £ ¤ ý þ Ô ¤ ý þ
Ù Î Ò ¿ ¢ ¸ ¹ Î ¼ ÿ º ¾ ¡ ¾ º º Â ¤ º ¾ ¡ Ó Æ ¤ º ¾ ¡ Ó ¤ º ¾ ¡ Ó Ô Æ º ¾ ¡ Ó
¾ ¡ ¼ ¢ ¿ Î Ä
Ù Î Ò ¿ ¢ ¸ ¹ Î ¼ ÿ º Î Ò ¾ º º ¥ £ º ¹ ¡ ¼ ½ Í ¥ £ º ¹ ¡ ¼ ½ Í ¥ £ º ¹ ¡ ¼ ½ Í ¥ £ º ¹ ¡ ¼ ½ Í
¾ ¡ ¼ ¢ ¿ Î Ä
ÿ Í ¿ Å Î ¸ ¢ Í ½ ¹ Ä » Û ¢ » ¿ Î ¡ » Å ¿ ¢ ¢ Å ¿ ¹ º Î ¡ ¸ ¹ ¡ ¼ Î º ¾ ¡ Î ¼ ¾ ¹ ¡
ÿ Î ¡ ¾ ¡ ¼ ¢ ¿ Î Ä ¹ Å Í ¢ ¢ ¿ Î Ä º ¹ ¡ ¼ ½ Í ¸ Î ¡ Û ¢ Î Ä Ä ¹ ¢ » ¡ » ¢ ¿ ¸ Ä ¢ Î ¡ ¾ ¡ ¼ ¢ ¿ ¾ ¹ ¿ ¢ Ò É ¹ Í ¿ ¢
¸ ¹ ¡ » ¾ ¼ ¾ ¹ ¡ Í
ÿ Ð ¾ ¡ ¸ ¿ ¾ ¸ ½ É ¿ ¾ º ¢ ¿ Í ¸ Î ¡ Å ¹ ¿ º Ð ¾ ¡ ¸ Í Î Ä ¼ Í ¹ ¡ ¼ ½ ¢ Í ¿ Å Î ¸ ¢ Ü É ¿ ¢ Å ¢ ¿ Î Û Ä ¼ ½ ¢ Í ½ ¹ Ä »
¡ ¹ ¼ Û ¢ ¢ Î ¼ ½ ¢ ¿ ¢ » Å ¹ ¿ Ä ¹ ¡ Ê É ¢ ¿ ¾ ¹ » Í Û ¢ Å ¹ ¿ ¢ ¹ ¢ ¿ ¸ ¹ Î ¼ ¾ ¡ Ê
ÿ Û ¢ Å ¹ ¿ ¢ ¹ ¢ ¿ ¸ ¹ Î ¼ ¾ ¡ Ê Î ¡ ¾ Í ¾ Û Ä ¢ Í ¿ Å Î ¸ ¢ ¸ ¹ ¡ ¼ Î º ¾ ¡ Î ¼ ¾ ¹ ¡ º Í ¼ Û ¢ ¿ ¢ º ¹ ¢ » Û
½ ¾ Ê ½ É ¿ ¢ Í Í ¿ ¢ Î ¼ ¢ ¿ ¸ Ä ¢ Î ¡ ¾ ¡ Ê È Í Î ¡ » Î Í ½ ¾ ¡ Ê È Í ¢ ¢ É Û Ä Î Í ¼ ¾ ¡ Ê ¹ ¿ º ¢ ¸ ½ Î ¡ ¾ ¸ Î Ä
¸ Ä ¢ Î ¡ ¾ ¡ Ê
ñ ò è í å ó ê ã à ç î ã ê ô á è õ ó í ö à î â ê ß ê é ã ÷ ø ù õ ó í ë õ ã ú ì ã ó ø ü â
¾ ¼ ½ ¾ Ê º Î Î Í ¼ £ ¥ Ô È Í Û Í ¼ ¿ Î ¼ ¢ ¼ ¢ º É ¢ ¿ Î ¼ ¿ ¢ ¤ ý þ ¥ ¤ ý þ £ ¤ ý þ Ô ¤ ý þ
¾ Ê º Î þ ¹ ¢ ¿ Æ Â È
Ù Î Ò ¿ ¢ ¸ ¹ Î ¼ ÿ º ¾ ¡ ¾ º º Æ º ¾ ¡ Ó Ô ¤ º ¾ ¡ Ó £ Æ º ¾ ¡ Ó £ ¤ º ¾ ¡ Ó
¾ Ê º Î þ ¹ ¢ ¿ Ô Æ È
¾ ¡ ¼ ¢ ¿ Î Ä
¾ Ê º Î þ ¹ ¢ ¿ ¥ ¤
Ù Î Ò ¿ ¢ ¸ ¹ Î ¼ ÿ º Î Ò ¾ º º ¥ £ º ¹ ¡ ¼ ½ Í ¥ £ º ¹ ¡ ¼ ½ Í ¥ £ º ¹ ¡ ¼ ½ Í ¥ £ º ¹ ¡ ¼ ½ Í
¾ ¡ ¼ ¢ ¿ Î Ä
ÿ Í ¿ Å Î ¸ ¢ Í ½ ¹ Ä » Û ¢ » ¿ Î ¡ » Å ¿ ¢ ¢ Å ¿ ¹ º Î ¡ ¸ ¹ ¡ ¼ Î º ¾ ¡ Î ¼ ¾ ¹ ¡
¦ § ¨ © ª « ¬
% & ' ( ) * ) % + , - .

V W X Y Z [ \ Z ] ^ _ ^ \ Y ^ ` \ Y \ a b / 0 1 2 3 4 1 4 1 3 5 2 6 5 7 3 4 0 5 1 8 9 : ; 1 < 8 5 = 9 5 4 1 < 3 4 9 3 > > 2 7 4 0 3 5 8 > ? 9 @ A 4 9 5
6 9 ? 2 @ 6 1 @ B 5 3 1 3 C 3 2 1 < 0 4 8 9 @ 1 D A 5 4 1 9 9 : 4 0 > ? 9 @ A 4 1 3 3 9 8 4 1 8 3 A 3 3 5 ? 7 4 9
A 9 8 > 2 7 6 1 4 0 2 9 A 5 2 9 ? 5 4 1 9 5 2 ? 2 3 E A 1 ? A 8 3 4 5 A 3 F
G @ ? 4 0 3 A 1 ? A 8 3 4 5 A 3 5 5 2 4 ? 5 4 1 H > ? 9 @ A 4 @ 5 4 5 3 0 4 1 3 3 @ F
c ] d ] X ] e f ] I J > 2 5 5 4 1 9 4 9 > ? 9 @ A 4 @ 5 4 5 3 0 4 3 3 1 : 9 ? 8 5 4 1 9 3 0 4 K
; 5 : 4 7 1 A 9 D @ 3 > 5 A 3 5 @ 0 5 2 4 0 3 5 : 4 7
I J > 2 9 3 1 9 0 5 L 5 ? @ M 4 9 J 1 A 0 5 L 5 ? @ 3 1 : 9 ? 8 5 4 1 9 3 0 4 K N
; 5 : 6 9 ? O 1 < 1 A 9 D @ 3 > 5 A 3 3 1 : 9 ? 8 5 4 1 9 3 0 4 K N N
P 1 ? A 4 1 H 3 : 9 ? H 4 1 2 5 4 1 9 > ? 5 A 4 1 A 3 1 : 9 ? 8 5 4 1 9 3 0 4 K N K
= 2 5 1 < 9 : 3 4 2 5 @ ? 8 9 H 5 2 9 : ? 3 4 3 1 : 9 ? 8 5 4 1 9 3 0 4 K Q
; 5 : 4 7 1 @ 1 A 5 4 1 9 3 3 1 : 9 ? 8 5 4 1 9 3 0 4 K N
= 9 H ? 3 1 9 4 5 B 2 3 3 1 : 9 ? 8 5 4 1 9 3 0 4 K
; > A 1 D A 5 4 1 9 : 9 ? 8 1 ? 5 2 5 B ? 5 3 1 H 3 3 1 : 9 ? 8 5 4 1 9 3 0 4 K Q
R 2 5 4 1 H 0 8 1 @ 1 4 7 M 3 B 3 4 ? 5 4 4 8 > ? 5 4 ? M
5 1 ? 4 8 > ? 5 4 ? 3 1 : 9 ? 8 5 4 1 9 3 0 4 S T
g h i j k l m c j n h o k p q r g : 9 ? > 5 1 4 5 @ ? A 9 8 8 @ @ 4 0 1 ? 3 3 3 5 : 4 7 3 0 4 3 K N C K N 5 @
? 2 H 5 4 8 5 4 ? 1 5 2 3 5 : 4 7 @ 5 4 5 3 0 4 3
4 0 1 3 1 3 5 3 9 2 H 4 B 9 ? > 5 1 4 5 @ A 5 ? 3 0 9 2 @ B 4 5 O 4 9 5 H 9 1 @ 1 0 5 2 5 4 1 9 9 :
3 > ? 5 7 8 1 3 4 9 ? H 5 > 9 ? 5 3 6 2 2 5 3 A 9 4 5 A 4 B 4 6 4 0 6 4 > 5 1 4 5 @ J > 9 3 @
3 O 1 9 ? 7 3
! " # $

s t u v w x y w

¦
{ { } } z ¡ { } ¢ { £ ¤ } z ¤ ¥ z } § { ¤ z
} ¤ ¤ } { } ¥ } ¤ ¥ { ¤ { } { { } z { ¨ } } © } } ¤ } } ¤ } | ¤ { ¥ ¤ { £ z } ¤
¤ | } ¥ } ¤ { £ ª « ¬ « z { } © } | } z «
® ¯ ¯ ° ± ¯ ® ¯ ² ³ ´ µ ¶ ° ± ± ° ³ · ¯ ® ° ¸ ° ¹ ¯ ° ³ º ° ´ ´ ² ® ¯ ± ¯ » ± ¯ ² ± · ¸ ´ · ¯ º ¶ ° ± ± ° ³ · ¯
¬ ¬ ¬ ¬ ¬ ¬ ¡
³ º ¯ ± ° ¯ ² ± ° ± · · ³ ² ® ¯ ± ¶ · ¯ · ³ ´ ° ¶ ± ² ¸ ° ½ ² ± ¯ ² º ¯ ° ´ · ³ ² ± ° ¯ ² ± ° º ¯
ª ¬ ª ¬ ¬ ¡ ¼ ª ¬ ¼ ª ¬ ¼ ¡
· ³ ½ ´ º · ³ ¶ · ® ² ´ · ¸ · ° · ² ³ ° ³ µ ² ® ¯ ± ¶ ° ± ± ° ³ µ ² · ³ ¯ ² ± ° ° ± · ½ ´ ° ± ± ² ¯ ² ± ¯ ° ± ¯
ª ª ¡ ¼ ¼ ¬ ¬ ¼ ª ª ¬ ª ¬ ¡
º · ½ ´ ° · ¸ ¯ º ¾ µ
¬ «
° ¾ ¾ ¦
£ { ¥ } { { £ ¥ ¨ } ¥ { } ¨ £ £ } | § © } { £ ¤ £ } © } £ ¤ } { ¥ }
} ¤ } ¡ ¨ } © } { } { } } ¿ z { ¤ } { z z { ¨ } } ¤ ¤ } ¤ } z ¡ } £ } { ¤ ¥ } { } ¤ }
¾ ¾ ¦
} © } £ ¤ } z } £ } ¡ } © } } { } « £ } ¤ { } ¤ £ ¤ À ¤ ¥ { } { } ¢ }
¾
} } { ¨ { £ } ¤ ¥ } © } £ } { { £ «
Á Â Ã Â Â Ä Å Ä Æ Á Â Ç Â Á Â
Â Ä È É È Â Á Á Ê Ê Ë Ç È Á Â Ç Á È Ì Í È Î È Ä Ä Æ È Ï Ä É È Ð Î È Î È Ç Å È Í Ä È Ë Á Â Ë È Ï È Ä Æ
Ñ Â Í Ò Å Â Ï Á Â Ç Â Á Â Ä Ä Ó Æ Ä Â Í Â È Ï Ò Å Ê È Ï Â Á Ò Â Ï Â Í È Á Ò Ä Ï Ä Å È Ô Ì È Â Á Í Ã Ë È Å
Â È Á È Í Ä Ò Â Å Â Ë Æ Ä Ã Ò Ä È Å Ì Á Â Ë Æ Ä Ã Ì Å È Ã Í È Ä Æ Î È Ê Ä Í Ì Ï Õ
Ö × Ø Ù Ú Û Ü Ý Þ ß Ø Û Ù Ø Ù ß Ö Ø à á Þ ß Þ à Ö × × ß Ø à Ø Ù ß × Ù á × á Ú Û Ü â ã Ø á Þ Ù ä × Û Ù å æ Þ Ù á Ø à ç Þ à × á ã è Û Ù å Þ ç Û Ü Þ ß Û Ü æ ß × à ß à ß Ö Þ ß Ê Ê Ë ç × å Ø × é × à
ß Û ç × Ü × å Ø Þ ç å × Õ Ê Ê Ë Ý Þ æ Ý Û á Ø Ú æ ß Ö × Ø Ù Ú Û Ü Ý Þ ß Ø Û Ù ä Û Ù ß Þ Ø Ù × á Ö × Ü × Ø Ù Þ ß Þ Ù æ ß Ø Ý × Þ à Þ Ü × à ã å ß Û Ú è Ü Þ ä ß Ø ä Þ å × ê è × Ü Ø × Ù ä × Þ Ù á
ä Û Ù ß Ø Ù ã Û ã à è Ü Û á ã ä ß á × é × å Û è Ý × Ù ß Õ å å Ü × ä Û Ý Ý × Ù á Þ ß Ø Û Ù à Û Ü à ã â â × à ß Ø Û Ù à Ü × å Þ ß Ø Ù â ß Û ß Ö × ã à × Û Ú ß Ö × Ê Ê Ë è Ü Û á ã ä ß Ò
Ö × ß Ö × Ü Ø Ù ß × ä Ö Ù Ø ä Þ å á Û ä ã Ý × Ù ß Þ ß Ø Û Ù Ò Û Ü Ø Ù Ü × à è Û Ù à × ß Û Þ à è × ä Ø ì ä Ø Ù í ã Ø Ü æ Ò Û Ü Û ß Ö × Ü Ø à × Ò Þ Ü × ç Þ à × á Û Ù á Þ ß Þ Ò Ö Ø ä Ö ß Û ß Ö ×
ë ë ë
ç × à ß Û Ú Ê Ê Ë î à ï Ù Û å × á â × Ò Ø à Ü × å Ø Þ ç å × Õ Ö × è Ü Û á ã ä ß Þ Ù á Ü × å Þ ß × á Ø Ù Ú Û Ü Ý Þ ß Ø Û Ù Ø à á × à Ø â Ù × á Ú Û Ü ã à × Ü à Ö Þ é Ø Ù â ß Ö × Ü × í ã Ø à Ø ß ×
ï Ù Û å × á â × Þ Ù á Ø Ù á ã à ß Ü Ø Þ å à ï Ø å å à Ø Ù ß Ö × Ø Ù á ã à ß Ü æ Þ Ù á Ø ß Ø à ß Ö × × Ù á ð ã à × Ü î à Ü × à è Û Ù à Ø ç Ø å Ø ß æ ß Û á × ß × Ü Ý Ø Ù × ß Ö × à ã Ø ß Þ ç Ø å Ø ß æ Û Ú ß Ö ×
è Ü Û á ã ä ß Ú Û Ü Ø ß à Û Ù è Þ Ü ß Ø ä ã å Þ Ü ã à × Þ Ù á Ø ß à Ö Þ å å ç × á × × Ý × á ß Ö Þ ß Ç ã æ × Ü Ö Þ à á Û Ù × à Û Ò Þ à Ø ß à à Û å × á Ø à ä Ü × ß Ø Û Ù Þ Ù á Ü Ø à ï Õ
Ê Ê Ë Ö Þ à Ù Û ä Û Ù ß Ü Û å Û é × Ü × Ø ß Ö × Ü ß Ö × í ã Þ å Ø ß æ Û Ü ä Û Ù á Ø ß Ø Û Ù Û Ú ß Ö × à ã ç à ß Ü Þ ß × Ò Û Ü ß Ö × Ý Þ Ù æ Ú Þ ä ß Û Ü à Þ Ú Ú × ä ß Ø Ù â ß Ö × ã à × Þ Ù á
Þ è è å Ø ä Þ ß Ø Û Ù Û Ú ß Ö × è Ü Û á ã ä ß Õ Ö × Ü × Ú Û Ü × Ò Ê Ê Ë á Û × à Ù Û ß Þ ä ä × è ß Þ Ù æ å Ø Þ ç Ø å Ø ß æ Þ Ü Ø à Ø Ù â Ú Ü Û Ý Þ Ù æ å Û à à Ò Ø Ù ñ ã Ü æ Û Ü á Þ Ý Þ â ×
Ü × à ã å ß Ø Ù â Ú Ü Û Ý à ã ä Ö ã à × Û Ü ß Ö × ä Û Ù ß × Ù ß à Û Ú ß Ö Ø à á Þ ß Þ à Ö × × ß Ð ã Ù å × à à ß Ö × Ü × Þ Ü × Ü Ø ß ß × Ù Þ â Ü × × Ý × Ù ß à à ß Þ ß Ø Ù â Û ß Ö × Ü Ø à × Ó Õ
ë ë
É Þ Ü Ø Þ ß Ø Û Ù à Ø Ù ß Ö × Þ è è å Ø ä Þ ß Ø Û Ù × Ù é Ø Ü Û Ù Ý × Ù ß Ò ä Ö Þ Ù â × à Ø Ù è Ü Û ä × á ã Ü × à Û Ú ã à × Ò Û Ü × ê ß Ü Þ è Û å Þ ß Ø Û Ù Û Ú á Þ ß Þ Ý Þ æ ä Þ ã à ×
ã Ù à Þ ß Ø à Ú Þ ä ß Û Ü æ Ü × à ã å ß à Õ
Ö Ø à á Þ ß Þ à Ö × × ß à ã è × Ü à × á × à Þ å å è Ü × é Ø Û ã à é × Ü à Ø Û Ù à Þ Ù á Ø ß Ø à ß Ö × Ç ã æ × Ü î à Ü × à è Û Ù à Ø ç Ø å Ø ß æ ß Û × Ù à ã Ü × ß Ö Þ ß ß Ö Ø à á Þ ß Þ à Ö × × ß
Ø à ä ã Ü Ü × Ù ß è Ü Ø Û Ü ß Û ã à Ø Ù â ß Ö × è Ü Û á ã ä ß Õ Ï ã Ü Ü × Ù ß á Þ ß Þ à Ö × × ß à Ú Û Ü Þ å å Ê Ê Ë Ê Ü Û ß × ä ß Ø é × ò Ã Þ Ü Ø Ù × Ï Û Þ ß Ø Ù â à è Ü Û á ã ä ß à Þ Ü ×
Ý Þ Ø Ù ß Þ Ø Ù × á Þ ß Õ è è â è Ý ä Õ ä Û Ý Õ
ë ë ë
Ö × È Ù â å Ø à Ö ß × ê ß Û Ú ß Ö Ø à á Þ ß Þ à Ö × × ß à Ö Þ å å è Ü × é Þ Ø å Û é × Ü Þ Ù æ ß Ü Þ Ù à å Þ ß Ø Û Ù ß Ö × Ü × Û Ú Õ
z { | } ~

ó ô õ ö ÷ ø ù ÷

ø
÷ ù ô ö ö ö õ ù ø ø ø ø ø ÷ ÷ ø ø
÷ ù ù ô ö ö ö õ ù ø ø ø ø ø ÷ ù ø ø
÷ ø ö ø ø ø ø ø ÷ ÷ ø ø
ú û ü ý þ ÿ þ
SIGMAFAST 329BR
4 pages August 2013

Description two component high build zinc phosphate epoxy primer/coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – general purpose epoxy primer

– fast curing
– low VOC
COLOURS AND GLOSS Grey, white, oxide red – eggshell
4.1 m²/l for 200 μm
Overcoating interval min. 16 hours and maximum 48 hours for 150 μm dft *


extra solvent may be required to obtain application viscosity
AIR SPRAY
page 1/4
SIGMAFAST 329BR
August 2013
AIRLESS SPRAY

ADDITIONAL DATA
dft in μm 100 200
Overcoating table for SigmaFast 329BR for dft up to 160 μm

temperature
with epoxy and polyurethane minimum interval 48 hours 16 hours 7 hours 5 hours 4 hours
coatings
Overcoating table for SigmaFast 329BR for dft up to 160 μm.

temperature
with solventborne Steelguard minimum interval 24 hours 18 hours 16 hours 14 hours 10 hours
intumescent coatings
maximum interval 72 hours 48 hours 48 hours 48 hours 48 hours


page 2/4
SIGMAFAST 329BR
August 2013
10°C 3.5 hours

20°C 2 hours
30°C 1 hour

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS – SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

– This is a solvent borne paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation
page 3/4
SIGMAFAST 329BR
August 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 5652
page 4/4
SIGMAFAST 370
4 pages June 2012

Description two component high build epoxy primer/coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – general purpose epoxy primer/coating for atmospheric conditions

– fast curing


max. 6 months *



viscosity
Induction time none above 10°C
10 minutes if applied at temperatures below 10°C
page 1/4
SIGMAFAST 370
June 2012
AIR SPRAY
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER
theoritical spreading rate m2/l 6.6 4

dft in μm 100 150

with SigmaFast 370, minimum interval 8 hours 4 hours 2 hours 1 hour
SigmaCover 435 and SigmaDur 550


page 2/4
SIGMAFAST 370
June 2012
10 °C 5 hours
20 °C 4 hours
30 °C 3 hours

skin or eyes
page 3/4
SIGMAFAST 370
June 2012
WARRANTY
DISCLAIMED BY PPG.
www.ppgpmc.com.
PDS 7803
page 4/4
SIGMAFAST HS ENAMEL
4 pages August 2012

Description one component, modified acrylic based, air drying industrial enamel
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – fast drying

– good exterior durability
– excellent gloss and colour retention
– VOC compliant as a finish
COLOURS AND GLOSS Wide range of colours, lead free: BS 4800, BS381C, RAL – gloss
Mass density 1.1 - 1.3 g/cm³ ( depending on colour)
Recommended dry film thickness 25 - 40 μm ( can be achieved by a single coat application or using a "wet on
wet" technique)
13.3 m²/l for 40 μm *
Overcoating interval see overcoating table *

RECOMMENDED – can be applied on most sound clean paint systems or onto clean bare metal
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS which has been primed with a suitable primer
AND TEMPERATURES – application temperature range 5 - 30 °C

– addition of thinner may increase the VOC value of the product to greater
than 420 g/litre
AIR SPRAY
Recommended thinner no extra thinner should be required but if necessary Thinner 21-06 can be
added to the mixed components
page 1/4
SIGMAFAST HS ENAMEL
August 2012
AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner no extra thinner should be required but if necessary Thinner 21-06 can be
added to the mixed components
Nozzle pressure 15 - 28 MPa (= approx. 2176 - 4061 p.s.i.)
BRUSH/ROLLER
Recommended thinner no extra thinner is required but if necessary Thinner 21-06 can be added if
desired to mixed components
Volume of thinner 0 - 5% if required
Overcoating table for SigmaFast HS Enamel for dft up to 25 μm

maximum interval 30 hours 24 hours 16 hours
– wrinkling of the topcoat may occur if overcoating takes place between the
times stated
Curing Drying table

temperature
5°C 75 min. 24 hours 120 min.

page 2/4
SIGMAFAST HS ENAMEL
August 2012
skin or eyes
page 3/4
SIGMAFAST HS ENAMEL
August 2012
WARRANTY
DISCLAIMED BY PPG.
PDS 0672UK
page 4/4
SIGMAGLIDE 890
4 pages March 2013

Description two component silicone based finish for fouling release system
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – non-toxic, fouling release coating for ships, installations and sea water
intakes under all fouling conditions
– for use at newbuilding or maintenance
COLOURS AND GLOSS redbrown (other colours on request) – gloss
Refloating time min. 8 hours *
RECOMMENDED – for new Buildings or spot/full blast, SigmaGlide 890 should only be applied
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS over SigmaGlide 790
AND TEMPERATURES – as a re-fresh coat, SigmaGlide 890 can be applied over itself in line with
PPG Protective & Marine Coatings SigmaGlide General Working Procedure
point
– relative humidity should be above 40%
page 1/4
SIGMAGLIDE 890
March 2013

In order to achieve optimal performance from the SigmaGlide system, the
individual SigmaGlide products must be applied in strict accordance with the
minimum specified dry film thickness and also with the PPG Protective & Marine
Coatings SigmaGlide General Working Procedure.
Please consult PPG Protective & Marine Coatings for details of the application
procedure which has been prepared to the best of our knowledge and in
accordance with World-wide application best practices in order to ensure
optimal workmanship and application results.
– open drum just before use

– stir base well before use for 5 minutes
– add hardener to the base and stir well again for at least 5 minutes
– all equipment must be thoroughly cleaned prior to use and before re-use
with other materials, to prevent contamination
– overspray on paint which will not be recoated with the
SigmaGlide 890 should be avoided as much as possible
Induction time none
AIRLESS SPRAY
Nozzle angle from 35° to 60°, depending on nozzle orfice
BRUSH/ROLLER for small areas only (touch up and repair)
CLEANING SOLVENT
– Thinner 90-83 or 50/50 mixture of Thinner 21-06 and Thinner 50-02
– please note that used cleaning solvent must not be allowed to contaminate
other paints
ADDITIONAL DATA Overcoating table for SigmaGlide 890 with itself at a dft up to 150 μm

minimum interval 3 hours 2 hours 1 hour 1 hour
maximum interval 8 hours 8 hours 8 hours 8 hours

page 2/4
SIGMAGLIDE 890
March 2013
10 °C 6 hours
20 °C 4 hours
30 °C 2 hours

PPG Protective & Marine Coatings' General working
procedure for application of SigmaGlide
skin or eyes
page 3/4
SIGMAGLIDE 890
March 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7399
236471 redbrown 2008002200
240643 white 7000001250
page 4/4
SIGMAGUARD 260
5 pages May 2013

Description two component high build amine adduct cured novolac phenolic epoxy holding
primer
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – holding primer for SigmaGuard CSF 650, Novaguard 840 and
Novaguard 890
– can be applied and cures at temperatures down to +5°C
COLOURS AND GLOSS pink – eggshell
13.65 m²/l for 50 μm
Touch dry after 2 - 3 hours at 20°C, 14 - 16 hours at 5°C
max. 1 month *
SigmaGuard 260
page 1/5
SIGMAGUARD 260
May 2013

viscosity
5°C - 20 min.
10°C - 15 min.
15°C - 10 min.
AIR SPRAY
Nozzle orifice 2 mm
AIRLESS SPRAY


dft in μm 50 75 100
page 2/5
SIGMAGUARD 260
May 2013
Overcoating table for SigmaGuard 260 for dft up to 75 μm
substrate 5°C 10°C 15°C 20°C 30°C 40°C

temperature
with SigmaGuard CSF 650, minimum interval 24 hours 20 hours 14 hours 8 hours 5 hours 3 hours
Novaguard 840 or Novaguard 890
Max interval when 2 months 2 months 2 months 1 month 1 month 1 month
not exposed to
direct sunshine
maximum interval

40°C 1 hour 3 days

– when used as a primer under solvent free tank-linings the dft must be limited
5°C 8 hours
10°C 6 hours
15°C 4 hours
20°C 2 hours
40°C 30 min.
page 3/5
SIGMAGUARD 260
May 2013

skin or eyes
page 4/5
SIGMAGUARD 260
May 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7944
241815 pink 6007002200
page 5/5
SIGMAGUARD 603
5 pages August 2013

PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – one coat protection for maintenance or major refurbishment of ballast water
tanks and crude oil tanks
– tolerant to marginal surface preparation
– good corrosion resistance
COLOURS AND GLOSS offwhite, light grey – gloss
Volume solids 100%
max. 20 days *

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS – steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2 or power tool cleaned to ISO-St2 for good
AND TEMPERATURES corrosion protection
– coated steel; hydrojetted to VIS WJ2/3 L (blasting profile 50 - 100 μm)
– previous epoxy coat; in sound condition, dry and free from any
contamination and sufficiently roughened if necessary
– pitted steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½ is recommended
– suitable primer; SigmaCover 280
– substrate temperature must be above 5°C during application and curing
– There are no restrictions regarding dew point temperature and relative
humidity.
– suitable for damp surfaces
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION marine 1 x 300 μm SigmaGuard 603
page 1/5
SIGMAGUARD 603
August 2013

least 20°C
Induction time none
Pot life 1 hour at 20°C*
AIRLESS SPRAY
ratio and suitable high pressure hoses/in -line heating or insulated hoses
may be necessary to avoid cooling down of paint in hoses at low air
temperature
– application with 45: 1 spray equipment possible provided in-line heated high
pressure hoses are used
– in case of using 45:1 airless spray equipment the paint must be heated to
approx. 30°C in order to obtain the right application viscosity


has been expired
page 2/5
SIGMAGUARD 603
August 2013

dft in μm 300 400
Maximum dft when brushing: 150 - 200 μm

real applied wft
– recommended is to apply a wft which is equal to the specified dft plus 60 μm

Overcoating with SigmaGuard 603 (spot repair and stripe coating)


substrate dry to handle full cure Service - water

page 3/5
SIGMAGUARD 603
August 2013
20°C 60 min.
30°C 45 min.
increase

eyes
visibility
page 4/5
SIGMAGUARD 603
August 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7985
268333 offwhite 7001002200
267450 lightgrey 5163052200
page 5/5
! " # $ %

^ _ ` a b c d e c f g ( ) ( * + , -
& ' & & &
h i j k l j h m n l o m i m l p q i j r p j l r / * + ) + ) ) * ( + *
& & & & &
+ * ( )
& &
, ) ) +
& & & ' & &
0 ) + 0 - - + * - ) + ) - 1 * ( 4 5
& & 2 3
, ) ) 0 ) -
& & &
+ 0
&
l s n s t i r m k ^ u n s r r - 6 )
v m r j l ^ m p m m p w x y l 7 ( 8 9 : ; < = ) 0 7 > ? ) @ ( A 7 ) 9 ; B A 7 > ? ) 5

2 &
+ ( , + + * 5
2 & &
+ - ; 7 ( 8
&
z ) * ( ) + C : D E D
{ | } ~ ~ ( , ; 7 ) , ; ; ) 0 7 ) 5
2
> F G H 7 < C 5 I + , < 5

2 3 2
( ( + + + - J ) ( / < K (
&
L ) + < ; < ( A 7 ) < K (

& &
L * + - : * M N O
& &
[ ) ( ; *
& &
( , ; (
3 &
? ) ) ) + + - ) 5 ) (
2 & & &
P Q R R S T T U V U W X S Y T S V S
i q l s q k ^ q ^ ) @ 0 ) ) + Z ? [ \ ? ] 6 0 ) J ) = \ K (
& & & &
r t v r p i m p q l s k ^ j p j s k r * 0 ( * * ) + 0 0 = N O + ) < N O 0 +
& & & & & & '
m k ^ p q h q i m p t i q r + * ) + *
& &
j k r p i t l p j s k r s i t r q ( , 0 - ) * ( 4 0 + : 4
& &
( * ( , + 0 + + * ) + 0 ) - 0
& & & &
0 N O
( * ) ) * ) )
& & ' & & &
) * ) + 0 + + +
&
) 0 + +
&
G ) = ( ; N O
& &

¡ ¢ £ ¤ ¥ ¦ § ¥ ¨ © ª « ¬

ö ÷ ø ù ú î î î û ø ö ü
® ¯ ° ° ® ± ² ® ² ³ ´ ± ± ® ± ¯ ³ ´ ± ± ® µ ¯ ¶ · ² ¸ ® ² ² ® ²
¹ ¯ º º · ® ¯ ´ » ® ¼ ¼ ¯ ½ ¾ ¾ ¿ À Á ¾ Â À ° ° Ã Ä ¾ Å Á ¾ ´ ± Æ
¹ ¯ º º · ® ¼ ® µ µ ¶ ® Ç Ã Ä ¼ ¼ ¯ ½ ¾ ¸ È À ¿ É ¼ ¾ µ ¾ ´ ¾ Æ
¶ µ ® ® Ë Ì ² ¶ ³ Ì µ ´ ± Í · ® Î ® ® ² ´ · ® µ µ µ ¼ Ì ® Ï ¶ ´ ¼ ° ® ± ³ ¼ ® Î ® ¸ · Ì É Ð ¼ ¶ ° ¼
³ ´ ¯ ± ² µ ¶ ´ ³ ¸ · ® ´ Í ¼ ® µ µ ¶ ® ¯ µ ® µ
´ ± Á · ´ ± ® ® ³ ´ ± Í ¯ ´ ± µ ¶ · ³ ® ² ¯ µ ® µ ° Ì ¸ ® ± ® ® µ µ Ì ³ ¯ Ë ¯ ´ ² ¯ ¯ · ´ ± Í ² ¯ Ñ ±
¯ Î ¼ ´ ± ³ ´ ± ¯ µ ® µ ³ · ¯ Ñ ´ ³ ® ° ¼ ® ³ ¶ ®
¼ ¼ · ´ ³ ´ ¯ ± Ñ ´ ³ ¿ Â Ð µ ¼ Ì ® Ï ¶ ´ ¼ ° ® ± ³ ¼ ¯ µ µ ´ ¸ · ® ¼ ¯ Ë ´ ² ® ² ´ ± Á · ´ ± ® ® ³ ® ² ´ Í
¼ ® µ µ ¶ ® ¯ µ ® µ ® ¶ µ ® ²
´ ± µ ® ¯ Î ¶ µ ´ ± Í ¿ Â Ð ´ · ® µ µ µ ¼ Ì ® Ï ¶ ´ ¼ ° ® ± ³ ³ ® ¼ ´ ± ³ ° ¶ µ ³ ¸ ® ® ³ ® ² ³ ¯
¼ ¼ ¯ ½ ¾ À Ò Ó ´ ± ¯ ² ® ³ ¯ ¯ ¸ ³ ´ ± ³ ® ´ Í ³ ¼ ¼ · ´ ³ ´ ¯ ± Ë ´ µ ¯ µ ´ ³ Ì
· ® ± Í ³ ¯ Î ¯ µ ® µ µ ¯ ¶ · ² ¸ ® µ µ ¯ ³ µ ¼ ¯ µ µ ´ ¸ · ® ¾
ý ø þ î ÿ ø é ù ù ú ø ¯ ± · Ì Î ¯ µ ¼ ¯ ³ ® ¼ ´ ± ² µ ³ ´ ¼ ® ¯ ³ ´ ± Í
® ¯ ° ° ® ± ² ® ² ³ ´ ± ± ® ± ¯ ³ ´ ± ± ® µ ¯ ¶ · ² ¸ ® ² ² ® ²
ù ú ö ÷ ï î é ù ú ´ ± ± ® Õ Á Ö À Ã ¼ ® Î ® ® ² Æ ¯ ´ ± ± ® Õ Á Â À
Ê Ô Ô
· · ® Ï ¶ ´ ¼ ° ® ± ³ ¶ µ ® ² Î ¯ ¼ ¼ · ´ ³ ´ ¯ ± ° ¶ µ ³ ¸ ® · ® ± ® ² ´ ° ° ® ² ´ ³ ® · Ì Î ³ ® ¶ µ ®
¼ ´ ± ³ ´ ± µ ´ ² ® ³ ® µ ¼ Ì ´ ± Í ® Ï ¶ ´ ¼ ° ® ± ³ ° ¶ µ ³ ¸ ® ® ° ¯ Ë ® ² ¸ ® Î ¯ ® ³ ® ¼ ¯ ³ · ´ Î ® ³ ´ ° ®
µ ¸ ® ® ± ® ½ ¼ ´ ® ²
× Ø Ù Ú Û Ü Ø Ý Þ ß à á á â ß ã á ä å à â ã Ø ß æ å â Û à
³ ® ¯ ´ ³ ´ · µ ¼ ® ² ´ ± Í ³ ® ° ç · À ¾ À
² Î ³ ´ ± è ° À
é ê à å Ý ë â Û Ø ß æ Û â ì Ù à í ë å î Ø æ Ú â ï ð â å ã ñ ò ó í ë å ã í Û ë í ô ó ó õ Ú
Ñ ´ ³ ´ ³ µ ® · Î µ ¶ ¸ µ ³ ³ ® Â Ò Ó Ò Ó Ò Ó À Ò Ó ¿ Ò Ó
³ ® ° ¼ ® ³ ¶ ®
° ´ ± ´ ° ¶ ° ´ ± ³ ® Ë · À É ¯ ¶ µ ¯ ¶ µ ¯ ¶ µ Â ¯ ¶ µ ¯ ¶ µ
µ ¶ Î ® µ ¯ ¶ · ² ¸ ® ² Ì ± ² Î ® ® Î ¯ ° ± Ì ¯ ± ³ ° ´ ± ³ ´ ¯ ±

! " # $ % ! " # $ % & ' ( ) * + , " - + & , + . / / 0 1
: ; < : ; > :
2 3 4 2 5 5 6 5 9 3 3 = = 3 6 5 9 = 6

5 6 7 8 6 5 3 6

: ;
? @ A B B C
9 3 2 2 9 3 2

: ;
D
@ A
9 3 2 2 9 3 2

: ;

@ A E ?
9 3 2 2 9 3 2
: ; D
B @ A B B
9 3 2 2 9 3 2
F , & ) # + * G ' & ' H H ) # I ' & # , $ J # K I , K # & L M

> O
@ A ?
7 N

> O
B @ A
7 N
a , " ) - b # - * ' J ' # ) ' ( # ) # & L P ; < R > ; : >

A
N = 2 5 N 5 N 2 = Q 2 5 6 N 7 9 N S 7 9 5 N S 2 5 9 2 3 8 8 = 5 6 2 7 6 8 9 3 5 9
: : : > < : > ;
Q 9 = Q N 6 4 2 N 2 T 2 = N S 5 7 9 N U 5 N 9 9 5 6 8 9 3 5 N 2 2 9 7 6 5 N 7 6 2 6 6 2 2 5 9
; > > > O
9 7 8 = Q N 5 = 9 = 9 5 N 9 = 3 = 6 2 V N 3 7 2 5 6 2
W > : > > > : : : O
6 5 6 2 6 N 3 7 2 5 6 2 = 5 6 5 N X 6 8 9 3 5 5 2 6 6 5 N 2 3 2 6
c * + * " * $ I * Y Z > > : : > < > D
8 = 5 N 9 5 9 8 9 3 5 5 2 6 6 5 2 2 6 6 N 9 7 5 N 9 2 6 6 5
R < ; > : > > < > D

B
6 5 N N 5 N 9 2 2 6 6 N 9 7 5 N 9 2 6 6 5
R < ; > > > : > : < ;
6 5 N 9 U 6 2 8 6 2 6 = 5 2 6 5
Y Z > [ : \ Z [ : > < > D

B
8 = 9 2 N 9 5 9 N 2 6 6 N 9 7 5 N 9 2 6 6 5
R < ] > > > > : > < > D

B B
6 Q 9 N S N 9 U 6 2 8 6 2 2 6 6 N 9 7 5 N 9 2 6 6 5
^ < > > > < > D D

B
N 6 5 N X 6 2 9 X 6 5 N = 5 N 9 8 5 N 6 2 6 6 N 9 7 5 N 9 2 6 6 5
> > < > : < > < > D _

A
= 6 N S 9 2 5 6 6 = 6 7 9 X = 9 3 2 5 2 6 6 N 9 7 5 N 9 2 6 6 5
d e f g h i F c g e j h k l m d > < > : ] > : > >
= 5 9 3 S 5 N 2 N 2 2 9 = X 6 5 6 6 8 N 5 T 6 2 9 3 = 4 6 5 6 5 9 X 9 N N = 5 N 9
< ; > > > > : Z : ] >
9 2 8 7 N 2 5 2 Q 6 = = 2 9 5 5 4 6 5 Q 6 6 5 6 Q 6 5 8 N 5 6 8 9 2 6 2 N 9
6 6 2
< > > : > : : > > < ; D D > :

B B
9 8 N 5 6 9 7 7 6 6 5 N 6 2 2 6 6 2 6 5 2 6 6 5 2 T
> < ; :
6 = 6 X 5 7 5 6 N = 2 6 5 5 2 6 6 5 2

| } ~
n o p q r s t u s

£
w w y y v w y w ¡ y v ¡ ¢ v y ¤ w ¡ v
y ¡ ¡ y w y ¢ y ¡ ¢ w ¡ w y w w y v w ¥ y y ¦ y y ¡ y y ¡ y x ¡ w ¢ ¡ w v y ¡
¡ x y ¢ y ¡ w § ¨ © ¨ v w y ¦ y x y v ¨
ª « ¬ ¬ ® ¬ ª « ¬ ¯ ° ± ² ³ ® ® ° ª ´ ¬ ª « ª µ ¶ ¬ ° · ± ± ¯ ª « ¬ ® ¬ ¸ ® ¬ ¯ ® ´ µ ± ´ ¬ · ³ ® ® ° ª ´ ¬
© © © © © ©
° · ¬ ® ª ª ª ¬ ¯ ® ® ´ ´ ° ¯ ª « ¬ ® ³ ´ ¬ ´ ° ± ³ ® ¯ µ º ¯ ® ¬ ¯ · ¬ ± ´ ° ¯ ® ¬ ¯ ª ® · ¬
§ © § © © ¹ § © ¹ § © ¹
´ ° º ± · ´ ° ³ ´ ª « ¯ ª ± ´ µ ´ ª ª ´ ¯ ° ° ² ¯ ª « ¬ ® ³ ® ® ° ª ² ¯ ´ ª ° ¬ ¯ ® ® ª ´ º ± ® ® ¯ ¬ ¯ ® ¬ ® ¬
§ § ¹ ¹ © © ¹ § § © § ©
· ´ º ± ´ µ ¬ · » ²
© ¨
» » £
w ¢ y w w ¢ ¥ y ¢ w y ¥ y x ¤ ¦ y ¼ w ¡ y ¦ y ¡ y w ¢ y
y ¡ y ¥ y ¦ y w y w y y ½ v w ¡ y w v v w ¥ y y ¡ ¡ y ¡ y v y y w ¡ ¢ y w y ¡ y
» » £
y ¦ y ¡ y v y y y ¦ y y w y ¨ y ¡ w y ¡ ¡ ¾ ¡ ¢ w y w y y
»
y y w ¥ w y ¡ ¢ y ¦ y y w w ¨
¿ À Á À À Â Ã Â Ä ¿ À Å À ¿ À
À Â Æ Ç Æ À ¿ ¿ È È É Å Æ ¿ À Å ¿ Æ Ê Ë Æ Ì Æ Â Â Ä Æ Í Â Ç Æ Î Ì Æ Ì Æ Å Ã Æ Ë Â Æ É ¿ À É Æ Í Æ Â Ä
Ï À Ë Ð Ã À Í ¿ À Å À ¿ À Â Â Ñ Ä Â À Ë À Æ Í Ð Ã È Æ Í À ¿ Ð À Í À Ë Æ ¿ Ð Â Í Â Ã Æ Ò Ê Æ À ¿ Ë Á É Æ Ã
À Æ ¿ Æ Ë Â Ð À Ã À É Ä Â Á Ð Â Æ Ã Ê ¿ À É Ä Â Á Ê Ã Æ Á Ë Æ Â Ä Ì Æ È Â Ë Ê Í Ó
Ô Õ Ö × Ø Ù Ú Û Ü Ý Ö Ù × Ö × Ý Ô Ö Þ ß Ü Ý Ü Þ Ô Õ Õ Ý Ö Þ Ö × Ý Õ × ß Õ ß Ø Ù Ú à á Ö ß Ü × â Õ Ù × ã ä Ü × ß Ö Þ å Ü Þ Õ ß á æ Ù × ã Ü å Ù Ú Ü Ý Ù Ú ä Ý Õ Þ Ý Þ Ý Ô Ü Ý È È É å Õ ã Ö Õ ç Õ Þ
Ý Ù å Õ Ú Õ ã Ö Ü å ã Õ Ó È È É Û Ü ä Û Ù ß Ö Ø ä Ý Ô Õ Ö × Ø Ù Ú Û Ü Ý Ö Ù × â Ù × Ý Ü Ö × Õ ß Ô Õ Ú Õ Ö × Ü Ý Ü × ä Ý Ö Û Õ Ü Þ Ü Ú Õ Þ á ã Ý Ù Ø æ Ú Ü â Ý Ö â Ü ã Õ è æ Õ Ú Ö Õ × â Õ Ü × ß
â Ù × Ý Ö × á Ù á Þ æ Ú Ù ß á â Ý ß Õ ç Õ ã Ù æ Û Õ × Ý Ó ã ã Ú Õ â Ù Û Û Õ × ß Ü Ý Ö Ù × Þ Ù Ú Þ á à à Õ Þ Ý Ö Ù × Þ Ú Õ ã Ü Ý Ö × à Ý Ù Ý Ô Õ á Þ Õ Ù Ø Ý Ô Õ È È É æ Ú Ù ß á â Ý Ð
Ô Õ Ý Ô Õ Ú Ö × Ý Õ â Ô × Ö â Ü ã ß Ù â á Û Õ × Ý Ü Ý Ö Ù × Ð Ù Ú Ö × Ú Õ Þ æ Ù × Þ Õ Ý Ù Ü Þ æ Õ â Ö ê â Ö × ë á Ö Ú ä Ð Ù Ú Ù Ý Ô Õ Ú Ö Þ Õ Ð Ü Ú Õ å Ü Þ Õ ß Ù × ß Ü Ý Ü Ð Ô Ö â Ô Ý Ù Ý Ô Õ
é é é
å Õ Þ Ý Ù Ø È È É ì Þ í × Ù ã Õ ß à Õ Ð Ö Þ Ú Õ ã Ö Ü å ã Õ Ó Ô Õ æ Ú Ù ß á â Ý Ü × ß Ú Õ ã Ü Ý Õ ß Ö × Ø Ù Ú Û Ü Ý Ö Ù × Ö Þ ß Õ Þ Ö à × Õ ß Ø Ù Ú á Þ Õ Ú Þ Ô Ü ç Ö × à Ý Ô Õ Ú Õ ë á Ö Þ Ö Ý Õ
í × Ù ã Õ ß à Õ Ü × ß Ö × ß á Þ Ý Ú Ö Ü ã Þ í Ö ã ã Þ Ö × Ý Ô Õ Ö × ß á Þ Ý Ú ä Ü × ß Ö Ý Ö Þ Ý Ô Õ Õ × ß î á Þ Õ Ú ì Þ Ú Õ Þ æ Ù × Þ Ö å Ö ã Ö Ý ä Ý Ù ß Õ Ý Õ Ú Û Ö × Õ Ý Ô Õ Þ á Ö Ý Ü å Ö ã Ö Ý ä Ù Ø Ý Ô Õ
æ Ú Ù ß á â Ý Ø Ù Ú Ö Ý Þ Ù × æ Ü Ú Ý Ö â á ã Ü Ú á Þ Õ Ü × ß Ö Ý Þ Ô Ü ã ã å Õ ß Õ Õ Û Õ ß Ý Ô Ü Ý Å á ä Õ Ú Ô Ü Þ ß Ù × Õ Þ Ù Ð Ü Þ Ö Ý Þ Þ Ù ã Õ ß Ö Þ â Ú Õ Ý Ö Ù × Ü × ß Ú Ö Þ í Ó
È È É Ô Ü Þ × Ù â Ù × Ý Ú Ù ã Ù ç Õ Ú Õ Ö Ý Ô Õ Ú Ý Ô Õ ë á Ü ã Ö Ý ä Ù Ú â Ù × ß Ö Ý Ö Ù × Ù Ø Ý Ô Õ Þ á å Þ Ý Ú Ü Ý Õ Ð Ù Ú Ý Ô Õ Û Ü × ä Ø Ü â Ý Ù Ú Þ Ü Ø Ø Õ â Ý Ö × à Ý Ô Õ á Þ Õ Ü × ß
Ü æ æ ã Ö â Ü Ý Ö Ù × Ù Ø Ý Ô Õ æ Ú Ù ß á â Ý Ó Ô Õ Ú Õ Ø Ù Ú Õ Ð È È É ß Ù Õ Þ × Ù Ý Ü â â Õ æ Ý Ü × ä ã Ö Ü å Ö ã Ö Ý ä Ü Ú Ö Þ Ö × à Ø Ú Ù Û Ü × ä ã Ù Þ Þ Ð Ö × ï á Ú ä Ù Ú ß Ü Û Ü à Õ
Ú Õ Þ á ã Ý Ö × à Ø Ú Ù Û Þ á â Ô á Þ Õ Ù Ú Ý Ô Õ â Ù × Ý Õ × Ý Þ Ù Ø Ý Ô Ö Þ ß Ü Ý Ü Þ Ô Õ Õ Ý Î á × ã Õ Þ Þ Ý Ô Õ Ú Õ Ü Ú Õ Ú Ö Ý Ý Õ × Ü à Ú Õ Õ Û Õ × Ý Þ Þ Ý Ü Ý Ö × à Ù Ý Ô Õ Ú Ö Þ Õ Ñ Ó
é é
Ç Ü Ú Ö Ü Ý Ö Ù × Þ Ö × Ý Ô Õ Ü æ æ ã Ö â Ü Ý Ö Ù × Õ × ç Ö Ú Ù × Û Õ × Ý Ð â Ô Ü × à Õ Þ Ö × æ Ú Ù â Õ ß á Ú Õ Þ Ù Ø á Þ Õ Ð Ù Ú Õ è Ý Ú Ü æ Ù ã Ü Ý Ö Ù × Ù Ø ß Ü Ý Ü Û Ü ä â Ü á Þ Õ
á × Þ Ü Ý Ö Þ Ø Ü â Ý Ù Ú ä Ú Õ Þ á ã Ý Þ Ó
Ô Ö Þ ß Ü Ý Ü Þ Ô Õ Õ Ý Þ á æ Õ Ú Þ Õ ß Õ Þ Ü ã ã æ Ú Õ ç Ö Ù á Þ ç Õ Ú Þ Ö Ù × Þ Ü × ß Ö Ý Ö Þ Ý Ô Õ Å á ä Õ Ú ì Þ Ú Õ Þ æ Ù × Þ Ö å Ö ã Ö Ý ä Ý Ù Õ × Þ á Ú Õ Ý Ô Ü Ý Ý Ô Ö Þ ß Ü Ý Ü Þ Ô Õ Õ Ý
Ö Þ â á Ú Ú Õ × Ý æ Ú Ö Ù Ú Ý Ù á Þ Ö × à Ý Ô Õ æ Ú Ù ß á â Ý Ó Í á Ú Ú Õ × Ý ß Ü Ý Ü Þ Ô Õ Õ Ý Þ Ø Ù Ú Ü ã ã È È É È Ú Ù Ý Õ â Ý Ö ç Õ ð Á Ü Ú Ö × Õ Í Ù Ü Ý Ö × à Þ æ Ú Ù ß á â Ý Þ Ü Ú Õ
Û Ü Ö × Ý Ü Ö × Õ ß Ü Ý Ó æ æ à æ Û â Ó â Ù Û Ó
é é é
Ô Õ Æ × à ã Ö Þ Ô Ý Õ è Ý Ù Ø Ý Ô Ö Þ ß Ü Ý Ü Þ Ô Õ Õ Ý Þ Ô Ü ã ã æ Ú Õ ç Ü Ö ã Ù ç Õ Ú Ü × ä Ý Ú Ü × Þ ã Ü Ý Ö Ù × Ý Ô Õ Ú Õ Ù Ø Ó
ñ ò ó ô õ ö s
v w x y z { z
SIGMAGUARD 720
5 pages March 2013

Description two component reinforced high solids polyamine adduct cured epoxy coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – tank coating with good chemical resistance against a wide range of
chemicals
– short curing periods
– good low temperature curing
– easy to clean
– recognized corrosion control coating (Lloyd's Register)
COLOURS AND GLOSS light green, grey – gloss
Touch dry after 7 - 8 hours at 5 °C
5 - 6 hours at 10 °C
2 - 3 hours at 20 °C
max. 28 days *


SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS – previous coat; dry, free from any contamination and sufficiently roughened if
AND TEMPERATURES necessary
– IMO-MSC 288(87) Requirements for Cargo Tanks of Crude Oil Tankers
• dust quantity rating “1” for dust size class “3”, “4” or “5”, lower dust size
page 1/5
SIGMAGUARD 720
March 2013
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION tankcoatings system sheet: 3320

viscosity

15°C - 15 min.
20°C - 10 min.
25°C - 5 min.
Pot life 1.5 hour at 20 °C *

AIR SPRAY
Volume of thinner 5 - 15% for a one coat application of 125 μm dft
AIRLESS SPRAY
Volume of thinner up to 10% for a one coat application of 125 μm dft
BRUSH/ROLLER not recommended, only for spot repair and stripe coating

dft in μm 100 125 160
page 2/5
SIGMAGUARD 720
March 2013

temperature
Curing Curing table for dft up to 125 μm for SigmaGuard 720 tankcoating system
before transport of
substrate temperature alpihatic petroleum cargoes without
products and ballast note 4,7,8 or 11
water and tanktest with
sea water
5°C 10 days 17 days
15°C 5 days 8 days
20°C 3 days 5 days
30°C 2.5 days 4 days
40°C 1.5 day 3 days
– minimum curing time of SigmaGuard 720 tankcoating system before

transport of cargoes with note 4, 7, 8 or 11: 3 months
the latest issue of the Tank coating Resistance List (TRIS)
15 °C 3 hours
20 °C 1.5 hour
25 °C 1 hour
30 °C 30 min.
page 3/5
SIGMAGUARD 720
March 2013

skin or eyes
page 4/5
SIGMAGUARD 720
March 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7433
page 5/5
SIGMAGUARD 720
PEMEX STANDARD RP-10/ RA-29
5 pages July 2013
chemicals
– easy to clean
– recognized corrosion control coating (Lloyd's Register)
COLOURS AND GLOSS light green, grey – gloss
Touch dry after 7 - 8 hours at 5°C
max. 28 days *

– IMO-MSC 288(87) Requirements for Cargo Tanks of Crude Oil Tankers
page 1/5
SIGMAGUARD 720
July 2013
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION tankcoatings system sheet: 3320

viscosity

15°C - 15 min.
20°C - 10 min.
25°C - 5 min.
Pot life 1.5 hour at 20°C *

AIR SPRAY
AIRLESS SPRAY

dft in μm 100 125 160
page 2/5
SIGMAGUARD 720
July 2013

temperature
Curing Curing table for dft up to 125 μm for SigmaGuard 720 tankcoating system
before transport of
substrate temperature alpihatic petroleum cargoes without
sea water
15°C 5 days 8 days
20°C 3 days 5 days

the latest issue of the Tank coating Resistance List (TRIS)
15°C 3 hours
20°C 1.5 hour
25°C 1 hour
30°C 30 min.
page 3/5
SIGMAGUARD 720
July 2013

skin or eyes
page 4/5
SIGMAGUARD 720
July 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7433MX
179122 grey 5000002200
180730 green 4000002200
page 5/5
SIGMAGUARD 730

Description two component high solids polyamine cured phenolic epoxy coating
chemicals
– easy to clean
– can be used under insulation up to 150°C
COLOURS AND GLOSS offwhite, cream – gloss

max. 28 days *
Full cure after See curing table* at 20 °C


page 1/5
SIGMAGUARD 730
December 2012

viscosity

15°C - 15 min.
20°C - 10 min.
25°C - 5 min.
AIR SPRAY
AIRLESS SPRAY

dft in μm 125 150
page 2/5
SIGMAGUARD 730
December 2012

temperature
Curing Curing table for dft up to 150 μm min. curing time of

SigmaGuard 730 tankcoating system before transport of
substrate temperature aliphatic petroleum cargoes without
sea water
20°C 3 days 5 days

15 °C 3 hours
20 °C 1.5 hour
25 °C 1 hour
30 °C 30 min.
page 3/5
SIGMAGUARD 730
December 2012

skin or eyes
page 4/5
SIGMAGUARD 730
December 2012
WARRANTY
PDS 7459
247818 offwhite 7001002200
247817 cream 3000002200
page 5/5
SIGMAGUARD 750
7 pages June 2012

Description two component moisture curing zinc rich (ethyl) silicate coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – tankcoating with excellent solvent and chemical resistance

– to be used as tankcoating or as a system primer in various paint systems
based on unsaponifiable binders
– can withstand substrate temperatures from -90°C up to +400°C, under
normal atmospheric exposure conditions
– high zinc content resulting in excellent corrosion protection
– certificate for ASTM A-490 class 'B' for slip co-efficient
– must not be used for immersion in alkaline (more than pH 9) or acidic (less
than pH 5.5) liquids
Recommended dry film thickness – average dft 75 μm to 100 μm with a minimum of 75 μm on smooth non-
pitted blast cleaned steel
– average dft 100 μm with a minimum of 75 μm on rough or light pitted, blast
cleaned steel
– heavy pitted steel substrate is not acceptable
6.5 m²/l for 100 μm *
max. unlimited, zinc salts must be removed
Full cure after 12 hours *
Shelf life (cool and dry place) binder: at least 9 months
pigment: at least 24 months (store pigment moisture free)
page 1/7
SIGMAGUARD 750
June 2012
RECOMMENDED – steel; blast cleaned in-situ to at least ISO-Sa2½, completely free from rust,
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS scale, shop primer and contaminations, blasting profile 40 - 70 μm
AND TEMPERATURES – galvanised steel; sweep blasted to roughen the surface and to remove any
zinc salts which might be present
– a heavy pitted steel substrate is not acceptable
– substrate temperatures ranging from -5°C up to +40°C during application are
acceptable
– substrate temperature must be at least 3°C above dew point during
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: binder to zinc powder 74 : 26
Many of Sigma's zinc silicates are supplied as 2 pack materials consisting of a

jerrycan with pigmented binder and a drum containing a bag of zinc powder.
To ensure proper mixing of both components the instructions given below must
be followed.
To avoid lumps in the paint do not add the binder to the zinc powder.
1) Take the bag with zinc powder out of the drum.

2) Shake the binder in the jerrycan a few times to reach a certain degree of
homogenisation.
3) Pour about 2/3 of the binder in the empty drum.
4) With the jerrycan now reduced in weight and containing more free space,
shake it vigorously to obtain a homogeneous mix with no deposits left on the
bottom, and add this to the drum.
5) Add the zinc powder gradually to the pigmented binder in the drum and at
the same time continuously stir the mixture by using a mechanical mixer
(keep the speed low).
6) Stir the zinc dust powder thoroughly through the binder (high speed) and
keep stirring till, a homogeneous mixture is obtained.
7) Strain mixture through a 30 - 60 mesh screen.
8) Agitate continuously during application (low speed).
The use of a dedicated pump with a constant agitation for a zinc silicate
coating is recommended.
Note: At application temperature above 30°C addition of max 10% by

volume of Thinner 90-53 may be necessary.
Induction time none
page 2/7
SIGMAGUARD 750
June 2012
AIR SPRAY
Nozzle orifice 2 mm
a dedicated pump for a zinc silicate coating with constant agitation must be used
AIRLESS SPRAY

apply a visible wet coat with a max. dft of 25 μm
same for subsequent coats in order to obtain the required dft
Upgrading Dft – when for some reason the dft is below specification and an extra coat of
SigmaGuard 750 has to be applied, SigmaGuard 750 should be thinned
down with 25 - 50% Thinner 90-53, in order to obtain a visible wet coat that
remains wet for some time
– this is only valid for spray application
ADDITIONAL DATA very highly pigmented zinc silicate primers produce dry films with void spaces in
between the particles

dft in μm 75 100

above 150 μm mudcracking can occur
page 3/7
SIGMAGUARD 750
June 2012

(50% RH and higher)

temperature
maximum interval unlimited, provided the surface is dry and cleaned from
contamination and zinc salts
– a relative humidity below 50% requires a much longer overcoating time

– if part of a coating system and in order to avoid possible popping effects
(pinholes) SigmaGuard 750 should be sealed with approved coatings
– SigmaGuard 750 is a moisture curing zinc silicate, this means that it only
cures after sufficient take up of water (from the atmosphere or immersion)
during and after application; it is recommended that relative humidity and
temperature are measured during the curing time
– before entering service or overcoating, a sufficient degree of cure should be
obtained
– when curing conditions are unfavourable or when reduced overcoat times
are desired, curing can be accelerated 4 hours after application by:
• wetting or soaking with water, keeping the surface wet for the
next 2 hours, followed by drying
• wetting or soaking with a 0.5% ammonia solution, followed by drying
– before overcoating with topcoats, SigmaGuard 750 should always be visibly
dry and checked on sufficient curing
– for measuring of the curing, the MEK rub test according to ASTM 4752 is
a suitable method: after 50 double rubs with a cloth soaked in MEK (or
alternatively Thinner 90-53) no dissolving of the coating should be observed
page 4/7
SIGMAGUARD 750
June 2012
Curing Curing table for dft up to 75 μm (50% RH and higher)

substrate temperature full cure Service - water
immersion
– SigmaGuard 750 is a moisture curing zinc silicate, this means that it only
during and after application;
– it is recommended that relative humidity and temperature are measured
during the curing time
– relative humidity during curing recommended to be above 50%
0 °C 24 hours
10 °C 16 hours
20 °C 12 hours
30 °C 6 hours
page 5/7
SIGMAGUARD 750
June 2012

skin or eyes
page 6/7
SIGMAGUARD 750
June 2012
WARRANTY
PDS 7551
295032 grey 0000002135
page 7/7
SIGMAGUARD CSF 575
7 pages April 2013

Description two component solvent free amine cured modified epoxy coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – tankcoating for drinking water

– can be applied by single feed airless spray equipment
– good visibility in confined spaces due to light colour
– approved for potable water by: National Institute of Public Health, Norway
– for other approvals see sheet 1882
COLOURS AND GLOSS cream – gloss
Volume solids 100%
VOC (UK PG 6/23(92) appendix 3) max. 44 g/l (approx. 0.4 lb/gal) see information sheet 1411
max. 20 days *


SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS • if a holding primer is required SigmaGuard 215, SigmaCover 280 (dft
AND TEMPERATURES of 50 μm) or SigmaPrime 200 (dft of 75 μm) should be used
– concrete; blast cleaned to remove loose particles, laitance and
contamination
• if a primer is required to withstand hydrostatic pressure; use
SigmaShield 1090 prior to application of SigmaGuard CSF 575
page 1/7
SIGMAGUARD CSF 575
April 2013

least 20°C
Induction time none
Pot life approx. 1 hour at 20 °C *
AIRLESS SPRAY
– in case of using 45: 1 airless spray equipment the paint must be heated to


has been expired
page 2/7
SIGMAGUARD CSF 575
April 2013

dft in μm 300 400

real applied wft
dft plus 60 μm

Overcoating table for SigmaGuard CSF 575 for dft up to 300 μm

minimum interval 4 days 24 hours 16 hours 10 hours
page 3/7
SIGMAGUARD CSF 575
April 2013

10°C * 4 days 20 days
20°C 1 day 12 days

– for drinking water tanks SigmaGuard CSF 575 must not be applied at
temperatures below 10°C
– for drinking water tanks, a tankwash should be carried out after full cure and
before the tank goes into service
WASHING PROCEDURE
* for the first 24 hours the maximum RH must be 50% or lower
page 4/7
SIGMAGUARD CSF 575
April 2013
20 °C 60 min.
30 °C 45 min.
increase
DISCLAIMER
– SigmaGuard CSF 575 is especially developed for the storage and transport
of drinking water and is approved for purpose in accordance with the
requirements of the relevant certificate (See sheet 1882).
– In order to fulfill the requirements it is important that the coating is well
ventilated during application and curing and that the coating has received full
curing.
– Furthermore the recommended washing procedure should be followed
before exposure to drinking water, in line with our latest datasheet and
working procedure.
– PPG Protective & Marine Coatings does not accept any responsibility or
liability for any odour, taste or contamination imparted to the drinking water
from the coatings or products retained in the coating.

air temperature
page 5/7
SIGMAGUARD CSF 575
April 2013
eyes
visibility
page 6/7
SIGMAGUARD CSF 575
April 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7475
179135 cream 3012002200
page 7/7
SIGMAGUARD CSF 585


– approved for drinking water by: KIWA Holland
COLOURS AND GLOSS blue, white – gloss
Volume solids 100%


max. 20 days *


SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS – substrate temperature must be above 10°C and at least 3°C above dew
– if a holding primer is required SigmaGuard 215, SigmaCover 280 or
SigmaPrime 200 can be used
– for KIWA only SigmaGuard 215 is approved as a holding primer
page 1/7
SIGMAGUARD CSF 585
October 2012
least 20°C
10°C - 15 min.
Pot life approx. 90 minutes at 20 °C *
AIRLESS SPRAY
– in -line heating or insulated hoses may be necessary to avoid cooling down
– length of hoses should be as short as possible.


has been expired
page 2/7
SIGMAGUARD CSF 585
October 2012

dft in μm 250 300 400

real applied wft
dft plus 60 μm


(for spot repair and stripe coating only)

page 3/7
SIGMAGUARD CSF 585
October 2012

10°C * 4 days 20 days
20°C 1 day 12 days
* for the first 24 hours the maximum RH must be 50% or lower

– SigmaGuard CSF 585 must not be applied at temperatures below 10°C
WASHING PROCEDURE
The recommended washing procedure must be applied after completion of the
application.
Sufficient time for full-curing and ventilation must be allowed in accordance with
the recommendations as stated in the latest Product Data Sheets and working
procedure.
Always an adequate washing procedure should be followed.
Several adequate washing procedures are available and may be used (see e.g.
washing procedure described in relevant certificate).
Example of adequate washing procedures:

1.– after full curing of the system as per the latest PDS, the tank should be filled
completely with fresh tap water
– the fresh tap water should remain in the tanks at least 4 full days
– afterwards all tank compartments such as inner hull sides, bottom and deck-
heads etc. should be thoroughly washed using high pressure water
– after washing, the tanks should be thoroughly drained
page 4/7
SIGMAGUARD CSF 585
October 2012
2.– all personnel should wear watertight suits, boots and gloves properly
20 °C 90 min.
30 °C 60 min.
increase
DISCLAIMER
curing.
working procedure.After the washing procedure PPG Protective & Marine
Coatings does not accept any responsibility or liability for any odour, taste
or contamination imparted to the drinking water from the washing products
retained in the coating.
page 5/7
SIGMAGUARD CSF 585
October 2012

eyes
visibility
page 6/7
SIGMAGUARD CSF 585
October 2012
WARRANTY
DISCLAIMED BY PPG.
www.ppgpmc.com.
PDS 7785
219191 blue 1000002200
219190 white 7000002200
page 7/7
SIGMAGUARD CSF 585
7 pages June 2013

– approved for drinking water by: KIWA Holland
COLOURS AND GLOSS blue, white – gloss
Volume solids 100%
max. 20 days *

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS – substrate temperature must be above 10°C and at least 3°C above dew
– if a holding primer is required SigmaGuard 215, SigmaCover 280 or
SigmaPrime 200 can be used
– for KIWA only SigmaGuard 215 is approved as a holding primer
page 1/7
SIGMAGUARD CSF 585
June 2013

least 20°C

10°C - 15 min.
Pot life approx. 90 minutes at 20°C *

AIRLESS SPRAY
– in -line heating or insulated hoses may be necessary to avoid cooling down
– application with 45:1 airless spray equipment possible provided in-line
heated high pressure hoses are used
BRUSH/ROLLER for stripecoating and spot repair only


has been expired

dft in μm 250 300 400
page 2/7
SIGMAGUARD CSF 585
June 2013

real applied wft
dft plus 60 μm

days due to the penetration of the measuring device into the paint film



20°C 1 day 12 days

– SigmaGuard CSF 585 must not be applied at temperatures below 10°C
page 3/7
SIGMAGUARD CSF 585
June 2013
WASHING PROCEDURE
– The recommended washing procedure must be applied after completion of
the application.
– Sufficient time for full-curing and ventilation must be allowed in accordance
with the recommendations as stated in the latest Product Data Sheets and
working procedure.
– Always an adequate washing procedure should be followed.
– Several adequate washing procedures are available and may be used (see
e.g. washing procedure described in relevant certificate).
after this procedure the tanks will be fit to carry drinking water
– tanks should be filled with tap water to a dept of approx.20 cm and the water
should remain in the tank for at least 2 hours (max.24 hours)
page 4/7
SIGMAGUARD CSF 585
June 2013
20°C 90 min.
30°C 60 min.
increase
DISCLAIMER
curing.
working procedure.
– After the washing procedure PPG Protective & Marine Coatings does not
accept any responsibility or liability for any odour, taste or contamination
imparted to the drinking water from the washing products retained in the
coating.

page 5/7
SIGMAGUARD CSF 585
June 2013
eyes
visibility
page 6/7
SIGMAGUARD CSF 585
June 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7785MX
219191 blue 1000002200
219190 white 7000002200
page 7/7
SIGMAGUARD CSF 650
6 pages June 2013

PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – tank coating for crude oil/ballast and aliphatic petroleum products
– also suitable as coating system for storage and transport of drinking water
– good resistance to various chemicals
– one coat protection for steel structures, ships and storage tanks with
excellent corrosion resistance
– also a conductive version is available, see sheet 7753
– can be reinforced with chopped glassfibre or mat
system sheet 4144)
– meets the requirements of Mil-C-4556E concerning resistance against
aircraft fuel and fuel degradation
COLOURS AND GLOSS green, offwhite, clear – gloss
Volume solids 100%
max. 20 days *


SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS – suitable primer; SigmaGuard 260, SigmaCover 280, SigmaPrime series or
AND TEMPERATURES SigmaCover 522, depending on system requirements
– Steel; power tooling to ISO-St3 for small and isolated areas (like repairs and
joint welds) in fresh water and potable water tanks where spot blasting might
be impractical
page 1/6
SIGMAGUARD CSF 650
June 2013
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION marine 1 x 300 μm SigmaGuard CSF 650

or suitable primer (min. dft of 50 μm) + 1 x 250 μm SigmaGuard CSF 650

above 20°C
Induction time none
AIRLESS SPRAY
at 30°C (paint temperature) min.22 MPa (+ approx. 220 bar; 3000 p.s.i.)
temperature
BRUSH/ROLLER
Recommended thinner for stripe coating and spot repair only/no thinner should be added

has been expired
page 2/6
SIGMAGUARD CSF 650
June 2013
theoretical spreading rate m²/l 4 3.3 1.7

dft in μm 250 300 600

real applied wft
plus 60 μm


temperature


– when used as coating system for storage and transport of drinking water the
recommended working and washing procedure should be followed
page 3/6
SIGMAGUARD CSF 650
June 2013
WASHING PROCEDURE
application.
procedure.

page 4/6
SIGMAGUARD CSF 650
June 2013
20°C 60 min.
30°C 45 min.
40°C 25 min.
increase
Disclaimer for storage and transport of drinking water:

– SigmaGuard CSF 650 is approved for purpose in accordance with the
requirements of the relevant certificate (see sheet 1882)

eyes
visibility
page 5/6
SIGMAGUARD CSF 650
June 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7443
179131 green 4000002200
179511 clear 0000002200
page 6/6
SIGMAGUARD CSF 650

PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – tank coating for crude oil/ballast and aliphatic petroleum products
– also suitable as coating system for storage and transport of drinking water
– one coat protection for steel structures, ships and storage tanks with
excellent corrosion resistance
– also a conductive version is available, see sheet 7753
– can be reinforced with chopped glassfibre or mat
system sheet 4144)
– meets the requirements of Mil-C-4556E concerning resistance against
aircraft fuel and fuel degradation
COLOURS AND GLOSS green, offwhite, clear – gloss
Volume solids 100%
max. 20 days *


SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS – suitable primer; SigmaGuard 260, SigmaCover 280, SigmaPrime series or
AND TEMPERATURES SigmaCover 522, depending on system requirements
– Steel; power tooling to ISO-St3 for small and isolated areas (like repairs and
joint welds) in fresh water and potable water tanks where spot blasting might
be impractical
page 1/6
SIGMAGUARD CSF 650
December 2013
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION marine 1 x 300 μm SigmaGuard CSF 650

or suitable primer (min. dft of 50 μm) + 1 x 250 μm SigmaGuard CSF 650

above 20°C
Induction time none
AIRLESS SPRAY
temperature
BRUSH/ROLLER
Recommended thinner for stripe coating and spot repair only/no thinner should be added

has been expired
page 2/6
SIGMAGUARD CSF 650
December 2013

dft in μm 250 300 600

real applied wft
plus 60 μm


temperature


– when used as coating system for storage and transport of drinking water the
recommended working and washing procedure should be followed
page 3/6
SIGMAGUARD CSF 650
December 2013
WASHING PROCEDURE
application.
procedure.

page 4/6
SIGMAGUARD CSF 650
December 2013
20°C 60 min.
30°C 45 min.
40°C 25 min.
increase
Disclaimer for storage and transport of drinking water:

– SigmaGuard CSF 650 is approved for purpose in accordance with the
requirements of the relevant certificate (see sheet 1882)

eyes
visibility
page 5/6
SIGMAGUARD CSF 650
December 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7443
179131 green 4000002200
179511 clear 0000002200
page 6/6
SIGMAGUARD CSF 660
4 pages April 2009

DESCRIPTION two component solvent free amine cured epoxy coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – solvent free coating for the protection of steel storage tanks against
petroleum products
– good conductive properties (<1x108Ohm)
COLOURS AND GLOSS dark grey - gloss
Volume solids 100%
Recommended dry film thickness 300 - 400 µm depending on system
Theoretical spreading rate 3.3 m²/l for 300 µm *
max. 20 days *

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS – blasting profile 50 - 100 µm
AND TEMPERATURES – substrate temperature must be above 5°C and at least 3°C above dew point

– when mixing the temperature of the base and hardener should be at least
20°C
Induction time none
page 1/4
SIGMAGUARD CSF 660
April 2009
AIRLESS SPRAY – heavy duty single feed airless spray equipment preferably 60:1 pump ratio
– in-line heating or insulated hoses may be necessary to avoid cooling down
– application with 45:1 airless spray equipment is possible provided in-line
heated high pressure hoses are used


has been expired
although this is a solvent free paint, care should be taken to avoid inhalation of
spray mist as well as contact between the wet paint and exposed skin or eyes

dft in µm 300 400

real applied wft
– recommendation is to apply a wft which is equal to the specified dft plus 60
µm
page 2/4
SIGMAGUARD CSF 660
April 2009

Overcoating table for SigmaGuard CSF 660 for dft up to 300 µm


temperature
minimum 80 hours 36 hours 24 hours 16 hours
interval
maximum 20 days 20 days 20 days 14 days
interval
Curing table for dft up to 300 µm

20°C 60 min.
30°C 45 min.
increase
page 3/4
SIGMAGUARD CSF 660
April 2009

development.
PDS 7753
220926 darkgrey 5004002200
page 4/4
SIGMALINE 403

Description two component polyamine cured epoxy flow coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – reduces the frictional resistance of the inside of steel pipes for the
transportation of purified natural gas
– meets API specification RP 5L2 third edition
– suitable for dry natural gas in the temperature range of -20°C till 110 °C
COLOURS AND GLOSS redbrown – gloss
Recommended dry film thickness 60 - 100 μm, depending on surface preparation
5.4 m²/l for 100 μm
Touch dry after 45 min. * at 20 °C

max. 2 months *
Full cure after 7 days * (data for components)

RECOMMENDED – steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½ or chemically cleaned according to sheet

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS 1492
– during the curing time coated pipes should be protected against adverse
weather conditions such as condensation, rain, fog and snow

viscosity
Induction time none
page 1/4
SIGMALINE 403
October 2012
AIRLESS SPRAY

theoritical spreading rate m2/l 9 5.4

dft in μm 60 100
Overcoating table for SigmaLine 403 for dft up to 60 μm

temperature
maximum interval 2 months 2 months 1 month 1 month 1 month
for pipes at ambient temperatures

temperature
10°C 2 hours 1 day 20 days
page 2/4
SIGMALINE 403
October 2012
for pipes preheated to 45°C, and stored at ambient temperatures

temperature

15 °C 10 hours
20 °C 8 hours
25 °C 7 hours
30 °C 5 hours
35 °C 3 hours

Surface preparation of steel pipes and fittings -
Shop application see information sheet 1492
skin or eyes
page 3/4
SIGMALINE 403
October 2012
WARRANTY
DISCLAIMED BY PPG.
www.ppgpmc.com.
PDS 7603
123868 redbrown 2008002200 (base)
123870 clear 0000002200 (hardener)
page 4/4
SIGMALINE 415

Description two component high solids epoxy in situ lining
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – to be applied to the internals of steel pipes by using in-situ application
techniques
– suitable for pipelines transporting sweet crude oil, diesel fuel, salt and fresh
water, and many chemical solutions
– meets NSF Standard 61 for potable water
– NSF certification valid for pipes of 10" diameter or greater
– temperature resistance (dry) 121°C (250°F)
COLOURS AND GLOSS redbrown – semi-gloss
max. 3 days

RECOMMENDED – internal steel pipe has to be cleaned by either of two methods (sheet 1493):
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS • inhibited acid cleaning
AND TEMPERATURES • abrasive blasting
– existing pipelines may have to be cleaned first by scraper pigs and solvents
– substrate temperature should be above 10°C (50°F) and at least 3°C (5°F)
above dew point
– base component has to be agitated in the drum before adding hardener

– two 6-gallon pails of hardener are to be added to each drum of base under
continuous agitation till homogeneous
– no solvents or thinners should be added to the mixture
– no induction time necessary
– in order to assure maximum pot life, the drums should be stored as cool as
possible
– the amount of material mixed at any one time should be less than what can
be applied within 3 hours of mixing
– when storage and application temperatures are 24°C (75°F) or less, coating
should be applied within 4 hours of mixing
page 1/3
SIGMALINE 415
January 2014
APPLICATION – application of this coating to internal pipe surfaces is accomplished by the

use of pigs, pupjoints, compressors and other specialized equipment
– this application should be referred to contractors specializing and
experienced in this type of work
– coating performance is dependent upon proper surface preparation,
application and curing; these factors are not under the control of Sigma
Coatings and therefore no warranty can be offered
– after the application of each coat, dry air has to be blown through the coated
pipe until the next coat is applied (minimum overcoating interval) this will
remove the solvents and accelerate the curing
– after the last coat is applied, fresh air blowing has to continue for a minimum
of 24 hours
– depending on line length, it may be necessary to switch the direction of the
fresh air

Internal chemical cleaning of steel pipes -
in-situ application see information sheet 1493
skin or eyes
page 2/3
SIGMALINE 415
January 2014
WARRANTY
PDS 5415
page 3/3
SIGMALINE 523
5 pages May 2013

Description two component solvent free polyamine cured epoxy coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – solvent free coating for the protection of pipes against the effects of potable
water
– resistant against bacterial attack
– fast curing especially when applied to preheated substrates
– can be applied to rotating pipes at a dry film thickness (dft) up to 600 μm at a
substrate temperature of 50°C and up to 900 μm at a substrate temperature
of 10°C by twin feed hot airless spray equipment
– approved for drinking water by: BS6920
COLOURS AND GLOSS yellow, redbrown, green – gloss
Volume solids 100%
Recommended dry film thickness 600 μm in one coat
Overcoating interval min. wet in wet within 30 min.
max. see additional data *
Full cure after 2.5 days *

AND TEMPERATURES point, lower temperatures will reduce flow properties
– the recommended substrate temperature should be preferably
between 35°C and 50°C
– an even pipe temperature ensures an even curing and appearance (flow and
gloss)

– application with twin feed hot airless spray equipment
Induction time none
Pot life approx. 4 minutes at 60°C *
page 1/5
SIGMALINE 523
May 2013
AIRLESS SPRAY
Nozzle orifice approx. 0.58 - 0.78 mm (= 0.023 - 0.031 in) depending on required production
speed and dft
Substrate temperature min. 60°C
– twin feed hot airless spray
– pumping viscosity is achieved at 40°C - 60°C
– temperature in the mixing unit must be between 55°C and 65°C
BRUSH/ROLLER for touch up and spot repair only

– Pot life at 20°C approx. 30 min.
– Substrate temperature min. 15°C

– parts of the spraying equipment containing mixed base and hardener must
be cleaned immediately after completion of the job or during any interruption
– mixed material will become insoluble within a few minutes after mixing
at 60°C
theoretical spreading rate m²/l 2 1.7

dft in μm 500 600
Film thickness
because SigmaLine 523 will be applied in a one coat operation it is necessary to

check the specified dft by measuring the wet film thickness (wft)
weld seams may need a thicker coat to obtain the specified dft alongside the
welds
Overcoating
– for a good intercoat adhesion it is necessary that a coated surface which

should be repaired or completely recoated is roughened up by means of
sweep blasting or abrading
page 2/5
SIGMALINE 523
May 2013

temperature
20°C 3 hours 5 hours 2.5 days
30°C 1 hour 3 hours 1 day
40°C 45 min. 1.5 hour 12 hours
50°C 30 min. 1 hour 6 hours
– a curing temperature below 10°C is not recommended

20°C 30 min.
50°C 8 min.
60°C 4 min.
70°C 2 min.
– for a repair set of 1 litre and for small quantities in hose and mixing chamber
page 3/5
SIGMALINE 523
May 2013

eyes
visibility
– protective clothing and spray masks should be provided to avoid any
dermatitic or toxic hazard
page 4/5
SIGMALINE 523
May 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7623
149883 redbrown 2008002200 (base)
149832 blue 1000003200 (base)
151209 oxide yellow 3002003200 (hardener)
page 5/5
! " # $ %

Y Z [ \ ] ^ _ ` ^ a b ( ) ) ( ( + - ( .
& ' & * * & * , / ,
c d e f g e c h i g j h d h g k l d e m k e g m ( + ( ) + + ( 1 2 )
/ , & & & * & , & & &
1 + ( - + - ( 1 3 4
, & & & &
. ( - - + ( + ) ) +
& & & ' &
+ ( + + ( + -
* &
. ( - - ) + + + ( ) ) + (
& , , & & & * * &
- ( + + 5 + - ) + (
* & & & & ,
( -
&
g n i n o d m h f Y p i n m m - 6 5 - 7 5 - 6 8 + ( - + + 2 - -
& , & 9 ,
q h m e g Y h k h h k r s t g 8 ( ) ; < 7 = > - 1 - A ) B - < 6 = C B -

: : ? @ : & : ? @ 9
8 + ) . + (
* & * * & 9
= C ( ) ;
* & :
4 - ) - D D E F E
*
u v w x y z { | } ~ z | w y . = > - 8 + . = = - 1 -
: : 9
( ) ) + - ) ( G H ) I
* * * / & ,
J + ( - + + D = D ) B - + H ) I
, & * & :
J ( + + + I K L
, * & , &
3 + ( + - ) = 6 + I
& & ,
) . = I
*
- - ( + + ( + 1 - I
& &
- - 8 ( - + - ( - )
@ , * * 9 & & & ,
M N O O P Q Q R S R T U P V Q P S P
d l g n l f Y l Y + ( + ( A + + + ) ( )
& * & * * & &
m o q m k d h k l g n f Y e k e n f m 1 + ) 1 + ( - + 1 + + - (
& & & & * * * &
h f Y k l c l d h k o d l m ) C 7
@ W
1 + ) + + - 1 1 K L - > K L 1
& & & & , * * & & * '

&
e f m k d o g k e n f m n d o m l ) . + 1 - ) X 1 + + 7 7 X
& & , *
) + + ) . 1 + + - + + 1 - 1
& , & & & , * * , * , *
1 K L 5 + . + - ) 1 + 2 + 1 - (
& , ' & & * & & &
(
&
) ( - + - + ( + ( - + ( +
& , & & * * & * '
+ - 1 + ) . ( )
& , , * * * * & & , &
- 6 + K L
& , &

¡ ¢ £ ¤

ó ô õ å ö õ ó ÷
¥ ¦ § ¨ ¨ © © ª « ¬ ® « ¬ ¯ ° ¯
± § ² ¨ § ³ ª « ¬ ° ´ µ © ¶ © ¬ · § ¸ ¬ © ª « ¬ ¦ ¹ º º » © » ¶ ¶ ² ¬ ¦ » ª ¬ § ¦ § © ¬ ª ¬ § º
¼ § ½ ½ ² § ¬ ¾ ¦ ¨ ¨
¼ § ½ ½ ² ¶ º º ¿ À Á Â » Ã Ä » ¶ ¶ § Å ¿ À Æ » Ç È È ¶ ¿ º ¿ ¬ ¿ É
ó ô õ æ ø å å å ö õ ó ÷
¥ ¦ § ¨ ¨ © © ª « ¬ ® « ¬ ¯ ° ¯
± § ² ¨ § ³ ª « ¬ ° ´ µ © ¶ © ¬ · § ¸ ¬ © ª « ¬ ¦ ¹ º º » © » ¶ ¶ ² ¬ ¦ » ª ¬ § ¦ § © ¬ ª ¬ § º
¼ § ½ ½ ² § ¬ ¾ ¦ » ¶ ¶ § Å ¿ ¿ È Ê ° ¿ Ë À ¨ ¨ Ã Ä ¿ Ì ° ¿ ¬ É
¼ § ½ ½ ² ¶ º º Ë Á Â » Ã Ä » ¶ ¶ § Å ¿ Ë Æ » Ç Í Ê ¶ ¿ º ¿ ¬ ¿ É
ò æ ø ó ù ô ù ú å à æ û ø ù ü ® « ¬ ¯ ° Ë À
Î Ï Ð Ñ Ò Ó Ï Ô Õ Ö × Ø Ø Ù Ö Ú Ø Û Ü × Ù Ú Ï Ö Ý Ü Ù Ò ×
ª « § ¬ ª ¬ ¦ » ² º ¶ » © ¬ · » ª ¨ Þ ² Ê ¿ Ê
© ³ ª ¬ ß ¨
à á × Ü Ô â Ù Ò Ï Ö Ý Ò Ù ã Ð × ä â Ü å Ï Ý Ñ Ù æ Ï Ö × ç è é ä â Ü Ú ä Ò ê Û Ò â ë é é ì Ñ
º Æ º ª » ª í î Ë í î í î À í î È í î
ª ¨ ¶ » ª
¨ ¬ ¬ ¨ ¨ ¬ ª ï » ² À Ê « § º À « § º È « § º Ê « § º « § º
¨ » Å ¬ ¨ ¨ ¬ ª ï » ² Ì © » ð º Ë © » ð º © » ð º È © » ð º Í © » ð º
º ³ » ¦ º « § ² © Æ © ð » © ³ ³ § ¨ » ð ¦ § ª » ¨ ¬ » ª ¬ §
ò ê Ü Ï Ö Ý ò ê Ü Ï Ö Ý Ò Ù ã Ð × ä â Ü Ú ä Ò ê Û Ò â ë é é ì Ñ
º Æ º ª » ª ª ¨ ¶ » ª ³ ² ² ¦ © ð ª § « » © ²
í î Ë © » ð º Ê « § º
Ë í î È © » ð º « § º
í î À © » ð º Ì « § º
À í î © » ð º Ê « § º
» © ¸ » ª ï ª ¬ ² » ª ¬ § ¨ º ª Æ ¨ » ¬ ª » ¬ © © ¬ · » ¶ ¶ ² ¬ ¦ » ª ¬ § » © ¦ ¬ ·
Ã ¶ ² » º ³ ª § º « ª º È À À » © È À È É

ý þ ÿ
! " # # $ %
& ' ( ) * þ + ,
- & ' - ) * þ + ,
& ' . ) * þ + ,
- & ' / ) * þ + ,
/ & ' 0 - ) * þ +
/ - & ' ) * þ +
. & ' 0 - ) * þ +
L M N O N " P $ 1 ) 2 3 , 4 2 4 2 , 5 3 6 5 7 , 4 ) 5 2 8 * 9 : 2 ; 8 5 ' * 5 4 2 ÿ ; , 4 * , þ < < 3 7 4 ) , 5 8 < + * = þ > 4 * ÿ 5
6 * + 3 = 6 2 = ? 5 , 2 , @ , 3 2 ; ) 4 8 * = 2 A > 5 4 2 * ÿ * 9 4 ) < + * = þ > 4 2 , , * 8 4 2 8 , ÿ > , , 5 + 7 4 *
> * 8 < 3 7 6 2 4 ) 3 * > 5 3 * + ÿ 5 4 2 * ÿ 5 3 + þ 3 , B > 2 + > þ 8 , 4 5 ÿ > , 0
C ÿ = + 4 ) , > 2 + > þ 8 , 4 5 ÿ > , 5 ÿ 5 3 4 + ÿ 5 4 2 D < + * = þ > 4 = 5 4 5 , ) 4 2 , þ , = 0
Q M ! E F < 3 5 ÿ 5 4 2 * ÿ 4 * < + * = þ > 4 = 5 4 5 , ) 4 , , 2 ÿ 9 * + 8 5 4 2 * ÿ , ) 4 .
: 5 9 4 7 2 ÿ > * ÿ A ÿ = , < 5 > , 5 ÿ = ) 5 3 4 ) , 5 9 4 7
E F < 3 * , 2 * ÿ ) 5 G 5 + = H 4 * F 2 > ) 5 G 5 + = , 2 ÿ 9 * + 8 5 4 2 * ÿ , ) 4 . /
I 2 + > 4 2 D , 9 * + D ÿ 4 2 3 5 4 2 * ÿ < + 5 > 4 2 > , 2 ÿ 9 * + 8 5 4 2 * ÿ , ) 4 . / .
R S T U V W Q U X S Y V Z [ \ R 9 * + < 5 2 ÿ 4 5 ÿ = + > * 8 8 ÿ = = 4 ) 2 ÿ ÿ + , , , 5 9 4 7 , ) 4 , . / @ . / 5 ÿ =
+ 3 D 5 ÿ 4 8 5 4 + 2 5 3 , 5 9 4 7 = 5 4 5 , ) 4 ,
4 ) 2 , 2 , 5 , * 3 D ÿ 4 ? * + ÿ < 5 2 ÿ 4 5 ÿ = > 5 + , ) * þ 3 = ? 4 5 K ÿ 4 * 5 D * 2 = 2 ÿ ) 5 3 5 4 2 * ÿ * 9
, < + 5 7 8 2 , 4 * + D 5 < * þ + 5 , 6 3 3 5 , > * ÿ 4 5 > 4 ? 4 6 ÿ 4 ) 6 4 < 5 2 ÿ 4 5 ÿ = F < * , =
, K 2 ÿ * + 7 ,

k l m n o p l q r s t u
] ^ _ ` a b c a
v w x x w y z {
| | } ~ | | }
e e g g d e g e g d d g e d
g g e g g e e g e e g d e g g g g g g g f e e d g
f g g e d e g g f g d
¡ ¢ | | } £ ¤ ¥ ¦ | ¢ £ | ¢ ¥ ¡ ¢

¥ ¢ ¢ } ¡ ¢ ¢ ¡ £ ¨ ¥ ¢ } } ¥
§ § §
¢ ¨ ¥ ¢ } ¡ ¢ ¢ £ ¢ ¢ ¡ ¢ | ¢ ¨ | |
§ § §
¥ ¢ ¨ ¢ £ ¥ © | | }

~ © | | } ~ ~ ©
e g e e g e g g f g j e g g g e g
g g g g e g e g g ª d e g e d d e g g g g d g g e g e g g
© ~ © | | }
g g g d g g g g g e g g e g « e g e g g
© ~
g g e e g g g g e e
¬ ® z w z ¯ y ° ¯ ± ¬ w ² ¬ z {
y y ¯ ³ ´ ³ y z v ¬ ¬ µ µ ¶ ² ³ ¬ w ² ¬ ³ · y ¸ ³ x w y { z ¹ ³ ¯ x { ¯ ± x ³ º ¯ ´ ³ x { » v ¹ ³ z ¹ ³ x ² w ° ³ ¸ ¯ y y ³ ¶ ¬ ¶ ³ y º ³ ¯ ±
w y { ¼ y ¸ ½ ° z x º z ¬ w ² ¬ z { ¯ x z ¯ x z ¾ ± ¯ x w y { y ¸ x ³ º z ½ ° µ ³ º w ¬ ½ y º ¸ ³ y z w ¬ ½ ¯ x º ¯ y ° ³ ¿ · ³ y z w ¬ ¸ w ® w ¶ ³ °
y w y { v w { x ³ ¬ w z ³ ¸ z ¯ ½ w x ° y ¶ ± x ¯ ® ½ ¯ x x ³ ° · ¬ z y ¶ ± x ¯ ® w y { · ° ³ ® w ¸ ³ ¯ ± z ¹ ³ µ x ¯ ¸ · º z À
z Á Â Ã Ä Å Æ Ç È É Ê Ã Æ Ä Ã Ä Ê Á Ã Ë Ì É Ê É Ë Á Â Â Ê Ã Ë Ã Ä Ê Â Ä Ì Â Ì Å Æ Ç Í Î Ã Ì É Ä Ï Â Æ Ä Ð Ñ É Ä Ì Ã Ë Ò É Ë Â Ì Î Ó Æ Ä Ð É Ò Æ Ç É Ê Æ Ç Ñ Ê Â Ë Ê Ë Ê Á É Ê µ µ ¶ Ò Â Ð Ã Â Ô Â Ë
Ê Æ Ò Â Ç Â Ð Ã É Ò Ð Â À µ µ ¶ È É Ñ È Æ Ì Ã Å Ñ Ê Á Â Ã Ä Å Æ Ç È É Ê Ã Æ Ä Ï Æ Ä Ê É Ã Ä Â Ì Á Â Ç Â Ã Ä É Ê É Ä Ñ Ê Ã È Â É Ë É Ç Â Ë Î Ð Ê Æ Å Ó Ç É Ï Ê Ã Ï É Ð Â Õ Ó Â Ç Ã Â Ä Ï Â É Ä Ì
Ï Æ Ä Ê Ã Ä Î Æ Î Ë Ó Ç Æ Ì Î Ï Ê Ì Â Ô Â Ð Æ Ó È Â Ä Ê À w Ð Ð Ç Â Ï Æ È È Â Ä Ì É Ê Ã Æ Ä Ë Æ Ç Ë Î Í Í Â Ë Ê Ã Æ Ä Ë Ç Â Ð É Ê Ã Ä Í Ê Æ Ê Á Â Î Ë Â Æ Å Ê Á Â µ µ ¶ Ó Ç Æ Ì Î Ï Ê ½
Á Â Ê Á Â Ç Ã Ä Ê Â Ï Á Ä Ã Ï É Ð Ì Æ Ï Î È Â Ä Ê É Ê Ã Æ Ä ½ Æ Ç Ã Ä Ç Â Ë Ó Æ Ä Ë Â Ê Æ É Ë Ó Â Ï Ã × Ï Ã Ä Ø Î Ã Ç Ñ ½ Æ Ç Æ Ê Á Â Ç Ã Ë Â ½ É Ç Â Ò É Ë Â Ì Æ Ä Ì É Ê É ½ Á Ã Ï Á Ê Æ Ê Á Â
Ö Ö Ö
Ò Â Ë Ê Æ Å µ µ ¶ Ù Ë Ú Ä Æ Ð Â Ì Í Â ½ Ã Ë Ç Â Ð Ã É Ò Ð Â À z Á Â Ó Ç Æ Ì Î Ï Ê É Ä Ì Ç Â Ð É Ê Â Ì Ã Ä Å Æ Ç È É Ê Ã Æ Ä Ã Ë Ì Â Ë Ã Í Ä Â Ì Å Æ Ç Î Ë Â Ç Ë Á É Ô Ã Ä Í Ê Á Â Ç Â Ø Î Ã Ë Ã Ê Â
Ú Ä Æ Ð Â Ì Í Â É Ä Ì Ã Ä Ì Î Ë Ê Ç Ã É Ð Ë Ú Ã Ð Ð Ë Ã Ä Ê Á Â Ã Ä Ì Î Ë Ê Ç Ñ É Ä Ì Ã Ê Ã Ë Ê Á Â Â Ä Ì Û Î Ë Â Ç Ù Ë Ç Â Ë Ó Æ Ä Ë Ã Ò Ã Ð Ã Ê Ñ Ê Æ Ì Â Ê Â Ç È Ã Ä Â Ê Á Â Ë Î Ã Ê É Ò Ã Ð Ã Ê Ñ Æ Å Ê Á Â
Ó Ç Æ Ì Î Ï Ê Å Æ Ç Ã Ê Ë Æ Ä Ó É Ç Ê Ã Ï Î Ð É Ç Î Ë Â É Ä Ì Ã Ê Ë Á É Ð Ð Ò Â Ì Â Â È Â Ì Ê Á É Ê ² Î Ñ Â Ç Á É Ë Ì Æ Ä Â Ë Æ ½ É Ë Ã Ê Ë Ë Æ Ð Â Ì Ã Ë Ï Ç Â Ê Ã Æ Ä É Ä Ì Ç Ã Ë Ú À
µ µ ¶ Á É Ë Ä Æ Ï Æ Ä Ê Ç Æ Ð Æ Ô Â Ç Â Ã Ê Á Â Ç Ê Á Â Ø Î É Ð Ã Ê Ñ Æ Ç Ï Æ Ä Ì Ã Ê Ã Æ Ä Æ Å Ê Á Â Ë Î Ò Ë Ê Ç É Ê Â ½ Æ Ç Ê Á Â È É Ä Ñ Å É Ï Ê Æ Ç Ë É Å Å Â Ï Ê Ã Ä Í Ê Á Â Î Ë Â É Ä Ì
É Ó Ó Ð Ã Ï É Ê Ã Æ Ä Æ Å Ê Á Â Ó Ç Æ Ì Î Ï Ê À z Á Â Ç Â Å Æ Ç Â ½ µ µ ¶ Ì Æ Â Ë Ä Æ Ê É Ï Ï Â Ó Ê É Ä Ñ Ð Ã É Ò Ã Ð Ã Ê Ñ É Ç Ã Ë Ã Ä Í Å Ç Æ È É Ä Ñ Ð Æ Ë Ë ½ Ã Ä Ü Î Ç Ñ Æ Ç Ì É È É Í Â
Ç Â Ë Î Ð Ê Ã Ä Í Å Ç Æ È Ë Î Ï Á Î Ë Â Æ Ç Ê Á Â Ï Æ Ä Ê Â Ä Ê Ë Æ Å Ê Á Ã Ë Ì É Ê É Ë Á Â Â Ê » Î Ä Ð Â Ë Ë Ê Á Â Ç Â É Ç Â Ç Ã Ê Ê Â Ä É Í Ç Â Â È Â Ä Ê Ë Ë Ê É Ê Ã Ä Í Æ Ê Á Â Ç Ã Ë Â ¾ À
Ö Ö
´ É Ç Ã É Ê Ã Æ Ä Ë Ã Ä Ê Á Â É Ó Ó Ð Ã Ï É Ê Ã Æ Ä Â Ä Ô Ã Ç Æ Ä È Â Ä Ê ½ Ï Á É Ä Í Â Ë Ã Ä Ó Ç Æ Ï Â Ì Î Ç Â Ë Æ Å Î Ë Â ½ Æ Ç Â Õ Ê Ç É Ó Æ Ð É Ê Ã Æ Ä Æ Å Ì É Ê É È É Ñ Ï É Î Ë Â
Î Ä Ë É Ê Ã Ë Å É Ï Ê Æ Ç Ñ Ç Â Ë Î Ð Ê Ë À
z Á Ã Ë Ì É Ê É Ë Á Â Â Ê Ë Î Ó Â Ç Ë Â Ì Â Ë É Ð Ð Ó Ç Â Ô Ã Æ Î Ë Ô Â Ç Ë Ã Æ Ä Ë É Ä Ì Ã Ê Ã Ë Ê Á Â ² Î Ñ Â Ç Ù Ë Ç Â Ë Ó Æ Ä Ë Ã Ò Ã Ð Ã Ê Ñ Ê Æ Â Ä Ë Î Ç Â Ê Á É Ê Ê Á Ã Ë Ì É Ê É Ë Á Â Â Ê
Ã Ë Ï Î Ç Ç Â Ä Ê Ó Ç Ã Æ Ç Ê Æ Î Ë Ã Ä Í Ê Á Â Ó Ç Æ Ì Î Ï Ê À º Î Ç Ç Â Ä Ê Ì É Ê É Ë Á Â Â Ê Ë Å Æ Ç É Ð Ð µ µ ¶ µ Ç Æ Ê Â Ï Ê Ã Ô Â Ý ® É Ç Ã Ä Â º Æ É Ê Ã Ä Í Ë Ó Ç Æ Ì Î Ï Ê Ë É Ç Â
È É Ã Ä Ê É Ã Ä Â Ì É Ê À Ó Ó Í Ó È Ï À Ï Æ È À
Ö Ö Ö
z Á Â ³ Ä Í Ð Ã Ë Á Ê Â Õ Ê Æ Å Ê Á Ã Ë Ì É Ê É Ë Á Â Â Ê Ë Á É Ð Ð Ó Ç Â Ô É Ã Ð Æ Ô Â Ç É Ä Ñ Ê Ç É Ä Ë Ð É Ê Ã Æ Ä Ê Á Â Ç Â Æ Å À
d e f g h i j
ë ì í î ï ð ì ñ ò ó ô õ
Þ ß à á â ã ä â
ö ÷ ø ù ú û ã
â ü ý þ ã ü ÿ ä ã ã ý ä ã ã ý â þ â â ã ã
ä ü ä û ù â ÿ ä ã ä û ä ã ä û â þ â â ã ã
â ü ý þ ä ã ÿ â ã ã ý â ã ã ý â þ â â ã ã
å æ ç è é ê é
SIGMALINE 855 (11)

Description two component solvent free polyurethane coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – solvent free coating for the protection of the internal and external of pipelines
and underground storage tanks
– extremely fast curing
– good abrasion and impact resistance
– excellent adhesion
– approved for exterior protection by EN10290, AWWA C222-08 and
SANS1217 (Ed.2)
– approved for potable water by BS6920 (Grey only)
COLOURS AND GLOSS grey, blue – gloss
Volume solids 100%
Recommended dry film thickness 500 - 1500 μm depending on requirements
Touch dry after 1.5 - 2 minutes
Full cure after 12 hours

– during application the relative humidity may not exceed 75% and a good
ventilation is necessary
– for atmospheric exposure a top coat of SigmaDur 520 is recommended

Induction time none
Pot life 10 seconds at 60°C *
page 1/4
SIGMALINE 855 (11)
September 2013
AIRLESS SPRAY
speed and dft
Temperature at nozzle 60°C

– mixed material will become insoluble within a few seconds after mixing
at 60°C

dft in μm 1500 1000 500
Overcoating

– for manual repaint of small damages special repair sets are available called:
"SigmaLine 855 repair", product data sheet {7655 RP}

temperature
10°C 2-4 min. 8 - 10 minutes 24 hours
20°C 1.5-3 min. 4 - 7 minutes 12 hours
40°C 50 - 90 seconds 3 - 5 minutes 8 hours
60°C 30 - 60 seconds 1 - 2 minutes 4 hours

page 2/4
SIGMALINE 855 (11)
September 2013
10°C 1 min.
30°C 20 - 30 seconds
60°C 5 - 10 seconds

SigmaLine 855 repair see product data sheet 7655 RP
eyes
visibility
page 3/4
SIGMALINE 855 (11)
September 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7656
page 4/4
SIGMALINE 859
(SIGMALINING PURTAR SF 59)

Description two component solvent free polyurethane tar coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – solvent free coating for the protection of external of pipelines and
underground storage tanks
– fast curing
COLOURS AND GLOSS black – gloss
Volume solids 100%
Recommended dry film thickness 1500 μm in one coat
Touch dry after 1 hour *
base and hardener above 65°C


Induction time none
Pot life 1 minute at 60°C *
page 1/4
SIGMALINE 859
January 2014
AIRLESS SPRAY twin feed hot airless spray

speed and dft

– mixed material will become insoluble within a few minutes after mixing
at 60°C

dft in μm 1500
min. dft for closed film with airless spray: 250 μm
Overcoating

– for manual repaint of small damages special repair sets are available called:
"SigmaLine 859 repair", product data sheet {7659 RP}
Curing Curing table

temperature
30°C 15 min. 30 min. 2 days
40°C 6 min. 15 min. 24 hours

page 2/4
SIGMALINE 859
January 2014
20°C 5 min.
50°C 2 min.
60°C 1 min.
70°C 0.5 min.

eyes
visibility
– if any symptoms arise immediately seek medical advice
page 3/4
SIGMALINE 859
January 2014
WARRANTY
PDS 7659
155313 black 180 ltr base
155314 transparent 200 ltr hardener
page 4/4
SIGMALINE 2000
5 pages June 2013

Description two component solvent free amine cured phenolic epoxy coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – one coat system direct to metal for pipe externals
– suitable for e.g. bell holing jobs
– can be applied by heavy duty twin feed hot airless spray equipment
– can be applied at a substrate temperature of 90°C
– approved to Saudi Aramco APCS 113A
COLOURS AND GLOSS redbrown – gloss
Volume solids 100%
max. 2 months *


least 20°C
Induction time none
page 1/5
SIGMALINE 2000
June 2013
AIRLESS SPRAY
– heavy duty single feed airless spray equipment preferably 60:1 pump ratio


has been expired

dft in μm 600 1000 1500

real applied wft
plus 60 μm

page 2/5
SIGMALINE 2000
June 2013




20°C 60 min.
30°C 45 min.
40°C 20 min. *
increase
* it is recommended to use plural airless equipment due to the short pot life
page 3/5
SIGMALINE 2000
June 2013

eyes
visibility
page 4/5
SIGMALINE 2000
June 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7497
189997 redbrown 2008002200
page 5/5
SIGMALINE 2500
5 pages July 2013

Description two component solvent free amine cured phenolic epoxy coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – one coat system direct to metal for pipe externals
– excellent resistance to cathodic protection
– fast curing especially when applied to preheated substrates
– can be applied to rotating pipes at a dry film thickness (dft) up to 600 μm at a
substrate temperature up to 90°C
– approved to Saudi Aramco APCS 113
COLOURS AND GLOSS dark brown – gloss
Volume solids 100%
Overcoating interval min. equal to dry to handle time (see curing table)
max. 2 days (external exposure) or 1 month (in-shop exposure)
Full cure after 3 hours at 60°C *


– the recommended substrate temperature should be preferably
between 40°C and 60°C
– these recommended substrate temperatures ensure good curing and
appearance

Induction time none
page 1/5
SIGMALINE 2500
July 2013

Nozzle orifice approx. 0.48 - 0.78 mm (=0.019 - 0.031 in) depending on requiered production
speed and dft
– gellation time: 4-6 minutes at 50°C

Cleaning Procedures of the spray equipment:

has been expired

dft in μm 600

real applied wft
plus 60 μm

page 2/5
SIGMALINE 2500
July 2013


minimum interval 3 hours 1.5 hour 1 hour
maximum interval 1 month 1 month 1 month

* when exposed to sunlight maximum interval is 2 days for all mentioned temperatures

30°C 90 min. 1 day
40°C 60 min. 12 hours
90°C 10 min. 1 hour

20°C 20 min.
50°C 5 min.
60°C 4 min.
70°C 3 min.
– for touch up due to exothermic reaction, temperature during and after mixing
may increase
page 3/5
SIGMALINE 2500
July 2013

eyes
visibility
page 4/5
SIGMALINE 2500
July 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7667
195814 dark brown 2058002200
page 5/5
SIGMAPRIME 200 SERIES
6 pages April 2013

Description two component multi-purpose polyamide cured anticorrosive epoxy system
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – universal epoxy priming system suitable for all vessel areas
– excellent anticorrosive properties and water resistance
– surface tolerant, pure epoxy primer with good abrasion and chemical
resistance
– excellent adhesion to steel, shop primer, galvanised steel and non-ferrous
metals
– suitable for application and curing in a wide range of climatic conditions
– suitable for bulk supply and twin feed application
COLOURS AND GLOSS alu light, alu yellow, grey, yellow/green, redbrown – eggshell
Mass density SigmaPrime 200: SigmaPrime 200 K:
1.3 g/cm³ 1.4 g/cm³
Volume solids 57 ± 2% 60± 2%
VOC (Supplied) max. 326 g/kg max. 287 g/kg
max. 430 g/l (approx. 3.6 lb/gal) max. 392 g/l (approx. 3.3 lb/gal)
Recommended dry film thickness 75 - 200 μm depending on system 100 - 200 μm depending on system
Theoretical spreading rate 7.6 m²/l for 75 μm,2.9 m²/l for 200 μm 6 m²/l for 100 μm,3 m²/l for 200 μm
Touch dry after 1.5 hour at 20°C

max. see tables *
page 1/6
April 2013

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS • steel or steel with not appoved zinc silicate shop primer: blast cleaned
AND TEMPERATURES (dry or wet ) to ISO-SA2½, blasting profile 30 - 75 μm
• coated steel; hydrojetted to VIS WJ2L (blasting profile 30 - 75 μm)
– IMO-MSC.215(82) Requirements for Water Ballast Tanks and IMO-
MSC.288(87) for Cargo tanks of Crude Oil Tankers (specified areas
only):
radius of minimum 2 mm or subject to three pass grinding or at least
equivalent process before painting
profile 30 - 75 μm
roughened up.
– previous coat; (e.g. SigmaPrime 200) dry and free from any contamination

system sheets: 3101, 3102, 3103, 3104, 3105, 3106 (spec. 2), 3107, 3108
page 2/6
April 2013

viscosity
Induction time none
AIR SPRAY
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER
Recommended thinner no extra thinner necessary
Volume of thinner up to 5% Thinner 91-92 can be added if desired
ADDITIONAL DATA Film thickness and spreading rate for SigmaPrime 200

dft in μm 75 125 160 200
Film thickness and spreading rate for SigmaPrime 200 K

dft in μm 100 125 160 200
max. dft:
Dry Film Thickness of 2000 μm may occur occasionally (minor areas) where multiple
overlapping is unavoidable (i.e. around scallops, corners, erection joint lines etc.). PPG
must be consulted in case of DFT readings fall outside this recommendation.
page 3/6
April 2013
Overcoating table for SigmaPrime 200 or 200 K for dft up to 160 μm

temperature
with various two pack epoxy minimum interval 13 hours 6 hours 2.5 hours 1.5 hour 1 hour
coatings
exposed to direct
sunshine maximum
interval
not exposed to
direct sunshine
maximum interval

temperature
30°C 45 min. 2.5 hours 5 days
40°C 30 min. 1.5 hour 4 days

15°C 10 hours
20°C 7 hours
30°C 4 hours
page 4/6
April 2013

skin or eyes
page 5/6
April 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7416
202391 SigmaPrime 200 yellow/green 4009002200 (202390 base, 202389 hardener)
211291 SigmaPrime 200 grey 9515052200 (211282 base, 202389 hardener)
244820 SigmaPrime 200 K grey 9515052150 (243529 base, 240992 hardener)
244832 SigmaPrime 200 K redbrown 2008002150 (243540 base, 240992 hardener)
330749 SigmaPrime 200 K alu light 9000002150 (330748 base, 240992 hardener)
330752 SigmaPrime 200 K alu yellow 9300002150 (330751 base, 240992 hardener)
page 6/6
SIGMAPRIME 200 LT SERIES
6 pages April 2013

Description two component multi purpose polyamide cured anticorrosive epoxy system
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – universal epoxy priming system suitable for all vessel areas
– excellent anticorrosive properties and water resistance
– surface tolerant, pure epoxy primer with good abrasion and chemical
resistance
– excellent adhesion to steel, shop primer, galvanised steel and non ferrous
metals
– suitable for application and curing in a wide range of climatic conditions
– suitable for bulk supply and twin feed application
COLOURS AND GLOSS alu light, alu yellow, grey, yellow/green, redbrown – eggshell
Mass density SigmaPrime 200 LT: SigmaPrime 200 LT K:
1.3 g/cm³ 1.4 g/cm³
Volume solids 57 ± 2% 60± 2%
VOC (Supplied) max. 331 g/kg /max. 291 g/kg
max. 437 g/l (approx. 3.6 lb/gal) max. 437 g/l (approx. 3.6 lb/gal)
Recommended dry film thickness 75 - 200 μm depending on system 100 - 200 μm depending on system
Theoretical spreading rate 7.6 m²/l for 75 μm, 2.9 m²/l for 200 μm 6 m²/l for 100 μm,3 m²/l for 200 μm

max. see tables *
page 1/6
April 2013

only):
profile 30 - 75 μm
• dust quantity rating "1 for dust size class "3", "4" or "5", lower dust size
roughened up.
– previous coat; (e.g. SigmaPrime 200 LT) dry and free from any
contamination
–
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION marine system sheets: 3101, 3102, 3103, 3104, 3106 (spec. 2), 3107
page 2/6
April 2013

viscosity
Induction time none
AIR SPRAY
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER
Recommended thinner no extra thinner is necessary
Volume of thinner up to 5% Thinner 91-92 can be added
ADDITIONAL DATA Film thickness and spreading rate of SigmaPrime 200 LT

dft in μm 75 125 160 200
Film thickness and spreading rate of SigmaPrime 200 LT K

dft in μm 100 125 160 200
max. dft:
page 3/6
April 2013
Overcoating table for SigmaPrime 200 LT or 200 LT K for dft up to 160 μm
substrate -10°C -5°C 0°C 10°C 15°C

temperature
coatings
Max interval when 2 months 2 months 2 months 1 month 1 month
exposed to direct
sunshine maximum
interval
Max interval when 3 months 3 months 3 months 2 months 1 month
not exposed to
direct sunshine
maximum interval

temperature

5°C 10 hours
10°C 7 hours
page 4/6
April 2013

skin or eyes
page 5/6
April 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7931
204702 SigmaPrime 200 LT yellow/green 4009002200 (202390 base, 215871 hardener)
211283 SigmaPrime 200 LT grey 9515052200 (211282 base, 215871 hardener)
244824 SigmaPrime 200 LT K grey 9515052150 (243529 base, 242356 hardener)
244827 SigmaPrime 200 LT K redbrown 2008002150 (243540 base, 242356 hardener)
330750 SigmaPrime 200 LT K alu light 9000002150 (330748 base, 242356 hardener)
330753 SigmaPrime 200 LT K alu yellow 9300002150 (330751 base, 242356 hardener)
page 6/6
SIGMAPRIME 700
6 pages April 2013

Description two component multi purpose polyamide cured anticorrosive epoxy system
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – general purpose epoxy primer/coating in protective coating systems for steel
and non ferrous metals
– good adhesion to non ferrous metals
during construction
COLOURS AND GLOSS grey, redbrown, yellow/green, green – eggshell
3.5 m²/l for 200 μm
max. see tables *
page 1/6
SIGMAPRIME 700
April 2013

• coated steel; hydrojetted to VIS WJ2L (blasting profile 30 - 75 μm)

only):
profile 30 - 75 μm
• dust quantity rating "1 for dust size class "3", "4" or "5", lower dust size

roughened up
– previous coat; (e.g. SigmaPrime 700) dry and free from any contamination

system sheets: 3101, 3102, 3103, 3104, 3105, 3106 (spec. 1), 3107, 3108
page 2/6
SIGMAPRIME 700
April 2013

viscosity
Induction time none
AIR SPRAY
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER

dft in μm 100 125 160 200
max. dft:
page 3/6
SIGMAPRIME 700
April 2013
Overcoating table for SigmaPrime 700 for dft up to 160 μm

temperature
with various two pack epoxy minimum interval 15 hours 9 hours 4 hours 2.5 hours 1.5 hour
coatings
exposed to direct
sunshine maximum
interval
not exposed to
direct sunshine
maximum interval

temperature

15°C 10 hours
20°C 8 hours
30°C 4 hours
page 4/6
SIGMAPRIME 700
April 2013

skin or eyes
page 5/6
SIGMAPRIME 700
April 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7930
page 6/6
SIGMAPRIME 700 LT
6 pages April 2013

Description two component multi-purpose polyamide cured anticorrosive epoxy system
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – general purpose epoxy primer/coating in protective coating systems for steel
and non ferrous metals
– good adhesion to non-ferrous metals
during construction
COLOURS AND GLOSS grey, redbrown, yellow/green, green – eggshell
3.5 m²/l for 200 μm
max. see tables *
Full cure after 7 days at 10°C

page 1/6
SIGMAPRIME 700 LT
April 2013


only):
• steel or steel with not appoved zinc silicate shop primer: blast cleaned to
damaged shop primer or break down should be blast cleaned to ISO-
profile 30 - 75 μm

roughened up
– previous coat; (e.g. SigmaPrime 700 LT) dry and free from any
contamination
– substrate temperature should be above -10°C during application and curing
and at least 3°C above dew point and free from ice and any contamination
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION marine system sheets: 3101, 3102, 3103, 3104,3106 (spec. 1), 3107
page 2/6
SIGMAPRIME 700 LT
April 2013

viscosity
Induction time none
AIR SPRAY
Nozzle orifice approx. 1.5 - 2.0 mm
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER

dft in μm 100 125 160 200
max. dft:
page 3/6
SIGMAPRIME 700 LT
April 2013
Overcoating table for SigmaPrime 700 LT for dft up to 160 μm
substrate -10°C -5°C 0°C 5°C 15°C

temperature
coatings
Max interval when 2 months 2 months 2 months 1 month 1 month
exposed to direct
sunshine maximum
interval
Max interval when 3 months 3 months 3 months 2 months 1 month
not exposed to
direct sunshine
maximum interval

temperature

in exceptional cases SigmaPrime 700 LT may be applied at lower substrate
temperatures (down to -15°C) provided that the surface is free from ice and other
contamination. In such cases special care must be taken to avoid thick film application
as this may lead to checking/crazing or solvent entrapment. It should be clear that
application at lower temperatures will require additional thinning to obtain application
viscosity, however this will affect the sag resistance of the applied coating and can
induce solvent retention. Optimal curing an designed product properties will only be
achieved when minimum required substrate temperature is reached.
5°C 10 hours
10°C 7 hours
page 4/6
SIGMAPRIME 700 LT
April 2013

skin or eyes
page 5/6
SIGMAPRIME 700 LT
April 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7946
page 6/6
SIGMARINE 24

Description modified zinc phosphate alkyd primer
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – economic general purpose maintenance and new building primer
– suitable for use on superstructures and on steel surfaces not normally
exposed to water immersion
– the adhesion of subsequent coats is not affected by long weathering periods
of the primer
– should not be used over zinc primers, except when exposed to dry interior
conditions
– to be recoated with conventional paint systems
– a thickness of 75 μm can be obtained by spray application in one operation
by means of the crosscoat technique
COLOURS AND GLOSS yellow, brown, red, grey, dark grey (offwhite only on request) – flat
VOC (Supplied) max. 245 g/kg ( Directive 1999/13;/EC,SED)
7.5 m²/l for 75 μm
2 hours at 20°C
Overcoating interval min. 48 hours at 5°C, 24 hours at 20°C
max. unlimited

SPSS-Pt2
above 50°C
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION marine system sheets: 3102, 3103, 3104, 3105, 3107

extra solvent may be required to obtain application viscosity
page 1/3
SIGMARINE 24
January 2013
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER

skin or eyes
page 2/3
SIGMARINE 24
January 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7135
136774 brown 2000002200
136775 yellow 3000002200
272264 red 0000692200
182331 grey 5000002200
327075 darkgrey 9000002200
page 3/3
SIGMARINE 35

Description micaceous iron oxide (mio) alkyd topcoat
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – excellent resistance to atmospheric industrial exposure conditions

– high UV resistance
– mio effect
COLOURS AND GLOSS according to the Micaceous Iron Oxide Colour card of PPG Protective & Marine
Coatings – flat
6.8 m²/l for 75 μm
Touch dry after 1 hour
max. unlimited
RECOMMENDED – suitable primer; (e.g. Sigmarine 24) dry and free from any contamination
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS – previous suitable coat; dry and free from any contamination and sufficiently
AND TEMPERATURES roughened if necessary
above 50°C

AIR SPRAY
AIRLESS SPRAY
page 1/3
SIGMARINE 35
February 2013
BRUSH/ROLLER

skin or eyes
page 2/3
SIGMARINE 35
February 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7244
page 3/3
SIGMARINE 48

Description general purpose gloss paint based on a modified alkyd resin
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – particularly suitable as a finish for boottop, topside, deck and deck
equipment
– a quick drying, hard, tough, water- and weather resistant coating with
moderate gloss retention
– can be applied over most intact alkyd paints
– this coating is particularly suitable for areas intermittently exposed to water-
immersion and atmospheric conditions
– also available with non-skid material (supplied separately) for use on deck
surfaces
Volume solids 45-49% ± 2% (colours) - 48% ± 2% (white)
Theoretical spreading rate 12.8 - 14.0 m²/l (colours) - 13.7 m²/l (white) for 35 μm
3 hours at 5°C
Overcoating interval min. 16 hours at 20°C, 24 hours at 5°C
max. unlimited
RECOMMENDED – previous suitable coat; dry and free from any contamination and sufficiently
AND TEMPERATURES – substrate temperature should be at least 3°C above dew point but not
above 50°C
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION systems for boottop and topside system sheet: 3102
systems for superstructure and deck fitting system sheet: 3104

page 1/3
SIGMARINE 48
February 2013
AIR SPRAY
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER

skin or eyes
page 2/3
SIGMARINE 48
February 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7238
136828 white 7000002200
page 3/3
SIGMARINE 49

Description high gloss alkyd finishing coat
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – suitable for interior and exterior use

– easy application by brush with excellent flow
– high opacity
– gas proof: no discolouration with sulphur dioxide
– not suitable for immersion in water or continuous splash of water
– can be applied over most intact alkyd paints
COLOURS AND GLOSS white (other colours on request) – gloss
Mass density 0.9 - 1.2 g/cm³ (colours) - 1.1 g/cm³ (white)
Volume solids 50-55% ± 2% (colours) - 50% ± 2% (white)
Theoretical spreading rate 14.3 - 15.7 m²/l (colours) - 14.3 m²/l (white) for 35 μm
max. unlimited
RECOMMENDED – previous suitable coat; (e.g. Sigmarine 40, Sigmarine 24) dry and free from
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS any contamination and sufficiently roughened if necessary
AND TEMPERATURES – substrate temperature should be at least 3°C above dew point but not
above 50°C

AIR SPRAY
page 1/3
SIGMARINE 49
February 2013
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER

skin or eyes
page 2/3
SIGMARINE 49
February 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7240
136845 white 7000002200
page 3/3
SigmaRine RP Oil
2 pages March 2013

Description A clear rust preventing oil based on petroleum resin designed to be used for
lubricating oil and fuel oil tanks
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – a temporary protective coating for a tank inside during construction with a
quick drying property
COLOURS AND GLOSS yellowish clear liquid
Overcoating interval min. 2 hours at 20°C
max. unlimited
RECOMMENDED – steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½ or SSPS

AND TEMPERATURES – surface should be dry and free from any contamination and sufficiently
roughened if necessary
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE stir well before use

normally no thinner to be used
brush, roller or spray (air or airless spray ) application
AIRLESS SPRAY
Nozzle orifice 0.038 - 0.048 mm (= 0.001 - 0.0019 in)

page 1/2
SigmaRine RP Oil
March 2013
WARRANTY
page 2/2
SIGMARITE 37-B-1
3 pages August 2012

Description Temperature indication paint blue
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – Indicates potentential dangerous hot spots

– colour changes above 200°C from blue to white
COLOURS AND GLOSS blue – flat
max. unlimited

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS – suitable primer; SigmaZinc 11 dry and free from any contamination

AIR SPRAY
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER
page 1/3
SIGMARITE 37-B-1
August 2012
ADDITIONAL DATA Overcoating table for SigmaRite 37-B-1

maximum interval unlimited unlimited unlimited
Dry through maximum interval 60 min. 30 min. 20 min.

skin or eyes
page 2/3
SIGMARITE 37-B-1
August 2012
WARRANTY
PDS 7593
page 3/3
SIGMARITE 37-G-1
3 pages August 2012

Description Temperature indication paint green
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – Indicates potentential dangerous hot spots

– colour changes above 260°C from green to white
COLOURS AND GLOSS green – flat
max. unlimited

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS – suitable primer; SigmaZinc 11 dry and free from any contamination

AIR SPRAY
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER
page 1/3
SIGMARITE 37-G-1
August 2012
Overcoating table for SigmaRite 37-G-1

maximum interval unlimited unlimited unlimited
Dry through – maximum 16 hours 4 hours 3 hours
interval
REFERENCES Safety in confined spaces and health safety

skin or eyes
page 2/3
SIGMARITE 37-G-1
August 2012
WARRANTY
DISCLAIMED BY PPG.
PDS 7594
page 3/3
SIGMARITE 88
3 pages August 2012

Description Water based cleaner
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – excellent cleaning of soiled & chalked surfaces

– dramatically improves aged recoatability
– reduces repainting costs
– biodegradable cleaner
– contains no solvents
– contains no phosphates halogens, chlorinated solvents or petroleum
destillates
– removes deposites of oil and grease from metal, concrete and previously
painted surfaces
RECOMMENDED – steel;
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS – concrete:
AND TEMPERATURES – substrate temperature should be at least 5°C
– painted surfaces
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE – Sigmarite 88 cleans intact, painted surfaces

– SigmaRite 88 is used to clean metal and concrete surfaces and avoids in
many cases abrasive blasting or mechanical cleaning
– SigmaRite 88 is ideal for dry-dock painting, maintenance painting and new
construction painting
– Outstanding characteristics;
– SigmaRite 88 is a quick working bio degradable cleaner for removing
deposits of oil or grease from metal or previously painted surfaces
– When washed off with water, SigmaRite 88 leaves a clean surface with no
oily film or residu
– SigmaRite 88 cleans better than solvent type of cleaners. When dry, the
surface is ready for either abrasive blasting (if required) or for application of
a protective coating
– SigmaRite 88 reduces repainting costs by avoiding sweepblasting or
roughening of old paint systems.
– SigmaRite 88 is relatively non hazardous to use, as compared with other
types or cleaning compounds
– SigmaRite 88 contains no caustics, phosphates and no hazardous
chlorinated solvents
page 1/3
SIGMARITE 88
August 2012
– 1. apply SigmaRite 88 generously using spray, brush, roller or mop on

the surface to be cleaned. For most applications SigmaRite 88 can
be reduced 2 to 3 times with fresh clean water. Use concentrated
SigmaRite 88 cleaner for heavy oil residues.
– 2. Allow SigmaRite 88 to remain on the surface for 5 to 10 minutes, then
scrub off with a broom or high pressure water wash. The longer the
SigmaRite 88 can be allowed to work before scrubbing, the more effective it
is in loosening deposits
– IMPORTANT: DO NOT allow SigmaRite 88 to dry on the surface
– 3. Hose with water under high pressure. On rough or pitted surfaces, it may
be necessary to scrub with a stiff brush while washing. Hot water or low
pressure steam greatly facilitates removal
– 4. If any deposits of grease or oil remain, repeat the application of
SigmaRite 88 and scrub with a cloth or scrape deposit away
– 5.Wash again with water as described before. Allow to dry before application
of protective coatings
– 6. If surfaces are hot, pre-wet before applcation of SigmaRite 88
– 7. DO NOT apply under freezing conditions.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS – SigmaRite 88 is an alkaline cleaner. Care should be taken to prevent eye
contact and avoid prolonged or repeated skin contact. During application
the use of eye protection and waterproof gloves are recommended. See
material safety datasheet and product label for complete safety and
precaution requirements.
page 2/3
SIGMARITE 88
August 2012
WARRANTY
DISCLAIMED BY PPG.
page 3/3
SigmaRite 2136
3 pages August 2012

Description high build micaceous iron oxide pigmented vinyl coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – excellent adhesion to weathered hot dipped galvanised steel

– unsaponifiable
– resistant to industrial atmospheric exposure
COLOURS AND GLOSS black,medium grey,silver grey, light silver – flat
small deviations depending on colour
3 hours at 5 - 10°C
Overcoating interval min. 16 hours at a dft of 75 μm

max. unlimited
RECOMMENDED – weathered galvanised steel; dry and free from any contamination and zinc
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS salts
AND TEMPERATURES – fresh galvanised steel; sweep blasted to SPSS-Ss

AIR SPRAY
AIRLESS SPRAY
page 1/3
SigmaRite 2136
August 2012
BRUSH/ROLLER

skin or eyes
page 2/3
SigmaRite 2136
August 2012
WARRANTY
DISCLAIMED BY PPG.
PDS 7330
page 3/3
SIGMARITE 2143
3 pages August 2012

Description high build pigmented vinyl finish
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – excellent adhesion to weathered hot dipped galvanised steel

– unsaponifiable
– resistant to industrial atmospheric exposure
COLOURS AND GLOSS RAL and BS colours – semigloss
small deviations depending on colour
3 hours at 5 - 10°C
Overcoating interval min. 16 hours at a dft of 75 μm

max. unlimited
RECOMMENDED – weathered galvanised steel; dry and free from any contamination and zinc
AND TEMPERATURES – fresh galvanised steel; sweep blasted to SPSS-Ss

AIR SPRAY
AIRLESS SPRAY
page 1/3
SIGMARITE 2143
August 2012
BRUSH/ROLLER

skin or eyes
page 2/3
SIGMARITE 2143
August 2012
WARRANTY
DISCLAIMED BY PPG.
PDS 7331
page 3/3
SIGMASHIELD 2 (SigmaShield 825 LT )

Description two component high solids glassflake reinforced polyamine cured epoxy coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – low temperature curing down to 0°C

– excellent abrasion and impact resistance
– high glassflake level
– excellent resistance to corrosion
– long term protection at areas subject to heavy wear and tear
– very low water permeability, due to glassflake barrier
– tar free
– suitable for immersion service
– compatible with cathodic protection systems
– up to 750 μm in a single coat
COLOURS AND GLOSS black (other (light) colours on request) – gloss
VOC (EPA Method 24) max. 172 g/l ( approx. 1.5 lb/gal ) by EPA Method
max. 3 months *


SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS – primed steel; (e.g. SigmaCover 280) dry and free from any contamination
page 1/5
October 2012

viscosity
– very good mechanical mixing of base and hardener is essential
– filters should be removed from spray equipment
AIR SPRAY
AIRLESS SPRAY
Volume of thinner 0 - 5% for dft of about 400 μm
– due to thixotropy it is difficult to obtain a smooth film by brush although this

does not affect performance

dft in μm 200 750
page 2/5
October 2012
Overcoating table for SigmaShield 2 for dft up to 300 μm

maximum interval 1 month 1 month 1 month
with polyurethanes minimum interval 16 hours 7 hours 4 hours

(please refer to sheets {1433} and {1434})


(please refer to sheets {1433} and {1434})
10 °C 2 hours
20 °C 1 hour
30 °C 30 min.
page 3/5
October 2012
REFERENCES Conversion tabels see information sheet {1410}

Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet {1411}
Safety indications see information sheet {1430}
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet {1431}
Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet {1433}
Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet {1434}
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet {1490}
Specification for mineral abrasives see information sheet {1491}
air temperature see information sheet {1650}
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS – for paint and recommended thinners see safety sheets {1430}, {1431} and
skin or eyes
page 4/5
October 2012
WARRANTY
DISCLAIMED BY PPG.
www.ppgpmc.com.
PDS 7749
page 5/5
SIGMASHIELD 220
5 pages June 2013

Description two component reinforced high solids polyamine adduct cured epoxy primer
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – general purpose primer for coating systems for steel
– outstanding sea water resistance
COLOURS AND GLOSS yellow/green – gloss
Overcoating interval min. 3.5 hours *
max. 14 days *

or powertool cleaned to SPSS-Pt3
• steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2 or ISO-Sa2½, blasting profile 40 - 70 μm
• steel; hydrojetted to VIS WJ2/3L
• steel with approved shop primer; power tool cleaned to SPSS-Pt2
page 1/5
SIGMASHIELD 220
June 2013

viscosity
Induction time none
AIR SPRAY
AIRLESS SPRAY


dft in μm 100 125
page 2/5
SIGMASHIELD 220
June 2013

temperature
with epoxy coatings minimum interval 14 hours 7 hours 3.5 hours 2 hours 1.5 hour


20°C 3.5 hours 7 days 5 days
40°C 1.5 hour 3 days 3 days

10°C 3 hours
20°C 2 hours
30°C 1 hour
page 3/5
SIGMASHIELD 220
June 2013

skin or eyes
page 4/5
SIGMASHIELD 220
June 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7922
192274 yellow/green 4009002200
page 5/5
SIGMASHIELD 220
5 pages June 2013
max. 14 days *

• steel; hydrojetted to VIS WJ2/3 L
• steel with approved shop primer; powertool cleaned to SPSS-Pt2
page 1/5
SIGMASHIELD 220
June 2013

viscosity
Induction time none
AIR SPRAY
AIRLESS SPRAY


dft in μm 100 125
page 2/5
SIGMASHIELD 220
June 2013

temperature



10°C 3 hours
20°C 2 hours
30°C 1 hour
page 3/5
SIGMASHIELD 220
June 2013

skin or eyes
page 4/5
SIGMASHIELD 220
June 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7922MX
192274 yellow/green 4009002200
page 5/5
SIGMASHIELD 220 LT
5 pages June 2013

6.2 m²/l for 125 μm *
max. 14 days *

SPSS or powertool cleaned to SPSS-Pt3
• steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2 or ISO-Sa2½, blasting profile 40 - 70 μm
• steel with approved shop primer; powertool cleaned to SPSS-Pt2
page 1/5
SIGMASHIELD 220 LT
June 2013

viscosity
Induction time none
AIR SPRAY
AIRLESS SPRAY


dft in μm 100 125
page 2/5
SIGMASHIELD 220 LT
June 2013
Overcoating table for SigmaShield 220 LT for dft up to 150 μm

temperature
with epoxy coatings minimum interval 36 hours 22 hours 16 hours 10 hours 7 hours


-10°C 30 hours -- 10 days

5°C 2 hours
10°C 1 hour
page 3/5
SIGMASHIELD 220 LT
June 2013

skin or eyes
page 4/5
SIGMASHIELD 220 LT
June 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7926
202660 yellow/green 4009002200
page 5/5
SIGMASHIELD 400
(SIGMASHIELD 825 )
5 pages August 2013

Description two component high solids glassflake reinforced polyamine cured epoxy coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – excellent abrasion and impact resistance

– high glassflake level
– tar free
– application and curing at temperatures down to 10°C
– suitable for immersion service
– compatible with cathodic protection systems
– up to 750 μm in a single coat
VOC (EPA Method 24) max. 172 g/l (approx. 1.4 lb/gal)
max. 3 months *

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS – primed steel; (e.g. SigmaCover 280) dry and free from any contamination
page 1/5
SIGMASHIELD 400
(SIGMASHIELD 825 )
August 2013

viscosity
AIR SPRAY
AIRLESS SPRAY
– due the thixotropy it is difficult to obtain a smooth film by brush although this

dft in μm 200 750
page 2/5
SIGMASHIELD 400
(SIGMASHIELD 825 )
August 2013

maximum interval 1 month 1 month 14 days 7 days


temperature

10°C/50°F 3 hours
20°C/68°F 2 hours
30°C/86°F 1 hour
page 3/5
SIGMASHIELD 400
(SIGMASHIELD 825 )
August 2013

skin or eyes
page 4/5
SIGMASHIELD 400
(SIGMASHIELD 825 )
August 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7745
242373 black 8000002200
page 5/5
SIGMASHIELD 420
4 pages August 2012

PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – coating for cargo tanks of bulk- or oil carriers and storage tanks
– build coat for underwater- and boottop systems
– easy to clean
COLOURS AND GLOSS grey, redbrown (other colours on request) – gloss
4.1 m²/l for 200 μm *

max. 14 days *

RECOMMENDED – previous coat; (e.g. SigmaCover 280 or SigmaShield 220) dry and free from
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS any contamination

viscosity
Induction time none
page 1/4
SIGMASHIELD 420
August 2012
AIR SPRAY
AIRLESS SPRAY
Volume of thinner 0 - 5% for 200 μm dft,
10% for 100 μm dft
BRUSH/ROLLER
theoritical spreading rate m2/l 8.1 5.4 4.6 4.1

dft in μm 100 150 175 200

temperature
page 2/4
SIGMASHIELD 420
August 2012

– should SigmaShield 420 or the total coating system (2 x 125 μm) be applied
10 °C 3 hours
20 °C 1.5 hour
30 °C 45 min.

skin or eyes
page 3/4
SIGMASHIELD 420
August 2012
WARRANTY
DISCLAIMED BY PPG.
www.ppgpmc.com.
PDS 7951
190960 grey 5177052200
192367 redbrown 6179052200
page 4/4
SIGMASHIELD 420
PEMEX STANDARD RE-38
4 pages June 2013
– easy to clean
4.1 m²/l for 200 μm *
max. 14 days *
RECOMMENDED – previous coat; (e.g. SigmaCover 280 or SigmaShield 220) dry and free from
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS any contamination

viscosity
Induction time none
page 1/4
SIGMASHIELD 420
June 2013
AIR SPRAY
AIRLESS SPRAY
10% for 100 μm dft
BRUSH/ROLLER

dft in μm 100 150 175 200

temperature
page 2/4
SIGMASHIELD 420
June 2013

– should SigmaShield 420 or the total coating system (2 x 125 μm) be applied
10°C 3 hours
20°C 1.5 hour
30°C 45 min.

skin or eyes
page 3/4
SIGMASHIELD 420
June 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7951MX
190960 grey 5177052200
192367 redbrown 6179052200
page 4/4
SIGMASHIELD 420 LT
5 pages June 2013

– easy to clean
4.1 m²/l for 200 μm
max. 14 days *
RECOMMENDED – previous coat; (e.g. SigmaCover 280 (LT) or SigmaShield 220 (LT)) dry and
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS free from ice and any contamination
AND TEMPERATURES – substrate temperature should be between -10°C up to 15°C during
page 1/5
SIGMASHIELD 420 LT
June 2013

viscosity
Induction time none
Pot life 1 hour at 10°C
AIR SPRAY
AIRLESS SPRAY
10%% for 100 μm dft
BRUSH/ROLLER

dft in μm 100 150 175 200
page 2/5
SIGMASHIELD 420 LT
June 2013

temperature
with epoxy coatings minimum interval 48 hours 24 hours 10 hours 5 hours 4 hours

-10°C 34 hours -- 18 days
– should SigmaShield 420 LT or the total coating system be applied in excess
of the specified dry film thickness, then the time necessary to reach full cure
will be increased
5°C 2 hours
10°C 1 hour
page 3/5
SIGMASHIELD 420 LT
June 2013

skin or eyes
page 4/5
SIGMASHIELD 420 LT
June 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7955
202661 grey 5177052200
202662 grey 5163052200
202659 redbrown 6179052200
page 5/5
SIGMASHIELD 460
5 pages June 2013

Description two component high solids glassflake reinforced polyamine adduct epoxy
coating

– suitable for use on ice-going vessels
2.0 m²/l for 400 μm *

max. 28 days *

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS – suitable primer; (e.g. SigmaShield 220 (LT), SigmaCover 280 (LT)) dry and
AND TEMPERATURES free from any contamination
page 1/5
SIGMASHIELD 460
June 2013

viscosity
Induction time none
AIR SPRAY
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER Brush application only

– only for touch up and spot repair

dft in μm 250 400

maximum recommended dft for complex structures is 250 μm
page 2/5
SIGMASHIELD 460
June 2013

temperature

substrate touch dry dry to handle Service - water

10°C 3 hours
20°C 1.5 hour
30°C 45 min.
page 3/5
SIGMASHIELD 460
June 2013

skin or eyes
page 4/5
SIGMASHIELD 460
June 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7952
191640 black 8000002200
page 5/5
SIGMASHIELD 460 LT
5 pages June 2013

Description two component high solids glassflake reinforced polyamine adduct epoxy
coating

– suitable for use on ice-going vessels
2 m²/l for 400 μm

max. 14 days *

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS – suitable primer; (e.g. SigmaShield 220 (LT), SigmaCover 280 (LT)) dry and
AND TEMPERATURES free from any contamination
page 1/5
SIGMASHIELD 460 LT
June 2013

viscosity
Induction time none

AIR SPRAY
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER Brush aplication only
– only for touch up and repair

dft in μm 250 400
page 2/5
SIGMASHIELD 460 LT
June 2013

temperature

substrate temperature dry to handle Service - water
immersion
-10°C 72 hours --

5°C 2 hours
10°C 1 hour
page 3/5
SIGMASHIELD 460 LT
June 2013

skin or eyes
page 4/5
SIGMASHIELD 460 LT
June 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7972
220252 black 8000002200
page 5/5
SIGMASHIELD 620

Description two component high solids amine cured epoxy coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – specialised coating for use under SigmaGlide fouling release system
– excellent impact resistance
COLOURS AND GLOSS redbrown, blue – gloss
max. 5 days *


SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS – substrate temperature should be at least 20°C and at least 3°C above dew

viscosity
Induction time none
AIRLESS SPRAY
Nozzle orifice approx. 0.53 - 0.68 mm (=0.021 - 0.027 in)
page 1/4
SIGMASHIELD 620
January 2013
BRUSH/ROLLER
ADDITIONAL DATA Overcoating table for SigmaShield 620 for dft up to 150 μm

with SigmaGlide 790 minimum interval 6 hours 4 hours 2 hours


– for advice please contact your nearest PPG Protective & Marine Coatings
sales office
20 °C 1.5 hour
30 °C 45 min.
page 2/4
SIGMASHIELD 620
January 2013

skin or eyes
page 3/4
SIGMASHIELD 620
January 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7948
252062 redbrown 6179052200
344452 K redbrown 6179052150
256894 blue 1000002200
page 4/4
SIGMASHIELD 880

Description two component high build polyamine adduct cured epoxy coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – primarily designed for use in offshore splashzone maintenance

– continues to cure when immersed in water
– suitable on wet blast or ultra high pressure water (UHPWW) cleaned
COLOURS AND GLOSS yellow, black (other colours on request) – gloss
max. 14 days
– hand/power tool cleaning
• steel; recommended hand or power tool cleaned to ISO-St3 for new
buidling and ISO-St2 for maintenance
– coated steel
• existing sound epoxy coating systems sufficiently roughened, dry and
– Hydrojetting
• clean till VIS WJ2/3L
page 1/4
SIGMASHIELD 880
February 2013

Induction time none
AIR SPRAY
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER

dft in μm 200 500

temperature
with epoxy coatings minimum interval 36 hours 14 hours 7 hours 3.5 hours 2 hours 1.5 hour
with polyurethanes minimum interval 48 hours 22 hours 14 hours 10 hours 6 hours 4 hours
with itself maximum interval 60 days 40 days 32 days 28 days 21 days 14 days
with various epoxy- and maximum interval 35 days 28 days 21 days 14 days 7 days 4 days
page 2/4
SIGMASHIELD 880
February 2013

– The curing time is related to the D.F.T. of the paint and ventilation of the
drying condition.
High D.F.T and poor ventilation will slow curing
10 °C 3 hours
20 °C 2 hours
30 °C 1 hour
REFERENCES Safety in confined spaces and health safety

skin or eyes
page 3/4
SIGMASHIELD 880
February 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7743
yellow 1018262200
black 8000002200
page 4/4
SIGMASHIELD 880 Aluminium
4 pages May 2013

Description two component surface tolerant high solid MIO/Aluminium epoxy coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – contains Micaceous Iron Oxide and Aluminium

COLOURS AND GLOSS Silver grey
VOC (Supplied) max. 220 g/l (approx. 1.8 lb/gal)
max. 14 days
AND TEMPERATURES – steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2 or ISO-Sa2½,
– blasting profile of 40 - 80 μm is recommended
– hydrojetted to VIS WJ2/3L
– coated steel
– existing sound epoxy coating systems sufficiently roughened, dry and free
from any contamination

Induction time none
page 1/4
May 2013
AIR SPRAY
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER
theoretical spreading rate m²/l 4 1.6

dft in μm 200 500
Overcoating table for SigmaShield 880 AL for dft up to 500 μm

temperature
with epoxy coatings minimum interval 36 hours 14 hours 7 hours 3.5 hours 2 hours 1.5 hour
page 2/4
May 2013

drying condition.
10°C 3 hours
20°C 2 hours
30°C 1 hour

skin or eyes
page 3/4
May 2013
WARRANTY
page 4/4
SigmaShield 880GF

Description two component surface tolerant high solid glassflake epoxy coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – Primarily designed for use in offshore splash zone maintenance
– Suitable for use in heavy duty and corrosive environments
– Outstanding sea water resistance
– Excellent corrosion resistance
– Enhanced impact and abrasion resistance
– Continues to cure when immersed in water
– Long term protection in a single coat application
– Resistant to well designed cathodic protection
COLOURS AND GLOSS yellow, black (other colours on request) – gloss
max. 14 days
• steel; recommended hand or power tool cleaned to ISO-St3 for new
buidling and ISO-St2 for maintenance
– coated steel
page 1/4
SigmaShield 880GF
February 2013

Induction time none
AIR SPRAY
AIRLESS SPRAY


dft in μm 200 500
Overcoating table for SigmaShield 880 GF for dft up to 500 μm

temperature
with epoxy coatings minimum interval 36 hours 14 hours 7 hours 3.5 hours 2 hours 1.5 hours
page 2/4
SigmaShield 880GF
February 2013

drying condition.
(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)
10 °C 3 hours
20 °C 2 hours
30 °C 1 hour

– this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation of
skin or eyes
page 3/4
SigmaShield 880GF
February 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7758
yellow 1018262200
black 8000002200
page 4/4
SIGMASHIELD 880MIO

Description two component high build polyamine micaceous iron oxide pigmented adduct
cured epoxy coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – primarily designed for use in offshore splashzone maintenance

– meets the requirements of AS 3750.14
COLOURS AND GLOSS N33, N55 as specified in AS2700 – gloss
max. 14 days

• steel; hand or power tool cleaned to ISO-St3 minimum for small areas
and atmospheric exposure only
– coated steel
– Hydrojetting
page 1/4
SIGMASHIELD 880MIO
January 2013

Induction time none
AIR SPRAY
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER
Recommended Thinner Thinner 91-92

dft in μm 200 500
Overcoating table for SigmaShield 880MIO for dft up to 500 μm

temperature
with itself maximum interval 40 days 32 days 28 days 21 days 14 days
with various epoxy- and maximum interval 28 days 21 days 14 days 7 days 4 days
page 2/4
SIGMASHIELD 880MIO
January 2013


10 °C 3 hours
20 °C 2 hours
30 °C 1 hour

skin or eyes
page 3/4
SIGMASHIELD 880MIO
January 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7728
page 4/4
SIGMASHIELD 880XS

Description two component extremely high solids polyamine adduct cured pure epoxy
coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – primarily designed for hot twin feed application suitable for Longkey or
equivalent automatic processing lines.
– suitable for hot applied hot cured and hot applied cold cured applications
– properties improved by hot application, better than conventional cold applied
cold cured version (ex. PPG SigmaShield 880 )
– excellent adhesion on blasted steel up to 20 MPa
– excellent impact resistance
– suitable for bulk supply (base 900 L; hardener 300 L )
– comply AS 3750.2 requirements
COLOURS AND GLOSS grey, black – semi-gloss
VOC (EPA Method 24) max. 27 g/kg (45 g/l; approx. 0.4 lb/gal)
11 minutes for hot appliied and hot cured conditions
– coated steel
– Hydrojetting
page 1/4
SIGMASHIELD 880XS
November 2013

Induction time none
Pot life 4 min. at 60°C *

Volume of thinner If necessary 0 - 5% Thinner 91-92 is recommended.
Please mix thinner with same volume for base and hardener to keep the same mixing
ratio
BRUSH/ROLLER only for touch up and spot repair (recommended SigmaShield 880)
Recommended thinner None
CLEANING PROCEDURE Cleaning procedure of the spray equipment
mixed material will become insoluble within a few minutes after mixing at 60°C
parts of the spraying equipment containing mixed base and hardener must be
cleaned immediately after completion of the job or during any interruption

dft in μm 500 800 1200 1500
Overcoating table for SigmaShield 880XS for dft up to 800 μm

with itself minimum interval 10 hours 5 hours 2.5 hours 2 hours
page 2/4
SIGMASHIELD 880XS
November 2013

temperature
– curing of dry to handle at 100 - 110°C needs approx. 10 minutes

10°C 90 min.
20°C 60 min.
30°C 30 min.
40°C 15 min.
60°C 4 min.

skin or eyes
page 3/4
SIGMASHIELD 880XS
November 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7724
350196 grey 5000002200
page 4/4
SIGMASHIELD 905
5 pages June 2013

Description two component glassflake reinforced solvent-free amine cured epoxy coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – suitable for both marine and offshore use

– one coat protection for cargo holds with excellent corrosion resistance
– excellent abrasion and impact resistance, especially to hard angular cargoes
– ideal for immersed, non immersed and partially immersed such as splash
zones, decks etc.,
COLOURS AND GLOSS green – gloss
Volume solids 100%
max. 20 days *
RECOMMENDED – for cargo holds:

AND TEMPERATURES – for immersed areas:
• steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½, blasting profile 50 - 100 μm dry and
• coated steel; hydrojetted to VIS WJ2/3 l (Blasting profile 50 - 100 μm)
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION cargo holds system sheet: 3107
page 1/5
SIGMASHIELD 905
June 2013

least 20°C
Induction time none
AIRLESS SPRAY


has been expired
page 2/5
SIGMASHIELD 905
June 2013

dft in μm 400 500

real applied wft
plus 60 μm
maximum dry film thickness

days due to the penetration of the measuring device into the paint film

Curing table

page 3/5
SIGMASHIELD 905
June 2013
20°C 60 min.
30°C 45 min.
40°C 25 min.
increase

eyes
visibility
page 4/5
SIGMASHIELD 905
June 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7954
190476 green 4000002200
page 5/5
SIGMASHIELD 905
5 pages June 2013
Description two component glassflake reinforced solvent-free amine cured epoxy coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – suitable for both marine and offshore use

– one coat protection for cargo holds with excellent corrosion resistance
– excellent abrasion and impact resistance, especially to hard angular cargoes
– ideal for immersed, non immersed and partially immersed such as splash
zones, decks etc.,
COLOURS AND GLOSS green – gloss
Volume solids 100%
max. 20 days *
RECOMMENDED – for cargo holds:

AND TEMPERATURES – for immersed areas:
• steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½, blasting profile 50 - 100 μm dry and
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION cargo holds system sheet: 3107
page 1/5
SIGMASHIELD 905
June 2013

least 20°C
Induction time none
AIRLESS SPRAY


has been expired
page 2/5
SIGMASHIELD 905
June 2013

dft in μm 400 500

real applied wft
plus 60 μm
maximum dry film thickness


Curing Curing table


page 3/5
SIGMASHIELD 905
June 2013
20°C 60 min.
30°C 45 min.
40°C 25 min.
increase

eyes
visibility
page 4/5
SIGMASHIELD 905
June 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7954MX
190476 green 4000002200
page 5/5
SIGMASHIELD 1090
(SigmaCover Armour Compound)

Description two component ultra high build flint reinforced solvent free polyamine cured,
epoxy compound
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – seamless water impermeable layer with excellent anticorrosive properties
– suitable for the protection of steel and concrete
– excellent resistance against impact and wear
– excellent adhesion under dry and wet exposure conditions
– can be exposed to water within 30 minutes after application
– texture of surface is rough
– suitable for decks exposed to heavy impact and abrasion
COLOURS AND GLOSS white (other colours on request) – flat
Volume solids 100%
Recommended dry film thickness 3 - 5 mm
Theoretical spreading rate 0.2 m²/l for 5000 μm (=approx.10kg/m²)
0.3 m²/l for 3000 μm (=approx.6 kg/m²)
Touch dry after 6 - 8 hours at 20 °C
Overcoating interval min. 4 days *

max. 30 days *


SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS – concrete; free from laitance by blast cleaning
AND TEMPERATURES – moisture content of concrete should be max. 4%
point
page 1/5
SIGMASHIELD 1090
November 2012
– not prepare more material than can be used within 30 minutes

– the temperature of the mixed base and hardener when mixing the
components should be approx. 20°C
– use always mechanical mixing equipment
– add the hardener while stirring the base
– mix thoroughly and quickly until a homogeneous material is obtained
Induction time none
Pot life 30 minutes at 20 °C *

– insert a cellulose sponge into the hose inlet and force through with
Thinner 90-53, repeat if necessary
ADDITIONAL DATA Overcoating table for SigmaShield 1090 for dft up to 4 mm

with SigmaDur 520, SigmaDur 550 minimum interval 7 days 4 days 1 day 1 day
with solventfree epoxies minimum interval 1 day or immediately wet on wet
Curing Curing table

temperature
10°C 10 - 12 hours 48 hours 12 days

page 2/5
SIGMASHIELD 1090
November 2012
20 °C 30 min.
30 °C 15 min.
APPLICATION – A sprayable polymer mortar is a heavy material which has to be transported

from the container with mixed material to the mortar spray gun or airless
spray gun.
– So preferably 3/4 - 1 inch hoses should be used (for the airless spraying, just
before the spraygun 5/8 inch).
– Care should be taken that hoses are of sufficiently large diameter, are as
short as possible and that no obstructions are present; otherwise the binder
will be pressed out of the mortar leaving dry (untransportable) material
behind.
APPLICATION BY SigmaShield 1090 can be applied and compacted by trowels

TROWEL$$TOUCH UP – damaged areas should be reblasted and repaired with SigmaShield 1090 by
means of filling knives
– porosity, blow holes and crevices in concrete should be filled with
SigmaShield 1090 by hand (trowel/filling knife)
– larger areas can be resprayed with a beaker spray unit (e.g. Putzmeister)
suitable for spraying materials like coarse filled mortars
other application methods may be possible, please contact the nearest PPG Protective
& Marine Coatings sales office
APPLICATION WITH LOW equipment such as type "Swinger Pump"Fizom A112 tech spray systems U.S.A.
PRESSURE PUMP
Orifice approx. 6.5 - 10 mm preferably with internal mix atomisation
Pressure 0.4 - 0.6 MPa (= approx. 4 - 6 bar; 58 - 87 p.s.i.)
APPLICATION BY PRESSURE – pressure vessel with bottom outlet and pressure lid
VESSEL – vessel should not contain more than 25 litres
– before use vessel and hoses have to be wetted with white spirit
– hoses (diameter 25 mm = approx. 1 inch) not longer than 7 metres.
preferably in two lenghts of 3.5 metres.
– at low temperature hoses have to be insulated
APPLICATION BY equipment such as "quick spray"caroussel pump and spraying equipment

DISPLACEMENT FEED PUMP (Quickspray inc. Port Clinton, Ohio, U.S.A.)
Orifice approx. 4 - 5 mm
page 3/5
SIGMASHIELD 1090
November 2012

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS – although this is a solvent free paint, care should be taken to avoid inhalation
eyes
visibility
page 4/5
SIGMASHIELD 1090
November 2012
WARRANTY
to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required herein shall bar Buyer
PDS 7490
140425 white 7001002120
page 5/5
SIGMASHIELD 1090
5 pages July 2013

Description two component ultra high build flint reinforced solvent free polyamine cured,
epoxy compound
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – seamless water impermeable layer with excellent anticorrosive properties
– suitable for the protection of steel and concrete
– excellent resistance against impact and wear
– excellent adhesion under dry and wet exposure conditions
– can be exposed to water within 30 minutes after application
– texture of surface is rough
– suitable for decks exposed to heavy impact and abrasion
COLOURS AND GLOSS white (other colours on request) – flat
Volume solids 100%
Recommended dry film thickness 3 - 5 mm
Theoretical spreading rate 0.2 m²/l for 5000 μm (=approx.10kg/m²)
0.3 m²/l for 3000 μm (=approx.6 kg/m²)
Touch dry after 6 - 8 hours
Overcoating interval min. 4 days *
max. 30 days *

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS – concrete; free from laitance by blast cleaning
AND TEMPERATURES – moisture content of concrete should be max. 4%
point
page 1/5
SIGMASHIELD 1090
July 2013
– do not prepare more material than can be used within 30 minutes

– the temperature of the mixed base and hardener when mixing the
components should be approx. 20°C
– use always mechanical mixing equipment
– add the hardener while stirring the base
– mix thoroughly and quickly until a homogeneous material is obtained
Induction time none

– insert a cellulose sponge into the hose inlet and force through with
Thinner 90-53, repeat if necessary
ADDITIONAL DATA Overcoating table for SigmaShield 1090 for dft up to 4 mm

with SigmaDur 520, SigmaDur 550 minimum interval 7 days 4 days 1 day 1 day
with solventfree epoxies minimum interval 1 day or immediately wet on wet
Curing Curing table

temperature

20°C 30 min.
30°C 15 min.
page 2/5
SIGMASHIELD 1090
July 2013
APPLICATION – A sprayable polymer mortar is a heavy material which has to be transported

from the container with mixed material to the mortar spray gun or airless
spray gun.
– So preferably 3/4 - 1 inch hoses should be used (for the airless spraying, just
before the spraygun 5/8 inch).
– Care should be taken that hoses are of sufficiently large diameter, are as
short as possible and that no obstructions are present; otherwise the binder
will be pressed out of the mortar leaving dry (untransportable) material
behind.
APPLICATION BY SigmaShield 1090 can be applied and compacted by trowels

TROWEL$$TOUCH UP – damaged areas should be reblasted and repaired with SigmaShield 1090 by
means of filling knives
– porosity, blow holes and crevices in concrete should be filled with
SigmaShield 1090 by hand (trowel/filling knife)
– larger areas can be resprayed with a beaker spray unit (e.g. Putzmeister)
suitable for spraying materials like coarse filled mortars
other application methods may be possible, please contact the nearest PPG Protective
& Marine Coatings sales office
APPLICATION WITH LOW equipment such as type "Swinger Pump"Fizom A112 tech spray systems U.S.A.
PRESSURE PUMP
APPLICATION BY PRESSURE – pressure vessel with bottom outlet and pressure lid
VESSEL – vessel should not contain more than 25 litres
– before use vessel and hoses have to be wetted with white spirit
– hoses (diameter 25 mm = approx. 1 inch) not longer than 7 metres.
preferably in two lenghts of 3.5 metres.
– at low temperature hoses have to be insulated
APPLICATION BY equipment such as "quick spray"caroussel pump and spraying

DISPLACEMENT FEED PUMP equipment (Quickspray inc. Port Clinton, Ohio, U.S.A.)
Orifice approx. 4 - 5 mm
page 3/5
SIGMASHIELD 1090
July 2013

eyes
visibility
page 4/5
SIGMASHIELD 1090
July 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7490
140425 white 7001002120
page 5/5
SIGMASHIELD 1200
5 pages June 2013

Description two component abrasion resistant solvent free amine cured phenolic epoxy
coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – single coat system designed for under water hull of ice going and ice
breaking vessels
– recognised by Lloyd's register as an abrasion resistant ice coating
– low co-efficient of friction
– suitable for new construction or maintenance/repair
– also suitable for tanks and other structures requiring abrasion resistance
COLOURS AND GLOSS light grey, dark grey, brown (other colours on request) – gloss
Volume solids 100%
2 m²/l for 500 μm *
max. 2 months *


page 1/5
SIGMASHIELD 1200
June 2013

least 20°C
Induction time none
AIRLESS SPRAY heavy duty single feed airless spray equipment with a minium of 60 : 1 pump
at 30°C (paint temperature) min. 22MPa(= approx.220bar; 3000 p.s.i.)


has been expired

dft in μm 400 500
page 2/5
SIGMASHIELD 1200
June 2013

with itself
Max interval when not 3 months 2 months 1 month
exposed to direct sunshine
maximum interval
with itself and SigmaCover 525 and Max interval when exposed 22 days 14 days 7 days
SigmaCover 456 to direct sunshine maximum
interval
with SigmaDur 550 Max interval when exposed 14 days 7 days 4 days
to direct sunshine maximum
interval


20°C 60 min.
30°C 45 min.
increase
page 3/5
SIGMASHIELD 1200
June 2013

eyes
page 4/5
SIGMASHIELD 1200
June 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7744
195822 lightgrey 5177052200
page 5/5
SIGMASHIELD 1200 LT
5 pages August 2012

coating
breaking vessels
COLOURS AND GLOSS black – gloss
Volume solids 100%
2 m²/l for 500 μm *

max. 22 days *


– dry and free from any contamination
page 1/5
SIGMASHIELD 1200 LT
August 2012

least 20°C
Induction time none
AIRLESS SPRAY
– heavy duty single feed airless spray equipment with a minium of (60:1) pump


has been expired
theoritical spreading rate m²/l 2.5 2

dft in μm 400 500

real applied wft
plus 60 μm
page 2/5
SIGMASHIELD 1200 LT
August 2012


with itself
sunshine
with itself, SigmaCover 525 and Max interval when 14 days 14 days 7 days 5 days
SigmaCover 456 exposed to direct
sunshine


20 °C 30 min.
30 °C 20 min.
increase
page 3/5
SIGMASHIELD 1200 LT
August 2012

eyes
page 4/5
SIGMASHIELD 1200 LT
August 2012
WARRANTY
DISCLAIMED BY PPG.
www.ppgpmc.com.
PDS 7746
241652 black 8000002200
page 5/5
SIGMASHIELD 1200 TF

coating
breaking vessels
– can be applied by heavy duty twin feed hot airless spray equipment
COLOURS AND GLOSS offwhite, cream – gloss
Volume solids 100%
2 m²/l for 500 μm *
max. 22 days *


– dry and free from any contamination
page 1/5
SIGMASHIELD 1200 TF
February 2013
– when mixing the temperature of the base should be at least 40°C

Induction time none
AIRLESS SPRAY
at 40°C (paint temperature) min.20 MPa (= approx 200 bar; 2900 p.s.i.)


has been expired
theoretical spreading rate m²/l 2.5 2 1.7

dft in μm 400 500 600

real applied wft
plus 60 μm
page 2/5
SIGMASHIELD 1200 TF
February 2013

Overcoating table for SigmaShield 1200 TF for dft up to 600 μm

sunshine maximum
interval
with itself, SigmaCover 525 and Max interval when 14 days 14 days 7 days 5 days
SigmaCover 456 exposed to direct
sunshine maximum
interval


20 °C 30 min.
30 °C 20 min.
40 °C 15 min.
50 °C 5 - 10 min.
increase
page 3/5
SIGMASHIELD 1200 TF
February 2013

eyes
page 4/5
SIGMASHIELD 1200 TF
February 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7709
page 5/5
SigmaShield 4700

Description Glassflake Polyester Primer
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – Suitable holding primer for SigmaShield 4800 and SigmaShield 4801 where
required
– Suitable for service temperature <80°C when overcoated with
SigmaShield 4800 or SigmaShield 4801 dependent on the actual
environment
COLOURS AND GLOSS light amber (translucent) – flat
Volume solids 92%
(Nominal Value: Product contains volatile liquid convertible to solids.Volume
solids obtained will vary dependent upon polymerisation conditions)
Recommended dry film thickness Not specified
Recommended wet film thickness 55 - 130 μm
Theoretical spreading rate 20 m²/l (979 ft²/gal) for 50 μm wft
10 m²/l (489 ft²/gal) for 100 μm wft
Shelf life (cool and dry place) Base 1 year and catalyst ( hardener) 6 months stored at temperatures
below 20°C
Frequent temperature cycling will shortage storage life
RECOMMENDED – Steel; blast cleaned to ISO Sa2½, SSSP-SP10.

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS – To prevent moisture condensation during application, surface temperature
AND TEMPERATURES must be at least 3°C/5°F above dew point.
– Minimum temperature for a satisfactory cure is 10°C\50°F.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: resin to cure 98: 2

Pot life approx. 1 hour at 20°C
The pot life will vary substantially with temperature
AIRLESS SPRAY
– AIRLESS PUMP 30:1 or greater, fit leather or PTFE seals and remove fluid
filters, 10mm diameter (3/8”) nylon lined hoses.
– Typical tip size is 0.45 to 0.75mm with reverse clean and 45° fan pattern.
– The size of tip and fan pattern will vary with the nature of the work.
– Use pressure to suit hose lengths and working conditions (circa 200 bar)
BRUSH/ROLLER only for small areas
CLEANING SOLVENT Cleaner: Thinner 50-02
page 1/4
SigmaShield 4700
January 2014
ADDITIONAL DATA Overcoating times
substrate temperature 20°C / 68°F

Dry to recoat minimum interval 2 hours
Dry to recoat maximum interval 28 days
– The Maximum overcoating times can vary substantially with climatic

conditions and such has to be observed.
– Strong UV /Sunlight will substantially reduce the overcoating time.
– Once maximum recoating time has been reached, adhesion values attained
by an subsequent coat will reduce dramatically.
– Should this occur overcoating should be treated as repair, with the coating
flash blasted to provide a physical key.
– Styrene cannot be used to reactivate the surface of this product and may
impair adhesion.
– Take care to avoid contamination before application or subsequent coat.
– Ensure ventilation during cure.
Curing Drying times

substrate temperature touch dry
10°C / 50°F 90 min.
20°C / 68°F 60 min.
APPLICATION – never add any solvent to SigmaShield 4700

– never add catalyst without continuous stirring
– never add more than the recommended amount of catalyst

Application and use manual SigmaShield 4800/4801 See information sheet 1726
page 2/4
SigmaShield 4700
January 2014
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS – Since improper use and handling can be hazardous to health and cause of
fire or explosion, safety precautions included with Product Data/Application
Instruction and Material Safety Data Sheet must be observed during all
storage, handling, use and drying periods.
– The curing agent of Sigmashield 4700 is supplied in small polythene bottles
separately from the pigmented resin component.
– It is a highly reactive, combustible and thermally unstable substance that can

undergo self-accelerating decomposition
– It is also a powerful oxidising agent and will react violently with other organic
chemicals
– It is thus recommended to keep in original containers, to hold within the

predetermined temperature limits, to prevent contact/contamination with
other materials and to minimise the quantity at the workplace - only have
present enough for the job in hand.
– Please refer to infosheet 1726 and the MSDS of the products for detailed
information.
page 3/4
SigmaShield 4700
January 2014
WARRANTY
PDS 7788
page 4/4
SigmaShield 4701

Description Glassflake Polyvinylester Primer
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – High performance primer for new or old steel

– Suitable holding primer for SigmaShield 4801
– Suitable for service temperature >80°C
COLOURS AND GLOSS Slightly amber – flat
Volume solids 91%
(Nominal Value: Product contains volatile liquid convertible to solids.Volume
solids obtained will vary dependent upon polymarisation conditions)
Theoretical spreading rate 20 m²/l (979 ft²/gal) for 50 μm
10 m²/l (489 ft²/gal) for 100 μm
Overcoating interval Min. 1.5 hours at 20°C
Shelf life (cool and dry place) Base and catalayst ( hardener) 6 months stored at temperatures below 20°C
RECOMMENDED – Steel; blast cleaned to ISO Sa2½, SSCP-SP10.

– Minimum temperature for a satisfactory cure is 10°C\50°F.
– This primer should not be used where there is a risk of contaminant
above pH 9

Pot life 1 hour at 20°C
AIRLESS SPRAY
– AIRLESS PUMP 30:1 or greater, fit leather or FPTE seals and remove fluid
filters, 10mm diameter (3/8”) nylon lined hoses.
– Typical tip size is 0.45 to 0.75mm with reverse clean and 45° fan pattern.
– Use pressure to suit hose lengths and working conditions (circa 200 bar)
– Surface should be flash blasted to provide physical key.
page 1/4
SigmaShield 4701
November 2013
ADDITIONAL DATA Overcoating times
substrate temperature 10°C/ 50°F 20°C / 68°F

Dry to recoat minimum interval 3 hours 1.5 hours
Dry to recoat maximum interval 96 hours 72 hours

– Strong UV /Sunlight will substantially reduce the overcoating time.
impair adhesion.
Curing Drying times

10°C / 50°F 90 min.
20°C / 68°F 50 min.


Application and use manual SigmaShield 4800/4801 See information sheet 1726
page 2/4
SigmaShield 4701
November 2013
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS – Since improper use and handling can be hazardous to health and cause of
fire or explosion, safety precautions included with Product Data/Application
Instruction and Material Safety Data Sheet must be observed during all
storage, handling, use and drying periods.
– The curing agent of Sigmashield 4701 is supplied in small polythene bottles
separately from the pigmented resin component.
– It is a highly reactive, combustible and thermally unstable substance that can

undergo self-accelerating decomposition
– It is also a powerful oxidising agent and will react violently with other organic
chemicals
– It is thus recommended to keep in original containers, to hold within the

predetermined temperature limits, to prevent contact/contamination with
other materials and to minimise the quantity at the workplace - only have
present enough for the job in hand.
– Please refer to infosheet 1726 and the MSDS of the products for detailed
information.
page 3/4
SigmaShield 4701
November 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7789
page 4/4
SigmaShield 4800
3 pages May 2013

Description Glassflake Polyester Coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – Glassflake polyester coating

– High performance coating for new or old steel
– Cures through wide temperature range
– Resists many aggressive atmospheric environments
– Suitable for sea water immersion
COLOURS AND GLOSS White. Light grey – flat
BASIC DATA
Volume solids 100%
( see information sheet 1726)
0.6 m²/l for 600 μm
0.85 m²/l for 850 μm
Shelf life (cool and dry place) Base 12 months, Hardener 6 months stored at temperatures below 20°C
Frequent temperature cycling will shorten storage life,
RECOMMENDED – Minimum temperature for a satisfactory cure is 10°C\50°F.

– Ensure good ventilation when applied in confined areas to assist evaporation
and elimination of solvents.
– steel; remove all loose rust,dirt, oil and grease or other contaminants from
surface
– Blast to Sa 2½ ISO 8501-1 or SSPC-SP-10.
– Blast to achieve a 50 to 75 μm (2-3 mils) profile as determined with Testex
Press-O-Film tape or similar instrument.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: resin to cure 98.5: 1.5
AIRLESS SPRAY
– AIRLESS PUMP 45:1 or greater, fit leather seals and remove fluid
filters, 10mm diameter (3/8”) nylon lined hoses, large bore gun with 0.6mm
to 1.5mm reverse clean tip.
– Typical tip size is 0.75 to 0.85mm with a 45° fan.
– Pressure to suit hose lengths and working conditions (circa 200 bar)
page 1/3
SigmaShield 4800
May 2013
ADDITIONAL DATA Drying times

Dry through minimum interval 5 hours
Dry to recoat maximum interval 72 hours
– Consult your PPG representative for specific recommendations.

The maximum recoating time will reduce significantly at high temperature or in string
sunlight

skin or eyes
page 2/3
SigmaShield 4800
May 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7790
page 3/3
SigmaShield 4801
3 pages May 2013

Description Glassflake Polyvinylester Coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – Glassflake polyester coating

– High performance coating for new or old steel
– Suitable for wide Ph range
– Excellent resistance to chemical attach
– Excellent resistance to demineralised water
– Good resistance to a wide range of solvents.
– Suitable for high temperature immersion
COLOURS AND GLOSS White. – flat
BASIC DATA
Volume solids 99%
( see information sheet 1726)
Recommended dry film thickness 500 - 3000 μm (Standard 500-1200μm)
Theoretical spreading rate 1.33 m²/l (65 ft²/gal) for 750 μm
2.00 m²/l (98 ft²/gal) for 500 μm
0.83 m²/l (41 ft²/gal) for 1200 μm
Full cure after 4 days at 20°C
Shelf life (cool and dry place) Base and catalayst ( hardener) 6 months stored at temperatures below 20°C
RECOMMENDED – Minimum temperature for a satisfactory cure is 10°C\50°F.

– Ensure good ventilation when applied in confined areas to assist evaporation
and elimination of solvents.

Pot life 50 min. at 20°C
AIRLESS SPRAY
– AIRLESS PUMP 45:1 or greater, fit leather seals and remove fluid
filters, 10mm diameter (3/8”) nylon lined hoses, large bore gun with 0.6mm
to 1.5mm reverse clean tip.
– Typical tip size is 0.75 to 0.85mm with a 45° fan.
– Pressure to suit hose lengths and working conditions (circa 200 bar)
page 1/3
SigmaShield 4801
May 2013
ADDITIONAL DATA Drying times

Dry to recoat minimum interval 5 hours
Dry to recoat maximum interval 48 hours
– Minimum Recoating: As soon as gel has occured and whilst still tacky
– Standard is 48 hours at 20°C, however strong UV /Sunlight will substantially
reduce the overcoating time.
impair adhesion.
The maximum recoating time will reduce significantly at high temperature or in string
sunlight
Curing Curing table

substrate temperature full cure
20°C / 68°F 4 days

skin or eyes
page 2/3
SigmaShield 4801
May 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7791
page 3/3
SIGMATHERM 175
3 pages May 2013

Description heat resistant modified alkyd aluminium finish
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – heat resistant up to 175°C

– high brilliancy
– spray application improves the appearance
– a minimum drying time of 3 days at 20°C should be allowed before exposure
to heat
COLOURS AND GLOSS aluminium – gloss
Touch dry after 3 hours at 5 - 10°C
1 hour at 20°C
Overcoating interval min. 36 hours at 5 - 10°C, 16 hours at 20°C
max. unlimited
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months,
longer storage period may affect the brilliancy
RECOMMENDED – previous coat; (e.g. Sigmarine 24) dry and free from any contamination
AND TEMPERATURES
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION for heat resistant systems system sheet: 3140

AIR SPRAY
AIRLESS SPRAY
page 1/3
SIGMATHERM 175
May 2013
BRUSH/ROLLER

skin or eyes
page 2/3
SIGMATHERM 175
May 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7260
136663 aluminium 9000002200
page 3/3
SIGMATHERM 230
4 pages April 2013

Description two component high build heat resistant phenolic epoxy coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS suitable as heat resistant system under insulation up to 230°C

good anticorrosive properties
good application properties, resulting in a smooth layer
no post curing is required to obtain mechanical strength
COLOURS AND GLOSS pink, grey – eggshell
Recommended dry film thickness 100 - 150 μm *
Touch dry after 2 - 3 hours at 20 °C *
14 - 16 hours at 5 °C *
max. 14 days *

AND TEMPERATURES SigmaTherm 230

viscosity
5°C - 20 min.
10°C - 15 min.
15°C - 10 min.
page 1/4
SIGMATHERM 230
April 2013
AIR SPRAY
Nozzle orifice 2 mm
AIRLESS SPRAY

Overcoating table for SigmaTherm 230 for dft up to 150 μm

temperature

5°C 7 days
10°C 5 days
15°C 4 days
20°C 3 days
30°C 2 days
5°C 8 hours
10°C 6 hours
15°C 4 hours
20°C 2 hours
30°C 1 hour
page 2/4
SIGMATHERM 230
April 2013

skin or eyes
page 3/4
SIGMATHERM 230
April 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7445
273020 pink 6007001400
273021 pink 6007002200
273022 grey 5000001400
273023 grey 5000002200
page 4/4
SIGMATHERM 230
4 pages April 2013

Description two component high build heat resistant phenolic epoxy coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – suitable as heat resistant system under insulation up to 230°C

– good application properties, resulting in a smooth layer
– no post curing is required to obtain mechanical strength
COLOURS AND GLOSS pink, grey – eggshell
) max. 329 g/l (approx. 2.7 lb/gal)
Recommended dry film thickness 100 - 150 μm *
Touch dry after 2 - 3 hours at 20 °C *
14 - 16 hours at 5 °C *
max. 14 days *

AND TEMPERATURES SigmaTherm 230

viscosity
5°C - 20 min.
10°C - 15 min.
15°C - 10 min.
page 1/4
SIGMATHERM 230
April 2013
AIR SPRAY
Nozzle orifice 2 mm
AIRLESS SPRAY

ADDITIONAL DATA Overcoating table for SigmaTherm 230 for dft up to 150 μm

temperature

5°C 7 days
10°C 5 days
15°C 4 days
20°C 3 days
30°C 2 days
5°C 8 hours
10°C 6 hours
15°C 4 hours
20°C 2 hours
30°C 1 hour
page 2/4
SIGMATHERM 230
April 2013

skin or eyes
page 3/4
SIGMATHERM 230
April 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7445MX
273020 pink 6007001400
273021 pink 6007002200
273022 grey 5000001400
273023 grey 5000002200
page 4/4
SIGMATHERM 350
3 pages June 2013

Description heat resistant silicone/acrylic finish
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS excellent resistance against weathering

a minimum drying time of 3 days at 20°C should be allowed before exposure to
heat
heat resistant up to 350°C
to be used for the internal and external protection of steel surfaces
widely compatible with inorganic zinc primers
COLOURS AND GLOSS white, aluminium (other colours on request) – semi-gloss
Volume solids 39% ± 2% (white) 42±2 (aluminium)
max.491 g/kg (Directive 1999/13/EC,SED) (aluminium)
max. 540 g/l (approx. 4.5 lb/gal) ( aluminium )
Theoretical spreading rate 15.6 m²/l for 25 μm (white)
16.8 m²/l for 25 μm (aluminium)
max. unlimited
RECOMMENDED – thermal aluminium sprayed steel or thermal zinc sprayed steel; dry and free
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS from any contamination
AND TEMPERATURES – suitable zinc silicate primer (e.g. SigmaZinc 158); dry and free from any
– steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½ or ISO-Sa3, blasting profile 40 - 70 μm
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE – by using a mistcoat technique it is possible to apply SigmaTherm 350 on top
of a zinc silicate primer
– power agitate to uniform consistency
AIR SPRAY
AIRLESS SPRAY
page 1/3
SIGMATHERM 350
June 2013

skin or eyes
page 2/3
SIGMATHERM 350
June 2013
WARRANTY
168790 aluminium 9000002200

PDS 7565
186132 white 7000002200
page 3/3
SIGMATHERM 350
PEMEX STANDARD RE-30A
3 pages July 2013
Description heat resistant silicone/acrylic finish
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – excellent resistance against weathering

to heat
– heat resistant up to 350°C
– to be used for the internal and external protection of steel surfaces
– widely compatible with inorganic zinc primers
COLOURS AND GLOSS white, aluminium (other colours on request) – semi-gloss
Volume solids 39% ± 2% (white) 42±2 (aluminium)
max.491 g/kg (Directive 1999/13/EC,SED) (aluminium)
max. 540 g/l (approx. 4.5 lb/gal) ( aluminium )
Theoretical spreading rate 15.6 m²/l for 25 μm (white)
16.8 m²/l for 25 μm (aluminium)
max. unlimited
RECOMMENDED – thermal aluminium sprayed steel or thermal zinc sprayed steel; dry and free
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS from any contamination
– steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½ or ISO-Sa3, blasting profile 40 - 70 μm
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE – by using a mistcoat technique it is possible to apply SigmaTherm 350 on top
– power agitate to uniform consistency
AIR SPRAY
AIRLESS SPRAY
page 1/3
SIGMATHERM 350
July 2013

skin or eyes
page 2/3
SIGMATHERM 350
July 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7565
168790 aluminium 9000002200
186132 white 7000002200
page 3/3
SIGMATHERM 450
3 pages April 2013

Description heat resistant silicone based finish
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – heat resistant up to 450°C

– after a drying time of 3 days at 20°C a minimum temperature of 200°C
for 2 hours is necessary to obtain sufficient mechanical strength
COLOURS AND GLOSS aluminium – eggshell
45 min. at 10 °C
max. unlimited
RECOMMENDED – zinc silicate primer; (e.g. SigmaZinc 158) dry and free from any zinc salts
AND TEMPERATURES – thermal aluminium sprayed steel or thermal zinc sprayed steel; dry and free
from any contamination
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE – power agitate to uniform consistency

– by using a mistcoat technique it is possible to apply SigmaTherm 450 on top
AIR SPRAY
AIRLESS SPRAY
page 1/3
SIGMATHERM 450
April 2013

skin or eyes
page 2/3
SIGMATHERM 450
April 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7563
186350 aluminium 9000002200
page 3/3
SIGMATHERM 500

Description heat resistant modified alkyd aluminium coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – to be used for the internal and external protection of steel surfaces
– heat resistant up to 500°C; a minimum of 200°C is necessary to fuse the
aluminium coating
to heat
– application by spray improves the appearance
Touch dry after 3 hours at 5- 10°C
1 hour at 20 °C
Overcoating interval min. 48 hours at 5 - 10°C, 24 hours at 20°C
max. no limitations
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months,
longer storage period may affect the brilliancy
RECOMMENDED – steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½ or ISO-Sa3, blasting profile 40 - 70 μm

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS
AND TEMPERATURES
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION for heat resistant systems system sheet: 3140

AIR SPRAY
page 1/3
SIGMATHERM 500
February 2013
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER

skin or eyes
page 2/3
SIGMATHERM 500
February 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7261
136661 aluminium 9000002200
page 3/3
SIGMATHERM 520
4 pages April 2013

Description one component heat resistant moisture curing (ethyl) silicate finish
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – to be used for the internal and external protection of steel surfaces
– up to 520°C when applied on top of suitable zinc silicate primers
– minimizes the formation of zinc salts on atmospheric exposure
COLOURS AND GLOSS aluminium – flat
Recommended dry film thickness 40 μm * (25 μm on top of the zinc silicate)
max. unlimited, contamination must be removed
RECOMMENDED – suitable zinc silicate primer (e.g. SigmaZinc 158); dry and free from any
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS contamination and zinc salts
AND TEMPERATURES – during application substrate temperatures ranging from -5°C up to +50°C are
acceptable
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE – stir thoroughly till homogeneous

– strain paint through a 30 - 60 mesh screen
AIR SPRAY
AIRLESS SPRAY
page 1/4
SIGMATHERM 520
April 2013
theoretical spreading rate m²/l 9.5 on top of zinc silicate approx.

dft in μm 40 25
– if is not possible to measure the actual dft as the finish will soak partly into
porous zinc silicate primer
– immediatly after spraying the finish should have a completely wet
appearance
– excessive thickness in overlapping areas should be avoided otherwise
cracking and flaking may occur
Overcoating table (relative humidity during curing should be above 50%)

temperature
– the surface should be (kept) wet for the next 4 hours

– curing can be accelerated by spraying water on to the coated
surface 4 hours after application
– relative humidity below 50% requires a much longer minimum overcoating
interval
Curing Curing table (relative humidity during curing should be above 50%)

page 2/4
SIGMATHERM 520
April 2013

skin or eyes
page 3/4
SIGMATHERM 520
April 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7555
153167 aluminium 9000002180
page 4/4
SIGMATHERM 538

Description one component heat resistant moisture curing (ethyl) silicate finish
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – can withstand substrate temperatures up to +540°C, under normal

atmospheric exposure conditions
– minimizes the formation of zinc salts on atmospheric exposure
COLOURS AND GLOSS white, grey – flat
RECOMMENDED – suitable zinc silicate primer; dry and free from any contamination and zinc
– in case SigmaZinc 158 or SigmaZinc 9 Series is being used the substrate
shall be fresh water washed prior to application of Sigmatherm 538
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE – stir thoroughly till homogeneous

AIR SPRAY
AIRLESS SPRAY
page 1/4
SIGMATHERM 538
January 2013
theoritical spreading rate m²/l 5.0 m²/l

dft in μm 125
it is not possible to measure the actual dft as the finish will soak partly
into the porous zinc silicate primer
immediatly after spraying the finish should have a completely wet

appearance
excessive thickness in overlapping areas should be avoided otherwise

cracking and flaking may occur

page 2/4
SIGMATHERM 538
January 2013

skin or eyes
page 3/4
SIGMATHERM 538
January 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7592
aluminium 9000002180
page 4/4
SIGMATHERM 540
3 pages June 2012

Description one component heat resistant moisture curing silicone aluminium
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – heat resistant up to 540°C on steel, grit blasted to ISO-Sa2½

– heat resistant up to 400°C on rusted steel, power tool cleaned to ISO-St3
– no heat cure necessary between coats
– excellent resistance against weathering
– also suitable on top of zinc silicate primer
to heat


AIR SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER For Roller application the best results will be obtained by using fine foam type
rollers
page 1/3
SIGMATHERM 540
June 2012

skin or eyes
page 2/3
SIGMATHERM 540
June 2012
WARRANTY
DISCLAIMED BY PPG.
www.ppgpmc.com.
PDS 7564
218773 aluminium 9000002200
218772 aluminium 9000001500
page 3/3
SIGMATHERM 540
PEMEX STANDARD RE-30B
3 pages June 2012
Description one component heat resistant moisture curing silicone aluminium
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – heat resistant up to 540°C on steel, grit blasted to ISO-Sa2½

– heat resistant up to 400°C on rusted steel, power tool cleaned to ISO-St3
– no heat cure necessary between coats
– excellent resistance against weathering
– also suitable on top of zinc silicate primer
to heat
Touch dry after 45 min.

AIR SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER For Roller application the best results will be obtained by using fine foam type
rollers
page 1/3
SIGMATHERM 540
June 2012

skin or eyes
page 2/3
SIGMATHERM 540
June 2012
WARRANTY
PDS 7564MX
218773 aluminium 9000002200
218772 aluminium 9000001500
page 3/3
SIGMAWELD 15

Description fast drying one component alkyd based anticorrosive prefabrication primer
– good cutting and welding properties (electrodes)
– provides corrosion protection up to 6 months, when applied at a dft of 30 μm
(depending on exposure conditions and blasting profile)
– can be used as a first coat in various paint systems for atmospheric
exposure conditions only
Touch dry after 10 min. at substrate temperature of 20°C
3 min. at substrate temperature of 40°C + ventilation
max. 6 months
condition
RECOMMENDED – steel; shot blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½, blasting profile 40 - 70 μm

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS – for automatic application a substrate temperature between 35 - 40°C is
AND TEMPERATURES recommended
below
contamination to be removed
weldseams SPSS-Pt2
burned areas SPSS-Ss (SPSS-Pt2)
damaged corroded areas SPSS-Ss (SPSS-Pt2)
page 1/3
SIGMAWELD 15
January 2013

– the temperature of the paint should be above 15°C
– some addition of thinner might be necessary depending on routing, line
speed and steel temperature
AIR SPRAY
Nozzle pressure 0.15 - 0.2 MPa (= approx. 1.5 - 2 bar; 22 - 29 p.s.i.)
AIRLESS SPRAY

skin or eyes
page 2/3
SIGMAWELD 15
January 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7112
171947 redbrown 0000002200
page 3/3
SIGMAWELD 120

Description two component polyamide cured epoxy prefabrication primer
– good cutting and welding properties, including MMA and gravity welding
– can be used as a first coat in various paint systems for atmospheric
exposure conditions only
Touch dry after 6 minutes at substrate temperature of 20°C
4 minutes at substrate temperature of 40°C
max. 6 months
condition

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS – for automatic application a substrate temperature between 35 - 40°C is
AND TEMPERATURES recommended
below
contamination to be removed
weldseams SPSS-Pt2
burned areas SPSS-Ss (SPSS-Pt2)
damaged corroded areas SPSS-Ss (SPSS-Pt2)
page 1/3
SIGMAWELD 120
January 2013

above 15°C
– some addition of thinner (Thinner 90-53) might be necessary depending on
routing, line speed and steel temperature
AIR SPRAY
AIRLESS SPRAY

skin or eyes
page 2/3
SIGMAWELD 120
January 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7173
179591 redbrown 2008002200
page 3/3
SIGMAWELD 165
5 pages May 2013

Description two component moisture curing, zinc (ethyl) silicate prefabrication primer
– can be used as a first coat in various paint systems
– suitable for sea water immersion in combination with controlled cathodic
protection systems
– excellent thermal stability minimizes heat damage during hot work
procedures
– approved by Lloyd's Register of Shipping for use as prefabrication primer
(see sheet 1880)
–
COLOURS AND GLOSS grey, reddish grey – flat
3 min. at a substrate temperature of 40°C
max. 9 months
condition

paste: at least 12 months
page 1/5
SIGMAWELD 165
May 2013
RECOMMENDED – on steel blasted to above profile, the recommended dft, 13 μm, corresponds
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS to 15 μm as measured on a smooth test panel
AND TEMPERATURES – minimum thickness for a closed film is 13 μm measured on a smooth test
panel
– substrate temperature may be up to max. 50°C
– for automatic application a substrate temperature of 30°C is recommended
– depending on exact substrate temperature and actual condition on side a
different thinner may be required
– relative humidity during curing should be above 50% and below 85%
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION primers system sheet: 3015
below
sheets)
– the preferred pretreatment for optimal results is shown; other possibilities are
indicated in brackets

contamination to be removed or to be removed
ISO 8501-3 grade P2
or ISO 8501-3 grade P2
white rust SPSS-ID Pt2 (SCAP*) SPSS-ID Pt1 (SCAP*)
Dust quantity rating "1" for dust size class "3", "4" or "5", lower dust size classes to be
removed if visible on the surface to be coated without magnification (ISO 8502-3).
page 2/5
SIGMAWELD 165
May 2013
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: binder to paste 55 : 45
– the temperature of the mixture of binder and paste should preferably be

above 15°C
– stir the paste thoroughly before adding the binder
– add gradually one third of the binder to the pigment paste
– add remaining binder and continue stirring until the mixture is homogeneous
AIR SPRAY
AIRLESS SPRAY
Note: Depending on exact application conditions a different thinner may be
required to ensure optimal application properties. Consult the PPG Protective
& Marine Coatings representative in your area when required.
CLEANING SOLVENT – recommended Thinner 90-53
page 3/5
SIGMAWELD 165
May 2013

skin or eyes
page 4/5
SIGMAWELD 165
May 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7171
244462 grey 0000002180
179169 reddish grey 5010002180
page 5/5
SIGMAWELD 190
5 pages May 2013

Description two component moisture curing, low zinc (ethyl) silicate prefabrication primer
procedures
protection systems
(see sheet 1880)
COLOURS AND GLOSS redbrown (grey on request) – flat
VOC (Supplied) max. 552 g/kg (Directive 1999/13/EC,SED)
3 min. at substrate temperature of 40°C
max. 6 months
condition
page 1/5
SIGMAWELD 190
May 2013

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS – on steel blasted to above profile, the recommended dft, 18 μm, corresponds
AND TEMPERATURES to 22 μm as measured on a smooth test panel
panel
below
sheets)

ISO 8501-3 grade P2
white rust SPSS-ID Pt2 (SCAP*) SPSS-ID Pt1 (SCAP *)
page 2/5
SIGMAWELD 190
May 2013
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: binder to paste 66.7 : 33.3

above 15°C
–
AIR SPRAY
AIRLESS SPRAY
CLEANING SOLVENT recommended Thinner 90-53
page 3/5
SIGMAWELD 190
May 2013

skin or eyes
page 4/5
SIGMAWELD 190
May 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7167
179171 redbrown 2008002180
179172 grey 5000002180
page 5/5
SIGMAWELD 199
4 pages June 2013

Description two component moisture curing, low zinc (ethyl) silicate prefabrication primer
procedures
protection systems
(see sheet 1880)
COLOURS AND GLOSS redbrown (grey on request) – flat
3 min. at substrate temperature of 40°C
max. 6 months
condition

page 1/4
SIGMAWELD 199
June 2013

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS – on steel blasted to above profile, the recommended dft, 18 μm, corresponds
AND TEMPERATURES to 22 μm as measured on a smooth test panel
panel
below
sheets)

ISO 8501-3 grade P2
white rust SPSS-ID Pt2 (SCAP*) SPSS-ID Pt1 (SCAP*)
page 2/4
SIGMAWELD 199
June 2013

above 15°C
AIR SPRAY
AIRLESS SPRAY

skin or eyes
page 3/4
SIGMAWELD 199
June 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7177
179165 redbrown 2008002180
179167 grey 5000002180
page 4/4
SIGMAWELD 199 US
4 pages July 2010

DESCRIPTION two component moisture curing, low zinc (ethyl) silicate prefabrication primer
procedures
protection systems
(see sheet 1880)
– Health certificate from North of England Industrial Health Service (see sheet
1881)
– Qualification for MIL-PRF-23236D
COLOURS AND GLOSS redbrown (grey on request) - flat
Recommended dry film thickness 0.7 mils (17 μm)
Theoretical spreading rate 687 ft²/gal at 0.7 mil (57 m²/l for 17 μm)
Touch dry after 6 min. at substrate temperature of 68°F (20°C)
3 min. at substrate temperature of 104°F (40°C)
max. 6 months
condition
page 1/4
SIGMAWELD 199 US
July 2010
RECOMMENDED – steel; blast cleaned to NACE No.2/SSPC-SP10 ( near white metal ), blasting
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS profile (Rz)1.6-2.8 mils (40 - 70 μm)
AND TEMPERATURES – on steel blasted to above profile, the recommended dft of 0.7 mils,
corresponds to 0.8 mils as measured on a smooth test panel
– minimum thickness for a closed film is 0.6 mils measured on a smooth test
panel
– substrate temperature may be up to 104°F ( 40°C)
– for automatic application a substrate temperature of 86°F (30°C) is
recommended
– substrate temperature should be at least 5°F ( 3°C) above dew point
SECONDARY SURFACE – during storage and construction, contamination of the prefabrication primer
below
sheets)
areas immersed atmospheric conditions

conditions
contamination to be removed to be removed
weldseams SSPC-SP10 SSPC-SP3
( SSPC-SP3)
burned SSPC-SP10 SSPC-SP7
( SSPC-SP3) SSPC-SP3
damaged corroded SSPC-SP10 SSPC-SP7
( SSPC-SP3) SSPC-SP3
white rust SSPC-SP3 SSPC-SP2
(SCAP*) (SCAP*)

Dust quantity rating "1" for dust size class "3", "4" or "5", lower dust size classes
to be removed if visible on the surface to be coated without magnification (ISO
8502-3:1992).
Note that the back of welded plate may show discoloration (especially on plate
where fillets have been welded on), this is not to be confused with burned areas
and does not require special treatment.
Burned through areas may be present (this happens especially when welding
thin steel) and these should then be treated as per 'burned areas' above.
page 2/4
SIGMAWELD 199 US
July 2010
above 60°F (16°C)
AIRLESS SPRAY
AIR SPRAY
Nozzle orifice approx. 0.078 in ( 2mm )
or eyes

page 3/4
SIGMAWELD 199 US
July 2010
development.
PDS 7177US
198413 redbrown 2008002180
198411 grey 5000002180
page 4/4
SIGMAWELD 210

Description two component moisture curing, zinc (ethyl) silicate prefabrication primer
– provides corrosion protection up to 9 months
protection systems
procedures

Touch dry after 2 - 4 min. at substrate temperature of 20°C
1 - 2 min. at substrate temperature of 40°C
max. 9 months
condition

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS – substrate temperature may be up to max. 35°C
AND TEMPERATURES – for automatic application a substrate temperature of 30°C is recommended
page 1/4
SIGMAWELD 210
November 2012
below
sheets)

ISO 8501-3 grade P2
or
ISO 8501-3 grade P2
or
ISO 8501-3 grade P2
or
ISO 8501-3 grade P2
white rust SPSS-ID Pt2 (SCAP SPSS-ID Pt1 (SCAP *)
*) or
ISO 8501-3 grade P2
page 2/4
SIGMAWELD 210
November 2012
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: binder to paste 50 : 50

above 15°C
AIR SPRAY
AIRLESS SPRAY

skin or eyes
page 3/4
SIGMAWELD 210
November 2012
WARRANTY
PDS 7159
page 4/4
SIGMAZINC 9
(SigmaZinc170)

Description two component moisture curing zinc (ethyl) silicate coating

– high zinc content resulting in excellent corrosion protection
– complies with the compositional requirements of SSPC Paint 20, Level 1
– suitable as a system primer in various paint systems based on
unsaponifiable binders
– specified for structural joints according to ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts RCSC
specification, Class B
– must not be exposed to alkaline (more than pH 9) or acidic (less than
pH 5.5) liquids
VOC max. 480 g/l (approx. 4.0 lb/gal) (UK PG 6/23(92) Appendix 3)
Recommended dry film thickness 50 - 100 μm (2 - 4 mils) depending on system

Touch dry after 15 min. at 20°C *
Full cure after 46 hours * at 20°C

page 1/6
SIGMAZINC 9
(SigmaZinc170)
January 2014


• steel with approved zinc silicate shop primer; pretreated to SPSS-Pt3
• weathered galvanised steel; blast cleaned to remove rust, to roughen the
surface and to remove any zinc salts which might be present
– substrate temperatures from -18°C up to +55°C during application are
acceptable

be followed.

homogenisation.
Induction time none
page 2/6
SIGMAZINC 9
(SigmaZinc170)
January 2014
AIR SPRAY
Nozzle orifice 2 mm
AIRLESS SPRAY

Upgrading Dft only valid for spray application

if the dft is below specification and an extra coat of
SigmaZinc 9 has to be applied, SigmaZinc 9 should be
thinned down with 25 - 50% Thinner 90-53, in order to
obtain a visible wet coat that remains wet for some time
ADDITIONAL DATA highly pigmented zinc silicate primers produce dry films with void spaces in

dft in μm 75 100 125

above 150 μm mudcracking can occur
page 3/6
SIGMAZINC 9
(SigmaZinc170)
January 2014
Overcoating table (relative humidity during curing should be

minimum 50%)

maximum interval unlimited, provided the surface is cleaned from contamination and
zinc salts
* curing/recoating time will be shortened by the increase of humidity, please

contact regional technical service team for details

(pinholes) SigmaZinc 9 should be sealed with approved coatings
– SigmaZinc 9 is a moisture curing zinc silicate, this means that it only cures
after sufficient take up of water from the atmosphere during and after
application; it is recommended that relative humidity and temperature are
measured during the curing time
obtained
– before overcoating with topcoats, SigmaZinc 9 should always be visibly dry
and checked on sufficient curing
page 4/6
SIGMAZINC 9
(SigmaZinc170)
January 2014
after sufficient take up of water from the atmosphere during and after
application;
20°C 8 hours

skin or eyes
page 5/6
SIGMAZINC 9
(SigmaZinc170)
January 2014
WARRANTY
PDS 7570
page 6/6
SIGMAZINC 9FD

Description two component moisture curing zinc (ethyl) silicate coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – A heavy duty primer that protects with just a single coat
– Outstanding application characteristics over a wide range of atmospheric
conditions with fast curing
– Can be applied by airless or conventional spray
– High-metallic zinc content provides long-term corrosion protection that
reduces maintenance costs
VOC (UK PG 6/23(92) appendix 3) max. 567 g/l
Touch dry after 30 min. at 20 °C *
powder: at least 12 months
– Many of Sigma's zinc silicates are supplied as 2 pack materials consisting

of a jerrycan with pigmented binder and a drum containing a bag of zinc
powder.
– To ensure proper mixing of both components the instructions given below
must be followed.
– To avoid lumps in the paint do not add the binder to the zinc powder.
– Take the bag with zinc powder out of the drum.
– Shake the binder in the jerrycan a few times to reach a certain degree of
homogenisation.
– Pour about 2/3 of the binder in the empty drum.
– With the jerrycan now reduced in weight and containing more free space,
– Add the zinc powder gradually to the pigmented binder in the drum and at
– Stir the zinc dust powder thoroughly through the binder (high speed) and
– Strain mixture through a 30 - 60 mesh screen.
page 1/5
SIGMAZINC 9FD
January 2013
– Agitate continuously during application (low speed).


Induction time none

AIR SPRAY
Nozzle orifice 2 mm
AIRLESS SPRAY
CLEANING SOLVENT Thinner 90-53 or Thinner 90-58

dft in μm 75 100 125
page 2/5
SIGMAZINC 9FD
January 2013
Overcoating table (relative humidity during curing should be

minimum 50%)
substrate -5°C 0°C 10°C 20°C 30°C * 40°C

temperature
maximum interval unlimited, provided the surface is cleaned from contamination
,zinc salts and not to be covered by itselff

– SigmaZinc 9FD is a moisture curing zinc silicate, this means that it only
cures after sufficient take up of water from the atmosphere during and after
application; it is recommended that relative humidity and temperature are
measured during the curing tim
obtained
– wetting or soaking with water, keeping the surface wet for the next 2 hours,
followed by drying
– wetting or soaking with a 0.5% ammonia solution, followed by drying
– before overcoating with topcoats, SigmaZinc 9FD should always be visibly
page 3/5
SIGMAZINC 9FD
January 2013
– SigmaZinc 9FD is a moisture curing zinc silicate, this means that it only
cures after sufficient take up of water from the atmosphere during and after
application;
10 °C 16 hours
20 °C 12 hours
30 °C 8 hours
40 °C 4 hours

skin or eyes
page 4/5
SIGMAZINC 9FD
January 2013
PDS 7578
page 5/5
SIGMAZINC 11

Description one component inorganic zinc silicate coating
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – single pack zinc silicate

– dry heat resistance up to 400°C
– quick drying, can be overcoated after a short interval
5 min. at 15 °C
4 min. at 20 °C
Overcoating interval min. 16 hours at 20°C *

max. several months

AND TEMPERATURES

AIR SPRAY
page 1/4
SIGMAZINC 11
November 2012
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER
ADDITIONAL DATA Overcoating table
substrate temperature 10°C 20°C

minimum interval 24 hours 16 hours
maximum interval several months when free from zinc
salts and contamination
– zinc rich primers can form zinc salts on the surface; preferably they should
not be weathered for long periods before overcoating
– an interval of several months can be allowed under clean interior exposure
conditions
– in clean exterior conditions, a maximum interval of 14 days can be tolerated,
but in industrial or marine conditions this interval should be reduced to the
practical minimum
– before overcoating visible surface contamination must be removed by high
pressure water cleaning, sweep blasting or mechanical cleaning
page 2/4
SIGMAZINC 11
November 2012

skin or eyes
page 3/4
SIGMAZINC 11
November 2012
WARRANTY
PDS 7359
page 4/4
SIGMAZINC 19
4 pages June 2013

Description one component zinc rich epoxy primer
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – good anticorrosive properties, the dry film contains 90% zinc by weight
– designed for repair of two component zinc epoxy primers and zinc silicate
primers
– can be used as a reconditioner for aged derusted galvanised steel
– dries at temperatures down to -10°C
– dry heat resistance 125°C with peaks up to 175°C
– the superimposed system must be unsaponifiable
5 min. at 15°C
4 min. at 20°C
Overcoating interval min. 2 hours at 20°C *
max. several months

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS – aged hot-dip galvanised steel with rusty spots; thoroughly derusted to ISO-
AND TEMPERATURES St3 or ISO-Sa2½, blasting profile 40 - 70 μm
– zinc rich epoxies and zinc silicates; dry and free from any contamination
– can be applied down to -10°C provided the surface is free from moisture and
ice

page 1/4
SIGMAZINC 19
June 2013
AIR SPRAY
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER
ADDITIONAL DATA Overcoating table for SigmaZinc 19 for dft up to 35 μm
substrate temperature -10°C 5°C 10°C 20°C

with SigmaCover 522, minimum interval 6 hours 4 hours 3 hours 2 hours
maximum interval several months when free from zinc salts and
contamination
conditions
practical minimum
– when a long overcoating interval is required, it is recommended to overcoat
SigmaZinc 19 as soon as possible with a suitable sealer coat
page 2/4
SIGMAZINC 19
June 2013

skin or eyes
page 3/4
SIGMAZINC 19
June 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7370
136782 grey 0000001800
page 4/4
SIGMAZINC 68 HS

Description three component high solids polyamide adduct cured zinc epoxy primer
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – designed as a system primer for various paint systems

– can serve as a holding primer for various maintenance systems for a total
repair
– very good primer for systems with high solids epoxy buildcoats
– complies with SSPC-Paint 20 and ISO 12944.5
– meets RCSC specification for structural joints using ASTM A325 or
A490 bolts, Class B

max. several months *


AND TEMPERATURES • steel with approved zinc silicate shop primer; pretreated according
to SPSS-Ss
• steel with approved zinc silicate shop primer; pretreated according to SPSS
point
page 1/5
SIGMAZINC 68 HS
October 2012
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener to powder: 46 : 20 : 34

viscosity
Induction time none
AIR SPRAY
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER

dft in μm 75 100
page 2/5
SIGMAZINC 68 HS
October 2012
Overcoating table for dft 100 μm

maximum interval 3 months when free from zinc salts and contamination
conditions
– in clean exterior conditions, a maximum interval of 3 months can be
tolerated, but in industrial or marine conditions this interval should be
reduced to the practical minimum
pressure water cleaning, sweep blasting or mechanical clean

temperature
– SigmaZinc 68 HS can be applied at temperatures between 5°C and 10°C,

but the curing rate will be very low
– for such applications alternative zinc rich primers are recommended:
SigmaZinc 19, SigmaZinc 158 and SigmaZinc 160 for systems exposed to
atmospheric conditions, SigmaGuard 750 for systems exposed to immersed
conditions
page 3/5
SIGMAZINC 68 HS
October 2012

skin or eyes
page 4/5
SIGMAZINC 68 HS
October 2012
WARRANTY
DISCLAIMED BY PPG.
www.ppgpmc.com.
PDS 7403
page 5/5
SIGMAZINC 68 HS

Description three component high solids polyamide adduct cured zinc epoxy primer

repair
– meets RCSC specification for structural joints using ASTM A325 or
A490 bolts, Class B
max. 288 g/l (approx. 2.4 lb/gal) (Directive 1999/13/EC,SED)

SPSS-Ss
• steel with approved zinc silicate shop primer; pretreated according to
point
page 1/5
SIGMAZINC 68 HS
November 2013
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener to powder: 46 : 20 : 34

viscosity
Induction time none
AIR SPRAY
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER

dft in μm 75 100
page 2/5
SIGMAZINC 68 HS
November 2013

conditions

temperature

conditions
page 3/5
SIGMAZINC 68 HS
November 2013

skin or eyes
page 4/5
SIGMAZINC 68 HS
November 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7403MX
page 5/5
SigmaZinc 68SP

Description two component high solids polyamine adduct cured zinc rich epoxy primer
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – Designed as a system primer in various paint systems for aggressive
environments
– complies with the compositional requirements of ISO 12944-5
COLOURS AND GLOSS reddish grey – flat
Mass density 3.0 g/cm³ ( mixed product )
Touch dry after 3 hours at 20°C *
Full cure after 7 days at 20°C *

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS • steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½, blasting profile 40-70 μm
SPSS-Ss
• steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½, blasting profile 40-70 μm
• steel with approved zinc silicate shop primer pretreated according to
SPSS or power tool cleaned to SPSS-Pt3
point

Induction time none
page 1/4
SigmaZinc 68SP
October 2013
AIR SPRAY
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER

dft in μm 60 100
Overcoating table at 60 μm dft

minimum interval 6 hours 3 hours 2 hours 1 hour
conditions
page 2/4
SigmaZinc 68SP
October 2013

temperature


skin or eyes
page 3/4
SigmaZinc 68SP
October 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7068
page 4/4
SIGMAZINC 102

DESCRIPTION two component polyamide cured zinc epoxy primer
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – economical zinc epoxy primer for various paint systems
– good corrosion prevention properties
repair
– the superimposed system must be unsaponifiable
– complies with SSPC-Paint 20
COLOURS AND GLOSS grey - flat
Recommended dry film thickness 25 - 50 µm depending on blasting profile; dfts of more then 50 µm are not
recommended
Theoretical spreading rate 22 m²/l for 25 µm *
Touch dry after 15 min. at 20°C *
Curing time 7 days
RECOMMENDED – steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½, blasting profile 40 - 70 µm

AND TEMPERATURES point

Induction time none
Pot life 24 hours at 20°C, 6 hours at 35°C
page 1/4
SIGMAZINC 102
October 2009
AIRLESS SPRAY
AIR SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER
or eyes

dft in µm 25 35 50
page 2/4
SIGMAZINC 102
October 2009
Overcoating table for dft 25 - 50 µm

temperature
interval
maximum several months when free from zinc salts and
interval contamination
interior
maximum 14 days in clean conditions
interval
exterior
conditions
– in industrial or marine conditions or if a long recoat interval is required, it is
recommended to apply a suitable sealer direct after the minimum recoating
interval
Curing table

temperature
– SigmaZinc 102 can be applied at temperatures down to 5°C, but the curing
rate will be very low
conditions
page 3/4
SIGMAZINC 102
October 2009

development.
PDS 7402
179384 grey 0000001800
page 4/4
SIGMAZINC 102 HS

Description two component high solids polyamide cured zinc epoxy primer
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – very good primer for systems with high solids epoxy buildcoats
– can also be used as a system primer for various other paint systems
COLOURS AND GLOSS grey, redbrown – flat


SPSS-Ss
point
page 1/5
SIGMAZINC 102 HS
December 2012

viscosity
Induction time none
AIR SPRAY
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER
theoritical spreading rate m²/l 11.0 8.8 6.6 4.4

dft in μm 60 75 100 150
page 2/5
SIGMAZINC 102 HS
December 2012
Overcoating table for SigmaZinc 102 HS for dft up to 100 μm

contamination
conditions
interval
– before overcoating any visible surface contamination must be removed by
high pressure water cleaning, sandwashing, sweep blasting or mechanical
cleaning

temperature

SigmaZinc 19 or SigmaFast 302
page 3/5
SIGMAZINC 102 HS
December 2012

skin or eyes
page 4/5
SIGMAZINC 102 HS
December 2012
WARRANTY
284208 grey 5000001800

PDS 7702
202554 redbrown 2008001800
page 5/5
SIGMAZINC 102 HS
5 pages July 2013
Description two component high solids polyamide cured zinc epoxy primer
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – very good primer for systems with high solids epoxy buildcoats
– can also be used as a system primer for various other paint systems
COLOURS AND GLOSS grey, redbrown – flat

SPSS-Ss
point
page 1/5
SIGMAZINC 102 HS
July 2013

viscosity
Induction time none
AIR SPRAY
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER

dft in μm 60 75 100 150
page 2/5
SIGMAZINC 102 HS
July 2013
Overcoating table for SigmaZinc 102 HS for dft up to 100 μm

contamination
conditions
interval
high pressure water cleaning, sandwashing, sweep blasting or mechanical
cleaning

temperature

SigmaZinc 19 or SigmaFast 302
page 3/5
SIGMAZINC 102 HS
July 2013

skin or eyes
page 4/5
SIGMAZINC 102 HS
July 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7702
284208 grey 5000001800
202554 redbrown 2008001800
page 5/5
SIGMAZINC 105
4 pages July 2013

Description two component zinc epoxy primer
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – excellent anticorrosive properties

– quick drying, can be overcoated after 25 minutes
– excellent application properties
Overcoating interval min. 25 min. *
max. 1 year *

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS – substrate temperature must be at least 3°C above dew point

viscosity
AIR SPRAY
Nozzle orifice 1.6 mm
page 1/4
SIGMAZINC 105
July 2013
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER

dft in μm 50 80
Overcoating table for SigmaZinc 105 for dft up to 50 μm

temperature
minimum interval 60 min. 45 min. 30 min. 25 min. 20 min.
Overcoating table for SigmaZinc 105 for dft up to 80 μm

temperature
minimum interval 80 min. 60 min. 50 min. 40 min. 35 min.

conditions
– zinc primers can form zinc salts on the surface; preferably they should not
be weathered for long periods before overcoating
sandwashing, sweep blasting or mechanical cleaning
page 2/4
SIGMAZINC 105
July 2013
Curing Curing table for SigmaZinc 105 for dft up to 80 μm

-5°C 60 min. 80 min.
0°C 40 min. 60 min.
10°C 25 min. 50 min.
20°C 10 min. 40 min.
30°C <10 min. 35 min.

skin or eyes
page 3/4
SIGMAZINC 105
July 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7069
page 4/4
SIGMAZINC 109
4 pages March 2013

Description two component zinc rich polyamide cured epoxy primer

– good corrosion prevention properties
– can also serve as a holding primer for various maintenance systems when a
short overcoating interval is required
– topcoats must be unsaponifiable
– certificate for welding: see sheet 1880
Recommended dry film thickness 25 - 40 μm depending on blasting profile
Touch dry after 10 min. * at 20 °C

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS – SigmaZinc 109 must not be applied at a temperature below 5°C
AND TEMPERATURES – substrate temperature must be above 5°C and at least 3°C above dew point

viscosity
Induction time none
page 1/4
SIGMAZINC 109
March 2013
AIR SPRAY
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER

dft in μm 25 40
Overcoating table for Sigmazinc 109 for dft up to 40 μm

with SigmaCover 522, minimum interval 8 hours 6 hours 4 hours
maximum interval on surface free from zinc salts; several
months
conditions
practical minimum
sandwashing, sweep blasting or mechanical cleaning
– when a longer overcoating interval is required, it is recommended to
overcoat SigmaZinc 109 as soon as possible with SigmaCover 522
page 2/4
SIGMAZINC 109
March 2013

10°C 30 min. 20 days
30°C 8 min. 5 days
– SigmaZinc 109 can be applied at temperatures down to 5°C, but the curing
rate will be very low
conditions

skin or eyes
page 3/4
SIGMAZINC 109
March 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7401
179500 grey 0000001800
page 4/4
SIGMAZINC 109 HS

Description two component high solids polyamide adduct cured zinc rich epoxy primer

repair

Touch dry after 2.5 hours * at 20 °C



AND TEMPERATURES • steel with approved zinc silicate shop primer; pretreated according
to SPSS-Ss
point
page 1/5
SIGMAZINC 109 HS
October 2012

viscosity
Induction time none
AIR SPRAY
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER
theoritical spreading rate m2/l 11 8.8 6.6 4.4

dft in μm 60 75 100 150
page 2/5
SIGMAZINC 109 HS
October 2012

conditions

temperature

conditions
page 3/5
SIGMAZINC 109 HS
October 2012

skin or eyes
page 4/5
SIGMAZINC 109 HS
October 2012
WARRANTY
to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required herein shall bar Buyer
PDS 7701
284209 grey 5000001800
218766 reddish grey 5010001800
page 5/5
SIGMAZINC 109 HS
5 pages April 2012
Description two component high solids polyamide adduct cured zinc rich epoxy primer

repair
Overcoating interval 2.5 hours * min. 4 hours *

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS – steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½, blasting profile 40 - 70 μm
AND TEMPERATURES – steel with approved zinc silicate shop primer; pretreated according to SPSS-
Ss
– steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½, blasting profile 40 - 70 μm
– steel with approved zinc silicate shop primer; pretreated according to SPSS
point
page 1/5
SIGMAZINC 109 HS
April 2012

viscosity
Induction time none
AIR SPRAY
AIRLESS SPRAY
BRUSH/ROLLER
theoritical spreading rate m²/l 11 8.8 6.6 4.4

dft in μm 60 75 100 150
page 2/5
SIGMAZINC 109 HS
April 2012

conditions

temperature

conditions
page 3/5
SIGMAZINC 109 HS
April 2012

skin or eyes
page 4/5
SIGMAZINC 109 HS|PEMEX STANDARD RP-23
April 2012
WARRANTY
284209 grey 5000001800

218766 reddish grey 5010001800
PDS 7701MX
page 5/5
SIGMAZINC 158
7 pages July 2013

Description two component moisture curing zinc (ethyl) silicate primer
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – certificate for ASTM A-490 class 'B' for slip co-efficient
– anticorrosive primer for structural steel
– galvanic action eliminates sub film corrosion
– when suitably topcoated provides excellent corrosion protection for steel
substrates up to +540°C
pH 5.5) liquids
COLOURS AND GLOSS grey, greenish grey – flat
Recommended dry film thickness average dft 75 μm with a minimum of 60 μm on smooth non pitted, blast
cleaned steel
average dft 100 μm with a minimum of 75 μm on rough or pitted, blast cleaned
steel

Touch dry after 30 minutes at 20°C
page 1/7
SIGMAZINC 158
July 2013

acceptable

be followed.

homogenisation.
Induction time none
page 2/7
SIGMAZINC 158
July 2013
AIR SPRAY
Nozzle orifice 2 mm
AIRLESS SPRAY


SigmaZinc 158 has to be applied, SigmaZinc 158 should
be thinned down with 25 - 50% Thinner 90-53, in order to

dft in μm 75 100
page 3/7
SIGMAZINC 158
July 2013
above 150 mμ dft mudcracking can occur

temperature
maximum interval unlimited, provided the surface is cleaned from

– SigmaZinc 158 is a moisture curing zinc silicate, this means that it only
obtained
– before overcoating with topcoats, SigmaZinc 158 should always be visibly
page 4/7
SIGMAZINC 158
July 2013
after sufficient take up of water, (from the atmosphere) during and after
application;
0°C 24 hours
10°C 16 hours
20°C 12 hours
30°C 6 hours
page 5/7
SIGMAZINC 158
July 2013

skin or eyes
page 6/7
SIGMAZINC 158
July 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7558
179568 greenish grey 0000002185
page 7/7
SIGMAZINC 158
PEMEX STANDARD RP-4B
6 pages July 2013
Description two component moisture curing zinc (ethyl) silicate primer
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – certificate for ASTM A-490 class 'B' for slip co-efficient
– anticorrosive primer for structural steel
pH 5.5) liquids
COLOURS AND GLOSS grey, greenish grey – flat
Recommended dry film thickness average dft 75 μm with a minimum of 60 μm on smooth non pitted, blast
cleaned steel
steel
page 1/6
SIGMAZINC 158
July 2013


acceptable

be followed.

homogenisation.
Induction time none
page 2/6
SIGMAZINC 158
July 2013
AIR SPRAY
Nozzle orifice 2 mm
AIRLESS SPRAY



dft in μm 75 100
page 3/6
SIGMAZINC 158
July 2013
above 150 mμ dft mudcracking can occur

temperature
zinc salts

obtained
page 4/6
SIGMAZINC 158
July 2013
after sufficient take up of water, (from the atmosphere) during and after
application;
0°C 24 hours
10°C 16 hours
20°C 12 hours
30°C 6 hours

skin or eyes
page 5/6
SIGMAZINC 158
July 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7558MX
179568 greenish grey 0000002185
page 6/6
SIGMAZINC 158KRA
5 pages March 2013

Description two component moisture curing zinc (alkyl) silicate primer

– certificate for ASTM A-490 class 'B' for slip co-efficient
pH 5.5) liquids
COLOURS AND GLOSS metal grey – flat
Recommended dry film thickness when used as a system primer with dft 60 μm on smooth non pitted, blast
cleaned steel
steel

AND TEMPERATURES • steel with approved zinc silicate shop primer; pretreated to SPSS-Pt3
acceptable
page 1/5
SIGMAZINC 158KRA
March 2013
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: binder to zinc powder 84.2 : 15.8
– Add the zinc powder gradually to the pigmented binder in the drum and at
the same time continuously stir the mixture by using a mechanical mixer .
– Stir the zinc dust powder thoroughly through the binder.
– do not mix in reverse order, in order to avoid lumps in the paint
– strain the mixture through a 30-60 mesh screen
– At application temperature above 30°C addition of max 10% by volume of
Thinner 90-53 may be necessary.
Induction time none
AIR SPRAY
Nozzle orifice 2 mm
AIRLESS SPRAY
Nozzle pressure approx. 112 bar (1624 psi)
BRUSH/ROLLER BRUSH: only for touch up and spot repair

– first coat not to be thinned down, max. dft 35 μm

– next coat to be thinned down with Thinner 90-53 ( 10-25% by volume), so
that a visible wet coat can be applied, max. dft 25 μm
Upgrading Dft if the dft is below specification and an extra coat of

SigmaZinc 158KRA has to be applied, SigmaZinc 158KRA
should be thinned down with approx. 50% Thinner 90-53, in
order to obtain a visible wet coat that remains wet for some time
page 2/5
SIGMAZINC 158KRA
March 2013

dft in μm 75 100
please note: over application may lead to mud-cracking

temperature
zinc salts

(pinholes) SigmaZinc 158 KRAshould be sealed with approved coatings
– SigmaZinc 158KRA is a moisture curing zinc silicate, this means that it only
obtained
– wetting or soaking with water, keeping the surface wet for the next 2 hours,
followed by drying
– wetting or soaking with a 0.5% ammonia solution, followed by drying
– before overcoating with topcoats, SigmaZinc 158KRA should always be
visibly dry and checked on sufficient curing
page 3/5
SIGMAZINC 158KRA
March 2013
– SigmaZinc 158KRA is a moisture curing zinc silicate, this means that it only
cures after sufficient take up of water, (from the atmosphere) during and
after application;
0 °C 24 hours
10 °C 16 hours
20 °C 12 hours
30 °C 6 hours

skin or eyes
page 4/5
SIGMAZINC 158KRA
March 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7558K
page 5/5
SIGMAZINC 160
6 pages April 2012

Description two component moisture curing inorganic zinc (ethyl) silicate primer

– two component product consisting of clear binder and zinc paste
COLOURS AND GLOSS greenish grey – flat
Recommended dry film thickness – when used as a system primer with dft 60 μm on smooth, non pitted, blast
cleaned steel
– average dft 100 μm with a minimum of 75 μm on rough or pitted, blast
cleaned steel

page 1/6
SIGMAZINC 160
April 2012
RECOMMENDED – for water immersion exposure:

• steel with aopproved zinc silicate shop primer; pretreated to SPSS-Pt3
• weatherend galvanised steel; blast cleaned to remove rust, to roughen
the surfase and to remove any zinc salts which might be presemt
acceptable
– a relative humidity of > 50% is recommended
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: paste to binder 64.5 : 35.5
– use a mechanical mixer

– add the binder gradually to the paste
– do not mix in reverse order
– Agitate continuously during application (low speed).
– Note: At application temperature above 30°C addition of max 10% by
AIR SPRAY
Nozzle orifice 2 mm
AIRLESS SPRAY
page 2/6
SIGMAZINC 160
April 2012

upgrading only valid for spray application

theoritical spreading rate m²/l 10.8 8.7 6.5 5.2

dft in μm 60 75 100 125

temperature
Max recoat unlimited, provided the surface is cleaned from
maximum interval contamination and zinc salts

obtained
page 3/6
SIGMAZINC 160
April 2012
cures after sufficient take up of water (from the atmosphere) during and after
application;
0 °C 24 hours
10 °C 16 hours
20 °C 12 hours
30 °C 6 hours
page 4/6
SIGMAZINC 160
April 2012

skin or eyes
page 5/6
SIGMAZINC 160
April 2012
WARRANTY
PDS 7560
179322 greenish grey 0000002180
page 6/6
PASSIVE FIRE PROTECTION
PROTECTION OF STEEL FROM CELLULOSIC FIRES
STEELGUARD 551
Description one component thin-film solvent borne intumescent coating for fire protection of
structural steelwork
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – provides up to 60 minutes protection from cellulosic fires

– off-site or on-site application
– up to 1500 μm dft in a single coat
– suitable for C1 to C4 internal and external environments (ISO 12944); for dry
internal (C1) environments no topcoat is required
– weather resistant up to 12 months without topcoat provided the coating has
been applied in accordance with Information Sheet 1222 and is not subject
to running or pooling water, hot high humidity or immersion
– tested and assessed to BS 476-20/21 and certified with various national
requirements
COLOURS AND GLOSS white – matt
VOC (UK PG 6/23(92) appendix 3) max. 330 g/l (UK PG6/23/(92) Appendix 3)
certification
Overcoating interval min. 6 hours with itself *
min. 48 hours with suitable topcoat *
max. unlimited *

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS – substrate temperature should be at least 3°C above dew point during
AND TEMPERATURES application and drying
– should not be applied under 5°C and above 40°C
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE – stir thoroughly till homogeneous and free of lumps
page 1/4
STEELGUARD 551
February 2013
AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner when needed up to 5% Thinner 21-06 may be used
Nozzle angle 20 - 50°, depending on shape of steel parts

note a 30 mesh / 500 μm internal filter is recommended


dft in μm 200 400 700 1000
Overcoating table for Steelguard 551 for dft up to 700 μm

temperature

temperature
with Steelguard 2458 minimum interval 4 hours 2 hours 90 min. 60 min. 45 min.
Overcoating table for Steelguard 551 for dft up to 1000 μm.

temperature
with other approved top coats minimum interval 120 hours 72 hours 60 hours 48 hours 36 hours
page 2/4
STEELGUARD 551
February 2013
Curing Drying table for dft up to 700 μm

5°C 120 min.
10°C 90 min.
15°C 60 min.
20°C 30 min.
30°C 20 min.
drying times may vary considerable depending on ambient conditions, A/V -1(Hp/A) of
section and applied film thickness

skin or eyes
page 3/4
STEELGUARD 551
February 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7761
287680 white 3000AM2200
page 4/4
STEELGUARD 552

– 60 minutes SCI assesment of beams with circular web openings
– tested and assessed to international and national standards such as
ENV 13381-4 and BS 476-20/21 and certified with various national
requirements
certification
max. unlimited *

page 1/4
STEELGUARD 552
February 2013
AIRLESS SPRAY


m²/l
dft in μm 200 400 700 1000 1500

temperature

temperature

temperature
page 2/4
STEELGUARD 552
February 2013

5°C 120 min.
10°C 90 min.
15°C 60 min.
20°C 30 min.
30°C 20 min.
drying times may vary considerable depending on ambient conditions, A/V m-1(Hp/A) of

skin or eyes
page 3/4
STEELGUARD 552
February 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7762
299480 white 3000AM2200
page 4/4
STEELGUARD 553
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – provides 90 minutes protection from cellulosic fires

requirements
certification
max. unlimited *

page 1/4
STEELGUARD 553
February 2013
AIRLESS SPRAY


m²/l
dft in μm 200 400 700 1000 1500

temperature

temperature

temperature
page 2/4
STEELGUARD 553
February 2013

5°C 120 min.
10°C 90 min.
15°C 60 min.
20°C 30 min.
30°C 20 min.

skin or eyes
page 3/4
STEELGUARD 553
February 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7763
299481 white 3000AM2200
page 4/4
STEELGUARD 554

requirements
certification
max. unlimited *

page 1/4
STEELGUARD 554
February 2013
AIRLESS SPRAY


m²/l
dft in μm 200 400 700 1000 1500

temperature

temperature

temperature
page 2/4
STEELGUARD 554
February 2013

5°C 120 min.
10°C 90 min.
15°C 60 min.
20°C 30 min.
30°C 20 min.

skin or eyes
page 3/4
STEELGUARD 554
February 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7764
299482 white 3000AM2200
page 4/4
STEELGUARD 561

– fast drying, providing short handling times
BS 476-20/21, GOST, NT Fire021 and NEN and certified with various
national requirements
certification
max. unlimited *

page 1/4
STEELGUARD 561
February 2013
AIRLESS SPRAY


m²/l
dft in μm 200 400 500 700 1000

temperature

temperature
with Steelguard 2458 minimum interval 2 hours 1.5 hour 1 hour 30 min. 20 min.

temperature
page 2/4
STEELGUARD 561
February 2013

5°C 60 min.
10°C 45 min.
15°C 30 min.
20°C 20 min.
30°C 10 min.

skin or eyes
page 3/4
STEELGUARD 561
February 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7765
287680 white 3000AM2200
page 4/4
STEELGUARD 562

requirements
certification
max. unlimited *

page 1/4
STEELGUARD 562
February 2013
AIRLESS SPRAY
note: a 30 mesh / 500 μm internal filter is recommended


m²/l
dft in μm 200 400 500 700 1000

temperature

temperature

temperature
page 2/4
STEELGUARD 562
February 2013

5°C 60 min.
10°C 45 min.
15°C 30 min.
20°C 20 min.
30°C 10 min.

skin or eyes
page 3/4
STEELGUARD 562
February 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7766
white 3000AM2200
page 4/4
STEELGUARD 563

requirements
certification
max. unlimited *

page 1/4
STEELGUARD 563
February 2013
AIRLESS SPRAY


m²/l
dft in μm 200 400 500 700 1000

temperature

temperature

temperature
page 2/4
STEELGUARD 563
February 2013

5°C 60 min.
10°C 45 min.
15°C 30 min.
20°C 20 min.
30°C 10 min.

skin or eyes
page 3/4
STEELGUARD 563
February 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7767
white 3000AM2200
page 4/4
STEELGUARD 564

requirements
certification
max. unlimited *

page 1/4
STEELGUARD 564
February 2013
AIRLESS SPRAY


m²/l
dft in μm 200 400 500 700 1000

temperature

temperature

temperature
page 2/4
STEELGUARD 564
February 2013

5°C 60 min.
10°C 45 min.
15°C 30 min.
20°C 20 min.
30°C 10 min.
drying times may vary considerable depending on ambient conditions, A/V m-1 (Hp/A) of

skin or eyes
page 3/4
STEELGUARD 564
February 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7768
white 3000AM2200
page 4/4
STEELGUARD 581
Description one component thin-film water borne intumescent coating for fire protection of

– on-site application
– suitable for C1 and C2 internal environments (ISO 12944); for dry internal
(C1) environments no topcoat is required
– tested and assessed to BS 476-20/21 and certified with various national
requirements
certification
max. unlimited *

– relative humidity during application and drying must be lower than 80%
– too much water results in reduced sag resistance
page 1/4
STEELGUARD 581
February 2013
AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner when needed up to 5% tap water may be used

CLEANING SOLVENT tap water
theoretical spreading rate m²/l 3.5 1.75 1.4 1

dft in μm 200 400 500 700

with approved top coats minimum interval 24 hours 20 hours 18 hours 14 hours
Note: the water content of SteelGuard 581 shall not exceed 4% prior to
overcoating

10°C 4 hours
15°C 3 hours
20°C 2 hours
30°C 1 hour
page 2/4
STEELGUARD 581
February 2013

page 3/4
STEELGUARD 581
February 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7769
291802 white 3000AM2200
page 4/4
STEELGUARD FM 549

BS 476-20/21, AS1530:4 and certified with various national requirements
certification
max. unlimited *

page 1/4
STEELGUARD FM 549
February 2013
AIRLESS SPRAY



m²/l
dft in μm 200 400 700 1000 1500
Overcoating table for Steelguard FM 549 for dft up to 700 μm

temperature

temperature
Overcoating table for Steelguard FM 549 for dft up to 1000 μm.

temperature
page 2/4
STEELGUARD FM 549
February 2013

5°C 120 min.
10°C 90 min.
15°C 60 min.
20°C 30 min.
30°C 20 min.

skin or eyes
page 3/4
STEELGUARD FM 549
February 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7731
287671 white 3000AM2200
page 4/4
STEELGUARD FM 550

BS 476-20/21, UL 263, AS 1530:4, GB 14907 and certified with various
VOC (UK PG 6/23(92) appendix 3) max. 325 g/l (UK PG 6/23(92) Appendix 3)
certification
max. unlimited *

page 1/4
STEELGUARD FM 550
January 2014
AIRLESS SPRAY
Notes;- all filters including surge bottle and gun filters to be removed - a 30 mesh
/ 500 μm internal filter is recommended


dft in μm 200 400 700 1000

temperature

temperature

temperature
page 2/4
STEELGUARD FM 550
January 2014

5°C 120 min.
10°C 90 min.
15°C 60 min.
20°C 30 min.
30°C 20 min.

skin or eyes
page 3/4
STEELGUARD FM 550
January 2014
WARRANTY
PDS 7732
287673 white 3000AM2200
page 4/4
STEELGUARD FM 560

BS 476-20/21, AS 1530:4 and certified with various national requirements
COLOURS AND GLOSS white, grey – matt
certification
max. unlimited *

page 1/4
STEELGUARD FM 560
February 2013
AIRLESS SPRAY


dft in μm 200 400 500 700

temperature

temperature
with Steelguard 2458 minimum interval 120 min. 90 min. 60 min. 30 min. 20 min.
Overcoating table for Steelguard FM 560 for dft up to 1000 μm.

temperature
page 2/4
STEELGUARD FM 560
February 2013

5°C 60 min.
10°C 45 min.
15°C 30 min.
20°C 20 min.
30°C 10 min.

skin or eyes
page 3/4
STEELGUARD FM 560
February 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7733
289363 white 3000AM2200
page 4/4
STEELGUARD FM 585
Description one component thin-film water borne intumescent coating for fire protection of

– on-site application
ENV 13381-4, BS 476-20/21 and NT Fire 021 and certified with various
certification
max. unlimited *

– relative humidity during application and drying must be lower than 80%
– too much water results in reduced sag resistance
page 1/4
STEELGUARD FM 585
February 2013
AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner when needed up to 5% tap water may be used

CLEANING SOLVENT tap water

dft in μm 200 400 500 700

with approved top coats minimum interval 24 hours 20 hours 18 hours 14 hours
Note: the water content of SteelGuard FM 585 shall not exceed 4% prior to overcoating

10°C 4 hours
15°C 3 hours
20°C 2 hours
30°C 1 hour
page 2/4
STEELGUARD FM 585
February 2013

page 3/4
STEELGUARD FM 585
February 2013
WARRANTY
PDS 7735
289315 white 3000AM2200
page 4/4
MARINE SYSTEM
ANTICORROSIVE SYSTEMS FOR UNDERWATER AND BOOTTOP -
TO BE OVERCOATED WITH ANTIFOULING 3101
a seven page issue January 2010

revision of May 2007
Application areas: Boottop and underwater area of the outside hull of vessels
Contains the following specifications:
Specification 1: multi-purpose epoxy coating system
Specification 3: high solids reinforced epoxy coating system
Specification 4: high solids glassflake reinforced epoxy coating system
Specification 5: high solids epoxy mastic coating system
Specification 6: solvent free abrasion resistant epoxy coating system
Specification 7: chlorinated rubber coating system
Specification 8: coaltar epoxy coating system
SURFACE PRE-TREATMENT
The quality of the surface pretreatment affects the performance of underwater and boottop systems,
particularly when cathodic protection is applied. Optimal results will be obtained on substrates blast
cleaned to ISO-Sa2½ which means that the shop primer should be removed. This is particularly important
when (underfilm) corrosion has already started. Also the right blasting profile will be obtained.
ACCEPTANCE OF SHOP PRIMER

The quality and generic type of shop primer, will determine the performance of the coating system.
The types of shop primer acceptable are those which are equivalent to SigmaWeld 165 and SigmaWeld 199
- zinc silicate and approved by PPG Protective & Marine Coatings.
In addition, any degradation or underfilm corrosion of the shop primer will limit the performance of the total
system, unless correctly treated.
These remarks are of particular importance when cathodic protection is installed.
The general condition of the weathered shop primer may vary widely throughout the structure and in many
instances it is difficult to assess the severity of breakdown.
Experience shows that in practice reblasting of corroded shop primed steel to ISO-Sa2½ is the most
satisfactory method of correcting corrosion defects and eliminating the detrimental effect of surface
contamination.
Approved shop primers in good condition should be cleaned to remove contamination and/or zinc salts.
If necessary sweep blasting according to SPSS/Ss or mechanical cleaning according to SPSS-Pt3 should be
carried out.
Special attention should be paid to heat damaged areas, including areas alongside weldseams and
backburns.
page 1/7
MARINE SYSTEM
TO BE OVERCOATED WITH ANTIFOULINGS 3101
January 2010
SPECIFICATION 1 multi-purpose epoxy system for UNDERWATER and BOOTTOP with good
resistance to mechanical impact, abrasion and well designed cathodic
protection
pretreatment steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½
steel with approved zinc silicate shop primer; sweep blasted to SPSS-Ss,
weld seams, burned and rusty areas; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½ or power
paint system SigmaPrime 700 125 µm
SigmaCover 525 125 µm
antifouling as specified
notes – SigmaCover 525 can be replaced by SigmaCover 555
– at temperatures below 5°C, SigmaPrime 700 can be replaced by
SigmaPrime 700 LT
maintenance should preferably be carried out to this specification
SPECIFICATION 2 multi-purpose epoxy system for UNDERWATER and BOOTTOP with good
protection
weld seams, burned and rusty areas; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½ or power
SigmaPrime 200 LT
page 2/7
MARINE SYSTEM
January 2010
SPECIFICATION 3 high solids reinforced epoxy system for UNDERWATER and BOOTTOP with
excellent resistance to mechanical impact, abrasion and well designed
cathodic protection
pretreatment steel: blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½
steel with approved zinc silicate shop primer: sweep blasted to SPSS-Ss,
weld seams, burned and rusty areas: blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½ or
power tool cleaned to SPSS-Pt3
paint system SigmaShield 220 125 µm
SigmaShield 420 125 µm
notes – SigmaShield 220 can be replaced by SigmaPrime 200 or 700
– SigmaCover 525 can be replaced by SigmaCover 555
– at temperatures below 5°C, SigmaPrime 200 or 700, SigmaShield 220
and SigmaShield 420 can be replaced by the LT versions
SPECIFICATION 4 high solids, glassflake reinforced epoxy system on top of in situ applied
epoxy primer for UNDERWATER and BOOTTOP with good resistance to
heavy impact (fender areas - ice going vessels) and well designed
cathodic protection
pretreatment steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½, blasting profile (Rz) 50 - 100 µm
notes – if a holding primer is required, SigmaShield 220 can be
replaced by SigmaCover 280 at a dft of 50 µm
– SigmaCover 525 can be replaced by SigmaCover 555
– at temperatures below 5°C, SigmaShield 220 and SigmaShield 460
can be replaced by the LT versions
page 3/7
MARINE SYSTEM
January 2010
SPECIFICATION 5 high solids, epoxy mastic coating system for maintenance of

UNDERWATER and BOOTTOP with good resistance to mechanical
impact and well designed cathodic protection
paint system SigmaCover 380 125 µm
notes – SigmaCover 380 can be replaced by SigmaCover 630 aluminium
– at temperatures below 5°C, SigmaCover 380 can be replaced by the LT
version
maintenance should preferably be carried according to this specification
pretreatment in case of hydrojetted to VIS WJ2 L or ISO Wa 2½ L SigmaCover 280
should be applied as first coat at a dft of 50 µm (for more info see
information sheet 1498)
SPECIFICATION 6 solvent free, abrasion resistant epoxy system for UNDERWATER and
BOOTTOP with excellent resistance to mechanical impact (e.g. for ice
going and ice breaking vessels) and well designed cathodic protection
– at temperatures below 5°C, SigmaShield 1200 can be replaced by
SigmaShield 1200 LT
page 4/7
MARINE SYSTEM
January 2010
SPECIFICATION 7 chlorinated rubber system for UNDERWATER and BOOTTOP with good
resistance to well designed cathodic protection
weld seams, burned and rusty areas; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½ or
paint system Sigma Vikote 18 light 75 µm
Sigma Vikote 18 dark 75 µm
Sigma Vikote 18 light 75 µm
note for touch up areas 2 coats of Sigma Vikote 18 at a dft of 100 µm each can
be specified
SPECIFICATION 8 coaltar epoxy system for UNDERWATER and BOOTTOP with good
protection
pretreatment steel: blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½
steel with approved zinc silicate shop primer:
sweep blasted to SPSS-Ss
weld seams, burned and rusty areas: blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½ or power
if a holding primer is required, SigmaCover 280 can be used (dft of 50 µm)
paint system SigmaCover 300 brown 125 µm
note at temperatures below 5°C, SigmaCover 300 can be replaced by
SigmaCover 300 brown LT
pretreatment in case of hydrojetted to VIS WJ2 L or ISO Wa 2½ L SigmaCover 280
should be applied as first coat at a dft of 50 µm (for more info see sheet
1498)
page 5/7
MARINE SYSTEM
January 2010
MAINTENANCE
As in normal dry-docking practice, fouling, loose paint and other contaminants should be removed by high
pressure water cleaning (HPWC). Any fouling and/or loose paint remaining after HPWC must be removed by
scraping or sweep blasting. The removal of an oil or grease belt can be achieved by scraping heavy deposits
from the surface followed by HPWC in combination with the use of suitable detergents. This should be
followed by a thorough fresh water wash and drying prior to blasting and/or repainting. It might, however,
be necessary to blast clean such areas after this operation when oil has penetrated the underlying paint
systems. Rusty spots should be pretreated by blast cleaning and touched up with the original anticorrosive
system within the requirements given in the relevant specifications.
CATHODIC PROTECTION
Sacrificial zinc anodes produce potential differences related to the Ag/AgCl reference electrode of approx.
minus 1050 mV. As the resistance of bituminous aluminium coatings and chlorinated rubber coatings lie in
the region of this figure it is therefore recommended to apply a protective shield around the anodes when a
vessel with such a coating system is fitted with anodes. For this purpose it is recommended to blast the
related area to ISO-Sa2½ followed by 1 coat of 75 µm of SigmaCover 280 and 2 coats of 300 µm each of
SigmaShield 460 as a protective shield.
January 2010
page 6/7
MARINE SYSTEM
REFERENCES
Sigma Vikote 18 see product data sheet 7318
SigmaCover 280 see product data sheet 7417
SigmaCover 300 LT see product data sheet 7483
SigmaCover 630 aluminium see product data sheet 7431
SigmaPrime 200 see product data sheet 7416
SigmaPrime 200 LT see product data sheet 7931
SigmaShield 220 see product data sheet 7922
SigmaShield 220 LT see product data sheet 7926
SigmaWeld 165 see product data sheet 7171
Hydrojetting see information sheet 1498
Prefabrication primers see system sheet 3015
Limitation of Liability - The information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to be accurate and is
intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the Sigma Coatings products made by PPG
Protective & Marine Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry, or otherwise, are based
on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. The products and information are designed for users having the requisite
knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended
use.
PPG Protective & Marine Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. PPG Protective & Marine Coatings does therefore not accept any liability arising
from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there are written agreements
stating otherwise).
The data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous product development.
This data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user’s responsibility to ensure that this sheet is
page 7/7
STEEL PROTECTION
Atmospheric corrosivity category C3 2434
a two page issue November 2012
EXPOSURE CONDITIONS INTERIOR: Production rooms, wind towers .
SPECIFICATION 1: An epoxy system suitable for new construction and

maintenance
suitable for steel
pretreatment – steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½, blasting profile
(Rz) 40-70 µm/1,6-2.8 mils
paint system SigmaFast 278 150 µm/ 4.0 mils
page 1/2
STEEL PROTECTION
November 2012
GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:

The life of any protective system is determined by the dry film thickness of the
anticorrosive coating system present on weldseams, sharp edges, bolts and nuts, these
being the critical 20% of the surface area where breakdown begins.
All critical areas should be given extra stripe coats with the same material as the
consecutive coat of the system to achieve the specified dry film thickness.
Giving more attention to these areas will extend the life of the maintenance system.
The following parameters can be used.
For hand laid welds: Beads with a surface irregularity exceeding 3 mm or with sharp
crests having a radius under 2 mm should be ground.
For sharp edges: All edges to be rounded off with a grinder to a radius of 2 mm or more.
For pitting: Pitting in excess of 2 mm in depth and under 5 mm in diameter should be
filled by welding or
by use of an epoxy filler.
REFERENCES
SigmaFast 278 see product data
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet1490
Tools for maintenance management see information sheet4007
Limitation of Liability - The information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of
the Sigma Coatings products made by PPG Protective & Marine Coatings, whether in technical
documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry, or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of
our knowledge are reliable. The products and information are designed for users having the requisite
knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the
product for its intended use.
PPG Protective & Marine Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the
many factors affecting the use and application of the product. PPG Protective & Marine Coatings does
therefore not accept any liability arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents
of this data sheet (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise).
The data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
This data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user’s responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.
page 2/2
STEEL PROTECTION SYSTEM
a two page issue September 2010
EXPOSURE CONDITIONS INTERIOR: Chemical plants, wind towers .
SPECIFICATION 1: An epoxy system suitable for new construction and maintenance

suitable for steel
(Rz) 40-70 µm/1,6-2.8 mils
SigmaFast 370 140 µm/ 5.6 mils
page 1/2
STEEL PROTECTION
September 2010

The life of any protective system is determined by the dry film thickness of the anticorrosive coating system
present on weldseams, sharp edges, bolts and nuts, these being the critical 20% of the surface area where
breakdown begins.
All critical areas should be given extra stripe coats with the same material as the consecutive coat of the
system to achieve the specified dry film thickness.
For hand laid welds: Beads with a surface irregularity exceeding 3 mm or with sharp crests having a radius
under 2 mm should be ground.
For pitting: Pitting in excess of 2 mm in depth and under 5 mm in diameter should be filled by welding or
REFERENCES
Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007
use.
stating otherwise).
page 2/2
Atmospheric corrosivity category C3
a three page issue November 2012
EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: This environment usually covers areas away from the cost
and separate from industrial or urban activity.
Corrosive attack is governed mostly by humidity, rainfall and
ultraviolet radiation, but is normally less aggressive than an
industrial or coastal environment.
Description: A high solids epoxy/ polyurethane system suitable for new

construction and maintenance
suitable for steel
(Rz) 40-70 µm/1,6-2.8 mils
SigmaDur 520 50 µm/ 2.0 mils
1
November 2012

REFERENCES
SigmaDur 520 see product data
2437
2
WARRANTY STATEMENT
PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPG’s specifications
for such product in effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall be delivered free of the
rightful claim of any third person for infringement of any U.S. patent covering the product.
THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES AND ALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
WARRANTIES, UNDER STATUTE OR ARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROM A COURSE OF DEALING OR
USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE DISCLAIMED BY PPG.
Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within five (5) days of Buyer’s
discovery of the claimed defect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the
product, or one year from the date of the delivery of the product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyer’s
failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required herein shall bar Buyer from recovery under this
warranty.
IN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON
NEGLIGENCE OF ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE
MADE OF THE PRODUCT.
The information in this sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG
believes to be reliable. PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical
experience and continuous product development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use
of the PPG product, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific inquiry, or otherwise,
are based on data, which to the best of PPG’s knowledge, is reliable. The product and related information is
designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills in the industry and it is the end-
user’s responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its own particular use and it shall be
deemed that Buyer has done so, as its sole discretion and risk.
PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the
use and application of the product. Therefore, PPG does not accept any liability arising from any loss,
injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this information (unless there are written
agreements stating otherwise). Variations in the application environment, changes in procedures of use, or
extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results.
This sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyer’s responsibility to ensure that this
information is current prior to using the product.
Current sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings Products are maintained at www.ppgpmc.com. The
English text of this sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.
3
MARINE SYSTEM
MISCELLANEOUS SYSTEMS 3108
a four page issue January 2010

revision of January 2007
Application areas: systems for objects and/or areas on board of ships which are not yet mentioned in our
other system sheets, such as:
– Oil resisting system for below gratings, and engine room below floor level.
– Systems for void spaces, chain lockers, behind ceilings and linings.
– Clear varnish system for woodwork internal and external.
– System for galvanised steel.

Specification 3: solvent free epoxy system for cofferdams, void spaces etc.
Specification 4: wood oil phenolic resin clear varnish system
Specification 5: epoxy system for galvanised steel

The quality and nature of shop primer, will determine the performance of the coating system. The types of
shop primer acceptable are those which are equivalent to SigmaWeld 165 and SigmaWeld 199 - zinc
silicate and approved by PPG Protective & Marine Coatings.
Unless correctly treated, the condition of the shop primer with regard to degradation and underfilm corrosion
will determine the performance of the total system.
Experience shows that in practice reblasting to ISO-Sa2½ of corroded shop primed steel is the most
contamination.
Approved shop primers in good condition should be cleaned to remove contamination and/or zinc salts. If
necessary, sweep blasting according to SPSS-Ss or mechanical cleaning according to SPSS-Pt3 should be
carried out. Special attention should be taken to areas damaged by heat.
SPECIFICATION 1 multi-purpose epoxy coating system for internal spaces

steel with approved shop primer; sweep blasted to SPSS-Ss or power
maintenance should preferably be carried out according to this specification
page 1/4
MARINE SYSTEM
January 2010
SPECIFICATION 2 multi-purpose epoxy coating system for internal spaces

SPECIFICATION 3 system for non immersed areas such as chain lockers, cofferdams, void
spaces and behind linings cold sprayable solvent free epoxy coating
resistant to dry and wet exposure conditions
shop primed steel; sweep blasted to SPSS-Ss
paint system SigmaGuard 425 300 µm
edges, weld seams, bolts etc. to be stripe coated
SPECIFICATION 4 clear varnish system for interior and exterior use

good resistance to salt water, fresh water and abrasion
approved for low flame spread, see sheet 1883 (B)
pretreatment open grain wood; free from contamination
tropical timber; to be sealed with a clear polyurethane varnish to seal off
aggressive products in the wood
previous clear coats; free from any contamination, surface should be
sandpapered to obtain good adhesion
paint system Sigmarine 42 diluted 100% with Thinner 20-05
Sigmarine 42 diluted 50% with Thinner 20-05
Sigmarine 42 undiluted
Sigmarine 42 undiluted
(between each coat sand papering is required)
notes – oil seals (linseed etc) should not be used under Sigmarine 42, the
varnish should be applied directly to the bare wood or on top of a
polyurethane sealer (two component)
– in general a four coat system is sufficient
page 2/4
MARINE SYSTEM
January 2010
SPECIFICATION 5 epoxy based system for galvanised steel exposed to marine, industrial or
wet conditions (handrails, ventilation trunks, guard rails)
pretreatment galvanised steel and aluminium; degreasing with suitable detergent and
removal of (zinc)salts by means of mechanical cleaning (e.g. by brushing
with nylon brushes) followed by fresh water washing, drying and
roughening up of the surface
SigmaDur 550 50 µm
MAINTENANCE
Maintenance of a system is normally carried out by reblasting to ISO-Sa2½ for major areas of breakdown
and recoating with the original system. Minor areas should be pretreated according to at least the minimum
surface pretreatment and repaired as described in the system specifications.
page 3/4
MARINE SYSTEM
January 2010
REFERENCES

SigmaDur 550 see product data sheet 7537
SigmaGuard 425 see product data sheet 7953
Sigmarine 42 see product data sheet 8103
Certificates for low-flame spread see information sheet 1883 (B)
use.
stating otherwise).
page 4/4
RENOVATION OF PITTED TANK BOTTOMS
Glass mat reinforced solvent-free phenolic epoxy 4145
coating system
a two page issue January 2012
revision of 09-2005
SPECIFICATION 1 Glass mat reinforced solvent-free epoxy coating system resistant to crude
oil (up to 90°C/194°F), aliphatic hydrocarbons, leaded and unleaded
gasoline and aviation fuels
for additional information see Sigma TankSelect
pretreatment steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½ (SSPC-SP10)
blasting profile; 50-100 μm (2.0-4.0 mils)
paint system primer (see item 2)
SigmaGuard 260 75 μm (3.0 mils)
pitfilling (see item 3) optional
NovaGuard 840
levelling of lap joints (see item 4)
NovaGuard 830
coving of corners (see item 4) optional
NovaGuard 830
coating + laminate (see item 5 and 6)
NovaGuard 840 (clear) + 1200 μm (48,0 mils)
Non-woven Glass mat 450 gr/m² (1,5 oz/ft²)
coating (see item 7)
NovaGuard 840 (clear) 400 μm (16.0 mils)
optional layer (see items 8 and 9)
NovaGuard 840 (clear) + 400 μm (16.0 mils)
Non-woven Glass mat + 450 gr/m² (1,5 oz/ft²)
NovaGuard 840 (clear) * 400 μm (16.0 mils)
coating (see item 10)
NovaGuard 840 400 μm (16.0 mils)
* if needed to improve wetting of the mat
Coating procedure
1. For blasting and coating guidelines: see sheet 4139.
2. Application of primer of SigmaGuard 260 - dft 75 μm(3.0 mils).
3. Before starting the final coating the substrate should be inspected for hidden steel defects.
If necessary adequate repairs should be carried out.
4. Pitting can be filled by using a scrape layer of NovaGuard 840 (see sheet 4139).
5. For incomplete welded areas in the chine transition, striker plate bedding and lap joints etc., levelling
is accomplished by trowel application using NovaGuard 830.
page 1/2
RENOVATION OF PITTED TANK BOTTOMS
Glass mat reinforced solvent-free phenolic epoxy 4145
coating system
January 2012
6. "Stripe coat" of the prepared sharp edges and welding seams with NovaGuard 840. Apply the next
full coat of Sigma NovaGuard 840 wet on wet or after appropriate cure.
7. Application of first coat of NovaGuard 840 (clear) - dft 500 μm (20.0 mils)
8. Apply within an appropriate time non-woven Glass mat 450 g/m² (1.5 oz/ft²). The non-woven Glass
mat should be brought into intensive contact with the liquid epoxy material using washer rollers and
ribbed rollers. The surface should be smooth and free from air inclusions.
9. Application of 2nd coat NovaGuard 840 (clear) - dft 400-500 μm (16.0-20.0 mils) as required to
thoroughly wet out the Glass mat.
10. Optional second layer of dft 400-500 μm (16.0-20.0 mils) NovaGuard 840 (clear) followed by a
second layer of non-woven Glass mat.
11. Optional (if optional item 8 is used) coat NovaGuard 840 (clear) - dft 400-500 μm (16.0-20.0 mils).
12. Application of one coat of NovaGuard 840 - dft 400 μm (16.0 mils).
13. The dried film, a minimum of 600 μm/24,0 mils has to be tested for the presence of pores, and
repaired, where necessary, with NovaGuard 840 (see also 5).
See also 2.7.10 of the working procedure.
Note:
The coats on the side shells must be applied step-wise in such a way that the system thickness gradually
decreases up the vertical sides.
REFERENCES
NovaGuard 830 see product data sheet 7945
NovaGuard 840 see product data sheet 7468
Working procedures - general guidelines see information sheet 4139
The information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All
recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the Sigma Coatings products made by PPG Protective & Marine Coatings, whether
in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry, or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are
reliable. The products and information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-user's
responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
PPG Protective & Marine Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the
use and application of the product. PPG Protective & Marine Coatings does therefore not accept any liability arising from loss, injury or
damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise).
This data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user’s responsibility to ensure that this sheet is current
prior to using the product.
page 2/2
Atmospheric exposure with abrasion/impact
High solids glassflake reinforced epoxy system 4051

revision of October 2004
EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: INDUSTRIAL: Conditions of high humidity, ultraviolet radiation and chemical
pollution accelerate the corrosion process and require consideration
regarding increased acidic fall out.
The principal effect is corrosion due to sulphur dioxide attack and this
environment is characterised by an average sulphur dioxide content of more
than 10 µg per m³ air.
Additional abrasion and impact exposure is expected.
COASTAL: Conditions of high humidity, ultraviolet radiation and salt spray

will accelerate the corrosion process, aggravated by wind borne particles.
This environment is characterised by a salt content in rain water of more
than 12 mg per litre rain.
GENERAL ASPECTS:
To obtain a good performance it is essential that the old paint system should be removed completely.
For maximum performance the surface should be blast cleaned to a suitable anchor pattern.
SPECIFICATION 1: high solids glassflake reinforced epoxy system with an improved

resistance to abrasion and impact suitable for total repair or new
construction
suitable for steel (galvanised steel and aluminium)
(Rz) 40-70 µm/1,6-2.8 mils
paint system SigmaCover 280 75 µm/ 3.0 mils
SigmaShield 460 400 µm/16.0 mils
note – in case of a complex structure we recommend to apply a dft of
2 x 200 µm (8 mils)
– galvanised steel has to be sweepblasted with inert grit to obtain the
required blasting profile
page 1/2
High solids glassflake reinforced epoxy system 4051
September 2005

breakdown begins.
REFERENCES
intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the products made by Sigma Coatings,
whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry, or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our
knowledge are reliable. The products and information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills
and it is the end-user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and
application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability arising from loss, injury or damage resulting
from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise).
page 2/2
Solvent free flint reinforced epoxy system 4050

revision of July 2003
regarding increased acidic fall-out. The principal effect is corrosion due to
sulphur dioxide attack and this environment is characterised by an average
sulphur dioxide content of more than 10 µg per m³ air. Additional abrasion
and impact exposure is expected.

will accelarate the corrosion process, aggravated by wind borne particles.
GENERAL ASPECTS:
To obtain good performance it is essential that the old paint system should be completely removed.
For maximum performance the surface should be abrasive blast cleaned to a suitable anchor pattern.
SPECIFICATION 1: solvent free, flint reinforced epoxy system with an excellent resistance to
impact and abrasion suitable for total repair and new construction
suitable for steel (galvanised steel)
pretreatment steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½, blasting profile
(Rz) 75-100 µm/3-4 mils
paint system SigmaShield 1090 3000 µm/120 mils
notes – SigmaShield 1090 can be applied on galvanised steel, but
this will occur only occasionally
– galvanised steel has to be sweepblasted with inert grit to obtain the
required blasting profile
page 1/2
Solvent free flint reinforced epoxy system 4050
September 2005

breakdown begins.
by SigmaShield 1090.
REFERENCES
page 2/2
High temperature resistant alkyd paint system
Temperature up to 175°C / 350°F 4060

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: High temperature surfaces: The surface temperature has more influence on
coating performance than surrounding atmospheric conditions.
Thermal shock may be a consideration.
GENERAL ASPECTS:
To obtain a good performance it is essential to remove the old paint system from defective areas and to
blast clean or to obtain a profile by disc sanding using discs with rough abrasive.
SPECIFICATION 1: alkyd system for temperatures up to 175°C/350°F suitable for total repair
or new construction
compatible with alkyd, epoxy and polyurethane paint
not on top of silicone and silicate paint
suitable for steel
not suitable for galvanised steel, aluminium sprayed steel and zinc sprayed steel
pretreatment removal of damaged paint (if applicable) and derusting by blast cleaning
to ISO-Sa2½ or disc sanding to SPSS-Pt3
paint system Sigmarine 24 35 µm/1.4 mils
SigmaTherm 175 25 µm/1.0 mils

In many cases some parts of the surface will not have been exposed to a really high temperature, because a
temperature gradient across the surface existed.
These parts may be in relatively good condition and can be recoated for cosmetic reasons with the last coat
of the system, provided that contamination is removed and that the surface is sufficiently roughened.
If the existing coats prove to be in a brittle condition, then they should be considered as damaged and
removed completely.
page 1/2
High temperature resistant alkyd paint system
September 2005
REFERENCES
SigmaTherm 175 see product data sheet 7260
page 2/2
High temperature resistant epoxy system
a two page issue October 2004

revision of 7-2003
GENERAL ASPECTS:
SPECIFICATION 1: epoxy system resistant to industrial pollution and temperatures up to

200°C/390°F suitable for total repair or new construction
compatible with alkyd, epoxy, polyurethane and silicate paint
not on top of silicone paint
suitable for steel, galvanised steel, aluminium sprayed steel and zinc sprayed
steel
pretreatment – removal of damaged paint (if applicable) and derusting of steel or
roughening of galvanised steel by blast cleaning to ISO-Sa2½ or disc
sanding to SPSS-Pt3
– to prevent contamination, aluminium sprayed steel and zinc sprayed
steel should be painted as soon as possible, preferably within some
hours of the metal spraying
– contaminated metal sprayed steel should be high pressure water
cleaned to remove contamination the surface must be dry before
painting
paint system SigmaCover 435 60 µm/2.4 mils
SigmaCover 435 60 µm/2.4 mils
note light shades may discolour above 130°C

removed completely.
page 1/2
High temperature resistant epoxy system
October 2004
REFERENCES
page 2/2
High temperature resistant silicate system

GENERAL ASPECTS:
SPECIFICATION 1: full silicate system for temperatures up to 400°C/750°F suitable for total
repair or new construction
compatible with suitable silicate paint
not on top of alkyd, epoxy, silicone and polyurethane paint
suitable for steel
pretreatment – removal of damaged paint (if applicable) and derusting of steel by
blast cleaning to ISO-Sa2½ or disc sanding to SPSS-Pt3 using
discs with rough abrasive
paint system SigmaZinc 158 75 µm/3.0 mils

removed completely.
page 1/2
High temperature resistant silicate system
September 2005
REFERENCES
SigmaZinc 158 see product data sheet 7558
page 2/2
High temperature resistant silicate/acrylic paint system

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: High temperature surfaces: The temperature aspect is usually of greater
importance than the general atmosphere. Thermal shock may need to be
considered.
GENERAL ASPECTS:
SPECIFICATION 1: zinc silicate/silicone-acrylic system for temperatures up to

350°C / 662 °F suitable for total repair or new construction
compatible with silicate paint
suitable for steel
pretreatment removal of damaged paint (if applicable) and derusting of steel by blast
cleaning to ISO-Sa2½ or disc sanding to SPSS-Pt3 using discs with rough
abrasive

removed completely.
page 1/2
High temperature resistant silicate/acrylic paint system
September 2005
REFERENCES
page 2/2
High temperature resistant silicate/silicone system
a two page issue April 2007
GENERAL ASPECTS:
SPECIFICATION 1: system for temperatures up to 540°C/1000°F suitable for total repair or

new construction
compatible with suitable silicate paint
suitable for steel
blast cleaning to ISO-Sa2½
SPECIFICATION 2: system for temperatures up to 540°C/1000°F suitable for total repair or

new construction
suitable for steel, aluminium sprayed steel and zinc sprayed steel
blast cleaning to ISO-Sa2½
paint system SigmaTherm 540 25 µm/1.0 mils

removed completely.
page 1/2
High temperature resistant silicate/silicone system
April 2007
REFERENCES
SigmaKalon Marine & Protective Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. SigmaKalon Marine & Protective Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there are written
agreements stating otherwise).
page 2/2
Immersion in chemicals
Phenolic epoxy system 4081

revision of September 2005
EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: Immersion in or splash of chemicals, acids and alkalies

Application areas: transport tanks, storage tanks and equipment
continuously or intermittently exposed to a wide range of solvents, fatty
acids, chemicals, monomers and water, including fresh water, hot water
and foodstuffs. A full resistance list is available.
GENERAL ASPECTS:
To obtain an optimal result it is essential to remove the old paint system and to blast clean the steel surface.
Spot repairs can be made using this system (see 4005).
Existing coating around damages should be feather edged carefully.
The chemical resistance will be determined by the existing coating system and the spot repair.
SPECIFICATION 1: phenolic epoxy system for a total repair or new construction, resistant to
immersion and splash of chemicals according to the tankcoating
resistance list; for indications see also sheet 4009
pretreatment after high pressure water cleaning complete removal of old paint system
(if applicable) and derusting of steel to at least ISO-Sa2½,
blasting profile (Rz) 50-100 µm/2-4 mils
paint system Phenguard 930 100 µm/4.0 mils
Phenguard 935 100 µm/4.0 mils
note the individual coats may not exceed 1,5 x the specified dft

breakdown begins.
For pitting: Pitting in excess of 2 mm in depth and under 5 mm in diameter should be filled by welding.
page 1/2
Phenolic epoxy system 4081
April 2009
REFERENCES
Phenguard 930 see product data sheet 7409
use.
stating otherwise).
page 2/2
Solvent free epoxy system 4082

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: Immersion in or splash of chemicals, acids and alkalies.

Application areas: storage tanks and equipment continuously or
intermittently exposed to aliphatic and aromatic hydrocarbons and water.
GENERAL ASPECTS:
The chemical resistance will be determined by the existing coating system and the spotrepair.
SPECIFICATION 1: solvent free phenolic epoxy system for new construction or total repair,
resistant to immersion and splash of chemicals as indicated by data in sheet
4009
pretreatment – if an old paint system is present, high pressure water cleaning and
complete removal
– steel; derusted to ISO-Sa2½, blasting profile (Rz) 50-100 µm/2-4 mils
paint system Novaguard 840 400 µm/16.0 mils
note if a holding primer is required a suitable epoxy primer should be applied
in a dft of 75 µm/3mils
SPECIFICATION 2: solvent free epoxy system for a total repair or new construction, resistant to
immersion and splash of chemicals as indicated by data in sheet 4009
(if applicable) and derusting of steel to ISO-Sa2½, blasting profile (Rz)
50-100 µm/2-4 mils
paint system Sigmaguard CSF 650 400 µm/16.0 mils
note if a holding primer is required a suitable epoxy primer should be applied
in a dft of 75m/3mils
page 1/2
April 2009

breakdown begins.
REFERENCES
Novaguard 840 see product data sheet 7468
Sigmaguard CSF 650 see product data sheet 7443
use.
stating otherwise).
page 2/2
Zinc ethyl silicate system 4083

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: Immersion in or splash of chemicals, specifically solvents.

Application areas: for storage tanks for aggressive solvents. The resistance
to acidic or alkaline chemicals is limited due to the zinc pigment. A full
resistance list is available.
GENERAL ASPECTS:
Existing coating around damages should be feather edged
SPECIFICATION 1: zinc ethyl silicate system for a total repair or new construction; resistant
to immersion and splash of chemicals according to the tankcoating
resistance list, for indications see also sheet 4009
(if applicable) and derusting of steel to ISO-Sa2½,
blasting profile (Rz) 40-70 µm/1.6-2.8 mils
paint system SigmaGuard 750 75 µm/3.0 mils

breakdown begins.
page 1/2
Zinc ethyl silicate system 4083
September 2005
REFERENCES
page 2/2
Immersion in hot water
Phenolic epoxy system - Mio epoxy system 4076
a three page issue April 2009

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: Non-saline water: hot water applicable to e.g. water tanks, storage
tanks and domestic water systems.
Sea water: hot sea and other saline waters.
GENERAL ASPECTS:
Protection against hot water by a coating system is in fact very critical. Only the combination of very good
pretreatment, correct film thicknesses, good curing and optimal ventilation after application of the coating
will give the desired protection against the influence of hot water. Good surface preparation is essential if
good performance of hot water resistant systems is to be achieved.
A pitted corroded surface, impurities in the protective coating or bad workmanship will result in failures.
In service the steel substrate should have about the same temperature as the hot water itself in order to
avoid blistering (as a result of the cold wall effect). Equipment, tank or vessel must therefore be sheltered
against cold wind and/or insulated adequately to reduce heat transfer through the steel wall plus coating
system.
Application of the paints must be done very carefully, avoiding excess thickness, avoiding solvent trapping
and maintaining good ventilation and curing conditions throughout the application process. (See sheet
1434). Forced curing by means of hot water of 60°C or by means of hot air will give definitely better results
and is strongly recommended.
SPECIFICATION 1: phenolic epoxy system for a total repair or new construction resistant to
hot water (100°C/210°F)
pretreatment after high pressure water cleaning complete removal of old paint
system (if applicable) and derusting of steel to min. ISO-Sa2½,
blasting profile (Rz) 50-100 µm/2-4 mils
paint system Phenguard 930 100 µm/4.0 mils
notes – to ensure optimal performance it is essential to check, prior to
application, the cleaned surface on soluable salts
the maximum acceptable level is 60 mg/m2 (12 µs/cm)
– spot repair can be made using same system
– existing coating around damages should be carefully feathered
– the individual coats may not exceed 1,5 x the specified dft
page 1/3
April 2009
SPECIFICATION 2: mio epoxy system for a total repair or new construction resistant to hot
water (100°C/210°F)
pretreatment after high pressure water cleaning, complete removalof old paint system
(if applicable) and derusting of steel by means of blast cleaning to min.
ISO-Sa2½, blasting profile (Rz) 40-75 µm/1.6-3.0 mils
notes – to ensure optimal performance it is essential to check, prior to
application, the cleaned surface on soluable salts
the maximum acceptable level is 60 mg/m2 (12 µs/cm)
– spot repairs can be made using same system
– existing coating around damages should be carefully feathered
– the individual coats may not exceed 2 x the specified dft

breakdown begins.
page 2/3
April 2009
REFERENCES
Tools for maintenance manual see information sheet 4007
use.
stating otherwise).
page 3/3
Immersion in refined petroleum products and crude oil
Epoxy tar system 4091

revision of 7-2003
EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: Immersion in crude oil or splash of crude oil or refined petroleum products.
intermittently exposed to crude oil and (waste) water.
GENERAL ASPECTS:
To obtain a good performance it is essential to remove the old paint system and to blast clean the steel
surface. Spot repairs can be made using this system. (see 4005)
Existing coatings around damages should be feather edged carefully.
SPECIFICATION 1: epoxy tar system for a total repair or new construction, suitable for crude
oil, resistant to temperatures up to 70°C/160°F
pretreatment complete removal of old paint system (if applicable) and derusting of steel
to ISO-Sa2½
if a holding primer is required SigmaCover 280 can be applied in a dft of
75 µm/3 mils
paint system SigmaCover 300 brown 125 µm/5.0 mils
SigmaCover 300 black 125 µm/5.0 mils
note in contact with refined petroleum products leaching of coal tar can be
expected

breakdown begins.
by
use of an epoxy filler.
page 1/2
October 2004
REFERENCES
page 2/2
High solids epoxy system 4090
a two page issue January 2008

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: Immersion in or splash of refined petroleum products and crude oil.
Application areas: storage tanks and equipment continuously exposed to
aliphatic and aromatic hydrocarbons and a limited range of solvents and
chemicals. A full resistance list is available.
GENERAL ASPECTS:
SPECIFICATION 1: high solids epoxy system for a total repair or new construction, suitable for
refined petroleum products and crude oil, resistant to crude oil
temperatures up to 70°C/160°F
to ISO-Sa2½
SigmaGuard 720 125 µm/5.0 mils
note if a holding primer is required, a suitable primer (e.g. SigmaCover 522)
should be applied in a dft of 50 µm/2 mils
SPECIFICATION 2: high solids epoxy system for a total repair or new construction, suitable for
refined petroleum products and crude oil, resistant to crude oil
to ISO-Sa2½
SigmaGuard 730 150 µm/6.0 mils
note if a holding primer is required, a suitable primer (e.g. SigmaCover 522)
should be applied in a dft of 50 µm/2 mils
page 1/2
High solids epoxy system 4090
January 2008

breakdown begins.
by
REFERENCES
intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the Sigma Coatings products made by
SigmaKalon Marine & Protective Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry, or otherwise,
are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. The products and information are designed for users having
the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for
its intended use.
SigmaKalon Marine & Protective Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. SigmaKalon Marine & Protective Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
page 2/2

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: Immersion in crude oil or splash of crude oil or refined petroleum products.
intermittently exposed to aliphatic and aromatic hydrocarbons and a limited
range of solvents and chemicals. A full resistance list is available.
GENERAL ASPECTS:
Existing coatings around damages should be feather edged carefully.
SPECIFICATION 1: solvent free phenolic epoxy system for new construction or total repair,
suitable for refined petroleum products and crude oil, resistant to crude oil
pretreatment – if an old paint system is present complete removal of the system is
required after high pressure water cleaning
– steel; derusted to ISO-Sa2½, blasting profile (Rz) 50-100 µm/2-4 mils
notes – quality of the applied coating should be checked on pinholes and
holidays and repaired according to this specification
– to fill pittings a scrapelayer of Novaguard 840 could be applied
– more detailed information with regards to protection of tank bottoms
can be found in separate manual
SPECIFICATION 2: solvent free epoxy system for a total repair or new construction, suitable
for refined petroleum products and crude oil, resistant to crude oil
50-100 µm/2-4 mils
paint system SigmaCover 522 50 µm/ 2.0 mils
Sigmaguard CSF 650 400 µm/16.0 mils
notes – quality of the applied coating should be checked on pinholes and
holidays and repaired according to this specification
– to fill pittings a scrapelayer of Sigmaguard CSF 650 could be applied
page 1/2
April 2009
breakdown begins.
by a scrapelayer of the solvent free epoxy of the coating system (Novaguard 840 or Sigmaguard CSF 650).
REFERENCES
Sigmaguard CSF 650 see product data sheet 7443
use.
stating otherwise).
page 2/2
Immersion in waste water and slurry

revision of 7-2003
EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: Applicable to river installations, sewage-treatment tanks, water tanks and
domestic water systems, and where abrasion can be expected.
GENERAL ASPECTS:
SPECIFICATION 1: epoxy tar system for a total repair or new construction, suitable for waste
water and mud
to ISO-Sa2½
if a holding primer is required SigmaCover 280 can be applied in a dft of
50 µm/2 mils
note to prevent severe pitting when exposed to acidic water the quality of the
coating system should be checked on pinholes and holidays and repaired
according to this specification

breakdown begins.
by
page 1/2
October 2004
REFERENCES
page 2/2
High solids tar free epoxy system 4102

revision of 7-2003
GENERAL ASPECTS:
surface.
Spot repairs can be made using this system. (see 4005)
SPECIFICATION 1: high solids epoxy tar free system for a total repair or new construction,
suitable for waste water and mud
to ISO-Sa2½
note – the individual coats may not exceed 2 x the specified dft
– if a holding primer is required SigmaCover 280 75 µm/3.0 mils can
be used

breakdown begins.
by
page 1/2
October 2004
REFERENCES
page 2/2
Solvent free phenolic epoxy system 4103

GENERAL ASPECTS:
surface.
Spot repairs can be made using this system. (see 4005)
SPECIFICATION 1: Solvent free phenolic epoxy system with improved resistance against
abrasion for a total repair or new construction, suitable for waste water
and mud
to ISO-Sa2½, blasting profile (Rz) 50-100 µm/2-4 mils
paint system SigmaShield 1200 500 µm/20.0 mils

breakdown begins.
by
page 1/2
Solvent free phenolic epoxy system 4103
September 2005
REFERENCES
page 2/2
Immersion in water or subsoil conditions

revision of 7-2003
EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: Immersion in water in conjunction with or without cathodic protection.

Subsoil and splashzone are also considered as immersion condition.
SPECIFICATION 1: epoxy tar maintenance system for intact areas and spot repair, resistant to
cathodic protection or temperatures up to 70°C/160°F
compatible with epoxy, epoxy tar and polyurethane paint
not on top of chlorinated rubber, vinyl and bitumen paint
pretreatment – high pressure water cleaning to remove loose paint and contamination
– intact areas; to be roughened
– damaged and rusty areas; derusted to min. ISO-Sa2 or SPSS-Pt2 and
primed with SigmaCover 280 in a dft of 75 µm/3 mils
notes – for health reasons this system should not be used for the storage of
potable water for consumption
– when cathodic protection or high temperatures are applied the
pretreatment must be improved to ISO-Sa2½ or SSPS-Pt3 locally
SPECIFICATION 2: epoxy tar system for a total repair or new construction, resistant to
pretreatment after high pressure water cleaning, complete removal of old paint system
and derusting of steel to ISO-Sa2½ or SPSS-Pt3 locally
note – if a holding primer is required SigmaCover 280 in a dft of
75 µm/3 mils may be used
page 1/2
October 2004
SPECIFICATION 3: epoxy tar system for new construction

pretreatment – steel; derusted to ISO-Sa2½
– steel with approved zinc silicate shopprimer; power tool cleaned to
SPSS-Pt3 or sweep blasted to SPSS-Ss
– weldseams, burned and rusty areas blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½ or
note – if a holding primer is required SigmaCover 280 in a dft of
75 µm/3 mils may be used

breakdown begins.
REFERENCES
page 2/2

revision of 7-2003
EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: Immersion in water (in conjunction with or) without cathodic protection.
SPECIFICATION 1: high solids tar free epoxy maintenance system for intact areas and spot
repair, resistant to cathodic protection or temperatures up to 60°C/140°F
compatible with epoxy, epoxy tar and polyurethane paint
not on top of chlorinated rubber, vinyl and bitumen paint
pretreatment – high pressure water cleaning to remove loose paintand contamination
– damaged and rusty areas; derusted to min. ISO-Sa2½ or SPSS-Pt3 and
primed with SigmaCover 630 (aluminium) in a dft of 125 µm/5 mils
note the individual coats may not exceed 2 x the specified dft
SPECIFICATION 2: high solids tar free epoxy system for total repair, resistant to cathodic
protection or temperatures up to 60°C/140°F
and derusting of steel to ISO-Sa2½
paint system SigmaCover 805 (aluminium) 150 µm/6.0 mils
– if a holding primer is required SigmaCover 280 in a dft of
75 µm/3 mils can be used
SPECIFICATION 3: high solids tar free epoxy system for new construction, resistant to
pretreatment steel; derusted to ISO-Sa2½
– if a holding primer is required SigmaCover 280 in a dft of
75 µm/3 mils can be used
page 1/2
October 2004

breakdown begins.
REFERENCES
page 2/2

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: Immersion in water in conjunction with or without cathodic protection.

SPECIFICATION 1: solvent free epoxy maintenance system for intact areas and spot repair,
resistant to cathodic protection
compatible with epoxy-, polyurethane-, epoxy tar paint
not on top of chlorinated rubber-, vinyl-, bitumen paint
– damaged and rusty areas; derusted to ISO-Sa2½ or SPSS-Pt3 locally
– if a holding primer is required SigmaCover 280 can be used in a dft
of 75 µm/3 mils
paint system SigmaGuard CSF 650 300 µm/12.0 mils
notes – if cathodic protection is applied SigmaCover 280 should be used
– for the storage of potable water SigmaGuard CSF 585 should be used
instead of SigmaGuard CSF 650 (see information sheet 1882)
– for the storage of potable water local health regulations must also be
observed with respect to primer and coating
SPECIFICATION 2: solvent free epoxy system for a total repair or new construction, resistant
to cathodic protection or temperatures up to 50°C/120°F
pretreatment – after high pressure water cleaning, complete removal of old paint
system (if applicable) and derusting of steel to ISO-Sa2½ or
SPSS-Pt3 (locally)
– if a holding primer is required SigmaCover 280 may be used in a dft
of 75 µm/3 mils
paint system SigmaGuard CSF 650 300 µm/12.0 mils
notes – if cathodic protection is applied SigmaCover 280 should be used
– for the storage of potable water SigmaGuard CSF 585 should be
used instead of SigmaGuard CSF 650 (see information sheet 1882)
– for the storage of potable water local health regulations must also be
observed with respect to primer and coating
page 1/2
April 2009
SPECIFICATION 3: solvent free phenolic epoxy system with improved resistance against
abrasion for new construction, resistant to cathodic protection or
temperatures up to 60°C/ 140 °F
pretreatment steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½, blasting profile (Rz) 50-100 µm/2-4 mils
note if abrasion resistance is required Novaguard 840 can be replaced by
SigmaShield 1200

The life time of any protective system is determined by the dry film thickness of the anticorrosive system
present on weldseams, sharp edges, bolts and nuts, these being the critical 20% of the actual surface area.
By giving more attention to these areas, the life time of the maintenance system will be extended.
under 2 mm a grinder should be applied.
REFERENCES
SigmaGuard CSF 650 see product data sheet 7443
SigmaGuard CSF 585 see product data sheet 7785
Certificates for potable water see information sheet 1882
use.
stating otherwise).
page 2/2
Industrial and coastal atmospheric exposure
Alkyd paint system 4040
pollution will accelerate the corrosion process and require consideration
regarding increased acidic fall out. The principal effect is corrosion due to
sulphur dioxide content of more than 10 µg per m³ air.

SPECIFICATION 1: alkyd maintenance system for intact areas and spotrepair

not on top of chlorinated rubber, vinyl, bitumen and epoxy tar paint
not suitable for galvanised steel and aluminium
– damaged and rusty areas; derusted to min. ISO-Sa2 or SPSS-Pt2
and primed with 2 coats Sigmarine 24 in a dft of 2 x 40 µm
(1.6 mils)
Sigmarine 49 35 µm/1.4 mils
note – if a semigloss finish is required, Sigmarine 49 can be replaced by
Sigmarine 41
– finishes in, mio or aluminium are available on request
SPECIFICATION 2: alkyd system for a total repair or new construction

(if applicable) and derusting of steel to min.ISO-Sa2 or SPSS-Pt2
note – if a semigloss finish is required, Sigmarine 49 can be replaced by
Sigmarine 41
– finishes in, mio or aluminium are available on request
page 1/2
September 2005
SPECIFICATION 3: fast drying alkyd system for new construction, especially suitable for
in-shop application
pretreatment – steel; blast cleaned to ISO Sa2 or power tool cleaned to ISO St3
– shop primed steel; sweep blasted to SPSS-Ss or power tool cleaned
to SPSS-Pt2
paint system SigmaFast 20 75 µm/3.0 mils
SigmaFast 20 75 µm/3.0 mils

breakdown begins.
by
REFERENCES
SigmaFast 20 see product data sheet 7155
page 2/2
High solids epoxy/polyurethane system 4042
a three page issue October 2004

revision of 7-2003

SPECIFICATION 1: surface tolerant high solids epoxy/polyurethane maintenance system for

intact areas and spot repair
not on top of chlorinated rubber and vinyl paint
suitable for steel, galvanised steel and aluminium
– damaged and corroded areas;
– steel; derusted to ISO-Sa2 or SPSS-Pt2 and primed with
SigmaCover 630 in a dft of 75 µm/3 mils
– galvanised steel and aluminium; to be roughened, dry and free from
any contamination and primed with SigmaCover 280 in a dft of
75 µm/3 mils
SigmaDur 580 75 µm/3.0 mils
page 1/3
October 2004
SPECIFICATION 2: surface tolerant high solids epoxy/polyurethane system for total repair or
new construction, suitable for steel, galvanised steel and aluminium
pretreatment after high pressure water cleaning, complete removalof old paint system
(if applicable), derusting of steel to min. ISO-Sa2 and roughening of
galvanised steel and aluminium by sand papering or sweep blasting
notes – galvanised steel or aluminium substrate should be primed with
SigmaCover 280 instead of SigmaCover 630
– 2 primer coats applied by roller may be replaced by 1 coat of
150 µm/6 mils dft when applied by airless spray
SPECIFICATION 3: High solids epoxy/polyurethane system for new construction

pretreatment – steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½ or power tool cleaned to ISO-St3
to SPSS-Pt2

breakdown begins.
by
page 2/3
October 2004
REFERENCES
page 3/3
Recoatable epoxy/polyurethane system 4041
a three page issue September 2005

SPECIFICATION 1: recoatable epoxy polyurethane maintenance system for intact areas and
spot repair
compatible with alkyd, epoxy, polyurethane, chlorinated rubber and vinyl paint
not on top of bitumen and epoxy tar paint
SigmaCover 630 (aluminium) in a dft of 75 µm/3 mils
75 µm/3 mils
note SigmaDur 520 can be replaced by SigmaDur 550
page 1/3
September 2005
SPECIFICATION 2: recoatable epoxy/polyurethane system for total repair or new construction

(if applicable), derusting of steel to min. ISO-Sa2 or SPSS-Pt2 and
roughening of galvanised steel and aluminium by sand papering
notes – a galvanised steel or aluminium substrate should be primed with
SigmaCover 280 instead of SigmaCover 630 (aluminium)
– SigmaDur 520 can be replaced by SigmaDur 550
SPECIFICATION 3: recoatable epoxy/polyurethane system for new construction, especially

suitable for in-shop application
pretreatment – Steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½ or power tool cleaned to ISO-St3
– Shop primed steel; sweep blasted to SPSS-Ss or power tool cleaned
to SPSS-Pt2
notes – SigmaDur 550 can be replaced by SigmaDur 520

breakdown begins.
page 2/3
September 2005
REFERENCES
page 3/3
STEEL PROTECTION
Solvent free epoxy/polymeric urethane system 4047
a three page issue March 2004
COASTAL: Conditions of high humidity, ultraviolet radiation and salt spray will
accelerate the corrosion process, aggravated by wind borne particles.
SPECIFICATION 1: surface tolerant solvent free epoxy/polymeric urethane maintenance

system for intact areas and spot repair
125 µm/5 mils
page 1/3
STEEL PROTECTION
March 2004
SPECIFICATION 2: surface tolerant solvent free epoxy/polymeric urethane system for total
repair or new construction, suitable for steel, galvanised steel and
aluminium
SPECIFICATION 3: Solvent free epoxy/polymeric urethane system for new construction

to SPSS-Pt2

breakdown begins.
For pitting: Pitting in excess of 2 mm in depth and under 5 mm in diameter should be filled by welding or by
page 2/3
STEEL PROTECTION
March 2004
REFERENCES
whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry, or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of
our knowledge are reliable. The products and information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial
skills and it is the end-user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
page 3/3
Solvent free epoxy/polyurethane system 4045
a three page issue September 2005

revision of December 2003

SPECIFICATION 1: surface tolerant solvent free epoxy/polyurethane maintenance system for

125 µm/5 mils
note SigmaDur 580 can be replaced by SigmaDur 520 or SigmaDur 550
page 1/3
September 2005
SPECIFICATION 2: surface tolerant solvent free epoxy/polyurethane system for total repair or
new construction, suitable for steel, galvanised steel and aluminium
notes SigmaDur 580 can be replaced by SigmaDur 520 or SigmaDur 550
SPECIFICATION 3: Solvent free epoxy/polyurethane system for new construction

to SPSS-Pt2
notes SigmaDur 580 can be replaced by SigmaDur 520 or SigmaDur 550

breakdown begins.
by
page 2/3
September 2005
REFERENCES
page 3/3
SYSTEM
INDUSTRIAL AND COASTAL ATMOSPHERIC EXPOSURE
WATERBORNE EPOXY/HIGH SOLIDS POLYURETHANE SYSTEM 4046
a two page issue June 2004
EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: INDUSTRIAL: Conditions of high humidity, ultra violet radiation and chemical
regarding increased acidic fall out.
The principal effect is corrosion due to sulphur dioxide attack and this
environment is characterised by an average sulphur dioxide content of more
than 10 µg per m³ air.
COASTAL: Conditions of high humidity, ultra violet radiation and salt spray
than 12 mg per litre.
Complies with ISO 12944, part 2, corrosivity category C4.
SPECIFICATION 1 waterborne high solids epoxy/polyurethane system with a fair resistance

to splash and spillage of chemicals
pretreatment steel, weldseams and rusty areas; derusted to ISO-Sa2½
shop primed steel; pretreated to SPSS-Ss or SPSS-Pt2
coating system Sigma aquacover 200 100 µm/4.0 mils
Sigma aquacover 400 100 µm/4.0 mils
Sigmadur 580 75 µm/3.0 mils
expected durability high
(ISO-12944 part 5)

The life time of any protective system is determined by the dry film thickness of the anticorrosive system
present on weldseams, sharp edges, bolts and nuts, these being the critical 20% of the actual surface area.
By giving more attention to these areas, the life time of the protective system will be extended.
For hand laid welds: a bead with a surface irregularity exceeding 3 mm or with a sharp crest having a
radius under 2 mm a grinder should be applied.
page 1/2
SYSTEM
INDUSTRIAL AND COASTAL ATMOSPHERIC EXPOSURE
WATERBORNE EPOXY/HIGH SOLIDS POLYURETHANE SYSTEM 4046
June 2004
REFERENCES
Sigma aquacover 400 see product data sheet 7871
Sigmadur 580 see product data sheet 7530
page 2/2
Internal dry exposure
Acrylic dispersion system 4012

revision of 7-2003
EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: Inside buildings with neutral atmosphere.

Relative humidity below 60%.
Complies with ISO 12944, Part 2, corrosivity category C1.
SPECIFICATION 1: acrylic dispersion maintenance system for intact areas and spot repair
compatible with alkyd, epoxy, polyurethane, chlorinated rubber, vinyl, dispersion and
epoxy tar paint
pretreatment – intact areas, to be roughened
– damaged and rusty areas;
– galvanised steel and aluminium; free from any contamination and
roughened by sandpapering and primed with Sigma Aquacover 22 in
a dft of 50 µm/2 mils
– steel; after removal of loose paint, free from any contamination,
derusted to min. ISO-Sa2½ and primed with Sigma Aquacover 20
in a dft of 75 µm/3 mils
paint system Sigma Aquacover 40 50 µm/2.0 mils
note acrylic dispersion paints require adequate ventilation to obtain sufficient
drying conditions
SPECIFICATION 2: acrylic dispersion system for a total repair or new construction, suitable
for steel, galvanised steel and aluminium
pretreatment complete removal of old paint system (if applicable), derusting of steel
to min. ISO-Sa2½ and roughening of galvanised steel and aluminium
by sand papering
Sigma Aquacover 40 50 µm/2.0 mils
note – acrylic dispersion paints require adequate ventilation to obtain
sufficient drying conditions
– on galvanised steel or aluminium Sigma Aquacover 22 should be used
instead of Sigma Aquacover 20
page 1/2
July 2003
SPECIFICATION 3: acrylic dispersion system for new construction

pretreatment derusting of steel to min. ISO-Sa2½ or SPSS-Pt3
REFERENCES
Sigma Aquacover 22 see product data sheet 7145
page 2/2

SPECIFICATION 1: alkyd maintenance system for intact areas and spot repair
compatible with alkyd, epoxy, polyurethane, and dispersion paint
not on top of chlorinated rubber, vinyl, bitumen, and epoxy tar paint
roughened by sandpapering and primed with Sigmarine 24 in a
dft of 35 µm/1.4 mils
derusted to min. SPSS-Pt2 and primed with Sigmarine 24 in a
note if a semigloss finish is required, Sigmarine 49 can be replaced by
Sigmarine 41
SPECIFICATION 2: alkyd system for a total repair or new construction, suitable for steel,
galvanised steel and aluminium
pretreatment complete removal of old paint system (if applicable), derusting of steel to
min. SPSS-Pt2 and roughening of galvanised steel and aluminium by sand
papering
Sigmarine 41
SPECIFICATION 3: fast drying alkyd new construction system

pretreatment steel; derusted to ISO-St3 - SPSS - Pt2
page 1/2
September 2005
REFERENCES
page 2/2

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: Inside buildings with neutral atmosphere

SPECIFICATION 1: recoatable epoxy/polyurethane maintenance system for intact areas and

spot repair
compatible with alkyd, epoxy, polyurethane, chlorinated rubber, vinyl and dispersion paint
roughened by sandpapering and primed with SigmaCover 256
derusted to min. SPSS-Pt2 and primed with SigmaCover 256
paint system SigmaDur 550 50 µm/2.0 mils
note if a semigloss finish is required, SigmaDur 550 can be replaced by
SigmaDur 520 or SigmaDur 580
SPECIFICATION 2: recoatable epoxy/polyurethane system for a total repair or new

construction, suitable for steel, galvanised steel and aluminium
min. SPSS-Pt2 and roughening of galvanised steel and aluminium by sand
papering
page 1/2
September 2005
SPECIFICATION 3: epoxy polyurethane system for new construction especially suitable for in-
shop application
pretreatment steel; derusted to ISO-St3 or SPSS-Pt2
galvanised steel: free from any contamination and roughened by
sandpapering
REFERENCES
page 2/2
SYSTEM
INTERNAL DRY EXPOSURE
WATERBORNE EPOXY SYSTEM 4016
a one page issue June 2004

revision of 12-2003

SPECIFICATION 1 waterborne epoxy system, suitable for steel, galvanised steel and
aluminium
galvanised steel and aluminium; degreased and roughened by suitable
means (e.g. sand papering)
coating system Sigma Aquacover 400 75 µm/3.0 mils
expected durability low
(ISO-12944 part 5)
REFERENCES
page 1/1
Internal wet exposure
revision of 7-2003
EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: Inside buildings where condensation may occur.

Atmospheres with low pollution and dry climate.
RH up to 80%.
compatible with alkyd, epoxy, polyurethane, chlorinated rubber, vinyl, dispersion and
epoxy tar paint
roughened by sandpapering and primed with Sigma Aquacover 22
derusted to min. ISO-Sa2½ and primed with Sigm Aquacover 20
note acrylic dispersion paints require adequate ventilation to obtain sufficient
drying conditions
SPECIFICATION 2: acrylic dispersion system for a total repair or new construction

pretreatment complete removal of old paint system (if applicable), derusting of steel
to min. ISO-Sa2½ and roughening of galvanised steel and aluminium
by sand papering
page 1/2
June 2004

pretreatment steel; derusted to ISO Sa2½ or SPSS-Pt3
REFERENCES
page 2/2


RH up to 80%.
compatible with alkyd, epoxy, polyurethane and dispersion paint
pretreatment – intact areas; free from any contamination and roughened by
sandpapering
– damaged and rusty areas; after removal of loose paint, free from
any contamination, derusted to min. SPSS-Pt2 and primed with
Sigmarine 24 in a dft of 50 µm/2 mils
Sigmarine 41

pretreatment complete removal of old paint system (if applicable) and derusting of
steel to min. ISO-Sa2 or SPSS-Pt2
Sigmarine 41
page 1/2
September 2005

pretreatment steel derusted to ISO-Sa2 or SPSS-Pt2
REFERENCES
page 2/2

revision of 7-2003

RH up to 80%.
SPECIFICATION 1: surface tolerant high solids epoxy/polyurethane maintenance system

for intact areas and spot repair
SigmaCover 630 in a dft of 60 µm/2.4 mils
– galvanised steel and aluminium; to be roughened,dry and free from
60 µm/2.4 mils
new construction
page 1/2
October 2004
SPECIFICATION 3: high solids epoxy/polyurethane system for new construction

pretreatment steel; derusted to ISO Sa2 or SPSS-Pt3
REFERENCES
page 2/2

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: Inside buildings where condensation may occur

RH up to 80%.

spot repair
compatible with alkyd, epoxy, polyurethane, chlorinated rubber, vinyl and dispersion paint
roughened by sandpapering and primed with SigmaCover 280
in a dft of 60 µm/2.4 mils
derusted to min. SPSS-Pt2 and primed with SigmaCover 256
in a dft of 60 µm/2.4 mils
SigmaDur 520
SPECIFICATION 2: recoatable epoxy/polyurethane system for a total repair, or new

construction
min. ISO-Sa2 or SPSS-Pt2 and roughening of galvanised steel and
aluminium by sand papering
SigmaDur 520
page 1/2
September 2005
SPECIFICATION 3: epoxy/polyurethane system for new construction especially suitable

for in-shop application
SigmaDur 520
REFERENCES
page 2/2
SYSTEM
INTERNAL WET EXPOSURE

Revision 12-2003

RH up to 80%.
SPECIFICATION 1 waterborne epoxy system, suitable for steel, galvanised steel and
aluminium
galvanised steel and aluminium; degreased and roughened by suitable
means (e.g. sand papering)
expected durability medium
(ISO-12944 part 5)
REFERENCES
page 1/1
Rural atmospheric exposure

revision of 7-2003
EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: This environment usually covers areas away from the coast and separate
from industrial or urban activity.
Corrosive attack is governed mostly by humidity, rainfall and ultraviolet
radiation, but is normally less aggressive than an industrial or coastal
environment. Average sulphur dioxide contents is lower than 10 µg per m³
air. Salt content in rain water is lower than 12 mg per litre rain.
compatible with alkyd, epoxy, polyurethane, chlorinated rubber and vinyl paint
– steel; derusted to min. ISO-Sa2½ and primed with Sigma
Aquacover 20 in a dft of 75 µm/3 mils
– galvanised steel and aluminium; to be roughened and primed
Sigma Aquacover 22 in a dft of 50 µm/2 mils
SPECIFICATION 2: acrylic dispersion system for a total repair

pretreatment after high pressure water cleaning, complete removal of old paint system,
derusting of steel to min. ISO-Sa2½ and roughening of galvanised steel
and aluminium by sand papering
note for galvanised steel and aluminium Sigma Aquacover 20 should be
replaced by Sigma Aquacover 22
page 1/2
June 2004

pretreatment steel; derusted to ISO Sa2½ or SPSS-Pt3

Because of the waterborn character of this type of paint, good weather conditions are essential to
obtain maximum performance
breakdown begins.
REFERENCES
page 2/2

– damaged and rusty areas; derusted to min. ISO-Sa2 or SPSS-Pt2 and
primed with Sigmarine 24 in a dft of 50 µm/2 mils
note if a semigloss finish is required Sigmarine 49 can be replaced
by Sigmarine 41

(if applicable) and derusting of steel to min.ISO-Sa2 or SPSS-Pt2
note if a semigloss finish is required Sigmarine 49 can be replaced by
Sigmarine 41
page 1/2
September 2005
pretreatment steel; derusted to ISO-Sa2 or SPSS-Pt2


breakdown begins.
REFERENCES
page 2/2

revision of 7-2003
SPECIFICATION 1: surface tolerant high solids epoxy/polyurethane maintenance system for

SigmaCover 630 in a dft of 60 µm/2.4 mils
60 µm/2.4 mils
new construction
– 2 primer coats applied by roller may be replaced by 1 coat of
125 µm/5 mils dft when applied by airless spray
page 1/2
October 2004
SPECIFICATION 3: high solids epoxy/polyurethane system for new construction


breakdown begins.
REFERENCES
page 2/2


spot repair
compatible with alkyd, epoxy, chlorinated rubber, vinyl and polyurethane paint
– steel; derusted to ISO-Sa2 or SPSS-Pt2 and primed with SigmaCover
630 in a dft of75 µm/3.0 mils
any contamination and primed with SigmaCover 280 in a
SigmaDur 520
SPECIFICATION 2: recoatable epoxy/polyurethane system for a total repair or new

construction
(if applicable), derusting of steel to min. ISO-Sa2 or SPSS-Pt2 and
roughening of galvanised steel and aluminium by sand papering
Notes – if a semigloss finish is required, SigmaDur 550 can be replaced by
SigmaDur 520
– a galvanised steel or aluminium substrate should be primed with
page 1/2
September 2005
SPECIFICATION 3: recoatable epoxy/polyurethane system for new construction

pretreatment steel; derusted to ISO-Sa2 or SPSS-Pt2
Notes – if a semigloss finish is required, SigmaDur 550 can be replaced by
SigmaDur 520

breakdown begins.
REFERENCES
page 2/2
SYSTEM
RURAL ATMOSPHERIC EXPOSURE

revision of 12-2003
environment.
Average sulphur dioxide contents is lower than 10 µg per m³ air.
Salt content in rain water is lower than 12 mg per litre rain.
SPECIFICATION 1 waterborne epoxy system, suitable for steel

Sigma aquacover 400 75 µm/3.0 mils
expected durability medium
(ISO-12944 part 5)

breakdown begins.
page 1/2
SYSTEM
RURAL ATMOSPHERIC EXPOSURE
June 2004
REFERENCES
page 2/2
System for special conditions
Zinc epoxy primed steel 4113

GENERAL ASPECTS:
Due to its good anticorrosive properties, zinc epoxy primers are often specified for new fabrication.
However, in maintenance coating systems zinc epoxy primers cannot be applied on top of existing organic
coatings, because of lack of adhesion.
Nevertheless as a result of the good experience with the new fabrication coating system it is often decided
to start the maintenance coating system again with a zinc epoxy primer.
In that case a full reblast of the substrate is necessary.
If a full reblast is impossible other recommendations for maintenance are given in sheets 4041-4042.
SPECIFICATION 1: high solids system for a total repair or new construction, using a zinc
epoxy primer, followed by an epoxy build coat
40-70 µm/1.6-2.8 mils
paint system SigmaZinc 102 HS 60 µm/2.4 mils
note if gloss retention is required, see specification 2
SPECIFICATION 2: high solids system for a total repair or new construction, using a zinc
epoxy primer, followed by an epoxy build coat and finished with a
recoatable polyurethane finish
40-70 µm/1.6-2.8 mils
paint system SigmaZinc 102 HS 60 µm/2.4 mils
page 1/2
System for special conditions
Zinc epoxy primed steel 4113
September 2005

breakdown begins.
REFERENCES
SigmaZinc 102 HS see product data sheet 7702
page 2/2
MARINE SYSTEM
SYSTEMS FOR BALLAST TANKS 3106
a nine page issue January 2010

Application areas: internal areas of Ballast Tanks including the Freshwater Tanks.
For application details, careful attention should be given to the relevant working procedures and product
data sheets.
Specification 1: Multi-purpose epoxy coating system SigmaPrime 700
Specification 2: Multi-purpose epoxy coating system SigmaPrime 200
Specification 3: Multi-purpose high solids epoxy coating system SigmaPrime 800
Specification 4: Coating system under development
Specification 5: Coaltar epoxy coating system SigmaCover 300
Specification 6: High solids epoxy coating system SigmaCover 380
Specification 7: Solvent free epoxy coating system SigmaGuard 225/425
BALLAST TANKS
Ballast Tanks are among the most critical areas within a ship with regard to corrosion protection.
During the life time of a ship these areas are subject to water exposure either by seawater or when empty to
heavy condensation which can be even more aggressive to organic coatings. Ballast tank coatings may also
be exposed to considerable temperature shock especially during reballasting operations.
Apart from the aggressive conditions, ballast/freshwater tanks and double bottoms are always of a complex
structure and in addition are not usually easily accessible. These factors determine the main criteria that a
ballast tank or double bottom coating has to fulfill.
Firstly the coating has to exhibit superior water resistance. Not only should it resist permanent immersion in
seawater but it should resist condensation at high temperatures. Preferably this property should be
combined with good application properties including good edge covering characteristics. (It is known from
experience that the first paint breakdown occurs at areas that are difficult to coat such as sharp edges,
weldseams, ratholes etc.). The film thickness at these areas is often far from sufficient due to poor
accessibility, and edge receding (natural tendency related to surface tension, where a freshly applied paint
film moves away from sharp edges).

The quality and nature of shop primer will determine the performance of the coating system. The types of
shop primer acceptable are those which are approved by PPG Protective & Marine Coatings and equivalent
to the following products: SigmaWeld 165 and SigmaWeld 199 - zinc silicate.
page 1/9
MARINE SYSTEM
January 2010
Approved zinc silicate shop primers in good condition should be cleaned to remove contamination and/or
zinc salts.
If necessary, sweep blasting according to SPSS-Ss or mechanical cleaning according to SPSS-Pt3 or ISO
8501-3:2006 Grade P2 should be carried out.
Special attention should be paid to heat damaged areas and weld seams, including areas along weld seams
and back burns.
IMO resolution MSC.215 (82) Requirements for Water Ballast Tanks
For vessels built under IMO resolution MSC.215 (82) there are strict rules that should be followed. These
rules are valid for surface pretreatment and paint system used.
The zinc silicate shop primer and the epoxy based coating system should have an IMO PSPC type approval.
For zinc silicate shop primers that do not have an IMO PSPC type approval at least 70 % of the intact shop
primer should be removed by blast cleaning (ISO-Sa2) prior to the application of the coating system.
PPG Protective & Marine Coatings has a number of Water Ballast coating systems that are compliant with
IMO resolution MSC.215 (82). Details can be found in the different specifications below.
For all vessels build under IMO resolution MSC.215 (82) the following surface pretreatment should be
followed:
• Steel; ISO 8501-3:2006 grade P2, with all edges treated to a rounded radius of minimum 2 mm or
subject to three pass grinding
• Steel or steel with not approved zinc silicate shop primer; blast cleaned (dry or wet) to ISO-Sa 2½,
blasting profile 30 – 75 µm
• Steel with approved zinc silicate shop primer; weld seams and areas of damaged shop primer or
breakdown should be blast cleaned to ISO-Sa 2½, blasting profile 30 – 75 µm
- for shop primer with IMO PSPC type approval; no additional requirements
- for shop primer without IMO PSPC type approval; blast cleaned (dry or wet) to ISO-Sa2 removing at
least 70% of intact shop primer, blasting profile 30 – 75 µm
• Dust quantity rating “1” for dust size class “3”, “4” or “5”, lower dust size classes to be removed if
visible on the surface to be coated without magnification (ISO 8502-3:1992)
For recommended application instructions – see working procedure –
page 2/9
MARINE SYSTEM
January 2010
SPECIFICATION 1 multi-purpose epoxy coating system for BALLAST TANKS, suitable for
block stage application
pretreatment steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½, blasting profile 30 - 75 µm
steel with approved zinc silicate shop primer; sweep blasted to SPSS-Ss
or power tool cleaned to SPSS-Pt3 or ISO 8501-3:2006 Grade P2
Water Ballast Tanks compliant with IMO resolution MSC.215 (82); see
detailed information on page 2 and in the relevant Product Data Sheets.
SigmaPrime 700 125 µm
min. dft min. dft is 250 µm applied according to 90/10 rule*
Paint system compliant SigmaPrime 700 160 µm
with IMO resolution SigmaPrime 700 160 µm
MSC.215 (82)
min. and max. dft min. dft is 320 µm applied according to 90/10 rule*
for the system max. dft: Dry Film Thickness of 2000 µm may occur occasionally (minor
areas) where multiple overlapping is unavoidable (i.e. around scallops,
corners, erection joint lines etc.). PPG Protective & Marine Coatings must
be consulted in case DFT readings fall outside this recommendation
note at temperatures below 5°C SigmaPrime 700 can be replaced by
SigmaPrime 700 LT
maintenance should be carried out according to this specification
* 90/10 rule: 90% of the recommended dft of the coating system is acceptable for up to 10% of the
readings only. See also sheet 1411
page 3/9
MARINE SYSTEM
January 2010
SPECIFICATION 2 multi-purpose epoxy coating system for BALLAST TANKS, suitable for
block stage application
MSC.215 (82)
SigmaPrime 200 LT
page 4/9
MARINE SYSTEM
January 2010
SPECIFICATION 3 multi-purpose high solids epoxy coating system for BALLAST TANKS,
suitable for block stage application
MSC.215 (82)
SigmaPrime 800 LT
SPECIFICATION 4 Coating system under development
January 2010
page 5/9
MARINE SYSTEM
SPECIFICATION 5 coal tar epoxy coating system for BALLAST TANKS, suitable for block
stage application
paint system SigmaCover 300 brown 125 µm
SigmaCover 300 black 125 µm
notes – edges, weldseams, bolt holes etc. to be stripe coated with
SigmaCover 280 or SigmaCover 300 brown
– at temperatures below 5°C SigmaCover 300 can be replaced by
SigmaCover 300 LT
min. and max. dft min. dft is 250 µm according to 90/10 rule*; max. dft in critical areas
for the system is 800 µm applied in two equal coats
pretreatment in case of hydrojetted to VIS WJ2 L or ISO Wa 2½ L an extra coat of
SigmaCover 280 should be applied as first layer at a dft of 50 µm (for
more info see sheet 1498)
page 6/9
MARINE SYSTEM
January 2010
SPECIFICATION 6 high solids epoxy coating system for BALLAST TANKS, suitable for block
stage application
Paint system compliant SigmaCover 380 160 µm
with IMO resolution SigmaCover 380 160 µm
MSC.215 (82)
for the system max. dft in critical areas is 1500 µm applied in two equal coats
note at temperatures below 5°C SigmaCover 380 can be replaced by
SigmaCover 380 LT
page 7/9
MARINE SYSTEM
January 2010
SPECIFICATION 7 solvent free, high performance epoxy coating system for Ballast Tanks,
with good edge covering capacity, suitable for block stage application
paint system compliant SigmaGuard 225 100 µm
with IMO resolution SigmaGuard 425 250 µm
MSC.215 (82)
note SigmaGuard 225 can be replaced by SigmaCover 280 at a dft of 75 µm
min. and max. dft min. dft is 350 µm according to 90/10 rule*; whilst for solvent free coating
for the system systems higher max. dfts do not influence long time performance, we
recommend the max. dft in critical areas below 1000 µm
note for critical areas and for pit-filling requirements higher maximum dfts may
be permitted (please consult your local PPG Protective & Marine Coatings
office for further details)
VENTILATION
adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing (please refer to sheet 1433 and
1434)
page 8/9
MARINE SYSTEM
January 2010
REFERENCES
Certificates for low-flame spread see information sheet 1883
Recognized corrosion control coating (Lloyd’s register) see information sheet 1886
prefabrication primers see system sheet 3015
use.
stating otherwise).
page 9/9
MARINE SYSTEM
SYSTEMS FOR BOOTTOP AND TOPSIDE 3102
an eight page issue January 2010

Application areas: Boottop and Topside of the outside hull of vessels
Contains following specifications:

Specification 1: multi-purpose epoxy coating system linked with 3101-spec. 1
Specification 2: multi-purpose epoxy coating system linked with 3101-spec. 2
Specification 3: multi-purpose epoxy/polyurethane coating system linked with 3101-spec. 1
Specification 4: multi-purpose epoxy/polyurethane coating system linked with 3101-spec. 2
Specification 5: recoatable epoxy system linked with 3101-spec. 1 or 2
Specification 6: high solids reinforced epoxy coating system linked with 3101-spec. 3 or 4
Specification 7: high solids, glassflake reinforced epoxy coating system linked with 3101-spec. 3 or 4
Specification 8: high solids epoxy mastic coating system linked with 3101-spec. 5
Specification 9: solvent free abrasion resistant epoxy coating system linked with 3101-spec. 6
Specification 10: chlorinated rubber/modified acrylic coating system linked with 3101-spec. 7
Specification 11: alkyd coating system
SURFACE PRETREATMENT
The quality of the surface pretreatment affects the performance of boottop and topside systems, particularly
when for the boottop area cathodic protection is applied. Optimal results will only be obtained only obtained
on substrates blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½, which means that up to the deep loadline the shop primer should
be removed. This is particularly important when (underfilm) corrosion has already started. Also the right
blasting profile will be obtained.

The quality and generic type of shop primer will determine the performance of the coating system. The
types of shop primer acceptable are those which are equivalent to
SigmaWeld 165 and SigmaWeld 199 - zinc silicate and approved by PPG Protective & Marine Coatings.
In addition, the condition of the shop primer with regard to degradation and underfilm corrosion will
determine the performance of the total system.
These remarks are of particular importance when cathodic protection is installed.
Experience shows that reblasting of corroded shop primed steel to ISO-Sa2½ is the most satisfactory
method of correcting corrosion defects and eliminating the detrimental effect of surface contamination.
necessary sweep blasting according to SPSS-Ss or mechanical cleaning according to SPSS-Pt3 should be
carried out.
Special attention should be taken for heat damaged areas, including areas alongside weldseams and
backburns.
page 1/8
MARINE SYSTEM
January 2010
SPECIFICATION 1 multi-purpose epoxy system for BOOTTOP and TOPSIDE

notes – if a durable topcoat is required for topsides, an extra coat of
PSX 700 (gloss), SigmaDur 1800 (gloss), SigmaDur 550 (gloss) or
SigmaDur 520 (semi gloss) can be applied
SigmaPrime 700 LT
SPECIFICATION 2 multi-purpose epoxy system for BOOTTOP and TOPSIDE

notes – if a durable topcoat is required for topsides, an extra coat of
SigmaDur 520 (semi gloss) can be applied
SigmaPrime 200 LT
SPECIFICATION 3 multi-purpose epoxy/polyurethane coating system for TOPSIDE

SigmaDur 550 50 µm
SigmaDur 550 50 µm
note at temperatures below 5°C, SigmaPrime 700 can be replaced by
SigmaPrime 700 LT
page 2/8
MARINE SYSTEM
January 2010
SPECIFICATION 4 multi-purpose epoxy/polyurethane coating system for TOPSIDE

SigmaDur 550 50 µm
SigmaDur 550 50 µm
note at temperatures below 5°C, SigmaPrime 200 can be replaced by
SigmaPrime 200 LT
SPECIFICATION 5 recoatable epoxy system for TOPSIDE

notes if a durable topcoat is required for topsides, an extra coat of PSX 700
(gloss), SigmaDur 1800 (gloss), SigmaDur 550 (gloss) or SigmaDur 520
(semi gloss) can be applied
page 3/8
MARINE SYSTEM
January 2010
SPECIFICATION 6 high solids reinforced epoxy system for BOOTTOP and TOPSIDE with
excellent resistance to mechanical impact, and abrasion
– if a durable topcoat is required for topsides, SigmaCover 456 can
be replaced by PSX 700 (gloss), SigmaDur 1800 (gloss), SigmaDur
550 (gloss) or SigmaDur 520 (semi gloss)
pretreatment; in case of hydrojetted to VIS WJ2/3 L or ISO Wa 2½ L SigmaCover 280
1498)
page 4/8
MARINE SYSTEM
January 2010
SPECIFICATION 7 high solids, glassflake reinforced epoxy system on top of in situ applied
epoxy primer for BOOTTOP (and topside), with good resistance to heavy
impact (fender areas - ice going vessels) can be finished with a recoatable
epoxy coating
notes – if a holding primer is required, SigmaShield 220 can be replaced by
SigmaCover 280 at a dft of 50 µm
– if a recoatable epoxy coating is required as top coat, SigmaCover 456
at
a dft of 75 µm can be applied on top of SigmaShield 460
– if a durable topcoat is required, an extra coat of PSX 700 (gloss)
SigmaDur 1800 (gloss), SigmaDur 550 (gloss) or SigmaDur 520 (semi
gloss) can be applied
SPECIFICATION 8 high solids, epoxy mastic coating system for maintenance of BOOTTOP
and TOPSIDE with good resistance to mechanical impact
note – SigmaCover 380 can be replaced by SigmaCover 630 aluminium
– at temperatures below 5°C, SigmaCover 380 can be replaced by
SigmaCover 380 LT
– if a durable topcoat is required, an extra coat of PSX 700 (gloss),
pretreatment; in case of hydrojetted to VIS WJ2 L or ISO Wa 2½ L SigmaCover 280
1498)
page 5/8
MARINE SYSTEM
January 2010
SPECIFICATION 9 solvent free, abrasion resistant epoxy system for BOOTTOP and TOPSIDE,
with excellent resistance to mechanical impact (e.g. for ice going and ice
breaking vessels) and well designed cathodic protection
note – at temperatures below 5°C, SigmaShield 1200 can be replaced by
SigmaShield 1200 LT
– if a durable topcoat is required, SigmaCover 456 can be replaced by
SigmaDur 520 (semi gloss)
SPECIFICATION 10 chlorinated rubber/modified acrylic system for maintenance of BOOTTOP

and TOPSIDE
paint system Sigma Vikote 18 75 µm
Sigma Vikote 46 100 µm
Note Sigma Vikote 46 and 56 have good overcoating and good drying
characteristics also below 0°C, which simplifies maintenance
SPECIFICATION 11 alkyd system for TOPSIDE, colours black, redbrown or green (4199)
paint system Sigmarine 28 75 µm
Sigmarine 28 75 µm
Sigmarine 48 35 µm
Sigmarine 48 35 µm
Note Sigmarine 48 can be replaced by Sigma Vikote 56
page 6/8
MARINE SYSTEM
January 2010
MAINTENANCE
As in normal dry-docking practice, fouling, loose paint and other contaminants should be removed by high
pressure water cleaning (HPWC). The removal of an oil or grease belt can be achieved by scraping heavy
deposits from the surface followed by high pressure water cleaning in combination with the use of suitable
detergents.
This should be followed by a thorough fresh water wash and drying prior to blasting and/or repainting.
It might, however, be necessary to blast clean such areas after this operation when oil has penetrated the
underlying paint systems. Rusty spots should be pretreated by blast cleaning and touched up with the
original anticorrosive system within the requirements given in the relevant specifications.
REFERENCES
PSX 700
Prefabrication primers see system sheet 3015
page 7/8
MARINE SYSTEM
January 2010
use.
stating otherwise).
page 8/8
MARINE SYSTEM
SYSTEMS FOR CARGO HOLDS 3107
an eleven page issue July 2011

revision of February 2011
Application areas: Cargo holds, for the carriage of WET or DRY cargoes
For application instructions, careful attention should be given to the relevant working procedures and product
data sheets.
Relevant specifications:
Specification 1: solvent free glassflake epoxy system

Specification 2: high solids reinforced epoxy coating system
Specification 3: allround general epoxy coating system
Specification 4: universal primer system
Specification 5: alkyd system
INTRODUCTION
Cargo hold coatings systems in service are frequently exposed to severe mechanical abrasion and impact. In
this respect, hard angular cargoes such as ores, coal, bauxite and coke can be especially aggressive.
Successful in-service performance of cargo hold coating systems depends not only on the correct choice of
coating system, but also upon the adoption of a correct standard of surface preparation, paint application
procedures and curing conditions; all of these will determine the performance of the coating system in
service and extent of damage.
Within the PPG Protective & Marine Coatings range there are a number of cargo hold coating systems that
can be used depending on exact operational requirements and service life expectations. An overview,
including related properties and specific requirements is described in this system sheet. When modifications
to these standard systems are required, please always contact your PPG Protective & Marine Coatings
Sales representatives for advice.
In order to minimize the mechanical damage of the applied coating system during loading, discharging and
transportation of cargoes, the coating systems must be sufficiently cured. Following the required curing times
will allow the coating to achieve its maximum resistance to mechanical damage. The rate at which optimal
mechanical strength is obtained is specific for each coating system and depends upon several factors:
 Application and curing temperature
 Ventilation conditions during curing
 Applied film thickness
 The properties of the coating system itself
In this system sheet advice is given on curing times and maximum dry film thicknesses of the different cargo
hold coating systems. Information sheets 1411 and 1434 provide additional information related to ventilation
and standards of surface preparation and application.
page 1/11
MARINE SYSTEM
July 2011
CURING PROPERTIES / TIME TO FIRST CARGO
The technical data-sheets of our epoxy coatings include tables with “full cure times”. These specific full cure
times refer to curing times allowing for immersion in seawater. However the curing process is not complete
because an additional post cure of these epoxy coatings is still continuing. When these coatings are used in
cargo hold coating systems, longer curing times are required in order to allow the coating system to reach its
optimal properties before loading the first cargoes. In graphs 1 to 4 recommendations are given for our 2
component epoxy cargo hold coatings.
SigmaShield 905 ‐ Time to loading of Hard Angular Cargoes
(1 x 400 µm)
40
35
Curing time [days]
30
25
20
15 SigmaShield 905
10
5
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
Curing temperature [°C]
Graph 1: SigmaShield 905 (specification 1)
SigmaShield 420 ‐ Time to loading of Hard Angular Cargoes
(2 x 125 µm)
40
35
Curing time [days]
30
25
20 SigmaShield 420 LT
15 SigmaShield 420
10 SigmaShield 420 TG
5
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
Graph 2: SigmaShield 420 (specification 2)
page 2/11
MARINE SYSTEM
July 2011
SigmaCover 350 ‐ Time to loading of Hard Angular Cargoes
(2 x 125 µm)
80
70
Curing time [days]
60
50
40
SigmaCover 350 LT
30
SigmaCover 350
20
10
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
Graph 3: SigmaCover 350 (specification 3)
SigmaPrime series ‐ Time to loading of Hard Angular Cargoes
(2 x 125 µm)
90
80
70
Curing time [days]
60
50
40 SigmaPrime series LT
30 SigmaPrime series
20
10
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
Graph 4: SigmaPrime series (specification 4)
page 3/11
MARINE SYSTEM
July 2011
NEWBUILDING - ACCEPTANCE OF SHOP PRIMER
The quality and nature of shop primer will determine the performance of the coating system. For coating
systems where high levels of impact and abrasion resistance are required, shop-primer removal is highly
recommended. Should it be decided not to remove the shop primer, the types of shop primer acceptable are
those which are approved by PPG Protective & Marine Coatings and equivalent to the following products:
SigmaWeld 165 and SigmaWeld 199 - zinc silicate.
necessary, sweep blasting according to SPSS-Ss or mechanical cleaning according to SPSS-Pt3 should be
carried out. Special attention should be paid to areas damaged by heat.
Experience shows that in practice re-blasting of corroded shop primed steel to ISO-Sa2½ is the most
contamination.
MAINTENANCE
Whilst optimum coating performance will be achieved when applied on a substrate abrasive blasted to ISO-
Sa 2½, in practice this is not always possible, (i.e. for older bulk carriers where ISO - Sa 2 is the best
standard achievable) and other surface preparation methods and standards may be used. However, in some
cases this can lead to a reduction in the mechanical resistance of the applied coating system.
page 4/11
MARINE SYSTEM
July 2011
SPECIFICATION 1 solvent free glassflake epoxy system with excellent impact and abrasion
resistance, especially recommended for carriage of hard angular cargoes
pretreatment steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa 2½, blasting profile (Rz) 50 - 100 µm
paint system SigmaShield 905 400 -500 µm
dry film thickness (dft) SigmaShield 905 can be applied as a one coat system for cargo holds.
For the minimum and maximum applied dry film thickness principles of
good coating practice are valid.
The minimum dft of the paint system should follow the 85/15 rule (e.g. 85
% of the recommended dft is acceptable for up to 15 % of the readings
only).
(see also information sheet 1411 for additional details)
note - edges, weld seams, bolts etc. to be stripe coated
- for wet cargo holds a primer coat of SigmaShield 220 (100 µm) or
SigmaCover 280 (50 µm) is required
maintenance Should be carried out according to this specification. In case alternative

maintenance systems are preferred, please contact nearest sales office for
advice.
page 5/11
MARINE SYSTEM
July 2011
SPECIFICATION 2 high solids reinforced epoxy coating system for new building and
maintenance with excellent impact and abrasion resistance and designed
for carriage of hard angular cargoes for prolonged periods.
pretreatment steel; blast cleaned to ISO - Sa 2½, blasting profile (Rz) 40 - 70 µm


dry film thickness (dft) For the minimum and maximum applied dry film thickness principles of
only).
For optimum performance, in relation to typical properties like curing and

time to first cargo, the dry film thickness of the applied coating system
should not be in excess of 2 times the recommended value. This is valid
for each individual coat and for the paint system. On areas for which there
are application constraints the applied dry film thickness may be up to 2.2
times the recommended value, however these areas should typically not
exceed 15% of the total area.
notes – SigmaShield 220 can be replaced by SigmaPrime series

– if a holding primer is required SigmaCover 280 can be applied
at a dft of 50 µm, replacing SigmaShield 220 and the dft of
SigmaShield 420 should be increased to 200 µm
– edges, weld seams, bolts etc. to be stripe coated
– at application temperatures below 5C the specified products can be
replaced by the LT versions
maintenance Should be carried out according to this specification. In case alternative

maintenance systems are preferred, please contact nearest sales office for
advice.
pretreatment When hydrojetting will be used, the following standards are recommended:
- For dry cargo holds - VIS WJ2/3 L or ISO Wa 2/2½ L followed by above
specification
- For wet cargo holds - VIS WJ2 L or ISO Wa 2½ L followed by appropriate

primer as first coat
- For more information see sheet 1498
page 6/11
MARINE SYSTEM
July 2011
SPECIFICATION 3 General purpose epoxy coating system for new building and maintenance
and wide range of surface pretreatments. Good impact and abrasion
resistance and suitable for carriage of a wide range of cargoes. Also
resistant against hard angular cargoes for normal service life expectations.
pretreatment steel; blast cleaned to ISO – Sa 2½, blasting profile (Rz) 40 - 70 µm

tool cleaned to SPSS - Pt3

only).

notes – if a recoatable epoxy system is required, SigmaCover 456 should be

specified as topcoat at a dft of 125 µm replacing the SigmaCover 350
– The mechanical properties of SigmaCover 456 are not the same as

SigmaCover 350, therefore this should be taken in consideration with
regard to transportation of hard angular cargoes.
– at application temperatures below 5C, the specified products can be

replaced by the LT versions
specification

page 7/11
MARINE SYSTEM
July 2011
SPECIFICATION 4 Pure epoxy primer system designed to facilitate new building application
procedures. Good abrasion resistance and suitable for a wide range of
cargoes. Can also be used when hard angular cargoes are occasionally
carried.

paint system SigmaPrime series 125 µm

SigmaPrime series 125 µm
only).

notes – at temperatures below 5C, SigmaPrime series can be replaced by the

corresponding LT versions
specification

page 8/11
MARINE SYSTEM
July 2011
SPECIFICATION 5 alkyd system for dry cargo holds. Provides basic protection and is not
recommended for hard angular cargoes.
pretreatment steel without mill scale; power tool cleaned to ISO-St3


Sigmarine 80 25 µm
Sigmarine 80 25 µm
note one coat of Sigmarine 28 can be replaced by 2 coats of Sigmarine 24 at a

dft of 35 µm each
page 9/11
MARINE SYSTEM
July 2011
ONBOARD MAINTENANCE
Maintenance of an applied cargo hold coating system is normally carried out by re-blasting to the original
specification, followed by application of the system. Minor areas of rusting can be mechanically cleaned to
SPSS-Pt3 or hydro jetting to at least VIS WJ2 L or ISO Wa 2½ L (for more info see sheet 1498) and recoated
with the specified system.
For over-coating systems which are not of PPG manufacture, consult your local PPG Protective & Marine
Coatings representative.
Temporary protection can be provided with Sigmarine 80.
VENTILATION
Adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing (please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434
and the relevant cargo hold working procedure)
page 10/11
MARINE SYSTEM
July 2011
REFERENCES

Limitation of Liability - The information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we
believe to be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions
relating to the use of the Sigma Coatings products made by PPG Protective & Marine Coatings,
whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry, or otherwise, are based
on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. The products and information are
designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-user's
responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
PPG Protective & Marine Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the
substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and application of the product. PPG Protective &
Marine Coatings does therefore not accept any liability arising from loss, injury or damage
resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there are written agreements
stating otherwise).
The data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and
continuous product development.
This data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user’s
responsibility to ensure that this sheet is current prior to using the product.
page 11/11
MARINE SYSTEM
SYSTEMS FOR DECKS 3103
a six page issue January 2010

Application areas: all decks on ships, interior and exterior
Contains following specifications:

Specification 3: high build reinforced epoxy coating system
Specification 4: high solids epoxy mastic coating system
Specification 5: alkyd coating system
Specification 6: chlorinated rubber/modified acrylic coating system
GENERAL ASPECTS
Decks on ships are constantly exposed to the environment (UV in sunlight, rain, wind) and periodically
washed with seawater. They are subject to foot and mechanical traffic and sometimes chemical spillage.
Their aesthetic properties are always important, but they also have a strong protective element (both
anticorrosive and safety).
The main requirements for such coating systems are:

– flexibility
– good impact resistance
– resistance against spillage of hydrocarbons, aromatics, chemicals and detergents
– easy to maintain
– non slippery
Non-skid properties can be obtained by adding 10% by weight of a special silica (such as Minigrain No. IV),
or fine coconut shells to the last coat of a paint system. In case of contamination with oil or lubricants a very
coarse material like Minigrain No. 1 can be used to further enhance non-skid properties. In this case an
extra coat is necessary to ensure adhesion of the embedded anti-skid material and the dft of the total
system should be increased in order to give the correct anticorrosive protection.
SURFACE PRETREATMENT
Best results are obtained on ISO-Sa2½ blast cleaned steel. If the surface has been treated with a suitable
shop primer, sweep blasting is required to a minimum of SPSS-Ss or power tool cleaning to SPSS-Pt3.
Rusty areas should be blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½. Also possible is cleaning by hydrojetting to VIS WJ2 L or
ISO Wa 2½ L.
page 1/6
MARINE SYSTEM
January 2010
SPECIFICATION 1 multi-purpose epoxy coating with good resistance to abrasion, spillage of

oils and mild chemicals

notes – SigmaPrime 700 can be replaced by SigmaCover 435
– at temperatures below 5°C, SigmaPrime 700 can be replaced
by SigmaPrime 700 LT
pretreatment in case of hydrojetted to VIS WJ2/3 L or ISO Wa 2/2½ LSigmaCover 280
1498)
SPECIFICATION 2 multi-purpose epoxy coating with good resistance to abrasion, spillage of

oils and mild chemicals

notes – SigmaPrime 200 can be replaced by SigmaCover 435
– at temperatures below 5°C, SigmaPrime 200 can be replaced
by SigmaPrime 200 LT
pretreatment; in case of hydrojetted to VIS WJ2/3 L or ISO Wa 2/2½ L SigmaCover 280
1498)
page 2/6
MARINE SYSTEM
January 2010
SPECIFICATION 3 reinforced high build epoxy coating with excellent abrasion resistance and
good resistance to spillage of oils and mild chemicals
– if a durable topcoat is required, SigmaCover 456 can be replaced by
SigmaDur 520 (semi gloss)
– at temperatures below 5°C, SigmaPrime 200 or 700, SigmaShield 220
and 420 can be replaced by the LT versions
pretreatment in case of hydrojetted to VIS WJ2/3 L or ISO Wa 2/2½ L SigmaCover 280
1498)
SPECIFICATION 4 high solids epoxy mastic system for maintenance with good resistance to
abrasion, spillage of oils and mild chemicals
l steel with approved zinc silicate shop primer; sweep blasted to SPSS-Ss
notes – if a durable topcoat is required, an extra coat of SigmaDur 1800 (gloss),
SigmaDur 550 (gloss) or SigmaDur 520 (semi gloss) can be applied
– if a recoatable epoxy system is required, SigmaCover 456 should be
specified as topcoat
page 3/6
MARINE SYSTEM
January 2010
SPECIFICATION 5 one component alkyd based system for maintenance

pretreatment steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½ or power tool cleaned to ISO-St3
steel with approved shop primer; power tool cleaned to SPSS-Pt3
Sigmarine 48 35 µm
Sigmarine 48 35 µm
notes – Sigmarine 48 can be replaced by Sigma Vikote 56
– one coat of Sigmarine 28 can be replaced by 2 coats of
Sigmarine 24 at dft of 35 µm each
– not suitable for decks where spillage of oils and/or solvents can be
expected
SPECIFICATION 6 one component chlorinated rubber/modified acrylic system

pretreatment steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½ or power tool cleaned to ISO-St3
steel with approved shop primer; sweep blasted to SPSS-Ss or power tool
cleaned to SPSS-Pt3
paint system Sigma Vikote 18 75 µm
note not suitable for decks where spillage of oils and/or solvents can be
expected
maintenance should preferably be carried out to this specification or with Sigmarine 28
as first coat (dft of 75 µm)
note Sigma Vikote 46 has good overcoating and good drying characteristics (to
below 0°C) which simplifies maintenance
page 4/6
MARINE SYSTEM
January 2010
MAINTENANCE
The system to be used for maintenance will depend on the size of repair, possibilities of surface preparation
and the weather conditions.
The removal of oil, grease and contamination can be achieved by high pressure water cleaning in
combination with the use of suitable detergents. This should be followed by a thorough fresh water wash
and drying before blast cleaning and/or repainting.
For major areas of breakdown maintenance is normally carried out by a fresh water wash followed by
reblasting to ISO-Sa2½ and recoating with the original system. Minor areas can be power tool cleaned to
SPSS-Pt3.
When blast cleaning (dry or wet) is impossible or not tolerated the surface should be derusted by means of
power tool cleaning to a minimum of SPSS-Pt2 and primed with SigmaCover 280 (dft of 50 µm) followed by
the build coat and top coat as described in the specification.
page 5/6
MARINE SYSTEM
January 2010
REFERENCES
PSX 700 see product data sheet 7546
use.
stating otherwise).
page 6/6
MARINE SYSTEM
SYSTEMS FOR INTERIOR(S) 3105
a five page issue January 2010

Application areas: wet and dry accommodation spaces, service spaces.

Specification 1: multi-purpose epoxy system with an alkyd finish
Specification 2: multi-purpose epoxy system with an alkyd finish
Specification 3: recoatable polyurethane/epoxy system
Specification 4: alkyd system
Specification 5: waterborne acrylic coating system
Specification 6: emulsion paint system
GENERAL ASPECTS
Paint systems for wet accommodation spaces, such as bath rooms, showers, galleys and toilets must be
corrosion inhibiting, water, soap and scratch-resistant, easy to clean and non yellowing. For reasons of
hygiene they should be light coloured.
Paint systems for dry accommodation spaces among which engine room, provision store, cabins, hospital,
etc. should have long lasting adhesion to the various substrates, be easily recoatable and usually decorative.
VENTILATION
Adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing (please refer to sheet 1433 and
1434)
SPECIFICATION 1 multi-purpose epoxy system with an alkyd finish

system is certified for low flame spread, see sheet 1883B
pretreatment steel without mill scale; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½, blasting profile
40 - 70 µm or power tool cleaned to ISO-St3
cleaned to SPSS-Pt2
Sigmarine 48 35 µm
page 1/5
MARINE SYSTEM
January 2010
SPECIFICATION 2 multi-purpose epoxy system with an alkyd finish

cleaned to SPSS-Pt2
Sigmarine 48 35 µm
SPECIFICATION 3 recoatable polyurethane/epoxy system with excellent hygienic properties

for wet and dry accommodation and service spaces
galvanised steel and aluminium; degreasing and removal of salts by
means of mechanical cleaning and rinsing e.g. by brushing with nylon
brushes and use of abundant clean fresh water, followed by roughening
up surface must be allowed to dry completely
polyester and other plastics (to be specified and checked); degreased and
freed of contaminants by means of mechanical cleaning wood, hard
board, chip board; to be sanded before and after application of the first
primer coat
SigmaDur 550 50 µm
page 2/5
MARINE SYSTEM
January 2010
SPECIFICATION 4 alkyd system for dry accommodation spaces when fully cured and not
permanently exposed to water
pretreatment steel without mill scale; power tool cleaned to ISO-St3
steel with approved shop primer; power tool cleaned to SPSS-Pt2
wood, hard board, chip board; to be sanded before and after application of
the first primer coat
Sigmarine 48 35 µm
notes – for wood, hard board and chip board Sigmarine 28 can be replaced by
Sigmarine 40
if a very smooth surface is required, a knifing filler should be applied
after application of the (thinned) primer
– one coat of Sigmarine 28 can be replaced by 2 coats of Sigmarine 24 at
a dft of 35 µm each
SPECIFICATION 5 water borne acrylic coating system for dry accommodation spaces
paint system Sigma AquaCover 25 75 µm
Sigma AquaCover 45 50 µm
page 3/5
MARINE SYSTEM
January 2010
SPECIFICATION 6 emulsion paint system for soft board ceilings, plastered pipelines, fibre
cement plates and insulating materials with good resistance to wet
scrubbing
pretreatment all substrates; removal of contaminants
highly absorbent surfaces, to be impregnated with a strong diluted extra
coat
paint system Sigmatex 40 µm
Sigmatex 40 µm
page 4/5
MARINE SYSTEM
January 2010
REFERENCES
Sigma AquaCover 25 see product data sheet 7150
Sigma AquaCover 45 see product data sheet 7250
Sigmatex see product data sheet 8215
Certificates for low-flame spread see information sheet 1883 B
use.
stating otherwise).
page 5/5
EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: Industrial and coastal areas with moderate salinity.
Description: A (zinc) high solids epoxy/ polyurethane system suitable for

new construction and maintenance
suitable for steel
(Rz) 40-70 µm/1,6-2.8 mils
SigmaDur 520 50 µm/ 2.0 mils
1
November 2012

REFERENCES
SigmaDur 520 see product data
2435
2
WARRANTY STATEMENT
PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPG’s specifications
for such product in effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall be delivered free of the
rightful claim of any third person for infringement of any U.S. patent covering the product.
WARRANTIES, UNDER STATUTE OR ARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROM A COURSE OF DEALING OR
USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE DISCLAIMED BY PPG.
Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within five (5) days of Buyer’s
discovery of the claimed defect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the
product, or one year from the date of the delivery of the product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyer’s
failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required herein shall bar Buyer from recovery under this
warranty.
NEGLIGENCE OF ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE
MADE OF THE PRODUCT.
The information in this sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG
believes to be reliable. PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical
experience and continuous product development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use
of the PPG product, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific inquiry, or otherwise,
designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills in the industry and it is the end-
user’s responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its own particular use and it shall be
deemed that Buyer has done so, as its sole discretion and risk.
PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the
use and application of the product. Therefore, PPG does not accept any liability arising from any loss,
injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this information (unless there are written
agreements stating otherwise). Variations in the application environment, changes in procedures of use, or
extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results.
3
EXPOSURE CONDITIONS INTERIOR: Production rooms, wind towers .
SPECIFICATION 1: A (zinc rich) epoxy / epoxy build coat system suitable for new construction
and maintenance
suitable for steel
(Rz) 40-70 µm/1,6-2.8 mils
paint system SigmaZinc 109HS 50 µm/ 2.0 mils
SigmaFast 370 100 µm/ 4.0 mils
page 1/2
STEEL PROTECTION
September 2010

breakdown begins.
REFERENCES
SigmaZinc 109 HS see product data
use.
stating otherwise).
page 2/2
Steel protection: atmospheric corrosivity category C4
EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: Industrial and coastal areas with moderate salinity.
Description: A (zinc rich) high solids epoxy/ polyurethane system

suitable for new construction and maintenance
suitable for steel
(Rz) 40-70 µm/1,6-2.8 mils
paint system Amercoat 68G 50 µm/ 2.0 mils
Amercoat 278 110 µm/4.4 mils
Amercoat 450SG 60 µm/ 2.4 mils
1
Steel protection: atmospheric corrosivity category C4
November 2012

anticorrosive coating system present on weldseams, sharp edges, bolts and nuts,
these being the critical 20% of the surface area where breakdown begins.
For sharp edges: All edges to be rounded off with a grinder to a radius of 2 mm or
more.
For pitting: Pitting in excess of 2 mm in depth and under 5 mm in diameter should
be filled by welding or by use of an epoxy filler.
REFERENCES
Amercoat 68G see product data
Amercoat 278 see product data
Amercoat 450SG see product data
2435ACEMEA
2
WARRANTY STATEMENT
PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPG’s
specifications for such product in effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall be
delivered free of the rightful claim of any third person for infringement of any U.S. patent covering the
product.
WARRANTIES, UNDER STATUTE OR ARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROM A COURSE OF DEALING
OR USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE DISCLAIMED BY PPG.
Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within five (5) days of
Buyer’s discovery of the claimed defect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable
shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the delivery of the product to the Buyer,
whichever is earlier. Buyer’s failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required herein shall
bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.
NEGLIGENCE OF ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL,
INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR
RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT.
The information in this sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that
PPG believes to be reliable. PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result
of practical experience and continuous product development. All recommendations or suggestions
relating to the use of the PPG product, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a
specific inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the best of PPG’s knowledge, is reliable.
The product and related information is designed for users having the requisite knowledge and
industrial skills in the industry and it is the end-user’s responsibility to determine the suitability of the
product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed that Buyer has done so, as its sole
discretion and risk.
PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting
the use and application of the product. Therefore, PPG does not accept any liability arising from any
loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this information (unless there are
written agreements stating otherwise). Variations in the application environment, changes in
procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results.
Current sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings Products are maintained at
www.ppgpmc.com. The English text of this sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.
3
Steel protection: atmospheric corrosivity category C5M
EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: Conditions of high humidity, ultraviolet radiation and saltspray will
accelerate the corrosion process, aggravated by wind borne particles.
This environment is characterized by a salt content in rain water of
more than 12 mg per litre.
SPECIFICATION 1: A (zinc rich) epoxy/ polyurethane system suitable for new

construction and maintenance
suitable for steel
(Rz) 40-70 µm/1,6-2.8 mils
paint system Amercoat 68G 60 µm/ 2.4 mils
Amercoat 370 160 µm/6.4 mils
Amercoat 450SG 60 µm/ 2.4 mils
Steel protection: atmospheric corrosivity category C5M
September 2010

The life of any protective system is determined by the dry film thickness of the anticorrosive coating
system present on weldseams, sharp edges, bolts and nuts, these being the critical 20% of the
surface area where breakdown begins.
All critical areas should be given extra stripe coats with the same material as the consecutive coat of
the system to achieve the specified dry film thickness.
For hand laid welds: Beads with a surface irregularity exceeding 3 mm or with sharp crests having a
radius under 2 mm should be ground.
For pitting: Pitting in excess of 2 mm in depth and under 5 mm in diameter should be filled by
welding or by use of an epoxy filler.
REFERENCES
Amercoat 68G see product data
Amercoat 370 see product data
Amercoat 450SG see product data
2413
Limitation of Liability - The information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to be accurate
and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the products made by PPG
Protective & Marine Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry, or otherwise, are
based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. The products and information are designed for users
having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-user's responsibility to determine the suitability of
the product for its intended use.
affecting the use and application of the product. PPG Protective & Marine Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
development.
This data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user’s responsibility to ensure that this
INFORMATION
CLEANING OF STEEL AND REMOVAL OF RUST 1490
a ten page issue May 2013

revision of June 2007
DERUSTING METHODS The effective life time of a coating applied onto a steel surface is dependent
to a very large extent on how thoroughly the surface has been prepared
prior to painting.
Surface preparation consists of primary surface preparation which aims to
remove mill scale, rust and foreign matter from a steel surface prior to the
application of a shop primer (prefabrication primer) or primer.
Secondary surface preparation aims to remove rust and foreign matter, if
any, from a steel surface coated with a shop primer (prefabrication primer)
or primer prior to application of the anticorrosive paint system.
A steel surface can be derusted in the following ways.
Wire brushing Wire brushing, usually done with rotating wire brushes, is a conventional
method, not suitable for the removal of mill scale, but suitable for the
preparation of weld seams. The main disadvantage is, that treated surfaces
are often not completely free of corrosion products and tend to become
polished and contaminated with oil. This decreases the adhesion of priming
paints and the performance of a paint system.
Chipping Chipping or mechanical chipping is usually done in combination with wire-

brushing. It is sometimes suitable for local repairs with conventional or
special formulated paint systems. It is not suitable for general preparation of
surfaces to be coated with epoxy or chlorinated rubber paints. It can be
used for the removal of thick rust scale and economizes in later blasting
operations.
Needle hammer To remove rust, paint etc. from corners and angles in order to achieve a
cleaned surface with a profile.
Flame cleaning Flame cleaning involves de-rusting by thermal treatment making use of
burning equipment (acetylene or propane and oxygen). It removes almost all
mill scale, but rust to a lesser extent. Therefore this method cannot meet the
requirements of modern paint systems.
Disc sanding Disc sanding involves use of rotating discs covered with abrasive material.
It is used for local repairs. The quality of these discs has been very much
improved, and these can give good standards of preparation.
page 1/10
INFORMATION
May 2013
Sweep blasting A hand operated form of superficial blast cleaning in which a primed or
coated steel surface is roughened and is free of almost all visible
contamination. (except oil contamination or traces of rust)
A: light sweep, purpose: roughening of intact coating and improving the
adhesion of subsequent coats
Abrasive: fine (0,2-0,5 mm) is most suitable when the paint
surface under treatment is not to be destroyed
B: heavy sweep (approx ISO-Sa1), purpose: removing of not sound coating
areas - layers
Abrasive: small to medium (0,2-0,5/0,2-1,5 mm)
Reference: Repainting of old metallic structures, limited blast cleaning scale
Technical Guide, November 1993 Laboratoire Central des Ponts et
Chaussées 58,bd Lefebvre, F 75732 Paris Cedex 15
Dry blast cleaning The impingement of a high kinetic energy stream of abrasive onto the
surface to be prepared. It is either hand operated by jet or automatically by
impeller and is the most thorough method of derusting. Centrifugal blast
cleaning, compressed air blast cleaning and vacuum blast cleaning are well
known types.
Shot The particles are as far as practical spherical and solid and should not
contain more than the minimum practical amount of ‘tails’ and irregular
shapes.
Primers to be used for shot blasted steel should be checked on
performance.
Grit The particles show good angularity form with sharp cutting edges and
should be substantially free from ‘half-rounds’ (i.e. shot split in half).
Unless otherwise stated in the specifications a mineral grit should be used.
page 2/10
INFORMATION
May 2013
Water (abrasive) Different types of water (abrasive) cleaning/jetting are in use

cleaning/jetting Below you will find the most commonly used ones
(Terminology NACE) For more info see also information sheet 1498 (Hydrojetting)
Water (abrasive) Some examples of these techniques are given below, not
blast cleaning pretending to be complete. New developments with wet
blasting methods are presented regularly, improving the
efficiency and reducing the amount of water or grit.
– LOW PRESSURE WATER ABRASIVE BLAST CLEANING

Pressure = 6-8 bar
Water consumption = 90-300 l/hour
Cleaning speed = 10-16 m²/hour, depending on material to be removed
Result: a surface cleanliness and blasting profile as required can be

obtained.
– LOW PRESSURE HUMIDIFIED ABRASIVE BLAST CLEANING

Pressure = 6-8 bar
Water consumption = 5-60 l/hour
Cleaning speed = 10-16 m²/hour, depending on material to be removed
Result: a surface cleanliness and blasting profile as required can be

obtained.
– ULTRA HIGH PRESSURE WATER JETTING (UHPWJ)

Pressure - more than 1700 bar
Use: Complete removal of all coatings and rust.
The result can be compared with dry abrasive blast cleaning, but with
flash rust after drying.
The original blasting profile will be maintained.
– HIGH PRESSURE WATER JETTING (HPWJ)

Pressure - from 700 to 1700 bar
Use: Most paints and corrosion products will be removed, Magnetite and
hard tightly adherent coating may be left but can be removed with
difficulty.
The original blasting profile will be maintained.
page 3/10
INFORMATION
May 2013
Water cleaning – LOW PRESSURE WATER CLEANING (LPWC)

Pressure - lower than 350 bar
Use: Removal of salt, dirt and poorly adherent surface contamination.
Mainly washing of surface
– HIGH PRESSURE WATER CLEANING (HPWC)

Pressure - from 350 to 700 bar
Use: Loose paint, rust, debris and material in pits will be removed, but
black iron oxide (Magnetite) will remain. A uniform matte finish
cannot be achieved.
– STEAM CLEANING
Pressure = 100-120 bar
Use: Removal of water soluble or water emulsified contamination; the
substrate dries quicker compared to a water rinsed substrate.
ISO STANDARDS When specifying a precise degree of de-rusting and cleaning of a steel
surface prior to painting, PPG PMC uses the ISO standard ISO 8501-1-1988
and ISO 8504-1992.
ISO 8501-1 This indicates the following rust grades:

Applicable to bare A = steel surface largely covered with adherent mill
mill-scaled or rusty steel scale but little, if any, rust.
B = steel surface which has begun to rust and from which
the mill scale has begun to flake.
C = steel surface on which the mill scale has rusted away or
from which it can be scraped, but with slight pitting
visible when viewed normally.
D = steel surface on which the mill scale has rusted away
and on which general pitting is visible when viewed
normally.
page 4/10
INFORMATION
May 2013
DEGREES OF PRIMARY The ISO standard indicates six preparation degrees.

SURFACE PREPARATION The following standards are often used in specifications:
ISO-St Surface preparation by hand and power tool cleaning, such
Hand and power tool as scraping, wire-brushing, machine-brushing and grinding, is
cleaning designated by the letters ‘St’.
Prior to hand and power tool cleaning, any heavy layers of rust shall be
removed by chipping. Visible oil, grease and dirt shall also be removed. After
hand and power tool cleaning, the surface shall be cleaned from loose dust
and debris.
ISO-St2 When viewed without magnification, the surface shall be free

Thorough hand and from visible oil, grease and dirt, and from poorly adhering
power tool cleaning mill scale, rust, paint coatings and foreign matter.
ISO-St3 As for St2, but the surface shall be treated much more
Very thorough hand thoroughly to give a metallic sheen arising from the metallic
and power tool cleaning substrate
ISO-Sa Surface preparation by blast cleaning is designated by the

Blast cleaning letters “Sa”
Prior to blast cleaning, any heavy layers of rust shall be removed by
chipping. Visible oil, grease and dirt shall also be removed. After blast
cleaning, the surface shall be cleaned from loose dust and debris.
ISO-Sa1 When viewed without magnification, the surface shall be free

Light blast cleaning from visible oil, grease and dirt, and from poorly adhering
mill scale, rust, paint coatings and foreign matter.

Thorough blast from visible oil, grease and dirt and from most of the mill
cleaning scale, rust, paint coatings and foreign matter. Any residual
contamination shall be firmly adhering.
ISO-Sa2½ When viewed without magnification, the surface shall be free

Very thorough blast from visible oil, grease and dirt and from mill scale, rust,
cleaning paint coatings and foreign matter. Any remaining traces of
contamination shall show only as slight stains in the form of
spots or stripes.
page 5/10
INFORMATION
May 2013

blast cleaning to from visible oil, grease and dirt and shall be free from mill
visually clean steel scale, rust, paint coatings and foreign matter. It shall have a
uniform metallic color.
Remark The photographs in the ISO Standard publication are given as illustration
only. They do not represent the complete preparation degree, which also
includes a cleaning operation which is not visible in the photographs.
(colorless contamination).
Equivalents As far as blast cleaning is concerned, equivalents according to British and

American standards are given in the following table.
ISO 8501-01 BS 4232 SSPC-Vis 1 *
Sa3 1st quality White metal SP 5

Sa2½ 2nd quality Near white SP 10
Sa2 3rd quality Commercial SP 6
* for more details see
SSPC-SP com
Roughness of To specify the roughness, a variety of values is used.

blast cleaned steel Such as Rz, Rt and Ra.
Rz = average peak to valley height = blasting profile
Rt = maximum peak to valley height
Ra = average distance to an imaginary centre line which can be drawn
between peaks and valleys = C.L.A. = Centre Line Average (ISO 3274)
Normally PPG PMC uses Rz values.
Blasting Profile (Rz) = 4 to 6 times C.L.A. (Ra).
The direct measuring of the dft of primers applied onto blast cleaned steel in
a thickness up to 30 μm is very inaccurate. A primer dft of 30 μm and more
gives an average thickness and not the thickness present on the peaks.
page 6/10
INFORMATION
May 2013
When in the specifications blast cleaning to ISO-Sa2½ is mentioned a
blasting profile Rz of 35-50 μm should be obtained using mineral grit unless
otherwise mentioned.
Above a Ra roughness of 17 μm (= blasting profile Rz of 100 μm) it is
recommended to use an additional coat of primer to cover the roughness.
A roughness profile above 100 μm often results if heavily rusted steel is
blast clean
JAPANESE STANDARDS These establish a systematic standard for secondary surface preparation
Standard for the preparation prior to protective painting when shop primers (prefabrication primers) are
of steel surface prior to used in the construction process of hull or steel structures.
painting SPSS-1984
Surface condition H = shop primed steel surface in way of hand welding

A = shop primed steel in way of automatic welding
F = shop primed steel surface in way of gas-burning
D = shop primed steel surface having white zinc salt
R = shop primed steel surface having rust in the form of spots
GRADES OF SECONDARY
SURFACE PREPARATION
The Japanese Standard indicates six preparation degrees.
The following standards are often used in specifications.
SPSS-Pt2 Surface prepared by wire brushing for the surface condition A, D and R,by
wire brushing and disc sander for the surface condition H,by disc sander for
the surface condition F. Almost all rust and foreign matter are fairly
removed.
If mentioned for other surface conditions (e.g. primed or coated steel),
almost all rust and foreign matter, have to be removed by wire brushing
and/or disc sander.
page 7/10
INFORMATION
May 2013
SPSS-Pt3 Surface prepared by wire brushing and (in combination with!) disc sander
for the surface condition H and A
and by disc sander for the surface condition F, R and D.
Rust and foreign matter are removed to the extent that the surface has a
uniform metallic sheen.
If mentioned for other surfaces conditions (e.g. primed or coated steel) all
rust and foreign matter has to be removed to the extent that the surface has
a uniform metallic sheen.
Also used for the preparation of primed or coated substrate to remove rust
from small areas such as scratches, pinpoints or areas of mechanical
damage.
SPSS-Ss Surface prepared by light blast cleaning of slug sands or grits.

(Shop primer (prefabrication primer) with the little trace of rust is
noticeable.)
Also used for the preparation of a primed or coated substrates or galvanized
steel to roughen the surface and to remove contamination or traces of rust.
Remarks In the Japanese Standard the expressions Sd2 and Sd3 are used, which are
equivalent to the Swedish expressions Sa2 and Sa3.
ISO 8501-3 Preparation grades of welds, cut edges and other area with surface
imperfections.
Grade P2 See illustrations in the standard
page 8/10
INFORMATION
May 2013
Degree of cleanliness The ISO and the Japanese Standards give a visual impression of the quality
of the derusted steel. However, chemical contamination like water soluble
salts etc. are not visible and remains partly on the surface. Presence of
excessive amounts of water soluble salts can cause blistering of the coating
by osmosis.
Water soluble salts in mineral abrasives.
For tankcoatings the maximum value of water soluble salts in mineral
abrasives is 250 μS/cm (conductivity) (ISO 11127-6 1993).
See further sheet 1491
Water soluble salts on the steel surface (ISO 8502-9 1998).

Our maximum acceptable levels of water soluble salts, calculated as mixed
salts, on treated substrate prior to coating application depends on the area
and expected service conditions.
mixed salts conductivity
(V=15 ml)
Cargo tanks 50 mg/m² (10.0 μS/cm)
Immersed areas 80 mg/m² (16.0 μS/cm)
Dry cargo holds 100 mg/m² (20.0 μS/cm)
Note Determination of water soluble salts: see information sheet 1468
For water ballast tank areas to be treated in accordance with IMO
resolution MSC 215(82) and cargo tank areas of Crude Oil tanks to be
treated in accordance with IMO resolution MSC 288(87): water soluble salts
limit equivalent to sodium chloride after blasting/grinding must be equal to
or lower than 50 mg/m² of sodium chloride.
For areas exposed to atmosphere conditions; We recommend the limit per
dry cargo holds as noted in the table. Prior to treatment the substrate should
be High Pressure Washed with Fresh (clean) water.
As a guidance we recommend that the conductivity of abrasives prior to
treatment should not be higher than 250 μS/cm.
page 9/10
INFORMATION

May 2013
REFERENCES
Determination of water soluble salts according to the
Bresle method (ISO 8502-6 2006) see information sheet 1468
Limitation of Liability - IN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY
(WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OF ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT,
SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR
RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT.
The information in this data sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that
PPG believes to be reliable. PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result
of practical experience and continuous product development. All recommendations or suggestions
relating to the use of the PPG product, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific
inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the best of PPG’s knowledge, is reliable. The
product and related information is designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial
skills in the industry and it is the end-user’s responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for
its own particular use and it shall be deemed that Buyer has done so, as its sole discretion and risk.
PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate or the many factors affecting
the use and application of the product. Therefore, PPG does not accept any liability arising from any
loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there are
written agreements stating otherwise).|Variations in the application environment, changes in
procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results. This data sheet
supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyer’s responsibility to ensure that this data sheet is
current prior to using the product. Current data sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings
products are maintained at www.ppgpmc.com.
page 10/10
INFORMATION
CONVERSION TABLES 1410
a four page issue June 2013

revision of 06-2002
GENERAL PRESSURE
1 atmosphere = 14.223 lb/sq.in. (kg/cm²) (p.s.i.) (kg/cm²) (p.s.i.)
1 foot = 0.305 metre atmosphere lb/sq.in. atmosphere lb/sq.in.
1 Imp. gallon = 4.546 litres (bar) (bar)
1 litre = 0.220 Imp. gallon 100 1420
1 litre = 0.264 US gallon 1 14.2 110 1560
1 metre = 3.281 feet 2 28.4 120 1710
1 sq. foot = 0.093 sq. metre 3 42.7 130 1850
1 sq. metre = 10.765 sq. feet 4 56.9 140 1990
1 US gallon = 3.785 litres 5 71.1 150 2130
1 yard = 0.915 metre 6 85.3 160 2280
1 metre = 1.0936 yard 7 99.6 170 2420
degree C = 5/9 x (degree F - 32) 8 113.8 180 2560
degree F = 9/5 x degree C + 32 9 128.0 190 2700
10 142.2 200 2840
VOLUME DRY FILM THICKNESS

1 Imperial gallon = 4.55 litre mi- mi- mi- mi-
= 1.2 US gallons crons crons crons crons
1 litre = 0.22 Imperial gallon (μm) mils (μm) mils (μm) mils (μm) mils
= 0.26 US gallon
8 0.3 105 4.2 205 8.2 305 12.2
1 US gallon = 3.79 litre
10 0.4 110 4.4 210 8.4 310 12.4
= 0.83 Imperial gallon
15 0.6 115 4.6 215 8.6 315 12.6
20 0.8 120 4.8 220 8.8 320 12.8
litres Imperial US gallons
25 1.0 125 5.0 225 9.0 325 13.0
gallons
30 1.2 130 5.2 230 9.2 330 13.2
1 0.22 0.26 35 1.4 135 5.4 235 9.4 335 13.4
2 0.44 0.53 40 1.6 140 5.6 240 9.6 340 13.6
3 0.66 0.79 45 1.8 145 5.8 245 9.8 345 13.8
4 0.88 1.06 50 2.0 150 6.0 250 10.0 350 14.0
5 1.10 1.32 55 2.2 155 6.2 255 10.2 355 14.2
6 1.32 1.58 60 2.4 160 6.4 260 10.4 360 14.4
7 1.54 1.85 65 2.6 165 6.6 265 10.6 365 14.6
8 1.76 2.11 70 2.8 170 6.8 270 10.8 370 14.8
9 1.98 2.38 75 3.0 175 7.0 275 11.0 375 15.0
10 2.20 2.64 80 3.2 180 7.2 280 11.2 380 15.2
15 3.30 3.96 85 3.4 185 7.4 285 11.4 385 15.4
20 4.40 5.28 90 3.6 190 7.6 290 11.6 390 15.6
50 11.00 13.21 95 3.8 195 7.8 295 11.8 395 15.8
100 22.00 26.42 100 4.0 200 8.0 300 12.0 400 16.0
page 1/4
INFORMATION
June 2013
SPREADING RATE
Sq.m./l Sq.ft./ sq.ft./ Sq.m./l Sq.ft./ sq.ft./ Sq.m./l Sq.ft./ sq.ft./
Imp.gal US gal Imp.gal US gal Imp.gal US gal
1.0 49 41 5.0 244 203 9.0 440 366
1.1 54 45 5.1 249 208 9.1 445 370
1.2 59 49 5.2 254 212 9.2 450 374
1.3 64 53 5.3 259 216 9.3 455 378
1.4 68 57 5.4 264 220 9.4 460 383
1.5 73 61 5.5 269 224 9.5 464 387
1.6 78 65 5.6 274 228 9.6 469 391
1.7 83 69 5.7 279 232 9.7 474 395
1.8 88 73 5.8 284 236 9.8 479 399
1.9 93 77 5.9 288 240 9.9 484 403
2.0 98 81 6.0 293 244 10.0 490 405
2.1 103 85 6.1 298 248 10.5 515 425
2.2 108 89 6.2 303 252 11.0 540 450
2.3 112 94 6.3 308 256 11.5 560 470
2.4 117 98 6.4 313 260 12.0 585 490
2.5 122 102 6.5 318 265 12.5 610 510
2.6 127 106 6.6 323 269 13.0 635 530
2.7 132 110 6.7 328 273 13.5 660 550
2.8 137 114 6.8 332 277 14.0 685 570
2.9 142 118 6.9 337 281 14.5 710 590
3.0 147 122 7.0 342 285 15.0 735 610
3.1 152 126 7.1 347 289 15.5 760 630
3.2 156 130 7.2 352 293 16.0 780 650
3.3 161 134 7.3 357 297 16.5 805 670
3.4 166 138 7.4 362 301 17.0 830 690
3.5 171 142 7.5 367 305 17.5 855 710
3.6 176 146 7.6 372 309 18.0 880 735
3.7 181 151 7.7 376 313 18.5 905 755
3.8 186 155 7.8 381 317 19.0 930 775
3.9 191 159 7.9 386 321 19.5 955 795
4.0 196 163 8.0 391 325 20.0 980 815
4.1 200 167 8.1 396 330 20.5 1000 835
4.2 205 171 8.2 401 334 21.0 1025 855
4.3 210 175 8.3 406 338 21.5 1050 875
4.4 215 179 8.4 411 342 22.0 1075 895
4.5 220 183 8.5 416 346 22.5 1100 915
4.6 225 187 8.6 420 350 23.0 1125 935
4.7 230 191 8.7 425 354 23.5 1150 955
4.8 235 195 8.8 430 358 24.0 1175 975
4.9 240 199 8.9 435 362 24.5 1200 995
page 2/4
INFORMATION
June 2013
VISCOSITY IN SECONDS
DIN Ford Afnor B.S. DIN Ford Afnor B.S.
cup 4 cup 4 coupe 4 cup 4 cup 4 cup 4 coupe 4 cup 4
15 15 17 19 44 53 56 60
16 17 18 20 46 55 59 63
17 18 20 22 48 58 62 66
18 19 21 23 50 60 64 69
19 21 23 25 55 67 71 75
20 22 24 26 60 73 78 82
21 23 25 28 65 79 84 89
22 25 27 29 70 86 91 96
23 26 28 31 75 92 97 105
24 28 30 32 80 98 104 109
25 29 31 33 85 104 110 116
26 30 32 34 90 111 117 123
27 31 34 36 95 117 124 130
28 33 35 37 100 123 130 138
29 34 36 38 110 136 144 152
30 35 38 40 120 148 157 166
32 38 40 43 130 160 171 180
34 40 43 46 140 173 184 194
36 43 46 49 150 185 197 207
38 45 48 52 160 198 210 221
40 48 51 54 170 210 224 235
42 51 54 57 180 223 237 249
page 3/4
INFORMATION
June 2013
TEMPERATURE °C = ( °F - 32 ) x 5/9
°C °F °C °F °C °F °C °F
–10 14.0 8 46.4 32 90 95 203
– 9 15.8 9 48.2 34 93 100 212
– 8 17.6 10 50.0 36 97 110 230
– 7 19.4 11 51.8 38 100 120 248
– 6 21.2 12 53.6 40 104 130 266
– 5 23.0 13 55.4 42 108 140 284
– 4 24.8 14 57.2 44 111 150 302
– 3 26.6 15 59.0 46 115 160 320
– 2 28.4 16 60.8 48 118 170 338
– 1 30.2 17 62.6 50 122 180 356
0 32.0 18 64.4 55 131 190 374
1 33.8 19 66.2 60 140 200 392
2 35.6 20 68.0 65 149 250 482
3 37.4 22 72.0 70 158 300 572
4 39.2 24 75.0 75 167 350 662
5 41.0 26 79.0 80 176 400 752
6 42.8 28 82.0 85 185 450 842
7 44.6 30 86.0 90 194 500 932
Limitation of Liability - IN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED
ON NEGLIGENCE OF ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF
THE PRODUCT. The information in this sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests
that PPG believes to be reliable. PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of
practical experience and continuous product development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the
use of the PPG product, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific inquiry, or otherwise,
designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills in the industry and it is the end-user’s
responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed that
Buyer has done so, as its sole discretion and risk. PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the
substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and application of the product. Therefore, PPG does not accept
any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this information
(unless there are written agreements stating otherwise). Variations in the application environment, changes in
procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results. This sheet supersedes all previous
versions and it is the Buyer’s responsibility to ensure that this information is current prior to using the product.
page 4/4
INFORMATION
DIRECTIVES FOR VENTILATION PRACTICE 1434
a three page issue June 2013

revision of 10-1999
Ventilation is required for reasons of health and safety. In addition for solvent containing coatings the quality
of a coating system is greatly affected by the amount and type of residual solvent in the layer when the
coating dries or cures.
Adhesion, water resistance, mechanical and chemical properties can all be adversely affected when
solvents remain trapped in the paint film. Very slow evaporation of trapped solvents can also develop
internal stresses due to shrinkage.
The ventilation must be maintained throughout the application process at a minimum level of 10% of LEL
value and for a period after application is completed when the paint cures or dries. As a guide line for good
ventilation after application the confined space should be ventilated 4 to 5 times its contents per hour.
Product data sheets indicate when any special ventilation requirements are required.
Hot ventilation: Ventilating air with too high temperature can cause surface curing of epoxy coatings and
although it may be necessary to produce a dry substrate before painting, the steel and air temperature
should be such that when the application starts, the temperature of the ventilation (dehumidifier/heater)
should be dropped so that the conditions stay stable. Hot ventilation air should be replaced by cool dry
ventilation air as soon as possible after application of any coat is completed.
Good ventilation consists of at least extraction at the lowest areas, but in most cases when controlled
conditions are needed, also of air input (dry and/or heated). The combination of in and output must be
correctly balanced.
The opening of the extraction hose should be close to the bottom of the tank (approx 30-60 cm).
Ventilation air should be directed to the bottom of the tank or compartment and should be extracted by
exhaust fans of correctly balanced capacity.
For complex structures the ventilation should be distributed over all compartments and confined spaces in
order to facilitate good ventilation in all areas.
BALLAST TANKS AND OTHER CONFINED SPACES.

Due to regulations of the shipbuilding industry ballast tanks and double skin tanks count for many square
meters confined spaces. Therefore it is necessary to pay good attention to the ventilation conditions during
application, drying and curing of the coating on these areas.
Depending on the structure of the ballast tanks, forced ventilation or natural ventilation is used during
coating of the new building blocks.
However, natural ventilation in many cases is not sufficient due to half open box conditions and can cause
serious drawbacks related to health and safety as well as curing and performance of the coating.
When ventilation is not sufficient solvents will not be removed, but will drift to the lower part of the section.
As normally first the upperparts of a section will be painted, the solvents evaporating from the applied
coating will drift to the lower part where it will attack the earlier applied coating (not yet fully cured) and this
coating will absorb part of the solvents and swell. This coating will then be overcoated and problems related
to bad adhesion, curing, water resistance etc. will result.
In case of waterborne paints, this advice is not valid. Water vapour rises to the upper areas of the tank and
may give condensation. Therefore it is recommended to position an extra exhaust outlet at the top of the
tank.
page 1/3
INFORMATION
June 2013
Also in this case ventilation is of utmost importance as drying under insufficient ventilation will prevent paint
film formation.
page 2/3
INFORMATION

June 2013
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY - IN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER
OF THE PRODUCT. The information in this sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory
tests that PPG believes to be reliable. PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result
of practical experience and continuous product development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to
the use of the PPG product, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific inquiry, or
otherwise, are based on data, which to the best of PPG’s knowledge, is reliable. The product and related
information is designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills in the industry and it is the
end-user’s responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its own particular use and it shall be
deemed that Buyer has done so, as its sole discretion and risk. PPG has no control over either the quality or
condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and application of the product. Therefore, PPG
does not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of
this information (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise). Variations in the application
environment, changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results. This sheet
supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyer’s responsibility to ensure that this information is current prior
to using the product. Current sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings Products are maintained at
www.ppgpmc.com. The English text of this sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.
page 3/3
INFORMATION
EXPLANATION TO PRODUCT DATA SHEETS 1411
an nine page issue June 2013

GENERAL
For ease of reference figures are usually stated in one unit only. Equivalents are given in the conversion
tables. See sheets 1410 Conversion tables, 1412 Nomograph conversion from english units to metric units
and 1413 S.I. units.
All values are given for temperature of 20°C (68°F) and relative humidity of 70%, unless stated otherwise.
GLOSS
With a ‘Lange’ gloss gauge 5 ranges of gloss have been determined, compared with a standard sheet of
black polished glass. The gloss values are determined on Lange gloss gauge (angle 60°) according to ISO
2813 (= ASTM D-523). The expressions used in the data sheets are:
Flat corresponds with 0- 15%
Eggshell corresponds with 15- 30%
Semi-gloss corresponds with 30- 60%
Gloss corresponds with 60- 80%
High-gloss corresponds with 80-100% (at 20° angle above 70%)
In practice, the level of gloss and surface finish will be dependent upon a number of factors, including
application and the condition of the surface to be overcoated.
COLOUR
For products supplied in different colours three colour quality levels exist:
1. Good For finishes in general, especially based on polyurethane, this quality matches the colour
standard
2. Approximate For undercoats and low gloss topcoats in general, this quality level is close to the colour
standard
3. Best Match For primers in general, this quality level is near to the colour standard
MICACEOUS IRON OXIDE AND/OR ALUMINIUM CONTAINING PAINTS
Micaceous iron oxide and/or aluminium containing paints show different appearance and colour impression
depending on thickness and application method. A touch-up by brushing may be visible on a sprayed area.
SHELF LIFE
The period from the date of manufacture during which the paint can be transported and stored in
undamaged and unopened packing at temperatures between 5-35°C, without any influence on the
application or performance of the paint.
After exceeding this period the paint is subject to reinspection.
Water-borne products must be protected from freezing at all times during storage and/or transport.
page 1/9
INFORMATION
June 2013
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS & TEMPERATURES
In order to achieve optimal application results, the technical requirements as stated in the relevant product
data sheets should be followed.
It is recommended that during the application and initial curing, the substrate temperature does not exceed
40° C, unless otherwise stated in the relevant PDS.
However, maintaining the required conditions in practice might prove difficult, and the substrate
temperature may occasionally exceed the recommended limits. In such cases special care must be taken to
ensure proper substrate wetting and film formation, avoid excessive over spray, dry spray, sagging and
other application related coating defects. Precautions such as additional thinning of the coating, providing
suitable sun/heat protection and/or forced ventilation might be adequate. However, maintaining the
recommended application conditions will facilitate optimal application results.
For further details regarding substrate conditions and temperatures refer to:
Information Sheet 1490 – Cleaning of steel and removal of rust
Information Sheet 1650 – Relative Humidity / Substrate Temperature / Air Temperature
page 2/9
INFORMATION
June 2013
FULL CURE
‘Full cure’ means, that the properties of a paint as described in the product data sheet are achieved (suitable
for service). However, in case of dry bulk carriage an extra curing time may be required before the coating
has reached its full mechanical strength and is suitable for carriage of hard angular cargoes
FLASH POINT
For paints the flash point is determined according to ISO 1523 (= ASTM D-3278, corresponding to Sigma
method SM 311-41) or calculated.
For thinners the flash point is determined according to DIN 51755 (corresponding to Sigma method
SM 311-42) or calculated.
Please always refer to the latest Material Safety Data Sheet for the paint and thinners.
OVERCOATING TABLE
The data given is a fair indication for normal conditions, longer drying times are necessary at lower
temperatures and under unfavourable weather and/or ventilation conditions and higher dry film thicknesses.
For epoxy coatings the minimum curing time for the recommended dft is given in the data sheets.
For average dfts 50% higher, the minimum overcoating time should be multiplied by 1,5 and for average
dfts 100% higher the multiplication factor is 2,5.
Recoating data are based on atmospheric exposure, for other exposure conditions contact your nearest
sales office.
TOUCH DRY
The touch dry time corresponds with the tack free time measured in accordance with ASTM D-1640
(corresponding with Sigma method SM 315-01). The touch dry time will be influenced by dft, ventilation
conditions and substrate temperature.
DRY TO HANDLE
The dry to handle time corresponds with the dry-through time measured in accordance with ASTM D-1640
(corresponding with Sigma method SM 315-01) and indicates the time when walking over is possible.
The dry-to-handle time will be influenced by dft, ventilation conditions and substrate temperature and
should not be necessarily interpreted as ready for transportation due to the likelihood of excessive damage.
DRY FILM THICKNESS (dft) / WET FILM THICKNESS (wft)
The dry film thickness can be calculated from the applied wet film thickness:
dft = wft x % volume solids dft x 100

wft =
100 % volume solids
Recommended dft
The dry film thickness for a paint system indicated in our system sheets is the recommended dft for the
specific exposure conditions and based on airless spray application.
Dft specifications referred to herein are valid for the coatings and coating systems in this manual unless
mentioned otherwise in the respective product and system sheets.
page 3/9
INFORMATION
June 2013
Minimum dft for application
The minimum dft of a paint system (also a one coat system) should follow the 90/10 rule (e.g. 90% of the
recommended dft is acceptable for up to 10% of the readings only), whilst for individual coats the minimum
dft should not be lower than 80% of the recommended dft, and must form a closed film.
Maximum dft for application - General
Application of a paint at thicknesses in excess of the dft recommended on the product data sheet may result
in performance problems. Such problems include solvent retention and a reduction in cohesive strength in
association with certain types of topcoat.
In a coating system, the dft of a primer is of the utmost importance. In general, Sigma Coatings would
restrict the dft of any primer to 1.5 times that specified on the product data sheet.
For a coating system, including the individual coats (except the primer), the maximum dft is 2 times the
recommended dft, whereas for the critical areas of a painted structure, 10% of the readings can be between
2 and 2.2 times the recommended dft. Critical areas are e.g. weld seams, edges, bolts, corners, nuts and
areas of difficult access.
For coating specifications requiring coating thicknesses which exceed the recommended dfts as mentioned
in the product and system sheets, the maximum dft allowed should be established per project prior to start-
up.
Over-application and its consequences is a complex subject and is dependent on the generic type of
system, recommended dft and number of coats, as well as the intended exposure.
Please refer to your local Sigma Coatings office if you should have any questions on this important issue.
The life time of any protective coating system is also determined by the dry film thickness applied to critical
areas. The dft of all of these critical areas should be closely monitored and controlled by the application of
stripe coats with the same material as the consecutive coat of the system (or as recommended otherwise by
Sigma Coatings). Please note that if a solvented coating has been applied over the specified dft then the
minimum overcoating time must be increased to ensure that sufficient time is given for solvent evaporation.
Care must also be taken to avoid over-application on critical areas during the progress of the job. Over-
application does not lead to enhanced performance life time of the coating system.
Maximum dft for application - Linings
For linings for severe exposure conditions or reinforced solvent free systems, the dft of the primer and the
subsequent coatings can be more critical. Dft limitations are detailed in the respective system / product data
sheets.
page 4/9
INFORMATION
June 2013
VOC
Until further notice, the heavy duty Marine and PC coatings industries in Europe must comply with the VOC
Directive 1999/13/EC (SED).
VOC values (in g/kg) to assist with the annual calculation of the solvent limits related to the SED
requirements, are mentioned on each Product Datasheet as well as on the label of all products.
For decorative, functional and protective coatings used in ‘buildings,’ the VOC Directive 2004/42/EC applies.
This is based on compliant coatings.
Label Example:
1999/13/EC : 320 g/kg
2004/42/IIa (i) 600 (2007) 360
Explanation Label Example:

1999/13/EC : 320 g/kg Max VOC according to Directive 1999/13/EC for material in the can.
2004/42/IIa (i) Reference to the sub-category according to Directive 2004/42/IIa
600 (2007) Threshold limit for sub-category according to Directive 2004/42/IIa from
1.1.2007 till 1.1.2010
360 The max content of VOC in g/l of the product in a ready to use condition
(including maximum amount of thinner according to Product Datasheet).
SOLIDS CONTENT BY VOLUME
This value is given in the product data sheet. It can be determined by a laboratory test, Sigma Method 314-
10 corresponding to ISO method 3233 or calculated from the formulation.
The calculated theoretical solids content by volume is in general lower than the determined solids content
by volume. The latter approximates best to practice, assuming that the table for spreading rate losses is
used correctly. Diluents with a high boiling point and low vapour pressure are widely used in solvent free
coatings, they will remain in the cured film under normal ambient conditions and will therefore have
negligible effect on the volume solids of these specific products. Furthermore, due to the relative high
boiling point and rather low vapor pressure of these diluents, the ventilation requirements when using
solvent free coatings in confined spaces to maintain the internal atmosphere at 10% of the Lower Explosion
Limit, will be unchanged.
TOLERANCES
Values given for specific gravity, theoretical spreading rate and solids content are averages from standard
production batches; these values can vary slightly, also for colours of one product.
page 5/9
INFORMATION
June 2013
VENTILATION
Adequate ventilation during application and curing of the coating is not only required for health and safety
reasons but also to ensure that the coating gives optimal performance.
Stagnant air/high vapour concentrations in confined spaces must be avoided. Forced ventilation will help to
avoid high vapour concentrations and possible solvent entrapment in the coating which may produce a
temporary plasticising effect. Ventilation with cold, humid air in the drying stage should be avoided.
Also avoid ventilation with heated air during the wet film forming stage as this approach may give skinning
and increased solvent entrapment.
For more information, see the following data sheets:
1430 Safety indications
1431 Safety in confined spaces and health safety, explosion hazard - toxic hazard
1434 Directives for ventilation practice
THEORETICAL SPREADING RATE
The theoretical spreading rate m²/l for a given dry film thickness can be calculated from:
m²/l = % volume solids x 10

dry film thickness (in μm)
PRACTICAL SPREADING RATE
The practical spreading rate depends on a number of factors:
surface condition and profile, application method, normal, high build or solvent-free paint, skill of labour and
weather conditions. It is often estimated at about 70 % of the theoretical spreading rate but under many
conditions this is still far too high. For calculation purposes the following table has been composed in which
spreading rate LOSSES are compiled.
Substrates like wood and concrete are not included because they present too many other variable factors,
especially in the preparation, the filling of pores, etc.
RECOMMENDED THINNERS
This product must only be thinned using the recommended Sigma thinners. The use of alternative thinners,
particularly these containing alcohols, can severely inhibit the curing mechanism of certain coating types
and will influence the performance. In case of the use of other thinners than advised, Sigma Coatings will
not accept any responsibility.
page 6/9
INFORMATION
June 2013
ESTIMATED LOSSES IN PERCENTAGES
ALL FIGURES ± 10 DEPENDING ON CIRCUMSTANCES (AS GUIDE ONLY)
BARE STEEL/FIRST COAT 4) COATED STEEL/NEXT COAT

NEW OLD NEW OLD
Type of surface and blast-cleaned derusted including due for
application method A-B-C C St 3 / D shop primer maintenance
ISO-Sa2½ ISO-Sa2½
inside outside inside outside inside outside inside outside
LARGE 1) airless spray 30 40 40 50 25 35 35 45
air-spray 40 50 50 60 35 45 45 55
roller 35 35 40 40 30 30 40 40
SMALL 2) airless spray 45 55 55 65 40 50 50 60
air-spray 50 60 65 65 45 55 60 60
roller-brush 25 25 25 30 20 20 30 30
FRAME- airless spray 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85
WORK 3) brush 20 20 20 20 20 20 30 30
1) LARGE SURFACES : hull, decks, deckhouses, tanks, holds

2) SMALL SURFACES : masts, water ways, machinery, structural steel and complex structures
3) FRAMEWORK : ladders, piping and railings
4) PRIMERS : consumption of first coat is always higher than for subsequent coats because of the
steel profile
Estimation of volume of paint necessary for a paint job can be calculated from:
10 x A x DFT = Q
VS x (100-W) EXAMPLE
Q = quantity in litre Q = to be calculated
A = area in m² A = 1000 m²
DFT = dry film thickness DFT = 100 μm
VS = % volume solids (see data sheet) VS = 50%
W = estimated losses (see table) W = 40%
Q = 10 x 1000 x 100 = 333 ltr.

50 x (100-40)
page 7/9
INFORMATION
June 2013
NOZZLE ORIFICE AND SPRAY ANGLE
In the product data sheets only the recommended orifice is stated. The choice of the spray angle depends
very much on the practical situation. The table below compares orifice and angle with the corresponding
codes of various manufacturers. Please consult other manufacturers for their corresponding codes.
ORIFICE WIWA - Spray Tips 1) GRACO - Spray Tips 2)
Inches mm's Angle Contractor Finish
0,007 0.18 40° 018/40 -- 163-407
0,009 0.23 40° 023/40 -- 163-409
0,009 0.23 65° -- -- 163-609
0,011 0.28 25° 028/25 269-211 163-211
0,011 0.28 40° 028/40 269-411 163-411
0,011 0.28 65° 028/65 -- 163-611
0,013 0.33 25° 033/25 269-213 163-213
0,013 0.33 50° 033/50 269-513 163-513
0,013 0.33 65° 033/65 269-613 163-613
0,013 0.33 80° 033/80 -- 163-813
0,015 0.38 40° 038/40 269-415 163-415
0,015 0.38 65° 038/65 269-615 163-615
0,015 0.38 80° -- 269-815 163-815
0,018 0.46 65° 046/65 -- 163-618
0,018 0.46 80° -- -- 163-818
0,021 0.53 65° 053/65 269-621 163-621
0,021 0.53 80° -- 269-821 163-821
0,026 0.66 40° 066/40 -- 163-426
0,026 0.66 65° 066/65 -- 163-626
0,026 0.66 95° -- -- 163-926
0,036 0.91 40° 091/40 -- --
0,036 0.91 80° 091/80 -- --
1) In the WIWA number the relation between orifice and angle is clear
2) Orifice Size determines how many liters per minute can be atomized through the airless spray tip.
The last two digits of the part number tell the Orifice Size in thousandths of an inch.
In this example, the orifice is 0.381 mm (015"). For ordering use the complete number.
Orifice Orifice
Tip No. 163-415 or Tip No. 269-415

Spray Width Spray Width
Spray Width is based on spraying distance 305 mm (12") from the surface. Double the fourth digit of the
tip part number to determine the approximate minimum Spray Width in inches. Add two inches to that
number for maximum width. In this example, this tip size produces a 203-254 mm (8-10") spray pattern
(width) at 305 mm (12") distance from the surface.
page 8/9
INFORMATION
June 2013
MIXING RATIO - twin-feed products
The mix ratios in volume for twin-feed applied products should be retrieved from specific data sheets.
It is very important that right ratios are maintained but deviations up to max. 3% are acceptable unless
otherwise stated on specific data sheets.
These products are generally supplied ready for use after mixing of components as extra diluting is not
allowed.
INDUCTION TIME
If mentioned on the product data sheet the coating should be thoroughly mixed and left for the
recommended time for the particular temperature conditions at application. This induction time or pre-
curing of the product ensures that the coating will give the required performance and application properties.
POT LIFE
This gives the time interval after mixing of the components of the coating during which the material can be
applied, without change of application and performance properties of the coating. For solvent containing
coatings an extra addition of thinner up to 5% is allowed. For solvent free coatings addition of thinner is not
permitted. For solvent free and high solid coatings an exothermic reaction occurs, resulting in gelation
shortly after reaching the end of the pot life. It is important to clean equipment with the recommended
cleaning thinner before the pot life has expired and/or directly after completion of application of the paint.
page 9/9
INFORMATION
INTERNAL CHEMICAL CLEANING OF STEEL PIPES 1493
In-situ application
May 1998
reprint of 8-1988
GENERAL ASPECTS
The "in situ" cleaning process for new and old, often corroded, pipe lines should be started with a thorough
inspection of the pipe line. The internal diameter of the pipe line has to be checked and samples of rust and
debris have to be collected to confirm that the cleaning operation will give the desired results.
Because the total cleaning procedure will consist of a number of pig runs, a lot of information can be
collected about the vertical head and elevation profile of the pipe line which knowledge is of great
importance for the final coating operation.
Besides that it is critical, it is very important that all pig trains containing water, chemical liquids and drying
liquids are being launched solid, travel solid and are being received solid in order to clean the pipe line with
success. Any condition that might impose a significant under pressure in any liquid train can cause air
intrusion resulting in inadequate surface preparation and transfer of liquids to a position behind the train.
The improvement in cleanliness should be continuously monitored by analysing the cleaning and
pretreatment liquids, followed by, if available, inspection through a camera pig.
New in situ blast cleaning methods have been developed (sand jetting system) which may be very useful
also to recoat previously coated pipe lines.
Removal of Dirt
Dirt, sand, loose rust, loose mill scale, bolts, parts of welding rods, corrosion debris, loose scale and
remainders of products previously transported to be removed by mechanical cleaning with wire brush pigs
and scraper pigs followed by line washing with fresh water and solvents.
Degreasing
Degreasing is extremely important as the presence of oil or grease will interfere with the subsequent acid
cleaning.
Detergent/water flushing requires a number of passes until analysis of the degreasing agents proves that all
oil and grease is removed.
Chemical cleaning
All mill scale and rust has to be removed completely also from corrosion pits by several passes of prescribed
strength inhibited acid solutions until the internal surface is near to white metal. The spend chemicals used
for cleaning have to be monitored by analysis, the degree of surface preparation has to be checked by usual
inspection.
Passivating
After the chemical cleaning all soluble salts have to be removed (often chlorides). To prevent flash rust
formation a run with a prescribed concentration of inhibiting or passivating solution is to be carried out
followed by rinsing the pipe line with fresh water until the water reach neutrality.
Drying
All moisture in the pipe line has to be removed in order that a dry steel surface is available for coating by
sending selected drying solvents through the pipe line followed by pigging with foam pigs together with dry
air or nitrogen ventilation. In this way a clean and dry surface is achieved, together with a dehumidified
atmosphere within the pipe line giving optimal conditions to coat the pipe line in situ.
page 1/1
PASSIVE FIRE PROTECTION DATA
PROTECTION OF STEEL FROM HYDROCARBON FIRES
PITT-CHAR XP PRIMER QUALIFICATION FORM 1205
a three page issue January 2009
In a fire situation it is essential that Pitt-Char XP remains adhered to the substrate for the duration of the
expected protection period. In most cases the substrate will be primed and hence good bonding of
Pitt-Char XP to the primer must be verified.
For this reason only primers and coating systems satisfactorily tested and qualified by PPG shall be used
under Pitt-Char XP.
The qualification process consists essentially of impact and lap shear testing under various climatic
conditions designed to establish any potential weaknesses in the total system composition. For certain types
of product additional fire testing is carried out.
The qualification process is free of charge, requiring the primer manufacturer to provide either a ‘wet
sample’ of the relevant product for us to apply, or a minimum of four plates prepared and coated with the
primer as per the relevant site conditions.
In all cases the application form (see page 2) shall be completed and sent to PPG along with either the wet
samples or the test plates. A copy of the form may be sent in advance by fax, e-mail or post.
Where wet samples are supplied then both the MSDS and Product Data Sheet for each product MUST be
supplied to ensure correct application and safe handling. If the project specified primer DFT is different from
that quoted on the Product Data Sheet, then it is this thickness that should be identified on the application
form.
Where test plates are provided, these should be approximately 200 mm x 150 mm with a minimum
thickness of 3 mm but preferably 5 mm thick. Plates thinner than 3 mm are likely to give a ‘false fail’ result
when impact tested. The actual dry film thickness of each coat applied to the plates should be identified,
since in a multi-coat system we would only be able to confirm the total DFT.
If panels are supplied rather than wet paint, then it is strongly recommended that an additional set of four
plates be provided with the primer applied at the maximum thickness expected on the project. Otherwise
qualification will be restricted to the nominal specified DFT and there will be no scope to accommodate
over-application on site.
page 1/3
January 2009
PPG Protective and Marine Coatings Fax No: 0031 20 407 5059
Passive Fire Protection Department e-mail: daniel.brosch@ppg.com
Attn. Dr. Daniel Brosch mobile: 0049 175 934 1376
Primer qualification for Pitt-Char XP

Paint Manufacturers Name:
Technical data sheet supplied? YES / NO (Delete as appropriate)
Safety Data Sheet supplied? YES / NO (Delete as appropriate)
Sample plate details: Steel or other Size LxWxT(mm)
Coat 1 Coat 2 Coat 3 Coat 4
Product name
Product Reference: Base
Hardener
Colour
Batch number: Base
Hardener
Thinners: Reference
Vol. % added
Panel Coat DFT Curing conditions Application
Date applied
No. No. [µm] [°C / %RH] method
#1 1
2
3
4
#2 1
2
3
4
#3 1
2
3
4
#4 1
2
3
4
page 2/3
January 2009
intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the coating products made by PPG
use.
stating otherwise).
page 3/3
PASSIVE FIRE PROTECTION INFORMATION
PITT-CHAR XP QUALIFIED PRIMERS - PPG 1204

Rev. of January 2009
This sheet contains a listing of PPG primers and primer systems qualified for Pitt-Char XP.
For the recommended dry film thicknesses, the application conditions and the surface preparation please
see the relevant product data sheets.
The dry film thickness of a primer or primer system should not exceed 150 µm.
If the primer or primer system you are looking for is not included, please contact PPG.
Primer / Primer System Generic Type / Comment DFT Range

Amercoat 71 epoxy 50 - 75 µm
Amercoat 385 epoxy 50 - 75 µm
Amerlock 2 Epoxy 50 - 75 µm
Pitt-Guard DTR 97-145 epoxy 50 - 75 µm
SigmaCover 280 epoxy 50 - 75 µm
SigmaCover 456 HS epoxy 75 - 100 µm
SigmaPrime 200 epoxy 75 - 100 µm
Amercoat 68 series zinc rich epoxy 50 - 75 µm
Amercoat 132E 50 - 75 µm
SigmaZinc 102 25 - 50 µm
SigmaZinc 102 HS 60 - 75 µm
SigmaZinc 109 HS 75 - 100 µm
Amercoat 68 series / Amercoat 71 zinc rich epoxy + tie coat 75 - 100 µm
SigmaZinc 102 / SigmaCover 522 50 - 75 µm
SigmaZinc 109 HS / SigmaCover 435 100 - 150 µm
Dimetcote 9 series / Amercoat 71 zinc silicate + tie coat 75 - 100 µm
SigmaZinc 158 / SigmaCover 435 zinc silicate + tie coat 75 - 100 µm
SigmaZinc 158 / SigmaCover 522 zinc silicate + tie coat 75 - 100 µm
For primers from other manufacturers please contact PPG.
intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the coating products made by PPG
use.
stating otherwise).
INFORMATION
RELATIVE HUMIDITY - SUBSTRATE TEMPERATURE -
AIR TEMPERATURE 1650
a four page issue June 2013

revision of 10-1999
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN (VENTILATION) AIR-TEMPERATURE, SUBSTRATE TEMPERATURE AND RELATIVE

HUMIDITY
To achieve optimum results in coating work it is essential to ensure that no condensation occurs on the
substrate or in-between coats during the painting process. Air at a given temperature can only contain a
certain (maximum) amount of water vapour. This amount is lower at lower temperatures.
The maximum water content of air at different temperatures is given in the next table:
Degrees Centigrade Maximum water content g/m³

0 4,8
5 6,8
10 9,5
15 12,8
20 17,3
25 23,0
30 30,4
35 39,6
40 51,1
45 65,0
From these figures the relationship between dew point, air temperature and relative humidity can be
calculated. This relationship is given in the next table:
Relation between dew point, air temperature and relative humidity
Air Dew point in °C at a relative humidity of:

Temperature
°C 50% 55% 60% 65% 70% 75% 80% 85% 90%
5 –4.1 –2.9 –1.8 –0.9 0.0 0.9 1.8 2.7 3.6
6 –3.2 –2.1 –1.0 –0.1 0.9 1.8 2.8 3.7 4.5
7 –2.4 –1.3 –0.2 0.8 1.8 2.8 3.7 4.6 5.5
8 –1.6 –0.4 0.8 1.8 2.8 3.8 4.7 5.6 6.5
9 –0.8 0.4 1.7 2.7 3.8 4.7 5.7 6.6 7.5
10 0.1 1.3 2.6 3.7 4.7 5.7 6.7 7.6 8.4
11 1.0 2.3 3.5 4.6 5.6 6.7 7.6 8.6 9.4
12 1.9 3.2 4.5 5.6 6.6 7.7 8.6 9.6 10.4
13 2.8 4.2 5.4 6.6 7.6 8.6 9.6 10.6 11.4
14 3.7 5.1 6.4 7.5 8.6 9.6 10.6 11.5 12.4
15 4.7 6.1 7.3 8.5 9.5 10.6 11.5 12.5 13.4
page 1/4
INFORMATION
June 2013
Air Dew point in °C at a relative humidity of:

Temperature
°C 50% 55% 60% 65% 70% 75% 80% 85% 90%
16 5.6 7.0 8.3 9.5 10.5 11.6 12.5 13.5 14.4
17 6.5 7.9 9.2 10.4 11.5 12.5 13.5 14.5 15.3
18 7.4 8.8 10.2 11.4 12.4 13.5 14.5 15.4 16.3
19 8.3 9.7 11.1 12.3 13.4 14.5 15.5 16.4 17.3
20 9.3 10.7 12.0 13.3 14.4 15.4 16.4 17.4 18.3
21 10.2 11.6 12.9 14.2 15.3 16.4 17.4 18.4 19.3
22 11.1 12.5 13.8 15.2 16.3 17.4 18.4 19.4 20.3
23 12.0 13.5 14.8 16.1 17.2 18.4 19.4 20.3 21.3
24 12.9 14.4 15.7 17.0 18.2 19.3 20.3 21.3 22.3
25 13.8 15.3 16.7 17.9 19.1 20.3 21.3 22.3 23.2
26 14.8 16.2 17.6 18.8 20.1 21.2 22.3 23.3 24.2
27 15.7 17.2 18.6 19.8 21.1 22.2 23.2 24.3 25.2
28 16.6 18.1 19.5 20.8 22.0 23.2 24.2 25.2 26.2
29 17.5 19.1 20.5 21.7 22.9 24.1 25.2 26.2 27.2
30 18.4 20.0 21.4 22.7 23.9 25.1 26.2 27.2 28.2
Using these figures curves can be drawn which give the relationship between air temperature, relative
humidity and dew point. (See graph).
To allow a sensible safety margin normally the substrate temperature must be at least 3 degrees centigrade
above the dew point. The dew point is the temperature of a given air-water vapour mixture at which
condensation starts, since at that temperature the maximum water content of the air is reached.
Many important conclusions can be drawn from the graph, e.g.:

– at a relative humidity of 85% the lowest acceptable substrate temperature is approximately equal to the
temperature of the (ventilation) air. For this reason outdoor paintwork must normally be carried out at a
relative humidity below 85%.
– at a relative humidity of 90% the difference in temperature between substrate and dew point will be only
2°C, which means that the safety margin is narrowed. This can be overcome by raising the substrate
temperature by approx. 1°C.
– at a relative humidity of 70% the relationship between the acceptable substrate temperature and the
temperature of the (ventilation) air is given by the following table:
air temperature °C 5 10 20 30
dew point °C 0,0 4,7 14,4 23,9
lowest acceptable substrate temperature °C 3,0 7,7 17,4 26,9
page 2/4
INFORMATION
June 2013
Although the substrate temperatures given in this table are well below the temperature of the surrounding
air no condensation will occur under the stated prevailing conditions.
– if the lowest acceptable substrate temperature is for example 5°C and the temperature of the atmosphere
is also 5°C than the ventilation air can be heated and relative humidity will then be reduced according to
the following table:
air temperature °C 5 10 20 30 40
relative humidity % 85 60 32 18 11
In general reduction in temperature leads to risk of condensation.

For instance steel cooled down during the night will often show condensation and this will not evaporate
until the steel is heated up again by sunlight or other means.
page 3/4
INFORMATION
June 2013
page 4/4
INFORMATION
SAFE WORKING IN CONFINED SPACES
A two page issue June 2013

Safe working is always of the greatest importance, but particularly during application of tank coatings.
The illustrations on this sheet indicate the quite simple principal measures that will ensure safe working.
INFORMATION
SAFE WORKING IN CONFINED SPACES
June 2013
use of the PPG product, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific inquiry, or otherwise, are
based on data, which to the best of PPG’s knowledge, is reliable. The product and related information is designed
for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills in the industry and it is the end-user’s responsibility
to determine the suitability of the product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed that Buyer has done
so, as its sole discretion and risk. PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the
many factors affecting the use and application of the product. Therefore, PPG does not accept any liability arising
from any loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this information (unless there are
written agreements stating otherwise). Variations in the application environment, changes in procedures of use,
or extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results. This sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the
Buyer’s responsibility to ensure that this information is current prior to using the product. Current sheets for all
PPG Protective & Marine Coatings Products are maintained at www.ppgpmc.com. The English text of this sheet
shall prevail over any translation thereof.
INFORMATION
SAFETY IN CONFINED SPACES AND HEALTH SAFETY
EXPLOSION HAZARD - TOXIC HAZARD 1431
a five page issue June 2013

revision of 10-1999
When paints containing solvents are applied in enclosed or confined spaces, two hazards can exist,
explosion and toxicity and precautions must be taken to eliminate them.
General aspects of explosion hazards

The nature of this hazard is explained in detail below. The essential precaution to be taken is that sufficient
ventilation air must be provided to maintain the ratio of vapour/air at no more than 10% of the lower
explosive limit. The method for calculation is given below and data on minimum ventilation air quantity is
given in product data sheets. If the flash point of the solvent is above the working temperature, then an
explosion cannot occur. However, it may still be necessary to ventilate to provide a clean working
atmosphere or to eliminate toxic hazard.
An explosion is simply very rapid burning of a flammable mixture (in the case of paint, it is the burning of
solvent vapour in oxygen contained in the air). The speed of combustion is so great that there is extremely
rapid development of heat and pressure (6 to 9 times the original pressure). This can lead to destruction of
the compartment and injury to work people. Three factors must be present to create an explosion.
a. The mixture of vapour and air must be between the lower explosive limit (LEL) and the upper explosive
limit.
b. The mixture must be at a temperature above the flash point temperature of the vapour.
c. A source of ignition with high enough temperature and energy must be present to initiate the explosion
reaction.
These three factors explain the reasons for the safety precautions.
Ventilation to provide an atmosphere below LEL

It is usual to specify that ventilation should be provided to reduce vapour concentration to less than 10% of
LEL. This large safety margin is required to allow for variations in ventilation in all parts of a compartment.
(P x A) + (Q x B)
The minimum ventilation air in m³ per minute may be calculated from the formula:
t
Calculation
P = volume of paint applied in the compartment in litres during time t minutes.
Q = volume of added solvent used in the paint applied in the compartment in litres in time t minutes.
A = ventilation air quantity for 1 litre of paint to reach 10% LEL.
B = ventilation air quantity for 1 litre of solvent to reach 10% LEL.
t = time of application in minutes of volume P of paint.
page 1/5
INFORMATION
June 2013
Example
100 litres of paint (P) plus 5 litres of thinner (Q) are used within 45 minutes (t).
Value A is e.g. 60 m³ (given in product data sheet).
Value B is e.g. 130 m³ (given in product data sheet).
Ventilation air quantity m³ per minute to reach 10% LEL is:
(100 x 60) + (5 x 130) = 147.7 m³ per minute.
45
Remarks
This quantity of ventilation air must be maintained throughout the application of the paint and also during
the period of evaporation of solvent.
The ventilation must be arranged so that all parts of the compartment are properly ventilated. It is necessary
for the applicator or the contractor to check vapour concentrations (in varying positions) regularly with an
explosion meter. If the concentration rises above 10% LEL, painting must stop until the vapour
concentration is reduced to a safe level again.
Flash point
If possible paints with flash points above the ambient temperature should be used. This often is not
possible, particularly in compartments heated up by strong sunlight in summer. In such cases it is even
more essential that ventilation below 10% LEL is maintained.
Sources of ignition
Sparks, hot surfaces, flames and all other sources of ignition must be absolutely prevented. Flame proof
lighting and electrical equipment must be used, spark proof tools and clothing should be used and all work
must be prohibited in adjacent compartments. All equipment, whether electrical or not electrical
(e.g. pneumatic pumps, spray tips, etc.) must be adequately earthed to ensure no accumulation of static
electrical charge.
TOXIC HAZARD
page 2/5
INFORMATION
June 2013
General aspects of toxic hazard

Many solvents used in paint have some degree of toxicity and it is necessary to provide sufficient ventilation
air to maintain safe atmosphere below the threshold limit value (TLV). With many common solvents this may
be impractical when applying large volumes of paint in a short time. In such cases ventilation to give a clear
visibility and safety from explosion will still be necessary. It will also be necessary to provide operators in
the compartment with fresh air masks or hoods. Barrier creams and protective clothing may also be
necessary. Full details are given below and data for calculation of RAQ (required air quantity) are also
provided.
It is necessary to keep certain rules when using any paint since all can be harmful (even ordinary emulsion
paints are dangerous if swallowed!). The following are basic safety precautions:
Inhalation of dust and fumes

This must be avoided by the use of ventilation or extraction.
– products should be used in well ventilated areas
– forced ventilation or fresh air masks should be used in confined spaces
– a face mask should be worn when spraying, sanding or blast cleaning
Skin contact
Some substances used in paint may cause irritation after repeated or prolonged contact with the skin and in
susceptible cases there is a risk of dermatitis.
– operatives with a history of skin sensitivity should not be employed in processes where skin contact can
occur
– prolonged or repeated contact of paint with the skin should be avoided
– barrier cream should be supplied and used
– gloves should be worn
– do not wash hands with solvent
– use a proprietary hand cleanser
Ingestion
The ingestion (swallowing) of paint must always be avoided.
– food should not be brought into or consumed in the work area where coatings are stored or used
– thorough washing of hands and face is essential after applying paint, particularly before eating or
smoking
– if paint or thinners should accidently be swallowed, seek medical attention immediately
page 3/5
INFORMATION
June 2013
Eye protection
Steps should be taken to prevent material entering the eyes.
– goggles should be worn whenever necessary
– if the eyes become contaminated they should be irrigated with water; seek medical attention
immediately
Theoretical ventilation requirements

In the product data sheets, data are given for the minimum required ventilation air quantity (RAQ) in cubic
metres when 1 litre of paint is applied or when 1 litre of thinner is used. The TLV (=threshold limit value) for
the mixture of components and solvents in the paint or for the mixture of solvents used in thinners has been
calculated.
Calculation
The quantity of ventilation air required in m³ per minute during application and drying can be calculated
from the formula:
(P x M) + (Q x N)
t
P = quantity of paint consumed in litres.
Q = quantity of thinner consumed in litres.
M = min. ventilation air quantity needed to reach TLV of 1 litre of paint.
N = min. ventilation air quantity needed to reach TLV of 1 litre of thinner.
t = application time in minutes.
Example
100 litres of paint (P) are consumed in 45 minutes (t). 5 Litres of thinner (Q) were added to thin down the
paint to the prescribed application viscosity. Value M is e.g. 780 m³ (see product data sheet).
Value N is e.g. 2170 m³ (see product data sheet).
The ventilation air quantity required during application and drying to reach TLV is:
(100 x 780) + (5 x 2170) = 1974 m³ per minute
45
Remarks
In semi-confined areas such as rooms with open doors and windows or the super structure of a ship,
natural ventilation will be about 2 to 5 times the content of the room or space per hour, depending on
weather conditions.
The amount of fresh air necessary to reach TLV will be approximately 10 to 20 times the amount of fresh air
necessary to reach 10% of LEL. When it is impractical to ventilate in such a way that TLV is not reached
then fresh air masks must be used.
page 4/5
INFORMATION
June 2013
Emergency procedure
It may be necessary to enter an atmosphere which is unsafe. (You may have to rescue somebody). Before
entering a confined space or tank ensure that:
– you wear breathing apparatus
– you wear a lifeline
– the lifeline is properly tended
– a watch is kept on you
– a means of communication exists
– a system of signals is agreed
– you and everybody else involved understand the signals
You must also make sure that:

– a back-up or rescue squad is equipped to render assistance
– resuscitation equipment is on hand
If you have to keep watch or tend a lifeline:

– keep a careful watch on your men below
If you cannot see them:

– call out to them from time to time
– make sure they answer
If they do not answer repeated calls or if they show signs of drunkenness or unusual behaviour:
– RAISE THE ALARM IMMEDIATELY
– DO NOT ATTEMPT TO RESCUE THE VICTIM BY YOURSELF
– DO NOT BECOME A VICTIM
page 5/5
INFORMATION
SAFETY INDICATIONS 1430

revision of 10-1999
Most paints contain flammable solvents and some contain materials which can harm the skin, or damage
the health if swallowed or inhaled. Whilst most countries have developed regulations to control labelling,
storage and use of toxic or hazardous material as yet there is no agreed international code or system.
Sigma Coatings will adopt the local requirements in any country where their products are sold, but since it is
quite impossible and even confusing to apply all the marks which could be required for every country,
a Sigma Coatings system has been developed which is standard for our products throughout the world.
We will then add local regulation markings in addition, if required.
Two major classes of risk must be controlled and precautions defined which will reduce the risk to
acceptable levels:
A) Health risks, these include: –

1. Gases or vapours. These could include solvent evaporation during the drying period, or perhaps formed
during heating of the painted object.
2. Liquids in the paint. These might be solvents, or perhaps binders, which may be toxic if swallowed or
inhaled as spray droplets, or dermatitic or toxic in contact with the skin.
3. Powders or dusts. These can be formed during heating painted objects (e.g. flame cutting or welding
painted steel), or be present in powder formed during sanding operations, or in spray mist.
B) Fire or explosion risks, these include: –

1. Fire risk during storage or transport. Most paints other than water based products can be ignited and will
support flame.
2. Explosion hazard during application. Flammable solvents in mixture with oxygen in air can explode within
certain concentration limits if ignited or detonated.
The following sentences are used to define the classes of hazard and this data sheet gives details of
precautions which should be taken in each case.
page 1/3
INFORMATION
June 2013
Relatively harmless paint Normal measures which are always applicable are:
– Wash hands regularly and thoroughly with warm water/soap.
– Immediately cover any wound or cut.
– Do not roll cigarettes, smoke, or eat with dirty hands.
– Beware of possible dust or fumes resulting from sand papering or
burning.
– Check carefully that there is no possible fire or explosion risk.
– Check whether extra ventilation is required.
Highly flammable paint. Flash point of paints and solvents is stated in all our product data sheets.
Flash point up to and This is the lowest temperature at which a mixture of the material with air
including 23°C (DIN 53213). can ignite or explode. If the temperature of the air is near, or above, the
flash point it is essential that sufficient ventilation air is provided to reduce
the concentration of solvent well below the lower explosive limit (L.E.L.).
Mixtures of solvent and air can only explode when the concentration lies
between the lower and upper explosive limits.
These limits vary from one solvent to another but the LEL is usually about
50 g per 1 m³ of air.
This is described in detail in sheet 1431.
In brief 200 m³ ventilation air is required per kilo of solvent to maintain an
atmosphere below 10% of LEL.
Such a mixture is safe even at temperatures above the flash point.
Gloves recommended Solvents and other components in some paints can irritate the skin, and
although in normal paints this may only be a minor and temporary irritation,
Paint which irritates or dermatitis of sensitive skins can be caused by solvents or chemicals in
affects skin or mucous some paints. These are indicated by this ‘glove’ sentence. Barrier creams
membranes. together with gloves, goggles and possibly face masks should be used.
In all cases, however, the habit of using solvents to clean the skin after
painting should be discouraged.
Contact of paint with the skin should be avoided by use of barrier creams
and protective gloves. Any paint on the skin should be removed at once with
skin cleaning liquids or jellies and then washed with water.
Mask recommended Dust, smoke and spray mist can be filtered by face masks containing a dust
filter cartridge. Cartridges are also available which absorb both dust and
Inhalation of dust and solvents. These are only effective whilst there is no apparent smell of
spraymist is harmful. solvent. The filter is exhausted when the odour of solvent can be detected
and the filter should then be changed. It is most important that the correct
filter for the class of work should be used. These are described by the
manufacturers of the face mask and filter.
page 2/3
INFORMATION
June 2013
Fresh Air Mask recommended Toxic substances in paints usually enter the body by inhalation of gases,
vapours, fumes, dusts or spray mists. An indication of the level of hazard is
Inhalation of vapour and the Threshold Limits Value (T.L.V.), at one time called Maximum Allowable
dust is harmful. Concentration (M.A.C.). This is the concentration which can be tolerated by
a healthy worker for 8 hours a day without adverse effects. The lower the
figure, the more toxic the substance.
The concentrations are given either as parts per million (ppm), i.e. cm³ of
vapour per m³ of air, or for solid dusts as mg per m³. The minimum volume
for air required to achieve this safe level of concentration will be given in our
data sheets. This volume may in some cases be as much as 20 times that
required to reach 10% of LEL and in some classes of work it may be
impractical to supply the volume of air required to allow the required rate of
usage of paint in the compartment. In such cases it is essential that
operators are supplied with, and required to use, fresh air masks or
respirators fed with clean air at positive pressure. It is important that the
mask has a good facial fit. See also sheet 1431.
Paint contains heavy toxic Keep skin covered as far as possible, wear gloves and protect the eyes.
substances and is dangerous. Avoid contamination of the skin. Provide very good ventilation and wear
fresh air mask. Change all overclothes and shoes immediately after finishing
the work. Keep dirty cloths and other objects separate, destroy or clean
contaminated clothes with care. Wash the hands very thoroughly.
Handle empty containers with care and avoid contamination of the
environment with any poisonous paint or waste.
THE SIGMA WARNING SYSTEM will show one, or a combination of more than one, of the described
sentences. The safety code required in each country will be added to drums used in that country.
page 3/3
INFORMATION
Sigmashield 4800 / 4801 Application & User Manual
1726
a fifteen page issue May 2013
GENERAL
The purpose of this manual is to provide information relating to the safe handling, storage and use of
Sigmashield 4800 / 4801 products from PPG Industries. The notes within this manual are given in good faith and are
to be considered supplementary to other information such as the Technical Data Sheet and Material Safety Data Sheet
(MSDS) available from our web site.
It is stressed that the user of Sigmashield 4800 / 4801 must ensure that they carry out a full risk assessment in line
with their Duty of Care and other Legislative Requirements as appropriate. The user is also advised to read various
guidance documents issued by the UK HSE for the safe handling and storage of Organic Peroxides. There are
references to this documentation elsewhere in this manual.
The information contained in this manual is based upon current best knowledge and is considered to be accurate at
the time of publication. However, the contents will be subject to revision from time to time due to our policy of
continuously improving our products, processes and service.
Page 1 of 15
INFORMATION
1726
May 2013
Application and Use Manual Contents
Sigmashield 4800 / 4801 Application & Use Manual Revision Control 1
Application and Use Manual contents 2
1.0 introduction 3
2.0 Safe Use and Disposal of Sigmashield 4800 / 4801 4
2.1 Hazards Associated with Sigmashield 4800 / 4801 catalyst 4
2.2 Disposal 5
2.2.1 Disposal of Waste from Mixing and Application Operations 5
2.2.1.1 Unmixed base 5
2.2.1.2 Mixed paint 5
2.2.1.3 Full or part bottles of peroxide catalyst 5
2.2.1.4 Empty used bottles of peroxide containing ‘dregs' 5
2.2.2 Disposal of Spillage 5
2.2.2.1 Spillage of the base component 5
2.2.2.2 Spillage of the base component 5
2.2.2.3 A spillage of Sigmashield 4800 / 4801 catalyst 5
2.3 Specific Hazards to be aware of when handling and
applying Sigmashield 4800 / 4801 6
2.3.1 Addition of hydrocarbon solvent to ‘thin’ the material 6
2.3.2 Addition of MEKP to base that is not being stirred 6
2.3.3 Excessive addition of MEKP to base 6
2.3.4 Mixed material left to stand over break periods 6
2.3.5 Disposal of MEKP into waste skips containing organic matter 7
Sigmashield 4800 / 4801 Safe Handling - Do’s and don’ts 7
3.0 Surface reparation 8
3.1 Steel Surfaces 8
3.1.1 Preparation Prior to Blast Cleaning 8
3.1.1.1 Degreasing 8
3.1.1.2 Surface Defect Repair 8
3.1.1.3 Blast Cleaning 8
3.1.1.4 Soluble salt contamination 9
3.2 Concrete Surfaces 9
3.2.1 Concrete Preparation 9
4.0 Handling, Storage and Application guidelines 10
4.1 Storage 10
4.2 Mixing Procedure For . Sigmashield 4800 / 4801 10
4.3 Application 10
4.3.1 Spray Application 11
4.3.2 Application Procedure for Press Faced Flanges 11
4.4 Removal and Repair Procedure 12
5.0 Spreading Rates and Overcoating Times 12
5.1 Spreading Rates 12
Surface Profile 13
Surface Porosity 13
Method of Application 13
Normal Wastage 13
Over Application 13
5.2 Over-coating Times 13
Page 2 of 15
INFORMATION
1726
May 2013
1.0 Introduction
Sigmashield 4800/4801 coatings and linings are high performance, glass flake reinforced ester and polyester products
developed and supplied under PPG Industries strict standards of quality control and in compliance with its ISO
9001:2000 registration.
The permeability of resin-based linings can be significantly reduced by the use of high performance flake fillers, and
due to their size and purity glass flakes exhibit outstanding performance in this respect. As they are only 3-4 microns
thick there can be as many as 150 layers of overlapping glass flakes in a 1 mm thick coating. The distribution and
nature of the glass flake throughout the coating has a reinforcing effect, increasing resistance to impact and abrasion,
enhancing resistance to undercutting. Shrinkage stress in the resin is reduced and the coefficient of expansion
becomes closer to that of steel, which with its excellent adhesion makes Sigmashield 4800 / 4801 ideally suited to the
lining of steel vessels where thermal shock is encountered.
Sigmashield 4800 / 4801 cures by a chemical reaction, which is initiated by use of a ‘catalyst’. The product is supplied
as a ‘base’ component (a blend of resin and reinforcing glass flake) and a separate catalyst, which is added to the
base just prior to application.
The reaction between the ‘base’ and the catalyst is exothermic and produces an increase in temperature, which can
significantly reduce the effective working pot life. It is therefore essential to follow the recommended procedure as
closely as possible to avoid undue wastage of material and damage to equipment.
All information given in this literature is based on a catalyst level of 0.5% of total weight, which will provide the
optimal protection for the majority of applications. It is possible to adjust the ratio of catalyst between 0.5% and 1%,
however, an increase in catalyst will significantly reduce pot life and variation of catalyst level is at the users own
discretion.
In certain cases, where the ultimate in chemical resistance is required, it may be necessary to post cure the coating by
means of additional heating. In such cases the specification for the job in question will identify the need.
Further information relating to individual products is given in the relevant data sheet and the detailed project
specification.
Typical uses for Sigmashield 4800 / 4801
Agitators Hoppers Scrubbers Stacks

Ballast Tanks Pilings Ship’s Holds Structural
Steel Concrete Bunds Pipe Lines Ship’s Hulls
Tank Linings Fan Cases Pumps Shutes
Valves Floor Channels Road Tankers Silos
Page 3 of 15
INFORMATION
1726
May 2013
2.0 Safe Use and Disposal of Sigmashield 4800 / 4801
This information is given as a basic guide only and no liability can be accepted for any errors or omissions, or for any
action or inaction on the part of the user. Users must ensure that they have undertaken a proper risk assessment of
any process involving the use of Sigmashield 4800 / 4801 have made themselves fully aware of the necessary safe
handling precautions. Reference should be made to the relevant Sigmashield 4800 / 4801 Product Safety Data Sheet,
Container Label and Product Technical Data Sheet.
In the UK the Health and Safety Executive have issued a guidance note entitled: Guidance Note CS21 'The Storage and
Handling of Organic Peroxides'. Where UK HSE guidance is relevant, customers are advised to obtain a copy of this
document for reference.
2.1 Hazards Associated with Sigmashield 4800 / 4801 catalyst

The catalyst used to cure Sigmashield 4800 / 4801 is supplied in small polythene bottles, separate to the pigmented
'base' component.
The catalyst is a highly reactive, combustible and thermally unstable substance that can undergo self accelerating
decomposition. It is also powerful oxidising agent and will react violently with other organic chemicals. Self-
accelerating decomposition occurs when a reaction generates heat (an exotherm), which speeds up the reaction
generating still more heat and so on. This can lead to the release of hot flammable gases, which may ignite
spontaneously. Explosion can occur where these gases are contained and unable to escape.
Initiation of the runaway reaction can be by heating or by contamination (at concentrations as low as parts per million)
with various substances.
Where organic peroxides are spilled onto combustible materials such as paper or wood a fire may result.
The recommended storage temperature of Sigmashield 4800 / 4801 catalyst is between +5 °C and +25 °C and
should be strictly observed.
Specific legislation governs the storage of organic peroxides and HSE Guidance Note CS21 gives details of these as
well as guidance on the construction and operation of dedicated storage facilities.
The principal storage recommendations are:
Keep in original containers
Hold within the predetermined temperature limits
Keep in dedicated stores
Prevent contact/contamination with other materials
Minimise the quantity at the workplace - only have present enough for the job in hand
Always wear as a minimum, face shield and gloves designed for use with chemical liquids.
Page 4 of 15
INFORMATION
1726
May 2013
2.2 Disposal
Reference should be made to the MSDS and to Guidance Note CS21 (where applicable) but in general Sigmashield
4800 / 4801 catalyst must not be mixed with other products and must be kept separate from the base until it is
required for mixing and application.
2.2.1 Disposal of Waste from Mixing and Application Operations

There are four scenarios to consider for disposal:
2.2.1.1 Unmixed base.

Dispose of as 'special waste’.
Poses no greater risk than other paint types.
2.2.1.2 Mixed paint.

If units are mixed only as required then the quantity is likely to be less than 20 litres.
Part filled units (less than 20 litres) are placed in a 'bath’ of cold water such that the water Ievel comes almost to the
top of the pail but does not cover it. This will dissipate the heat generated allowing the reaction to proceed in a
controlled manner. Once the mixed material has fully reacted and cooled (usually overnight would be sufficient) it may
be disposed of as ‘special waste'.
2.2.1.3 Full or part bottles of peroxide catalyst.

A waste container of clean water should be available in which to pour the contents of a full or part full bottle of
peroxide catalyst. Care should be taken to ensure that the volume of peroxide added does not exceed the volume of
clean water initially in the container. The peroxide will be de-activated by the water and thus 'made safe'. The
wastewater should then be disposed of as 'special waste - water containing di-isobutyl phthalate'.
2.2.1.4 Empty used bottles of peroxide containing ‘dregs'.

As above these should be washed out using clear water, the washings being contained in a
‘special waste' container and disposed of as in c. above.
2.2.2 Disposal of Spillage

Prior to first use of the product a full risk analysis must be conducted and the most appropriate method defined. The
requisite equipment can then be made available and staff trained to deal quickly and safely with any spillage that
occurs.
2.2.2.1 Spillage of the base component

This is best contained and collected with a non-combustible material e.g. Vermiculite and placed in a suitable
container. It may safely be disposed of as 'special waste'.
2.2.2.2 Spillage of the base component

This is best contained and collected with a non-combustible material e.g. Vermiculite and placed in a suitable
container. DO NOT then confine the collected waste in a container with a tight fitting lid. Immerse the waste container
in a bath of cold water as detailed in 2.2.1.2 above. Once cool dispose of as 'special waste'.
Page 5 of 15
INFORMATION
1726
May 2013
2.2.2.3 A spillage of Sigmashield 4800 / 4801 catalyst
This needs to be dealt with quickly and the most appropriate method will depend on the quantity spilled, the floor type
and other hazards such as electrical equipment.
In all cases water may be used to de-activate the peroxide and it is strongly recommended that sufficient clean water
is available at the workplace to deal with any spill that may occur.
On a non-absorbent floor where pooling of the spillage may occur it may be more appropriate to contain and collect
the spill using a non-combustible material e.g. Vermiculite and place this in a suitable container. DO NOT then confine
the collected waste in the container with a tight fitting lid. Thoroughly soak the contained waste with water to de-
activate the peroxide, leave overnight in a safe place and dispose of as 'special waste - containing di-isobutyl
phthalate'.
On floors that are absorbent the peroxide may quickly soak into the surface making the use of Vermiculite
impracticable. Use copious amounts of water to de-activate the peroxide as quickly as possible but be aware of any
hazards such as electrical equipment. Do no allow the waste to enter the drains. Collect the waste and dispose of as
'special waste - containing di-isobutyl phthalate'.
Keep the workplace and floor area clear of organic paint, which will react with peroxide catalyst.
Do not attempt to soak up a spill using paper, rags, etc, as these will react with the catalysts and may spontaneously
ignite.
Do not dispose of empty or surplus peroxide catalyst in:
Empty drums of Sigmashield 4800 / 4801 base or mixed paint

Part full drums of Sigmashield 4800 / 4801 base or mixed paint
Other waste containers such as skips, etc
Before disposal consideration should be given to the Control of Pollution Act and The
Environmental Protection Act. Specific advice and guidance should also be sought from the
Environmental Agency using information presented in the Sigmashield 4800 / 4801 MSDS.
2.3 Specific Hazards to be aware of when handling and applying

Sigmashield 4800 / 4801
The following is not an exhaustive list of safe practices with peroxide catalyst, but are based on specific hazards that
have occurred in the workplace during the use of Sigmashield 4800 / 4801 . All users are strongly advised to read all
literature available including HSE Guidance Note CS21, Sigmashield 4800 / 4801 MSDS, TDS and Container Labels or
contact PPG Industries for advice.
2.3.1 Addition of hydrocarbon solvent to ‘thin’ the material.

As noted above when peroxides react they generate heat, which increases the temperature of the bulk. The increased
temperature accelerates the reaction, which increases the temperature still further. As the temperature rises the
volatile solvents are driven off and at some point the temperature may become high enough to spontaneously ignite
the vapours.
Never add any solvent to Sigmashield 4800 / 4801
Page 6 of 15
INFORMATION
1726
May 2013
2.3.2 Addition of MEKP to base that is not being stirred.
Where the catalyst is added without stirring there is a localised high concentration of organic peroxide. Such a
localised concentration difference could be considered as 'contamination of the peroxide, a known cause of runaway
reaction. The temperature may increase sufficiently to cause auto-ignition. Never add catalyst without continuous
stirring.
2.3.3 Excessive addition of MEKP to base.

The more peroxide added to the base, the faster the reaction progresses increasing the rate of heating and therefore
reducing the time to reach auto-ignition temperature. Correct handling of peroxide and adherence to our published
guidelines will avoid these problems.
Never add more than the recommended amount of catalyst.
2.3.4 Mixed material left to stand over break periods.

As described above the reaction generates heat, which drives the reaction faster, in turn generating more heat, and so
on. If the heat cannot be lost faster than it can be generated a runaway reaction will occur. Using the material reduces
the bulk in the container, which reduces the potential for heat build-up. When applied on a surface the large area
allows heat to dissipate more quickly than it builds up.
Do not allow mixed material to stand. The pot life is short and as well as the risks of fire can Iead to application
equipment seizing up. Read the data sheets for information relating to the pot life.
2.3.5 Disposal of MEKP into waste skips containing organic matter.

Do not dispose of empty or part empty Sigmashield 4800 / 4801 catalyst containers in waste skips or in empty pails of
Sigmashield 4800 / 4801 base. At the point of contact between the peroxide and the 'organic matter' there is a high
concentration of peroxide. This is a 'contamination' situation similar to that discussed above and can Iead to a
runaway reaction and subsequent fire.
Page 7 of 15
INFORMATION
1726
May 2013
Sigmashield 4800 / 4801 Safe Handling
Do’s and Don’ts

The following list is intended as a quick guide only. Your company has been supplied with more detailed notes of
guidance on the safe handling of Sigmashield 4800 / 4801 as well as Product Safety Data Sheets - if in doubt ask to
see these.
When handled correctly Sigmashield 4800 / 4801 products are safe to use.
DO DONT
Keep in original containers. Do not contaminate unused peroxide.

Keep in dedicated stores. Do not add excess catalyst.
Keep within the storage temperature limits. Do not add solvent thinners.
Minimise the quantity at the workplace. Do not leave mixed paint unattended.
Prevent contact/contamination with other materials. Do not re-seal containers holding mixed but unused
Wear face shield and gloves when handling peroxide surplus paint.
catalyst. Do not throw empty catalyst bottles into empty base
Add catalyst with continual stirring. containers.
Use mixed product straight away. Do not spill catalyst onto paper, cardboard, wood or
Plan your work schedule in advance. similar.
Soak up catalyst spills using vermiculite or similar Do not soak up catalyst spills wait paper or rags.
non-combustible material, or water to de-activate. Do not confine the waste.
Use water bath to cool pails of surplus mixed paint. Do not mishandle catalyst or mixed product – fire
may result.
Page 8 of 15
INFORMATION
1726
May 2013
3.0 Surface Preparation
3.1 Steel Surfaces
3.1.1 Preparation Prior to Blast Cleaning

3.1.1.1 Degreasing
All surfaces must be clean, dry and free from oil, grease, and other surface contaminants prior to grit blasting.
This may be carried out by high-pressure hot water detergent wash and rinse, or scrubbing with an emulsifiable
solvent degreaser followed by thorough fresh water rinsing.
Apart from small areas, solvent cleaning by hand is not recommended, as there is a tendency for oil and grease to be
spread around and re-deposited on the surface as the solvent evaporates.
Where it is unavoidable, very frequent changes of a suitable absorbent cotton cloth are essential. Health and Safety
Regulations must also be observed.
Ultra High Pressure (UHP) Water Blasting at pressures in excess of 25,000 psi, is also an effective method for the
removal of oil and grease.
3.1.1.2 Surface Defect Repair

All surface defects, including weld splatter, cracks, surface laminations and deep pitting likely to be detrimental to the
protective paint system must be removed. All fins at saw cuts; burrs and sharp edges shall be removed by grinding to
a minimum radius of 3mm. Welds must be inspected for condition, as these are often a source of corrosion. Undercut
welds, blowholes, discontinuous seams and other defects must be rectified by building up with new weld. Uneven
welds are likely to be the source of corrosion and high spots will need to be ground smooth. It is not necessary to
grind flush.
3.1.1.3 Blast Cleaning

Blasting should not take place when the relative humidity is greater than 90% and the surface temperature of the steel
is less than 3°C below the temperature of the dew point.
Surfaces should be prepared by blast cleaning to BS 7079 Part A1:1989 (ISO 8501-1:1988), Sa 2.5 and shall have a
surface profile conforming with COARSE grade using ISO 8503-1 (1988) BS 7079 Part E1 (1989) Grit Comparator. If a
surface profile comparator is not available then the measured profile should be in the range 75 – 125 microns.
The risk of oil impregnated grit re-contaminating the surface cannot be stressed too strongly.
For this reason the use of re-cycled grit is not recommended.
Spent abrasives should be removed completely from prepared surfaces by vacuum cleaning, stiff brushing, or by
blowing clean with dry, oil-free compressed air. Freedom from residual grit, shot, dust, etc. shall be checked by the
use of transparent self-adhesive tape. The adhesive side of the tape should be pressed onto the surface and when
removed, inspected for adherent rust, scale and abrasive dust.
Sigmashield 4800 / 4801 should be applied before visible re-rusting occurs or within 4 hours (in an internal
environment), whichever is the sooner. If discolouration or flash rusting occurs, it will be necessary to re-blast
surfaces as above.
Inhibitive treatments applied to the steel to prevent re-rusting are not to be used.
Page 9 of 15
INFORMATION
1726
May 2013
3.1.1.4 Soluble salt contamination

The maximum recommended chloride ion concentration on the steel surface is 5 μg/cm2.
Sigmashield 4800 / 4801 products are not suitable for application to zinc based surfaces, including inorganic zinc
silicate, zinc rich epoxy, zinc metal spray or galvanised steel.
3.2 Concrete Surfaces
3.2.1 Concrete Preparation

Concrete is by nature a variable surface for the application of coatings and linings. Each job needs to be carefully
assessed individually before treatment, to evaluate the best method of surface preparation. This is particularly the
case with old ‘unknown’ concrete and PPG Industries Technical Department should be consulted for advice and to
determine the need for a site inspection.
In general the following points should be taken into consideration:
Concrete must be at least eight weeks old with moisture content of no more than 5%.
Skimmed floors may well suffer from surface laitance, which is best removed by controlled blast cleaning to avoid
exposing concrete aggregate. In the case of coarse concrete, mechanical scabbling may be a more advisable
alternative.
All cracks and other imperfections should be cut out with square edges and made good with an approved cement
mortar or filler. The edges must be close knit and the filling level with the surrounding surface. All knibs should be
removed, and repairs allowed to dry thoroughly before being coated.
Page 10 of 15
INFORMATION
1726
May 2013
4.0 Handling, Storage and Application Guidelines
4.1 Storage
The Sigmashield 4800 / 4801 are supplied in 20 Kg or 5 Kg units, which are supplied with a bottle containing 2% of
714 by weight. For application under elevated temperature ambient conditions above 25°C the material is supplied in
a retarded form. This assists in controlling the rate of temperature increase and in extending the workable pot life at
these higher temperatures.
Under extreme application temperature conditions additional retarder may be required. This
would normally be supplied following discussion with PPG Industries.
Sigmashield 4800 / 4801 must be stored between +5 °C and +25 °C. The lower the temperature at the time of
mixing, the longer the workable pot life.
4.2 Mixing Procedure For Sigmashield 4800 / 4801

In hot climates surface temperatures can easily reach 60°C in direct sunlight so remove only sufficient containers for
immediate use and keep in the shade. Stand these on a wooden pallet or similar to reduce heat transmission from the
ground before mixing and during application. The temperature of the mixed material should be monitored; once this
exceeds 40°C the remaining working pot life is severely limited.
The following graph shows practical ‘pot life’ carried out under high temperature conditions and clearly demonstrates
the influence of initial temperature on working ‘pot life’.
In the case of the samples mixed at the higher temperature pot lives are unacceptably low for practical use, whereas
samples cooled initially to 25°C before mixing have acceptable working pot lives.
WARNING
Pot lives are only approximate. Should obvious thickening or lumpiness develop the material must immediately be
removed and discarded and the equipment flushed using Thinner 50-02
Never add 714 to the base before adding and thoroughly mixing retarder if supplied separately.
Never add 714 to the retarder or vice versa.
Never attempt to thin Sigmashield 4800 / 4801 with Thinner or other solvents, since these can seriously impair the
performance of the material.
Page 11 of 15
INFORMATION
1726
May 2013
4.3 Application
Minimum air temperature 3°C
Maximum relative humidity 85%
Steel temperature must be at least 3°C above the dew point temperature.
Maximum air/substrate temp 45°C
4.3.1 Spray Application
A mechanical stirrer of the paddle type is required for mixing the material prior to use.
An open top pail containing appropriate cleansing solvent (Thinner 50-02) should be available for flushing pump unit,
together with a selection of tools for removal of gun, hoses and pump wet end.
Operatives must wear suitable protective clothing and appropriate health and safety advice to be followed in all cases.
The spray pump should be an airless type with a minimum ratio of 45:1 and a delivery rate of 4 litres per minute.
The pump should be fitted with leather seals although Teflon (PTFE) is acceptable. All fluid filters should be removed
from the system.
A 10mm (3/8”) I.D. nylon fluid hose is required. Fluid hose of small diameter is unsuitable and must not be used.
The gun should be large bore mastic type (Graco Hydramastic Golden) fitted with swivel connector to allow free
movement of the hose.
Tip size between 0.58mm and 1.01mm (23-40 thou) can be used with appropriate fan angle for the piece to be
coated. Reverse-a-clean or Titan adjustable tips are ideally suited to this application.
It is recommended that spray equipment is flushed with styrene monomer immediately before spraying and cleaned
with Thinner 50-02 during and at the completion of the spray operation. We recommend flushing of the equipment be
undertaken at regular intervals if significant quantities of Sigmashield 4800 / 4801 are to be applied.
Ideally, two airless spray pumps should be employed, one for spraying, whilst the second pump is circulating solvent
(Thinner 50-02) ready for switching, every hour (or less as circumstances dictate) to prevent possible seizing of
equipment with catalysed material. Working pot life after mixing of retarded material normally 40 minutes at an initial
mixing temperature of 25°C.
Page 12 of 15
INFORMATION
1726
May 2013
4.3.2 Application Procedure for Press Faced Flanges

This procedure covers the application of Sigmashield 4800 / 4801 glass flake reinforced polyester and ester linings
on flanges to obtain the smoothest possible finish.
Surface should be grit blasted and primed in accordance with the relevant application data
sheets, and one coat of the lining system applied.
A melamine-faced chipboard (16mm thick) should be obtained and cut to the outside size of the flange face to be
lined.
Ideally this board should be drilled to accept nuts and bolts for clamping it in place through bolt holes already present
in the flange, alternatively G clamps can be used but these are only really suitable for small flanges.
This should then be thoroughly waxed and polished 3 to 5 times using a suitable mould release wax.
A small quantity of the specified Sigmashield 4800 / 4801 material should then be mixed thoroughly with the correct
quantity and type of 714 and applied at approximately 1000 microns onto the waxed surface. Allow to cure.
The glass flake material on the board should be over-coated with freshly mixed material and the flange face should be
coated simultaneously while the two surfaces are still wet they should be clamped together as described in 4 above.
Remove excess material, for example in nozzle bore while in the uncured state.
Leave overnight before removing board by sharp lateral force.
Clean off excess material from edges, bore, and bolt holes using a rasp or file taking care not to penetrate through to
the steel.
NB: For raised face flanges a spacer may be incorporated into the wet material on the
Melamine board if considered necessary, to ensure a minimum thickness.
4.4 Removal and Repair Procedure

Existing surfaces should be clean and free from previous cargo, contamination, etc. Sigmashield 4800 / 4801 should
be removed using angle grinders to a ‘firm edge’ and these edges ‘feathered’ to provide a gentle transition from
substrate to the original upper surface. The underlying steel surface should then be spot-blasted in accordance with
section 3.1.1.3 immediately prior to coating.
The Sigmashield 4800 / 4801 system should then be re-applied to the specified film thickness in line with the
recommendations set down elsewhere in this manual.
Page 13 of 15
INFORMATION
1726
May 2013
5.0 Spreading Rates and Overcoating Times
5.1 Spreading Rates

The spreading rates shown in our Technical Data Sheets as 'Theoretical Spread at Normal Dry Film Thickness' are
calculated from the volume solids of that product. The figure given is the spread that would be achieved if the paint
were applied evenly to a plane surface without any losses at the dry film thickness indicated.
The theoretical volume spread rate is calculated by the equation:
m2 /ltr = 10 x % v (s)
DFT in microns
The theoretical weight spread rate is calculated by the equation:
m2 /kg = 10 x % v (s)
DFT in microns x SG
or
Kg /m2 = DFT in microns x SG
10 x % v (s)
Sigmashield 4800 / 4801 contains styrene, which is not considered a solvent as it chemically reacts with the resin in
the presence of the 714. Hence Sigmashield 4800 / 4801 has a theoretical volume solids of 100%.
However, styrene is volatile and a small amount can be lost during application prior to reaction occurring. Also
Sigmashield 4800 / 4801 can physically 'shrink' as the polymer cures. Together these two factors can lead to the
practical thickness being less than that expected theoretically. To account for this our Technical Data Sheets show a
typical, practical volume solid of 80% ± 5%.
Many factors must be considered when estimating practical spreading rates of paint and allowance must be made for:
Surface Profile
The degree of roughness of a surface (which may be natural, due to erosion/corrosion or from abrasive blasting) has
an effect on the amount of paint used to cover the surface. This factor has a greater influence on first coat paints than
on subsequent coats.
Surface Porosity
The degree of porosity of concrete and other surfaces will obviously have an effect on the amount of paint used,
especially in the case of the first coat. The more porous the surface the more paint will be used.
Page 14 of 15
INFORMATION
1726
May 2013
Method of Application
Spray application generally causes more losses of paint than other methods, e.g. brush or roller.
Quite severe losses can be caused due to over-spray and due to windy conditions during external painting.
Normal Wastage
This would include drips from brushes/rollers, residues left unused in spray pipelines, on brushes and in pots, drums,
etc.
Accessibility of Surfaces to be Painted

Losses can occur if staging is erected in such a way as to make it difficult for painters to apply paint. Similarly, bad
lighting or obstructions, which may make continuous work difficult, can also cause wastage.
Over Application
Where a minimum dry film thickness is specified an operator will normally apply more than the minimum in order to
avoid deficiency corrections at a later stage. Measured dry film thicknesses are generally, therefore, found to be higher
than the minimum film thickness specified.
The variable nature of these and other factors mean that it is difficult for the paint manufacturer to give
recommendations wastage. The estimation of a suitable allowance to cover losses in any particular circumstances can
be best undertaken by the professional painting contractor or estimator in the light of their wider practical experience.
5.2 Over-coating Times

The minimum over-coating times which we show in our data sheets indicate the time to be allowed for the drying and
sufficient hardening of the coating before applying further coats of paint and assume:
 That the coating has been applied at the normal recommended thickness.
 That the drying conditions during and after application were good, particularly in respect of temperature,
ventilation and relative humidity.
 That the paint used for over-coating is suitable for the purpose and is applied by a suitable method.
It will be appreciated that the over-coating times shown in the data sheets are liable to variation if the above
conditions are not met.
Maximum over-coating times, where shown, indicate the optimum period wherein over-coating should be undertaken,
to obtain satisfactory inter-coat adhesion.
Sigmashield 4800 / 4801 products have an 'air inhibited surface' and are therefore indefinitely over-coatable (except
wax topcoat).
The over-coating times do not indicate the time required to develop maximum chemical or weather resistance
Page 15 of 15
INFORMATION
SPECIFICATION FOR MINERAL ABRASIVES (ISO 11126) 1491

revision of June 2007
SCOPE
This specification covers mineral abrasives such as corundum, aluminium silicate slag, or any slag mixtures
which are suitable for removing rust, scale, old paint or shop primer from steel by blast cleaning and giving
a satisfactory anchor pattern.
This specification covers only those abrasives commonly known as utility grades.
REQUIREMENTS
Material – The abrasive may be any material meeting the requirements of this specification. It shall be
composed of clean, sound, hard particles free from foreign substances such as dirt, oil, grease, toxic
substances, organic matter and water soluble salts.
The abrasive supplier shall certify that any product to be delivered conforms to all requirements stated
herein.
pH – 100 gram of a representative abrasive sample is crushed using a mortar and pestle. Approximately 50
grams of the crushed sample is added to 200 ml de-ionized water. The pH of this slurry is then determined
through the use of an electronic pH meter with an accuracy of ± 0.01 pH unit.
A slurry mixture prepared in this way shall not have a pH below 6.20.
Water Soluble Salts (ISO 11127-6 1993) – The abrasive is mixed with de-ionized water, conductivity max. 1
μS/cm, in the proportion 1:1, e.g. 100 g abrasive to 100 cm³ water. The mixture is shaken for 5 minutes,
allowed to settle for at least 1 hour and then shaken again for 5 minutes. Some of the water is decanted, the
temperature is recorded and the conductivity measured by a conductivity gauge.
If the conductivity gauge does not have any temperature compensation adjustment, the conductivity should
be converted to 20°C or measurement should be carried out at this temperature.
If the conductivity exceeds 250 μS/cm the abrasive is rejected.
If the abrasive is to be used for High Pressure Wet Abrasive Blastcleaning the total amount of water soluble
matter should be below 0,5% by weight.
Moisture Content – Approximately 200 grams of abrasive shall be weighed to the nearest 0.1 g in a tared
weighing dish and dried at 105 to 110°C for 3 hours or more until successive weighings after additional 1
hour heating periods show a weight change of not more than 0.1%. The percentage of moisture is
calculated as follows:
percent moisture = original weight - final weight x 100

original weight of sample
The moisture content for material deliverd in bags or in bulk shall not exceed 0.5% by weight.
Oil and Grease – The abrasive shall not be contaminated with oil and grease. 10 cm³ abrasive is shaken
with 10 cm³ methylene chloride for about 5 minutes. 5 drops of the solvent are applied to a clean glass
plate. After complete evaporation of the solvent the glass plate is exposed to ultraviolet light in total
darkness.
If there is blue fluorescence the abrasive is rejected.
page 1/2
INFORMATION
SPECIFICATION FOR MINERAL ABRASIVES (ISO 11126) 1491
June 2013
Hardness – Examine the abrasive material under a low-power microscope (10 x) and, if grains of different
colour or character are present, select a few grains of each. Separately place the grains thus differentiated
between two glass microscope slides. While applying pressure, slowly move one slide over the other with a
reciprocating motion for 10 seconds. Examine the glass surface and, if scratched, the material shall be
considered as having a minimum hardness of 6 on Moh’s scale. If any grains that fail to scratch glass are
present, in any appreciable quantity, the total batch is rejected.
Grain Shape – The individual abrasive grains shall be angular in shape.
Surface Profile – The abrasive material shall produce a prescribed blasting profile Rz value (varying between
30-100 μm)
page 2/2
INFORMATION
SURFACE PREPARATION OF CONCRETE
(FLOORS) 1496

revision of February 2009
GENERAL ASPECTS
Once a coating or a polymer flooring has been selected it is essential that the surface preparation of
concrete is done correctly, otherwise optimum performance will not be obtained.
New concrete: In the case of newly made concrete it is important that the concrete has been laid for a
minimum of 28 days before applying a coating or polymer flooring. The moisture content of the concrete
should be below 4 % by weight. The release of the surplus water is dependant on the thickness of the
concrete, the season, the temperature and relative humidity of the environment and the prevailing
ventilation conditions. So the moisture content of the concrete should always be measured.
The moisture content at the concrete surface can be measured by an electronic instrument called Protimeter
(Protimeter plc, U.K. telex 849305).
An indication in the red area means that the concrete is still too wet.
An indication in the green area means that the concrete can be coated.
An indication in the yellow area means be careful. A concrete area of approx. 4 m² should be covered by a
plastic sheet for 24 hours after which the measurement has to be repeated. If the indication becomes red
then the subfloor is still too wet to apply a flooring.
A major problem with new concrete floors is the top surface layer known as laitance. This water rich top
layer is formed during the binding period and is mechanically weak. In addition to the poor mechanical
properties, the laitance has a chemical composition different from the rest of the concrete. Concrete floors
with this laitance are obviously poor substrates to apply coatings to. It should therefore be a pre-condition
that the laitance has been removed prior to the application of any floor coating or polymer flooring.
Old concrete: The removal of all oils, greases etc., together with the removal of the remains of any
previously applied coating is required to ensure a sound base for the application of a coating, polymer
flooring or screed.
SURFACE PREPARATION
In order to ensure good adhesion and the long term performance of any floor coating or polymer flooring it is
essential that the correct type of surface preparation is carried out. The removal of chemicals, oil, grease
and fat must be completed before any other preparation work commences such as e.g. blasting or acid
etching (ASTM D4259 or ASTM D4260).
Mechanical tool cleaning must always be followed by removal of dust by means of vacuum cleaners.
Removal of chemicals from floor surfaces: Concrete that has become contaminated by chemicals must be
neutralised before coating. If the contamination is acidic, it must be neutralised with an alkaline cleaner and
rinsed thoroughly with fresh water.
If the contamination is alkaline it can be cleaned with detergents and/or steam.
Oil and grease contamination can be removed by a combination of solvents, steam and/or detergents
depending on the severity of the contamination.
page 1/3
INFORMATION
(FLOORS) 1496
February 2009
Abrasive blast cleaning: Abrasive blast cleaning should always be the best choice for the pretreatment of
concrete if polymer flooring systems have to be applied. Blast cleaning is normally carried out using an
enclosed system such as a Vacu-Blast, or Auto-Blast type machine. These systems are virtually dust free
and work on the principal of propelling small particles of abrasive i.e. steel shot, against the floor surface
whilst at the same time vacuum recovering the dust and abrasive to a recovery hopper. In addition to
cleaning the floor and removing any laitance, blasting will leave the floor surface with a profile which will
enable the coating to gain a physical as well as chemical adhesion to the substrate. Blast cleaning is the
recommended system for large floor areas.
Scarifying: Scarifying (sometimes known as scabbling) involves the use of rotating wheels and brushes to
scour the concrete surface. The scarifying equipment is pushed over the floor and the enclosed rotating
wheels abrade the surface. It is not as efficient or as dust free as a Vacu-Blast machine and can in the
wrong hands, cause excessive damage to the substrate. It is most effective on small areas or areas where
abrasive blast cleaning cannot be carried out.
Power grinding: Similar to scarifying this method can be used to open up holes and voids and to remove
loose materials from the surface of poured concrete and pre-cast slabs. Power grinding is slower than
blasting but could be considered for small external floor areas. One should take care that the concrete
surface is not polished by the power grinding.
Wire brushing: Wire brushing can be used to remove loose material from the surface and open up holes and
voids in poured concrete. This can be either by power or hand wire brushing, power wire brushing giving
increased productivity and effectiveness.
Impact tools: Concrete surfaces can be roughened using impact tools such as needle guns etc. However this
method can be slow and should only be used for small repairs.
Granulating or Hammering machines work quicker but should only be used if very hard concrete must be
roughened or if flooring screeds have to be applied.
Impact tools are normally electrically or compressed air driven and work on a principal of a sharpened tool
vibrating against the surface. It is fairly easy for an inexperienced operative to gouge the concrete surface
and therefore great care should be taken when using this method of preparation.
Acid etching: This method of surface preparation is most suited for use on new concrete floors (not for
sand/cement screeds). It is carried out to remove laitance but will not remove old paint or oil and grease and
should only be used in areas where sufficient drainage exists to allow the removal of the water and acid
solutions. To carry out acid etching the following procedure should be followed:
– Before commencing acid etching the concrete surface should be cleaned of all loose concrete. Deposits
of
oil and grease should be removed by steam cleaning or by using an alkaline cleaner or detergents.
– Thoroughly wet the floor with water
– Sprinkle an 8% to 10% solution of phosphoric acid in water uniformly over the floor. The approximate
spreading rate is 1,5 m² to 1 litre of solution.
page 2/3
INFORMATION
(FLOORS) 1496
February 2009
– The acid solution should remain on the surface for 2 to 4 minutes and then be rinsed thoroughly with
clean water. The rinsing can be done with a water hose and a sweeping broom.
– It is important that the rinsing is done immediately to prevent the formation of salts on the surface, which
are difficult to remove.
– The concrete surface should be checked for acidity using pH paper and should have a pH of 7 or higher.
– Depending on the type of concrete, more than one operation may be required to achieve a satisfactory
surface profile.
– A thorough rinsing with clean water should be carried out after each acid etch application. The surface
profile after acid etching should be similar to fine sandpaper.
– The concrete should be allowed to dry prior to applying the coating.
Personnel involved in acid etching operations should be provided with safety goggles, protective clothing,
rubber gloves and rubber boots.
Rubber buckets should be used for mixing the solution. THE ACID SHOULD ALWAYS BE ADDED TO THE
WATER rather than the water added to the acid.
Flame cleaning: Where conditions permit, deeply impregnated oils and greases can be removed from
concrete floors by flame or superheated compressed air.
This method involves the use of heat to bring the oil, grease etc. to the surface and should be carried out
under strict supervision with the necessary precautions being taken in view of the possible hazards
involved.
After flame cleaning the surface should always be power tool cleaned.
page 3/3
INFORMATION
Surface preparation of steel pipes and fittings 1492
Shop application
a three page issue May 1998

reprint of 8-88
SURFACE PREPARATION
Surface preparation of steel pipes must be carried out according to the Dutch standard NEN 6901 or the
Swedish standard SIS 055900.
The metal surface must be freed from mill scale, corrosion and all contaminations such as oil, grease, dirt,
soluble salts, markings and old coatings.
Weldspatters and laminations must also be removed.
The coating must be applied as soon as possible after completion of the surface preparation.
CHEMICAL PRETREATMENT
The substrate must be precleaned to remove dirt, grease and oil.
Pickling must be carried out on an industrial scale by one of the following methods.
The first table describes a pickling process followed by a double water rinse.
The second table describes a phosphating process consisting of pickling and rinsing followed by
phosphating.
The requirements for the pickling and the phosphating process are drawn up to avoid excess thickness of
phosphate layers and to ensure that no acids remain on the substrate. All pickling - rinsing or phosphating
liquids must be renewed when the concentrations specified are reached (see tables). The content of the
bath must also be renewed when the pretreated metal leaves the bath with contamination or if sediment
interferes the action of the pickling process.
Table 1Pickling Process
Pickling
Hydrochloric acid Sulphuric acid

Acid concentration 55 - 220 g/l 50 - 295 g/l
Temperature ambient 50 - 65°C
Max. iron concentration 100 g/l 70 g/l
Duration till complete removal of millscale and rust
First Rinsing
Min. water temperature ambient ambient

Max. acid concentration 0,75 g/l 0,25 g/l
Duration 5 min. 5 min.
Second Rinsing
Min. water temperature 70°C 70°C

Max. acid concentration 0,20 g/l 0,10 g/l
page 1/3
INFORMATION
Shop application
May 1998
Table 2Pickling/Phosphating Process
Pickling
Hydrochloric acid Sulphuric acid Phosphoric acid

Acid concentration 55 - 220 g/l 50 - 295 g/l 105 - 225 g/l
Temperature ambient 50 - 65°C 60 - 85°C
Max. iron concentration 100 g/l 70 g/l 30 g/l
Duration till complete removal of millscale and rust
Rinsing
Min. water temperature 60 - 65°C 65°C --

Max. acid concentration 0,75 g/l 1,00 g/l --
Phosphating
Temperature 80°C 80°C 80°C

Duration 5 min. 5 min. 5 min.
Max. iron content 5 g/l 5 g/l 5 g/l
Normal phosphoric
acid concentration 20 - 10 g/l 20 - 10 g/l 20 - 10 g/l
Phosphoric acid
concentration for
application of epoxy-
and polyurethane
coatings * 5 g/l 5 g/l 5 g/l
* The performance of epoxy- or polyurethane coatings on phosphated steel should always be checked in
advance.
BLAST CLEANING
Before blast cleaning the surface should be thoroughly degreased by means of suitable detergents or
emulsifiers.
Irregularities in the pipe surface should be removed by grinding or rotating discs. The surface should be dry
before blasting.
Blasting must be carried out until to standard of cleanliness of SIS-Sa2½ of the Swedish norm SIS055900
(see sheet 1490). Usually a blasting profile (Rz) is recommended of approx. 50 micrometers which means a
Ra or CLA value of 10-15 micrometers.
page 2/3
INFORMATION
Shop application
May 1998
Ventilation of sufficient capacity has to be used in order to maintain a workable and safe climate during
blast cleaning. The pipes should rotate during the blasting operation at a sufficient speed to obtain a regular
blasted surface.
Only suitable abrasives according to specification should be used (see sheet 1491).
Attention should be given to the weld seams which have to be blast cleaned in a way that the whole weld
seam is pretreated.
Abrasives and dust should be removed completely from the blasted surface.
ROTATING WIRE BRUSH CLEANING

Pipes to be used for the transport of Natural Gas, showing only minor rust and in good condition, may be
pretreated by rotating wire brushes before they are coated with a flowcoat.
Before wire brush cleaning the surface should be thoroughly degreased by means of suitable detergents or
emulsifiers.
Irregularities in the pipe surface should be removed by grinding or rotating discs. The surface should be dry
before blasting.
Cleaning must be carried out until to standard of cleanliness of SIS-St3 of the Swedish norm SIS055900
(see sheet 1490).
Ventilation of sufficient capacity has to be used in order to maintain a workable and safe climate during wire
brush cleaning. The pipes should rotate during the cleaning operation at a sufficient speed to obtain a
regular cleaned surface.
page 3/3
www.ppgpmc.com
pmc@ppg.com
© 2014 PPG Industries, all rights reserved.
0105-GLOB
Created February 2014
No rights can be derived from the content of this publication. Unless otherwise agreed upon in writing, all products and technical advice are subject to our standard
conditions of sale, available on our website www.ppgpmc.com. All rights reserved. Bringing innovation to the surface is a registered trademark of PPG Industries Ohio, Inc.

Combined Sheets Protective

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Combined Sheets Protective

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Protective Coatings product manual

Data sheets | System sheets | Information sheets

3 pages March 2013

PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – excellent resistance to atmospheric exposure conditions

COLOURS AND GLOSS colours available on request – gloss

RECOMMENDED – previous coat; dry and free from any contamination

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 7:1

– mix thoroughly by a mechanical mixer before application

CLEANING SOLVENT Thinner 21-06

REFERENCES Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411

HI-TEMP COATINGS TECHNOLOGY  P.O. Box 2347  Acton, MA 01720

MIXING, THINNING, AND CLEANUP:

Application to Ambient Substrate 50°F [10°C] to 150ºF [66ºC]

Product Conventional Spray Airless Spray

Product: Hi-Temp 1000VS Page 2 of 3

RECOMMENDED APPLICATION PER COAT:

Product: Hi-Temp 1000VS Page 3 of 3

HI-TEMP COATINGS TECHNOLOGY  P.O. Box 2347  Acton, MA 01720

IMPORTANT: DO NOT USE CHLORINATED SOLVENTS ON STAINLESS STEEL SURFACES.

Non-insulated and insulated surfaces:

Product: Hi-Temp 1027 Page 2 of 4

Application to ambient substrate Application to hot substrate 150ºF to 500°F

APPLICATION TO HOT SURFACES:

Product Conventional Spray Airless Spray

Product: Hi-Temp 1027 Page 3 of 4

RECOMMENDED APPLICATION PER COAT:

APPROXIMATE DRY SCHEDULE:

Product: Hi-Temp 1027 Page 4 of 4

4 pages January 2013

PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – one coat tank coating system

COLOURS AND GLOSS light grey, cream, red oxide – semigloss

(data for components)

RECOMMENDED – steel; blast cleaned to a minimum of SSPC-SP10 or ISO-SA2½ , blasting

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 80 : 20 ( 4:1 )

– use heated airless spray plural component equipment

CLEANING SOLVENT Thinner 90-83 (preferred) or Thinner 90-53

ADDITIONAL DATA Film thickness and spreading rate

theoritical spreading rate m²/l 134.5 ft²/gal 65.2 ft²/gal

measuring wet film thickness

measuring dry film thickness

Overcoating with Novaguard 810 (spot repair and stripe coating)

substrate 32°F 50°F 68°F 86°F 104°F

– surface should be dry and free from any contamination

Curing Curing table

– adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing

REFERENCES Conversion tabels see information sheet 1410

4 pages January 2014

PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – sprayable caulking to overlap the welding seams

COLOURS AND GLOSS cream – gloss

RECOMMENDED – steel; blast cleaned to a minimum of ISO-Sa2½, blasting profile 50 - 100 μm

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 75 : 25

– when mixing the temperature of the base and hardener should be at

CLEANING SOLVENT Thinner 90-83

ADDITIONAL DATA Film thickness and spreading rate

theoretical spreading rate m²/l 0.3

Overcoating table with solvent free tanklinings

substrate temperature 10°C 20°C 30°C

– surface should be dry and free from any contamination

Curing Curing table

– although the paint is solvent free adequate ventilation must be maintained

REFERENCES Conversion tables see information sheet 1410

5 pages February 2013

PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS – one coat tank coating system

COLOURS AND GLOSS green, cream, clear – gloss